Taming of the Shrew

Introduction

The opening induction scene in Taming of the Shrew appropriately introduces the themes of identity, metamorphosis and masquerading that will turn the world of this farcical play upside down right before our eyes. The apparent contest of outrageousness in the relationship between the two main characters, Petruchio and Kate, is never quite what it seems. Petruchio at first is brutish and indefensible in his behaviour and simply desperate to marry money until he becomes more gentle and loving by act V. Kate, likewise, appears a torrent of strong-willed rage until she accepts Petruchio with her own gentleness and devoted love. In fact, Kate’s complicity in their relationship is key, as, in fact, she tames him just as much as he tames her. Dissecting and determining the parts they play compared to what their true natures are throughout their ever evolving characterizations is what makes Taming of the Shrew so intriguing a work. It can seem a disorienting play at times, as Petruchio and Kate constantly try to get the better of each other with much confusion and great discomfort. What may seem like a rough and tumble farcical version of Benedict and Beatrice from Much Ado About Nothing, this Shakespeare comedy is a complex and mesmerizing examination of a relationship evolving from a state of war to one committed and devoted to love. It is also a controversial play reflective of Shakespeare’s times. Many modern critics would that he had never written it, as it depicts attitudes toward women surely to offend modern audiences. Petruchio’s treatment of Kate is often ruthless and yet at the close of the play she plays the role of his obedient wife. But again, little is what it seems here and Kate discovers in Petruchio the ideal outrageous character-actor who will free her from the hum-drum domestic banality far more disturbing to her than who he merely pretends to be. She is genuinely smittened by the madcap Petruchio, as themes such as strength and weakness interchange their meaning and Kate’s apparent subservience leads her directly to the true marriage of her strong will, loving heart and truest sense of self. Nonetheless, the controversy continues, and there are many interpretations where the couple walk off the stage in the end happily arm in arm and there are those as well depicting them left staring at each other in a cold and bewildered silence. Shakespeare never decides for us.

Induction

Scene i

Before an alehouse on a heath

Enter Host and Sly

Host: “A pair of stocks, you rogue!”

Sly: “The Slys are no rogues. Look in the chronicles: we came in with Richard the Conquerer.”

Host: “You will not pay for the glasses you have burst?”

Sly: “No, not a denier.”

Sly falls asleep

Enter a Lord and his Huntsmen

Lord: “What’s here? One dead, or drunk? Does he breathe?”

2 Huntsman: “He breathes, my lord.”

Lord: “O monstrous beast, how like a swine he lies! Grim death, how foul and loathsome is thine image! Sirs, I will practice on this drunken man. What think you, if he were conveyed to bed, wrapped in sweet clothes, rings put upon his fingers, a most delicious banquet by his bed, and brave attendants near him when he wakes, would not the beggar then forget himself?”

2 Huntsman: “It would seem strange unto him when he waked.”

Lord: “Then take him up and manage well the jest: carry him gently to my fairest chamber, balm his foul head in warm distilled waters, procure me music ready when he wakes, and if he chance to speak, be ready straight, and say ‘what is it your honour will command?’ Let one attend him with a silver basin full of rose-water and bestrewed with flowers; someone be ready with a costly suit, and ask him what apparel he will wear; another tell him of his hounds and horse, and that his lady mourns at his disease; persuade him that he has been lunatic, and, when he says he is, say that he dreams, for he is nothing but a mighty lord. This do, and do it kindly, gentle sirs; it will be pastime passing excellent.”

1 Huntsman: “We will play our part as he shall think by our true diligence he is no less than what we say he is.”

Sly is carried out

Enter a servant

Servant: “Players offer service to your lordship.”

Lord: “Bid them come near.”

Enter players

Lord: “Fellows, you are welcome. I have some sport in hand wherein your cunning can assist me much. Go you to Bartholomew, my page, and see him dressed in all suits like a lady; conduct him to the drunkard’s chamber and call him madam. Tell him from me he should bear himself with honourable action, such as he has observed in noble ladies. Then to the drunkard let him do and say ‘what is it your honour will command?’ Bid him shed tears, as being overjoyed. I long to hear him call the drunkard husband.”

Analysis

A drunken beggar, Christopher Sly, argues with an alehouse hostess over glassware he broke while drunk. He passes out and a lord arrives and decides to pull a prank on him by treating him as though he were a lord. He is placed in a luxurious bed, with rings on his fingers, a banquet available to him and a lovely wife. The Taming of the Shrew will be a play about our true identity compared to how we choose to portray ourselves. A major question in the play will centre around just who are Petruchio and Katherine really. When are they acting and when are they truly themselves? The induction focuses similarly on the true and the portrayed versions of Christopher Sly. Sly will watch the play along with us and will interject only once during its performance.

Induction

Scene ii

A bedchamber in the lord’s house

Enter Sly with attendants

Sly: “For God’s sake, a pot of small ale.”

1 Servant: “Will it please your lordship drink a cup of sack?”

3 Servant: “What raiment will your honour wear today?”

Sly: “I am Christopher Sly; call me not ‘honour’ nor ‘lordship’. I never drank sack in my life. Never ask me what raiment I’ll wear, for I have no more doublets than backs, no more stockings than legs, no more shoes than feet – nay, sometimes more feet than shoes.”

Lord: “Heaven cease this idle humour in your honour! O, that a mighty man of such high esteem should be infused with so foul a spirit!”

Sly: “Am I not Christopher Sly?”

Lord: “O noble lord, bethink thee of thy birth and banish hence these abject lowly dreams; look how thy servants do attend on thee. Will thou have music? Hark! Apollo plays. (music is heard) Or will thou sleep? We’ll have thee to a couch. Say thou will walk and we will beshrew the ground. Or will thou ride? Thy horses shall be trapped, their harness studded with gold and pearls. Does thou love hawking? Thou has hawks will soar above the morning larks. Thou art a lord and thou has a lady far more beautiful than any woman.”

Sly: “Am I a lord and have I such a lady? Or do I dream? Or have I dreamed till now? I do not sleep: I see, I hear, I speak; and I feel soft things. Upon my life, I am a lord indeed, and not a tinker, nor Christopher Sly. Well, bring our lady hither to our sight.”

2 Servant: “O, how we joy to see your wit restored! These fifteen years you have been in a dream.”

Sly: “Fifteen years! A goodly nap. Where is my wife?”

Page: “Here, noble lord; what is thy will with her?”

Sly: “Are you my wife?”

Page: “I am your wife in all obedience.”

Sly: “Madam wife, they say that I have dreamed and slept above some fifteen years or more.”

Page: “Ay, and the time seems thirty unto me, being all this time abandoned from your bed.”

Sly: “Servants, leave me and her alone. (exit servants) Madam, undress you, and come now to bed.”

Page: “Let me entreat of you to pardon me yet for a night or two; for your physicians have expressly charged in peril to incur your former malady, that I should yet absent me from your bed.”

Sly: “I would be loath to fall into my dreams again.

Enter a messenger

Messenger: “Players are come to play a pleasant comedy; for so your doctors thought it good you hear a play and frame your mind to mirth and merriment, which bars a thousand harms.”

Sly: “Marry, I will; let them play it. Come, madam wife, sit by my side and let the world slip; we shall never be younger.”

They sit down and a flourish of trumpets announce the play.

Analysis

Sly is told that he has just awoken from a fifteen year dream and that his true identity is that of a much indulged lord. He buys into this completely once he meets his supposed wife and a drama troupe arrive to put on a play for him. The play will be The Taming of the Shrew. This induction is a very unusual device for Shakespeare, but the theme of wrestling to discern true identity as opposed to appearance and perception is the essential link. Now on to our play within a play, a not so uncommon Shakespearean device.

Act I (2 scenes)

Scene i

Padua. A public place

Enter Lucentio and his man Tranio

Lucentio: “Tranio, since for the great desire I had to see fair Padua, nursery of the arts, here let us breathe, and happily institute a course of learning and ingenious studies.”

Tranio: “Gentle master, mine; I am glad that you thus continue your resolve to suck the sweets of sweet philosophy. Only, good master, let’s be no stoics. No profit grows where is no pleasure taken.

Lucentio: “Tranio, well does thou advise. We could at once put us in readiness to entertain such friends as time in Padua shall beget. But stay awhile; what company is this?”

Tranio: “Master, some show to welcome us to town.”

Enter Baptista with his two daughters, Katherine and Bianca; Gremio and Hortensio, suitors to Bianca

Baptista: “Gentlemen, importune me no farther, for how I firmly am resolved you know; that is, not to bestow my youngest daughter before I have a husband for the elder. If either of you love Katherine, leave shall you have to court her at your pleasure.”

Gremio: “To cart her rather. She’s too rough for me.”

Katherina: (to Baptista) “I pray you, sir, is it your will to make a stale of me amongst these mates?”

Hortensio: “Mates, maid! How mean you that? No mates for you, unless you were of gentler, milder mould.”

Katherine: “In faith, sir, you shall never need to fear.”

Hortensio: “From all such devils, good Lord deliver us!”

Gremio: “And me, too, good Lord!”

Tranio: “That wench is stark mad or wonderful forward.”

Lucentio: “But in the other’s silence do I see a maid’s mild behaviour and sobriety.”

Baptista: “Bianca, get you in.”

Bianca: “Sir, to your pleasure humbly I subscribe; my books and my instruments shall be my company.”

Hortensio: “Sorry am I that our good will effects Bianca’s grief.”

Gremio: “Why will you mew her up, Signor Baptista, for this fiend of hell, and make her bear the penance of her tongue?”

Baptista: “Gentlemen, content ye; I am resolved. Go in, Bianca. (exit Bianca) And for I know she takes most delight in music, instruments and poetry, schoolmasters will I keep within my house fit to instruct her youth. If you know any such, prefer them hither.”

Katherine: “Why, and I trust I may go too, may I not?”

Exit Katherine

Gremio: “You may go to the devil’s dam.”

Hortensio: “Signior Gremio, but a word, I pray. That we may yet have access to our fair mistress, and be happy rivals in Bianca’s love – to labour and effect one thing specially.”

Gremio: “What’s that, I pray?”

Hortensio: “Marry, sir, to get a husband for her sister.”

Gremio: “A husband? A devil.”

Hortensio: “I say a husband.”

Gremio: “I say a devil. Think thou, Hortensio, though her father be very rich, any man is so very a fool to be married to hell?”

Hortensio: “Tush, Gremio! Though it pass your patience and mine to endure her loud alarums, why, man, there be good fellows in the world would take her with all faults, and money enough. Come, it shall be so far maintained till by helping Baptista’s eldest daughter to a husband we set his youngest free for a husband.”

Gremio: “I am agreed.”

Exit Gremio and Hortensio

Lucentio: “Tranio, I burn, I pine, I perish, Tranio, if I achieve not this young modest girl. Counsel me, Tranio, for I know thou can; assist me, Tranio, for I know thou will.”

Tranio: “Master, if love has touched you, nought remains but so.”

Lucentio: “O yes, I saw sweet beauty in her face.”

Tranio: “You saw no more? Marked you not how her sister began to scold and raise up such a storm that mortal ears might hardly endure the din?”

Lucentio: “I saw her coral lips move, and with her breath she did perfume the air; sacred and sweet was all I saw in her.”

Tranio: “I pray, awake, sir. If you love the maid, bend thoughts and wits to achieve her. Thus it stands: her elder sister is so cursed and shrewd that, till the father rid his hands of her, master, your love must live a maid at home; and therefore he has closely mew’d her up.”

Lucentio: “Ah, Tranio, what a cruel father is he! But are thou not advised he took some care to get her cunning schoolmasters to instruct her?”

Tranio: “And now tis plotted. You will be schoolmaster, and undertake the teaching of the maid. That’s your device.”

Lucentio: “It is. May it be done?”

Tranio: “Not possible; for who shall bear your part and be in Padua here Vincentio’s son?”

Lucentio: “Content thee, for I have it full. It follows thus: thou shall be master, Tranio, in my stead, keep house and port and servants, as I should; I will some other be. Tis hatched, and shall be so. Tranio, at once take my coloured hat and cloak.”

They exchange habits

Tranio: “In brief, sir, I am tied to be obedient, for so your father charged me: ‘be serviceable to my son’. I am content to be Lucentio, because so well I love Lucentio.”

Lucentio: “Tranio, be so because Lucentio loves; and let me be a slave to achieve that maid whose sudden sight hath enthralled my wounded eye.”

Enter Biondello, Lucentio’s other servant

Biondello: “Master, has my fellow Tranio stolen your clothes? Or you stolen his? Or both? Pray, what’s the news?”

Lucentio: “Sirrah, come hither; tis no time to jest, and therefore frame your manners to the time. Your fellow Tranio here puts my apparel and my countenance on, and I have put on his; wait you on him. Do you understand me?”

Biondello: “I, sir? Never a whit.”

Lucentio: “Tranio is changed into Lucentio.”

Biondello: “The better for him; would I were so too!”

Tranio: “So could I, faith, boy, to have the next wish after that Lucentio indeed had Baptista’s youngest daughter.”

Switch to Sly, his servant and wife, watching the play

Servant: “My lord, you nod; you do not mind the play.”

Sly: “Yes, by St Anne, do I. A good matter, surely; comes there any more of it?”

Wife: “My lord, tis but begun.”

Sly: “Tis a very excellent piece of work, madam lady. Would it were done.”

Analysis

Lucentio comes to Padua, with his servant, to study. That does not last very long, as he encounters Baptista with his two daughters: the lovely and gentle Bianca and Katherine, her furious and boisterous sister. Lucentio, and everyone else, is attracted to Bianca, but Baptista has declared that no one may approach Bianca until Katherine has been married. This is a serious problem since it is hard to imagine anyone marrying the unruly Katherine. Lucentio hatches a plot to disguise himself as Bianca’s schoolmaster as a way to woo her.

It is immediately obvious in this very first scene that Katherine is the shrew of the play’s title. The men all find her too rough and even stark mad, characteristics which would have definitively rendered Katherine a shrew in Shakespeare’s renaissance, where obedience was considered a primary virtue in the selection of a wife. This is the cultural bias Shakespeare will explore throughout the play, as Bianca’s suitors can only hope to find a match for sister Katherine, the shrew. Enter Petruchio.

Act I

Scene ii

Padua, before Hortensio’s house

Enter Petruchio and his servant Grumio

Petruchio: “Verona, for a while I take my leave, to see my friends in Padua; but of all my best beloved friend, Hortensio, and this is his house. Grumio, knock, I say.”

Grumio: “Knock, sir! Whom should I knock?”

Petruchio: “Villain, I say, knock.”

Grumio: “Knock you here, sir?”

Petruchio: “I say knock me at this gate, or I’ll knock your knave’s pate.”

He wrings him by the ears

Grumio: “Help, masters, help! My master is mad.”

Petruchio: “Now, knock when I bid you, villain!”

Enter Hortensio

Hortensio: “How now! My old friend Grumio and my good friend Petruchio! Rise, Grumio, rise.”

Grumio: “If this be not a lawful cause for me to leave his service.”

Petruchio: “Senseless villain! Good Hortensio, I bade the rascal knock upon your gate. Sirrah, be gone, or talk not, I advise you.”

Hortensio: “Tell me now, sweet friend, what happy gale blows you to Padua from old Verona?”

Petruchio: “Such wind as scatters young men through the world to seek their fortunes farther than at home. I have thrust myself into this maze, happily to wive and thrive as best I may, and so am come abroad to see the world.”

Hortensio: “Petruchio, shall I then come roundly to thee and wish thee to a shrewd, ill favoured wife? And yet I’ll promise thee she shall be rich, and very rich; but I’ll not wish thee to her.”

Petruchio: “Hortensio, if thou know one rich enough to be Petruchio’s wife, be she as foul and old as Sibyl, or worse, were she as rough as are the swelling Adriatic Seas, I come to wive wealthily in Padua; if wealthily, then happily.”

Grumio: “Look you, sir, he tells you flatly what his mind is. Why, give him gold enough and marry him to an old trot with never a tooth in her head, though she have as many diseases as two and fifty horse.”

Hortensio: “I can, Petruchio, help thee to a wife with wealth enough and young and beauteous. Her only fault is that she is intolerable, curst, shrewd and froward so beyond all measure that I would not wed her for a mine of gold.”

Petruchio: “Hortensio, peace! Thou knows not gold’s effect. Tell me her father’s name, and tis enough; for I will board her though she chide as loud as thunder when the clouds in autumn crack.”

Hortensio: “Her father is Baptista, an affable and courteous gentleman. Her name is Katherine, renowned in Padua for her scolding tongue.”

Petruchio: “I know her father; and he knew my deceased father as well. I will not sleep, Hortensio, until I see her.”

Hortensio: “Tarry, Petruchio, I must go with thee, for in Baptista’s keep my treasure is. He has the jewel of my life in hold, his youngest daughter, beautiful Bianca. This order has Bianca taken, that none shall have access unto her till Katherine the curst has a husband.”

Grumio: “Katherine the curst! A title for a maid of all titles the worst.”

Hortensio: “Now shall my friend Petruchio do me grace, and offer me disguised in sober robes to old Baptista as a schoolmaster well seen in music, to instruct Bianca; that so I may by this device at least have leave and leisure to make love to her, and unsuspected court her by herself.”

Enter Gremio with Lucentio, disguised as schoolmaster Cambio

Grumio: “Who goes there, ha?”

Hortensio: “Peace, Grumio! It is the rival of my love.”

Gremio: “She is sweeter than perfume itself. What will you read to her?”

Hortensio: “Gremio, tis now no time to vent our love. Listen to me. Here is a gentleman whom by chance I met, will undertake to woo curst Katherine; yea, and to marry her.”

Gemio: “So said, Hortensio, have you told him all of her faults?”

Petruchio: “I know she is an irksome brawling scold. If that be all, masters, I hear no harm.”

Gremio: “O sir, such a life with such a wife were strange! But if you have a stomach to it, you shall have me assisting you in all. Will you woo this wildcat?”

Petruchio: “Will I live? Why came I hither but to that intent? Think you a little din can daunt my ears? Have I not in my time heard lion’s roar? Have I not heard the sea rage like an angry boar chafed with sweat? And do you tell me of a woman’s tongue? Tush! Tush!”

Grumio: “He fears none.”

Gremio: “Hortensio, hark: this gentleman is happily arrived, my mind presumes, for his good and ours.”

Enter Tranio, disguised as Lucentio, and Biondello

Tranio: “Gentlemen, tell me, I beseech you, which is the readiest way to the house of Signior Baptista?

Biondello: “He who has the two fair daughters, you mean?”

Hortensio: “Sir, a word ere you go. Are you a suitor to the maid you talk of, yea or no?”

Tranio: “And if I be, sir, is it any offence?”

Gremio: “No; if without more words you will get you hence.”

Tranio: “Why, sir, I pray, are not the streets as free for me as for you?”

Gremio: “But so is not she. If you’ll know, she is the choice love of Signior Gremio.”

Hortensio: “She is the chosen of Signior Hortensio.”

Tranio: “Softly, my masters, then well one more may fair Bianca have; Lucentio shall make one more.”

Gremio: “What, this gentleman will outtalk us all!”

Hortensio: “Sir, let me be so bold as to ask you; did you yet ever see Baptista’s daughter?”

Tranio: “No, sir, but I hear that he has two: the one as famous for a scolding tongue as is the other for beauteous modesty.”

Petruchio: “Sir, sir, the first is for me.”

Analysis

The plot leaps forward when Petruchio arrives in Padua in search of a wealthy wife and his friend Hortensio informs him about Katherine the shrew. Although he warns him about her extremely unruly nature, Petruchio is not put off in the least and asks to be led to Signior Baptista’s house so the he can woo her. The various suitors for Bianca are very excited that Petruchio may open the way for them to openly court and marry Bianca. The number of Bianca’s suiters can be confusing. Lucentio disguises himself as a schoolmaster to access her, while his servant, Tranio, assumes his master’s identity and bargains with Baptista for Bianca’s hand. Hortensio also disguises himself as a music teacher in order to be near Bianca. Finally, Gremio is yet another suitor.

Petruchio has a very strong personality, which is what will allow him to engage in the volatile relationship with Katherine. He is extremely bold and confident and quick to anger. He is also well educated and charming. While money and wealth are supremely important to him he is also attracted to Katherine for the challenge she represents. The other men strongly dislike Katherine. They seem intimidated by her and really do not give her much opportunity to allow them to see in her anyone other than a shrew, as they forever keep her on the defensive. Their strong bias against Katherine only intrigues Petruchio to find out for himself who she really is.

Act II (1 scene)

Scene i

Padua. Baptista’s house

Enter Katherine and Bianca

Bianca: “Good sister, wrong me not, nor wrong yourself, to make a slave of me – that I disdain; unbind my hands.”

Katherine: “Of all thy suitors here I charge thee tell who thou loves best.”

Bianca: “Believe me, sister, of all the men alive I never yet beheld that special face which I could fancy more than any other.”

Katherine: “Minion, thou liest. Is it not Hortensio?”

Bianca: “If you affect him, sister, here I swear you shall have him.”

Katherine: “O then you fancy riches more: you will have Gremio to keep you fair.”

Bianca: “Is it for him you do envy me so? Nay, then you jest; and now I well perceive you have best jested with me all this while. I prithee, sister Kate, untie my hands.”

Katherine strikes Bianca

Enter Baptista

Baptista: “Why, how now, dame! Whence grows this insolence? Bianca, stand aside – poor girl! She weeps.” (he unbinds her) “Meddle not with her. For shame, thou devilish spirit, why does thou wrong her who did never wrong thee? When did she cross thee with a bitter word?”

Katherine: “Her silence flouts me and I’ll be revenged.”

Katherine flies after Bianca

Baptista: “What, in my sight? Bianca, get thee in.”

Exit Bianca

Katherine: “Now I see. She is your treasure, she must have a husband; talk not to me; I will go sit and weep, till I can find occasion of revenge.”

Exit Katherine

Baptista: “Was ever a gentleman thus grieved as I? But who comes here?”

Enter Gremio with Lucentio in the clothes of a poor man; Petruchio with Hortensio as a musician and Tranio as Lucentio, with his boy Biondello bearing a lute and books

Gremio: “Good morrow, neighbour Baptista.”

Baptista: “Good morrow, neighbour Gremio. God save you gentlemen!”

Petruchio: “And you, good sir! Pray, have you not a daughter called Katherine, fair and virtuous?”

Baptista: “I have a daughter, sir, called Katherine.”

Petruchio: “I am a gentleman of Verona, sir, that, hearing of her beauty and her wit, her affability and bashful modesty, her wondrous qualities and mild behaviour, am bold to show myself a forward guest within your house, to make my eye the witness of that report which I so often have heard. And I do present you with a man of mine, (presenting Hortensio) cunning in music and mathematics, to instruct her fully. Accept him, or else you do me wrong.”

Baptista: “You are welcome, sir, and he for your good sake; but for my daughter Katherine, this I know, she is not for your turn, the more my grief.”

Petruchio: “I see you do not mean to part with her, or else you like not my company.”

Baptista: “Mistake me not; I speak but as I find. What may I call you?”

Petruchio: “Petruchio is my name, Antonio’s son, a man well known throughout Italy.”

Baptista: “I know him well; you are welcome for his sake.”

Gremio: “Petruchio, I pray, let us who are poor petitioners speak too. Neighbour, I freely give unto you this young scholar (presenting Lucentio) who has been long studying at Rheims; as cunning in Greek and Latin, as the other is in music and mathematics. His name is Cambio. Pray accept his service.”

Baptista: “A thousand thanks, Signior Gremio. Welcome good Cambio.”

Tranio: “Being a stranger in this city, I do make myself a suitor to your daughter, Bianca, fair and virtuous. This liberty is all that I request; that I may have welcome amongst the rest who woo, and toward the education of your daughters there bestow this small packet of Greek and Latin books.”

Baptista: “Lucentio is your name?”

Tranio: “Of Pisa, sir, son to Vincentio.”

Baptist: “A mighty man of Pisa. By report I know him well. You are very welcome, sir. Take you the lute, and you the set of books; you shall go see your pupils presently.”

Enter a servant

Baptista: “Sirrah, lead these gentlemen to my daughters; and tell them both these are their tutors. Bid them use them well.”

Petruchio: “Signor Baptista, tell me, if I get your daughter’s love, what dowry shall I have?”

Baptista: “After my death, one half of my lands and twenty thousand crowns.”

Petruchio: “I tell you father, I am as peremptory as she proud-minded; and where two raging fires meet together, thy do consume the thing that feeds their fury. Extreme gust will blow out fires. So I to her, and so she yields to me; for I am rough, and woo not like a babe.”

Baptista: “Well be thou armed for some unhappy words.”

Enter Horsensio with his head broken

Baptista: “Why does thou look so pale?”

Hortensio: “For fear, I promise you.”

Baptista: “What, will my daughter prove a good musician?”

Hortensio: “I think she’ll sooner prove a soldier.”

Baptista: “Why, then thou cannot break her to the lute?”

Hortensio: “Why no; for she has broke the lute to me. I did but tell her she mistook her frets. ‘Frets, call you these?’ quote she. ‘I’ll fume with them’. And with that word she struck me on the head, and there stood I amazed, while she did call me a rascal fiddler and tangling Jack, with twenty such vile terms, as had she studied to misuse me so.”

Petruchio: “Now, by the world, it is a lusty wench; I love her ten times more than ever I did. O, how I long to chat with her!”

Baptista: “Well, go with me. Or shall I send my daughter Kate to you?”

Petruchio: “I pray you do.”

Exit all but Petruchio

Petruchio: (aside) “And woo her with some spirit when she comes. Say that she rail; why, then I’ll tell her plain she sings as sweetly as a nightingale. Say that she frown: I’ll say she looks as clear as morning roses newly washed with dew. If she do bid me pack, I’ll give her thanks, as though she bid me stay; if she deny to wed, I’ll crave the day when I shall ask the banns, and when be married. But here she comes.”

Enter Katherine

Petruchio: “Good morrow, Kate.”

Katherine: “They call me Katherine who do talk of me.”

Petruchio: “You lie, in faith, for you are called plain Kate, and bonny Kate, and sometimes Kate the cursed; but, Kate, the prettiest Kate in Christendom, my super-dainty Kate, Kate of my consolation – hearing thy mildness praised in every town, thy virtues spoke of, and thy beauty sounded, myself am moved to woo thee for my wife.”

Katherine: “Moved! Let him who moved you hither remove you hence. I knew at the first you were a joined-stool.”

Petruchio: “Come, sit on me.”

Katherine: “Asses are made to bear, and so are you.”

Petruchio: “Women are made to bear, and so are you.”

Katherine: “No such jade as you, if me you mean.”

Petruchio: “Come, come, you wasp; in faith, you are too angry.”

Katherine: “If I be waspish, best beware my sting.”

Petruchio: “My remedy then is to pluck it out.”

Katherine: “Ay, if the fool could find it where it lies.”

Petruchio: “Who knows not where a wasp does wear their sting? In her tail.”

Katherine: “In his tongue.”

Petruchio: “Whose tongue?”

Katherine: “Yours, if you talk of tales; and so farewell.”

Petruchio: “What, with my tongue in your tail? Nay, come again. Good Kate, I am a gentleman.”

Katherine: “That I’ll try.”

Se strikes him

Petruchio: “I swear I’ll cuff you, if you strike again.”

Katherine: “If you strike me, you are no gentleman. What is your crest – a coxcomb?”

Peruchio: “A combless cock, so Kate will be my hen.”

Katherine: “No cock of mine; you crow too like a craven.”

Petruchio: “Nay, come, Kate, come; you must not look so sour. Now, by Saint George, I am too young for you.”

Katherine: “Yet you are withered.”

Petruchio: “Tis with cares.”

Katherine: “I care not.”

Petruchio: “I find you passing gentle. Twas told me you were rough and coy and sullen, and now I find the report a very liar; for thou art pleasant, courteous, but slow in speech, yet sweet as springtime flowers. Thou cannot frown, as angry wenches will, but thou with mildness entertain thy wooers. Why does the world report that Kate does limp? O slanderous world! Kate is straight and slender.”

Katherine: “Go, fool, and whom thou keep command.”

Petruchio: “Setting all this chat aside, thus in plain terms: your father has consented that you shall be my wife; your dowry agreed upon; and I will marry you. Now Kate, I am a husband for your turn; for, by this light, whereby I see thy beauty, thou must be married to no man but me; for I am he am born to tame you, Kate, and bring you from a wild Kate to a Kate comfortable as other household Kates.”

Enter Baptist, Gremio and Tranio

Petruchio: “Here comes your father. I must and will have Katherine for my wife.”

Baptista: “Now, Signior Petruchio, how speed you with my daughter? Why, how now, daughter Katherine? In the dumps?”

Katherine: “Call me your daughter? Now I promise you you have showed a tender fatherly regard to wish me wed to one half lunatic, a mad-cap ruffian and a swearing Jack.”

Petruchio: “Father, tis thus: yourself and all the world that talked of her have talked amiss of her. If she be curst, it is for policy, for she is not forward, but modest as the dove; she is not hot, but temperate as the morn. And, to conclude, we have agreed so well together that upon Sunday is the wedding day.”

Katherine: “I’ll see thee hanged on Sunday first.”

Tranio: “Is this your speeding? Nay, the good night our part.”

Petruchio: “Be patient, gentlemen. I choose her for myself; if she and I be pleased, what’s that to you? Tis bargained twixt us twain, being alone, that she shall still be curst in company. I tell you tis incredible to believe how much she loves me – O, the kindest Kate! She hung about my neck, and kiss on kiss she vied so fast, protesting oath on oath, that in a twink she won me to her love. Give me thy hand, Kate; I will unto Venice, to buy apparel against the wedding day. Provide the feast, father, and bid the guests; I will be sure my Katherine shall be fine.”

Baptista: “I know not what to say; but give me your hands. Tis a match.”

Gremio / Tranio: “Amen, say we; we will be witnesses.”

Petruchio: “Father and wife and gentlemen, adieu. I will to Venice; Sunday comes apace; we will have rings and things, and fine array; and kiss me, Kate; we will be married on Sunday.”

Exit Petruchio and Katherine

Gremio: “But now, Baptista, to your younger daughter: now is the day we long have looked for; I am your neighbour, and was suitor first.”

Tranio: “And I am one who loves Bianca more than words can witness or your thoughts can guess.”

Gremio: “Youngling, thou cannot love so dear as I.”

Tranio: “Greybeard, thy love does freeze.”

Gremio: “Stand back; tis age that nourishes.”

Tranio: “But youth in lady’s eyes does flourish.”

Baptista: “Content you, gentlemen. Tis deeds must win the prize, and he who can assure my daughter greatest dower shall have my Bianca’s love. Signior Gremio, what can you assure her?”

Gremio: “First, as you know, my house within the city is richly furnished; my hangings all of Tyrian tapestry; in ivory coffers I have stuffed my crowns; costly apparel, tents, canopies, fine linen, Turkish cushions. Myself am struck in years, I must confess; and if I die tomorrow this is hers, if while I live she will be only mine.”

Tranio: “Sir, list to me: I am my father’s heir and only son; I’ll leave her houses three or four as good within rich Pisa’s walls as any one old Signior Gremio has in Padua; besides two thousand ducats by the year of fruitful lands, all of which will be her jointure. What, have I pinched you, Signior Gremio?”

Gremio: “Two thousand ducats by the year of land! (aside) My land amounts not to so much in all.”

Tranio: “Gremio, tis known my father has three great argosies and twelve tight galleys. These I will assure her, and twice as much whatever thou offers next.”

Gremio: “Nay, I have offered all; I have no more”

Tranio: “Why, then the maid is mine.”

Baptista: “I must confess; your offer is the best: she is your own. Well gentlemen, I am thus resolved: on Sunday next you know my daughter Katherine is to be married; now, on the Sunday following shall Bianca be bride to you.”

Exit Baptista

Tranio: “A vengeance on your crafty withered hide! Tis in my head to do my master’s good.”

Analysis

The scene opens at Baptista’s house, where Katherine is berating Bianca. She has tied her hands behind her back and is threatening to beat her because Bianca refuses to reveal which of her suitors she prefers. Baptista tries to intervene but only infuriates Katherine further. The group of suitors arrive: Petruchio and Hortenio (dressed as a schoolmaster), Lucentio (also dressed as a schoolmaster), Tranio (dressed as Lucentio), Biondello (dressed as a servant) and Gremio. This is a play about identity, as evidenced by the induction scene with Sly and the relationship to come between the two main characters, Petruchio and Katherine. Hence all of the disguises among the suitors. Figuring out who is really who in this play is not easy, and that is the point. Petruchio, impressed by Katherine’s dowry, presses Baptista to see and woo her. Katherine rips into Petruchio immediately and the two exchange a series of caustic verbal blows. Immediately, they have met each other’s match. She gets so frustrated with him that she hits him. Petruchio insists to her that they will be married on Sunday. Katherine contradicts this but Petruchio persists and she says nothing. Here marks an early turning point in the play. Katherine seemingly has a retort for everything, but silently consents to marrying Petruchio. Perhaps her jealousy over all of Bianca’s suitors is a factor in her compliance. More likely, she realizes that she has met her match, wit for wit and will for will. He may also be the first man who is not terribly afraid of her. Their fire is attractive to them both. This will not be a boring match with the likes of Bianca’s intolerable suitors. Their union having been determined, Gremio and Tranio move in to secure the hand of Bianca. They each present their case to Baptista and Tranio clearly has the upper hand and wins Bianca for his master, Lucentio, who he is disguised as, while Lucentio plays tutor to Bianca.

Act III (2 scenes)

Scene I

Padua. Baptista’s house

Enter Lucentio as schoolmaster Cambio, Hortensio as schoolmaster Licio, and Bianca

Bianca: “Why, gentlemen, you do me double wrong. I am no breeching scholar and will not be tied to hours, but learn my lessons as I please myself.”

Hortensio: “You’ll leave this lecture when I am in tune?”

Lucentio: “That will be never – tune your instrument.”

Bianca: “Where left we last?”

Lucentio: “Here, madam. As I told you before, I am Lucentio, disguised thus to get your love; Lucentio who comes a-wooing.”

Hortensio: “Madam, my instrument is in tune.”

Bianca: “Let’s hear.”

Lucentio: “Spit in the hole, man, and tune again.”

Hortensio: (aside) “Now, for my life, the knave does court my love.” (to Lucentio) “You may go walk and give me leave awhile.”

Lucentio: “Well, I must wait.” (aside) “and watch withal; for, but I be deceived, our fine musician grows amorous.”

Hortensio: “Madam, to learn the order of my fingering, I must begin with rudiments of art, to teach you gamut more pleasant, pithy and effectual; and there it is in writing fairly drawn. Read the gamut of Hortensio.”

Bianca: (reads) “I am to plead Hortensio’s passion – Bianca, take him for thy lord – who loves with all affection…”

Enter a servant

Servant: “Mistress, your father prays you leave to dress your sister’s chamber up. You know tomorrow is the wedding day.”

Bianca: “Farewell, sweet masters, both; I must be gone.”

Exit Bianca and servant

Analysis

Lucentio and Hortensio compete for Bianca, disguised as the school masters Cambio and Litio. The plot wanders back and forth from the Petruchio / Katherine development to the one featuring Bianca and her various suitors, who now seem to be widdled down to just two, Lucentio and Hortensio.

Act III

Scene ii

Padua. Before Baptista’s house.

Enter Baptista, Gremio, Tranio as Lucentio, Katherine, Bianca, and Lucentio as Cambio

Baptista: (to Tranio) “Signor Luciento, this is the pointed day that Katherine and Petruchio should be married, and yet we hear not of our son-in-law. What mockery will it be to want the bridegroom when the priest attends to speak the ceremonial rites of marriage! What says Lucentio to this shame of ours?”

Katherine: “No shame but mine. I must be forced to give my hand, opposed against my heart, unto a mad-brain rudesby, full of spleen, who woo’d in haste and means to wed at leisure. I told you he was a frantic fool, hiding his bitter jests in blunt behaviour. He’ll woo a thousand, yet never means to wed where he has woo’d. Now must the world point at poor Katherine, and say ‘lo, there is mad Petruchio’s wife, if it would please him come and marry her.'”

Tranio: “Patience, good Katherine, and Baptista too. Upon my life, Petruchio means but well, whatever fortune stays him from his word. Though he be blunt, I know him passing wise; though he be merry, yet he is honest.”

Katherine: “Would Katherine had never seen him.”

Katherine exits weeping, followed by Bianca

Baptista: “Go, girl, I cannot blame thee now to weep, for such an injury would vex a very saint, much more a shrew of thy impatient humour.”

Enter Biondello

Biondello: “Master, master! Is it not news to hear of Peruchio’s coming?”

Baptista: “Is he come?”

Biondello: “Why, no, sir.”

Baptista: “What then?”

Biondello: “He is coming.”

Baptista: “When will he be here?”

Biondello: When he stands where I am and sees you there.”

Bianca: “Why, Petruchio is coming – in a new hat and an old jerkin; a pair of old breeches; a pair of boots, one buckled, another laced; an old rusty sword with a broken hilt and two broken points; his horse hipped with an old mothy saddle.”

Baptista: “Who comes with him?”

Biondello: “O, sir, his lackey, with a linen stock on one leg and a kersey boot-hose on the other; a monster, a very monster in apparel, and not like a gentleman’s lackey.”

Tranio: “Tis some odd humour pricks him to this fashion.”

Baptista: “I am glad he’s come, howsoever he comes.”

Enter Petruchio and Grumio

Baptista: “You are welcome, sir.”

Petruchio: “And yet I come not well.”

Tranio: “Not so well apparelled as I wish you were.”

Petruchio: “But where is Kate? Where is my lovely bride? How does my father? Gentles, methinks you frown.”

Baptista: “Why, sir, you know this is your wedding day. First we were sad, fearing you would not come; now sadder that you come so unprovided. Fie, doff this habit, shame to your estate, an eye-sore to our solemn festival!”

Tranio: “And tell us what occasion of import has all so long stained you from your wife, and sent you hither so unlike yourself?”

Petruchio: “Tedious it were to tell, and harsh to hear; suffice that I have come to keep my word. But where is Kate? I stay too long from her; the morning wears, and tis time we were at church.”

Tranio: “See not your bride in these unreverent robes; go to my chamber and put on clothes of mine.”

Petruchio: “Not I, believe me; thus I’ll visit her.”

Baptista: “But thus, I trust, you will not marry her.”

Petruchio: “Good sooth, even thus. To me she’s married not unto my clothes. But what a fool am I to chat with you, when I should bid good morrow to my bride and seal the title with a lovely kiss.”

Exit Petruchio and Grumio

Tranio: “He has some meaning in his mad attire. We will persuade him to put on better ere he go to church.”

Baptista: “I’ll after him and see the event of this.”

Exit Baptista and Biondello

Tranio: “Signior Gremio, came you from the church? Are the bride and bridegroom coming home?”

Gremio: “A bridegroom, say you? Tis a groom indeed, a grumbling groom, and that the girl shall find. Why, he’s a devil, a very fiend.”

Tranio: “Why she’s a devil, the devil’s dam.”

Gremio: “Tut, she’s a lamb, a dove, a fool to him! I’ll tell you: when the priest should ask if Katherine should be his wife, he swore so loud that, all amazed, the priest let fall the book; and as he stooped again to take it up, this mad-brained bridegroom took him such a cuff that down fell priest and book.”

Tranio: “What said the wench?”

Gremio: “She rambled and shook. He took the bride about the neck, and kissed her lips with such a clamorous smack that at the part all the church did echo. Such a mad marriage never was before. Hark! Hark! I hear the minstrels play.”

Music is heard

Enter Petruchio, Katherine, Bianca, Baptista, Hortensio and Grumio

Petruchio: “Gentlemen and friends, I thank you. I know you think to dine with me today, and have prepared great store of wedding cheer; but so it is – my haste does call me hence, and I mean to take my leave.”

Baptista: “Is it possible you will away tonight?”

Petruchio: “Make it no wonder; if you knew my business, you would entreat me rather go than stay. I thank you all who have beheld me give away myself to this most patient, sweet, and virtuous wife. Dine with my father, drink a health to me, for I must hence; and farewell to you all.”

Tranio: “Let us entreat you to stay until after dinner.”

Petruchio: “It may not be.”

Gremio: “Let me entreat you.”

Petruchio: “It cannot be.”

Katherine: “Let me entreat you.”

Petriuchio: “I am content.”

Katherine: “Are you content to stay?”

Petruchio: “I am content that you shall entreat me to stay; but yet not stay.”

Katherine: “Now, if you love me, stay.”

Peruchio: “Grumio, my horse.”

Katherine: “Nay, then, do what they canst, I will not go today; not tomorrow, not till I please myself. The door is open, sir; there lies your way.”

Petruchio: “O, Kate, content thee; prithee be not angry.”

Katherine: “I will be angry; what has thou to do? Gentlemen, forward to the bridal dinner.”

Petruchio: “Obey the bride, you who attend on her; go to the feast, revel and carouse full measure to her maidenhead; be mad and merry, or go hang yourselves. But for my bonny Kate, she must with me. I will be master of what is my own – she is my goods, my chattels, she is my house, my field, my barn, my horse, my ox, my ass, my anything.”

Exit Petruchio, Katherine and Grunio

Tranio: “Of all mad matches, never was the like.”

Lucentio: “Mistress, what’s your opinion of your sister?”

Bianca: “That, being mad herself, she’s madly mated.

Analysis

It is the wedding day for Katherine and Petruchio, but first he is late and then he arrives in extremely inappropriate tattered clothes, clearly meant to be a mockery to the proceedings. Baptista tries to convince him to change but Petruchio will hear none of it. We later learn that Petruchio also behaved abhorrently inside the church as well, swearing and striking the priest. Finally, Petruchio announces that he must depart immediately following the ceremony, even though an elaborate wedding feast has been prepared. When Katherine protests he completely over-rides her and insists that she depart with him. He has married Katherine but has a long way to go in order to tame her. He is rough and demanding with her and seems to mock her mercilessly. “I will be master of what is mine. She is my chattle, my barn, my horse, my ass, my anything.” When we consider where this play is eventually going, we must acknowledge that Petruchio is not altogether serious. There is satire and irony at play here. He is clearly up to something. Consider his response to Baptista, when asked to change his clothes: “To me she’s married, not unto my clothes. Could I repair what she will wear in me, as I can change these poor accountrements, twere well for Kate and better for myself.” This reflects a far more reasonable and generous profile of Petruchio. Just who is Petruchio and who is Kate? These are the key questions of the play.

Act IV (5 scenes)

Scene i

Petruchio’s country house

Enter Grumio

Grumio: “Fie on all mad masters and all foul ways! Was ever man so beaten? Was ever man so weary? I am sent before to make a fire, and they are coming after to warm themselves. Now were not I soon hot, my very lips might freeze to my teeth and my tongue to the roof of my mouth. I with blowing the fire shall warm myself. Ho! Curtis!

Enter Curtis, another of Petruchio’s servants

Curtis: “Who is it who calls so coldly?”

Grumio: “A piece of ice.”

Curtis: “Is my master and his wife coming, Grumio?”

Grumio: “O, ay, Curtis, ay: and therefore fire, fire!”

Curtis “Is she so hot a shrew as she is reported?”

Grumio: “She was, good Curtis, before this frost, but thou knows that winter tames man, woman and beast; for it has tamed my old master and my new mistress and myself, Curtis.”

Curtis: “I prithee, good Grumio, tell me how goes the world?”

Grumio: “A cold world, Curtis, therefore fire. Do thy duty, for my master and mistress are almost frozen to death.”

Curtis: “Grumio, the news?”

Grumio: “Why, fire; for I have caught extreme cold. Where’s the cook? Is supper ready and the house trimmed, cobwebs swept, and every officer his wedding-garment on? Is everything in order?”

Curtis: “All ready; and therefore, I pray thee, news.”

Grumio: “Now I begin: my master riding behind my mistress, her horse fell and she under her horse. He left her with the horse upon her; how he beat me because her horse stumbled; how she waded through the dirt to pluck him off me; he swore; how she prayed; how the horses ran away.”

Curtis: “By this reckoning he is more shrew than she.”

Enter four or five servants

Grumio: “Is all ready and all things neat?”

Nathaniel: “All things are ready.”

Enter Petruchio and Katherine

Petruchio: “Where be these knaves? What, no man at the door to hold my stirrup nor to take my horse? You logger-headed and unpolished grooms! Where is the foolish knave I sent before?”

Grumio: “Here, sir; as foolish as I was before.”

Petruchio: “You peasant swain! You whoreson malt-horse drudge! Go, rascals, and fetch my supper.”

Exit some of the servants

Petruchio: “Sit down, Kate, and welcome.”

Re-enter servants with supper

Petruchio: “Off with my boots, you rogues! Take that (strikes a servant). Be merry, Kate. Where are my slippers? Come, Kate, and wash. You whoreson villain!” (strikes another servant)

Katherine: “Patience, I pray you; twas a fault unwilling.”

Petruchio: “A whoreson, beetle-headed, flap-eared knave! Come, Kate, sit down; I know you have a stomach. Will you give thanks, sweet Kate, or shall I? What’s this? Mutton?”

1 servant: “Ay.”

Petruchio: “Tis burnt; and so is all the meat. Where is the rascal cook? Here, take it, you trenchers. (throws the meat at them). You heedless jolt heads and unmannered slaves!”

Katherine: “I pray you, husband, be not so disquiet. The meat was well.”

Petruchio: “I tell thee, Kate, it was burnt and dried away. It engenders choler, and better that both of us did fast, than feed with such over-roasted flesh. Be patient; tomorrow it shall be mended. And for this night we will fast. Come, I will bring thee to thy bridal chamber.”

Exit Petruchio and Katherine

Enter servants

Nathaniel: “Peter, did thou ever see the like?”

Peter: “He kills her in her own humour.”

Enter Grumio: “Where is he?”

Curtis: “In her chamber, making a sermon to her with rails and swears, that she, poor soul, knows not which way to stand, to look or to speak, and sits as one newly risen from a dream.”

Exit servants

Enter Peruchio

Petruchio: (aside) “As with the meat, some undeserved fault I’ll find about the making of the bed; and here I’ll fling the pillow, this way the covers, another way the sheets. In conclusion, she shall watch all night; I’ll rail and brawl and with the clamour keep her still awake. This is the way to kill a wife with kindness, and thus I’ll curb her mad and headstrong humour. He who knows better how to tame a shrew, now let him speak.”

Analysis

Petruchio is harsh with his servants about the meal they prepare for he and Katherine and the state of his home he has brought her to. He claims that he wants only the best for her, and is ‘killing her with kindness’, but also withholding everything she desires, under the pretense that it is not good enough for her. His real plan, revealed in his monologue, is to subdue her wild nature enough that she may assume the role of a marriage partner and no longer be so miserable and angry as a despised shrew. By killing her with kindness and not by force, he is endeavouring to ensure a lasting and loving relationship between them, as will become more evident is the play’s final act.

Act IV

Scene ii

Padua, before Baptista’s house

Enter Tranio as Lucentio and Hortensio as Licio.

Tranio: “Is it possible, friend Licio, that Mistress Bianca does fancy any other than Lucentio?”

Hortensio: “Sir, to satisfy you, mark the manner of his teaching.”

They stand aside

Bianca: “What, master, read you?”

Lucentio: “I read ‘The Art of Love’.”

Bianca: “And may you prove, sir, master of your art!”

Lucentio: “While you, sweet dear, prove mistress of my heart.”

They retire

Traino: “I tell thee, Licio, this is wonderful.”

Hortensio: “Mistake no more; I am not Licio, nor a musician as I seem to be; know, sir, that I am called Hortensio.”

Tranio: “Senior Hortensio, I have often heard of your entire affection to Bianca.”

Hortensio: “See how they kiss and court! Here I firmly vow never to woo her more, but do forswear her.”

Tranio: “Fie on her! See how beastly she does court him!”

Hortensio: “For me, I will be married to a wealthy widow before three days pass, and so farewell, Signior Lucentio.”

Exit

Lucentio: “Then we are rid of Licio.”

Tranio: “In faith, he’ll have a lusty widow now.”

Bianca: “God give him joy!”

Tranio: “He has gone into the taming school.”

Bianca: “The taming school! What, is there such a place?”

Tranio: “Ay, mistress; and Petruchio is the master, who teaches tricks to tame a shrew and charm her chattering tongue.”

Enter Biondello

Biondello: “O master, I spied an ancient angel coming down the hill.”

Tranio: “Who is he, Biondello?”

Biondello: “Master, a pedant, formal in apparel, like a father.”

Enter a pedant

Pedant: “God save you, sir.”

Tranio: “And you, sir. Travel you far on?”

Pedant: “As far as Rome, and so to Tripoli, if God lend me life.”

Tranio: “What countryman, I pray?”

Pedant: “Of Mantua.”

Tranio: “Of Mantua, sir? Marry, God forbid, careless of your life. Tis death for anyone from Mantua to come to Padua. Know you not the cause? The Duke has published and proclaimed it openly. Tell me, have you ever been to Pisa?”

Pedant: “Ay, sir, in Pisa have I often been.”

Tranio: “Know you one Vincentio?”

Pedant: “I have heard of him.”

Tranio: “He is my father, sir, and somewhat does resemble you. To save your life in this extremity, this favour will I do you. You are like to Sir Vincentio. His name and credit shall you undertake. My father is here and looked for every day to pass assurance of a dowry in marriage between me and one of Baptista’s daughters here. In these circumstances I’ll instruct you. Go with me to clothe you as becomes you.”

Analysis

Lucentio gets closer to winning Bianca, as Hortensio witnesses the well developing romance between Lucentio and Bianca and determines to marry a wealthy widow. An elderly man, referred to as a Pedant, arrives and Lucentio convinces him to assume the role of his father, so that Senior Baptista can meet Lucentio’s father, assure the dowry and approve the marriage. Lucentio has been involved in a host of disguises, involving himself and Tranio, so Bianca really has no idea who he is as they advance toward their marriage, in this play about the mysteries of true identity.

Act IV

Scene iii

Petruchio’s house

Enter Katherine and Grumio

Grumio: “No, no, forsooth; I dare not for my life.”

Katherine: “Did he marry me to famish me? I am starved for meat and giddy for lack of sleep. And he does it under the name of perfect love. I prithee go and get me some wholesome food.”

Grumio: “How say you to a fat tripe finely broiled?”

Katherine: “I like it well; good Grumio, fetch it me.”

Grumio: “I fear its choleric. What say you to a piece of beef and mustard?”

Katherine: “A dish that I do love to feed upon.”

Grumio: “Ay, but the mustard is too hot.”

Katherine: “Why then the beef, and let the mustard rest.”

Grumio: “Nay; you shall have the mustard, or else you get no beef.”

Katherine: “Then both, or one, or anything thou will.”

Grumio: “Why then the mustard without the beef.”

Katherine: “Go, get thee gone, thou false deluding slave, who feeds me with the very name of meat. Sorrow on thee and all the pack of you who triumph upon my misery.”

She beats him

Enter Petruchio and Hortensio with meat

Petruchio: “How fares my Kate?”

Hortensio: “Mistress, what cheer?”

Katherine: “Faith, as cold as can be.”

Petruchio: “Pluck up thy spirits, look cheerfully upon me. Here, love, thou see’st how diligent I am to dress thy meat myself, and bring it to thee. I am sure, sweet Kate, that this kindness merits thanks. What, not a word? Nay, then thou loves it not. Here, take away this dish.”

Katherine: “I pray you, let it stand.”

Petruchio: “The poorest service is repaid with thanks; and so shall mine, before you touch the meat.”

Katherine: “I thank you, sir.”

Petruchio: “Kate, we will return to thy father’s house and revel with silken coats and caps and golden rings, scarves and fans, amber bracelets and beads. The tailor stays thy leisure, to deck thy body.”

Enter tailor

Petruchio: “Come tailor, let us see these ornaments.”

Enter Haberdasher

Haberdasher: “Here is the cap your worship did bespeak.”

Petruchio: “Why, fie, fie! Tis lewd and filthy; why, tis a baby’s cap. Away with it. Come, let me have a bigger one.”

Katherine: “I’ll have no bigger; this does fit the time, and gentlewomen wear such caps as these.”

Petruchio: “When you are gentle, you shall have one too, and not till then.”

Katherine: “Why, sir, I trust I may have leave to speak; and speak I will. I am no child. My tongue will tell the anger of my heart, or else my heart, concealing it, will break.”

Petruchio: “It is a paltry cap. I love thee well in that thou lik’st not.”

Katherine: “Love me or love me not, I like the cap; and it I will have, or I will have none.”

Petruchio: “Thy gown? Why, come tailor, let’s see it. O mercy, what’s this? A sleeve carved like an apple-tart? I’ll none of it!”

Katherine: “I never saw a better fashioned gown. Belike you mean to make a puppet of me.”

Petruchio: “Why, true; he means to make a puppet of thee.”

Tailor: “She says your worship means to make a puppet of her.”

Petruchio: “O, monstrous arrogance! Thou liest, thou thread, thou thimble, thou yard, thou flea, thou nit, thou winter cricket. Away, thou rag, thou quantity, thou remnant; thou has marred her gown.”

Tailor: “Your worship is deceived; the gown is made just as directed.”

Petruchio: “Well, sir, in brief, the gown is not for me.”

Grumio: “You are in the right, sir; tis for my mistress.”

Petruchio: “Well, come, my Kate; we will unto your father’s even in these honest mean habiliments; our purses shall be proud, our garments poor; for tis the mind that makes the body rich. O no, good Kate; neither art thou the worse for this poor furniture and mean array. We will hence forthwith to feast and sport us at thy father’s house. Let’s see: I think tis now 7 o’clock, and well we may come there by dinner time.”

Katherine: “I dare assure you, sir, tis almost two, and twill be supper time ere you come there.”

Petruchio: “It shall be seven. Look what I speak; you are still crossing it. Sirs, let it alone; I will not go today; and ere I do, it shall be what o’clock I say it is.”

Hortensio: “Why, so this gallant shall command the sun.”

Analysis

Petruchio has denied Katherine sufficient food and sleep for several days now. He also rejects their tailored clothes for their celebration back at her father’s house and determines that they will not go anywhere after an argument about the correct time. He claims this behaviour is all in the interest of ensuring that every high standard is met in his expectations for her. She puts up with it, therefore, in the hope that her new marriage may succeed. Once again, the question persists as to who Petruchio and Katherina really are, beyond his jests and her cautious compliance.

Act IV

Scene iv

Padua. Before Baptista’s house

Enter Tranio as Lucentio and the pedant dressed as Vincentio.

Tranio: “Biondello, hast thou done thy errand to Baptista?”

Biondello: “I told him that your father was in Venice.”

Tranio: “Here comes Baptista. Set your countenance, sir.”

Enter Baptista and Lucentio, as Cambio

Tranio: “Signor Baptista, you are happily met. (to the Pedant) Sir, this is the gentleman I told you of: I pray you stand, good father, to me now; Give me Bianca for my patrimony.”

Pedant: (to Baptista) “Sir, having come to Padua, my son Lucentio made me acquainted with a weighty cause of love between your daughter and himself; and for the love he bears for your daughter, and she to him, I am content, in a good father’s care, to have him matched.”

Baptista: “Sir, your plainness and your shortness please me well. Right true it is your son Lucentio here does love my daughter, and she loves him. And therefore, like a father you will deal with him, and pass from my daughter a sufficient dower; the match is made and all is done. Your son shall have my daughter with consent. Tell Bianca what has happened – that Lucentio’s father has arrived in Padua, and how she is to be Lucentio’s wife.”

Exit all

Enter Lucentio as Cambio and Biondello

Biondello: “Baptista is safe, talking with the deceiving father of a deceitful son. His daughter is to be brought by you to the supper. To the church take the priest and some honest witnesses.”

Lucentio: “Hap what hap may, I’ll roundly go about her.”

Analysis

Lucentio and Tranio have tricked Baptista into thinking that the Pedant is, in fact, his father, who has granted his consent for Lucentio’s marriage to Bianca. The problem is that Tranio is still standing in as Lucentio, as Lucentio remains in the guise of a schoolmaster who has woo’d her on his behalf. The theme of who is really who runs deep and wide throughout virtually every scene of this play.

Act IV

Scene v

A public road

Enter Petruchio, Katherine, Hortensio and servants

Petruchio: “Good lord, how bright and goodly shines the moon!”

Katherine: “The moon? The Sun!”

Petruchio: “I say it is the moon.”

Katherine: “I know it is the sun.”

Petruchio: “It shall be the moon, or star, or what I list, or ere I journey to your father’s house. Go fetch our horses back again. Evermore crossed and crossed; nothing but crossed!”

Hortensio: “Say as he says, or we shall never go.”

Katherine: “Forward, I pray, since we have come so far, and be it moon or sun, or whatever you please.”

Petruchio: “I say it is the moon.”

Katherine: “I know it is the moon.”

Petruchio: “Nay, then you lie; it is the blessed sun.”

Katherine: “Then, God be blessed, it is the blessed sun; but sun it is not, when you say it is not; and the moon changes even as your mind. What you will have it named, even that it is, and so it shall be so for Katherine.”

Petruchio: “Well, forward, forward! But soft! Company is coming.”

Enter Vincentio

Peruchio: (to Vincentio) “Good morrow, gentle mistress. Tell me, sweet Kate, has thou beheld a fresher gentlewoman? Embrace her for her beauty’s sake.”

Hortensio: “He will make the man mad, to make a woman of him.”

Katherine: “Young, budding virgin, fair and fresh and sweet, happy the man whom favourable stars allots thee for his lovely bed fellow.”

Petruchio: “Why, how now, Kate, I hope thou art not mad! This is a man, old, wrinkled, faded, withered, and not a maiden, as thou says he is.”

Katherine: “Pardon, old father, my mistaking eyes, that have been so bedazzled by the sun; now I perceive thou art a reverend father.”

Vincent: “My name is Vincentio, my dwelling Pisa, and I am bound to Padua, there to visit a son of mine.”

Peruchio: “What is his name?”

Vincentio: “Lucentio.”

Petruchio: “And now by law, I may entitle thee my loving father: the sister to my wife, thy son by this has married. Wonder not – she is of good esteem, her dowry wealthy.”

Vincentio: “But is this true, or is it your pleasure to break a jest upon the company you overtake?”

Hortensio: “I do assure thee, father, so it it true.”

Analysis

Petruchio continues to challenge Katherine’s patience with a declaration that the sun is, in fact, the moon. She finally goes along with him and claims that it is whatever he says it is. When they pass an old gentleman on the road, Petruchio insists it is a young woman. Once again, she plays along with him, and it would appear that they have come to some understanding in their relationship with one another. The old man turns out to be Vincentio, Lucentio’s actual father. He is quite shocked to hear that he son is getting married to one of Baptista’s daughters. So by the end of act IV Petruchio and Katherine seem to be doing well and Lucentio is about to marry Bianca. Often, act V has its work cut out for it, but since Bianca is spoken for and the shrew has been tamed, all that is left to resolve is the question of Lucentio’s father and a little wager of loyalty on behalf of the wives of Hortensio, Lucentio and Petruchio.

Act V (2 scenes)

Scene i

Padua, before Lucentio’s house

Enter Biondello, Lucentio, Bianca and Gremio

Biondello: “The priest is ready.”

Exit Lucentio, Bianca and Biondello

Enter Petruchio, Katherine, Vincentio and Grumio

Petruchio: “Sir, here is the door; this is Lucentio’s house.”

Vincentio knocks

Pedant: (looking out a window) “What is he who knocks as he would beat down the gate?”

Petruchio: “I pray you tell Signior Lucentio that his father has come from Pisa, and is here at the door to speak with him.”

Pedant: “Thou liest: his father is here looking out the window.”

Vincentio: “Art thou his father?”

Pedant: “Ay, sir; so his mother says. Lay hands on the villain.”

Enter Biondello

Biondello: “Vincentio! Now we are undone.”

Vincentio: (seeing Biondello) “Come hither, crack-hemp. You rogue. What, have you forgotten me?”

Biondello: “Forgot you! No, sir. I could not forget you, for I never saw you before in all my life.”

Vincentio: “What, you notorious villain, did thou never see thy master’s father, Vincentio?”

Biondello: “Yes, marry, sir; see where he looks out of the window.”

Vincentio: “Is it so, indeed?” (He beats Biondello)

Biondello: “Help! Help! Help! Here is a madman who will murder me.”

Pedant: “Help, son! Help Senior Baptista!”

Petruchio: “Prithee, Kate, let’s stand aside and see the end of this controversy.”

Enter Baptista and Tranio

Tranio: “Sir, who are you that offers to beat my servant?”

Vincentio: “Who am I, sir? Nay, who are you, sir? O fine villain! I am undone! I am undone!”

Baptista: “What, is the man lunatic?”

Tranio: “Sir, you seem a sober and ancient gentleman, but your words show you a madman. I thank my good father.”

Vincentio: “Thy father! O villain! My son, my son! Tell me, where is my son, Lucentio?

Tranio: “Call forth an officer and carry this mad knave to the jail.”

Gremio: “Stay, officer; he shall not go to prison.”

Baptista: “Talk not, Signior Gremio; I say he shall go to prison.”

Gremio: “Take heed, Signior Baptista; I dare swear this is the right Vincentio.”

Pedant: “Swear if thou dar’st.

Tranio: “Then thou were best to say that I am not Lucentio.”

Gremio: “Yes, I know thee to be Signior Lucentio.”

Baptista: “Away with the dotard; to the jail with him!”

Vincentio: “Thus strangers may be hailed and abused. O monstrous villain!”

Biondello: “Yonder he is! Deny him, forswear him, or else we are all undone.”

Exit Biondello, Tranio and Pedant as fast as may be

Lucentio: “Pardon, sweet father.”

Vincentio: “Lives my sweet son?”

Baptista: “Where is Lucentio?”

Lucentio: “Here is Lucentio, right son to the right Vincentio, who has by marriage made thy daughter mine, while counterfeit supposes blurred thine eye.”

Vincentio: “Where is that damn villain, Tranio?”

Baptista: “Why, tell me, is not this my Cambio?”

Bianca: “Cambio is changed into Lucentio.”

Lucentio: “Love wrought these miracles. Bianca’s love made me exchange my state with Tranio, while he did bear my countenance in the town. What Tranio did, myself enforced him to; then pardon him, sweet father, for my sake.”

Vincentio: “I’ll slit the villain’s nose who would have sent me to the jail.”

Baptista: (to Lucentio) “But so you hear, sir? Have you married my daughter without asking my goodwill?”

Vincentio: “I will be revenged for this villainy.”

Baptista: “And I to sound the depth of this knavery.”

Exit Vincentio, Baptista, Lucentio, Bianca and Gremio

Petruchio: “Kiss me, Kate.”

Katherine: “What, in the middle of the street?”

Petruchio: “What, are thou ashamed of me?”

Katherine: “No, sir; God forbid; but ashamed to kiss.”

Petruchio: “Why, then, let’s home again.”

Katherine: “Nay, I will give thee a kiss; now pray thee, love, stay.”

Analysis

The various disguises cause much confusion in this scene, as the real father to Lucentio arrives on the scene with the Pedant, a supposed father to Lucentio. As well, the exchange of identity between Tranio and Lucentio comes to an end, which causes even more confusion. But the wedding has already taken place and both Baptista and Vincentio, the fathers of the newlyweds, must reconcile to the apparent madness afoot. Once they all depart Petruchio demands a kiss from Katherine, right in the street. At first she refuses, but once he threatens to have them return immediately to his country estate, she kisses him and they exchange romantic words. “I will give thee a kiss; now pray thee, love, stay.” “Come, my sweet Kate.”

Act V

Scene ii

Lucentio’s house

Enter Baptista, Vincentio, Gremio, the Pedant, Lucentio, Bianca, Petruchio, Katherine, Hortensio and his widow, Tranio, Biondello and Grumio

Lucentio: “My fair Bianca, bid my father welcome, while I with self-same kindness welcome thine. Brother Petruchio and sister Katherine, welcome to my house. My banquet is our great good cheer.”

Baptista: “Now, in good sadness, son Petruchio, I think thou has the veriest shrew of all.”

Petruchio: “Well, I say no; and therefore, for assurance, let’s each one send for his wife, and he whose wife is most obedient, to come at first when he does send for her, shall win the wager which we will propose.”

Hortensio: “Content. What’s the wager?”

Lucentio: “Twenty crowns.”

Petruchio: “Twenty crowns! I’ll venture twenty times so much upon my wife.”

Lucentio: “A hundred then.”

Hortensio: “Content. Who shall begin?”

Lucentio: “That will I. Go, Biondello, bid your mistress come to me.”

Biondello: “I go.” (exits)

Re-enter Biondello

Biondello: “Sir, my mistress sends you word that she is busy and cannot come.”

Petruchio: “How? Is that an answer?”

Hortensio: “Sirrah Biondello, go and entreat my wife to come to me forthwith.”

Exit Biondello

Peruchio: “O, ho! Entreat her, for then she must needs come.”

Re-enter Biondello

Biondello: “She says you have some goodly jest in hand: she will not come; she bids you come to her.”

Petruchio: “Worse and worse; she will not come! O vile, intolerable and not to be endured! Sirrah Grumio, go to your mistress; say I command she come to me.”

Exit Grumio

Enter Katherine

Baptista: “Now, by my holiday, here comes Katherine!”

Katherine “What is your will, sir, that you send for me?”

Petruchio: “Where is your sister, and Hortensio’s wife?”

Katherine: “They sit conferring by the parlour fire.”

Petruchio: “Go, fetch them hither.”

Exit Katherine

Lucentio: “Here is a wonder, if you talk of wonders.”

Hortensio: “And so it is. I wonder what it bodes.”

Petruchio: “Marry, peace it bodes, and love, and a quiet life.”

Baptista: “Now fair befall thee, good Petruchio! The wager thou has won. For she is changed, as she had never been.”

Re-enter Katherine with Bianca and the widow

Petruchio: “See where she comes, and brings your forward wives as prisoners to her womanly persuasion. Katherine, that cap of yours becomes you not: throw it underfoot.”

Katherine complies

Bianca: Fie! What foolish duty call you this?”

Lucentio: “I would your duty were as foolish, too; the wisdom of your duty, fair Bianca, has cost me a hundred crowns.”

Bianca: “The more fool you for laying on my duty.”

Petruchio: “Katherine, I charge thee, tell these headstrong women what duty they do owe their lords and husbands.”

Widow: “She shall not.”

Petruchio: “I say she shall.”

Katherine: “Fie, fie! Unknit that threatening and unkind brow, and dart not scornful glances to wound thy lord, thy king, thy governor. Thy husband is thy lord, thy life, thy keeper, thy head, thy sovereign; one who cares for thee, and for thy maintenance commits his body to painful labour, while thou lies warm at home, secure and safe; and craves no other tribute at thy hands but love, fair looks, and true obedience – too little payment for so great a debt. Such duty as the subject owes the prince, even such a woman owes to her husband. I am ashamed that women are so simple to offer war when they should kneel for peace; or seek for rule, supremacy and sway, when they are bound to serve, love and obey.”

Petruchio: Why, here’s a wench! Come on and kiss me, Kate. Come, Kate, we’ll to bed.”

Exit Petruchio and Katherine

Hortensio; ‘Now go thy ways; thou has tamed a cursed shrew.”

Lucentio: “Tis a wonder she will be so tamed.”

Analysis

Petruchio has tamed Katherine, the shrew. How has he done it? He was certainly firm and harsh, but it was all done with the clear intent to ensure her the finest of everything. He did not want to marry a shrew, but a partner who first had to be tamed from the wildness of so much disdain for traditional roles for men and women. She could never be with a Lucentio or a Hortensio, and thinking that that was all the entire world was comprised of, she raged on in earnest against her very sister and father, who both yearned to see the girls married conventionally. But then along came Petruchio, who was not at all dull and who commanded with ample wit and more than a touch of madness, ensuring that theirs would be anything but a traditional and boring marriage. Their wits intertwined and a genuine love grew between them and she was wholly convinced that he was behaving in a way that confounded all but her, and enabled them to love one another entirely outside the bounds of everything conventional that she feared and hated. At the start of the play Bianca seemed to have everything and Katherine was unpossessed of even the most remote prospect for love. And yet in the end both Bianca and the widow demonstrate disdain for their ‘traditional’ husbands, while Katherine is both honour bound and full of love in her marriage to the very exotic Petruchio. And Petruchio, far from settling for who at first appeared to be a ferocious shrew, has found a spicy partner who matches him wit for wit and energy for energy and love for love. They have done well in finding one another. While demonstrating the outward trappings of a stale life of convention, it is abundantly evident that there is enough character and passion, wisdom and wit in the two of them to ensure a lasting partnership of vibrancy and love, which they will revel in while the traditions surround them in the relationships they chose to avoid. I see no reason why Petruchio and Katherine would not remain one of Shakespeare’s limited number of more promising relationships. In a play about identity, these two have learned who they are and what they require in a marriage in order to be truly happy. Not sure we can say the same about the other twisted identities throughout the play. Certainly Bianca and Lucentio seem to be launching into a marital battle of wills, the likes of which Petruchio and Katherine have demonstrated little or any need or desire to partake in. Bravo!

Final thoughts

The Taming of the shrew is a superb commentary by William Shakespeare on relations between Italian men and women during the renaissance . Women were expected to be obedient to their often brutish and uninspired husbands and Katherine wants nothing to do with so traditional an arrangement. It is only when unconventional Petruchio arrives does Katherine realize she has an opportunity to partner up with a most interesting man and consents to the role of obedient wife in exchange for marrying into a witty and exotic union where she is clearly loved and appreciated. Katherine’s change throughout the play is quite dramatic. Initially, she is considered a shrew by everyone around her, including her sister and father, so she lives up to the expectations she encounters every day and has some pretty serious anger management issues. But when Petruchio tells her she is actually mild and loving, she begins to see herself quite differently and finds for herself a meaningful role in society as respected wife to Petruchio. In a play full of disguises and questions of identity, Katherine learns that she need not be wholly defined by the society which judges her so harshly, but can find a vibrant life of love with a worthy partner.

The Taming of the Shrew was an early work of Shakespeare’s, written in 1594, just after Richard III and before Love’s Labour’s Lost. He invented the induction and the main plot himself and borrowed the Bianca and suitors subplot from the 15th Century Italian poet, Ludovico Aristo. There was a play entitled The Taming of ‘a’ Shrew, also published in 1594. It is thought today that ‘a’ Shrew was most likely a version of Shakespeare’s play pieced together by his actor friends.

The play was very popular in Shakespeare’s day, so much so that playwright John Fletcher actually wrote a sequel in 1611 entitled ‘The Tamer Tamed’, in which Peruchio’s second wife treats him exactly as he treated Kate. Notable modern Katherines have been played by Peggy Ashcroft, Vanessa Redgrave, Mary Pickford and Elizabeth Taylor, while memorable Petruchios have been portrayed by Ralph Richardson, Peter O’Toole, John Cleese, Douglas Fairbanks and Richard Burton. Per usual, youtube has plenty of stage and film productions of Taming of the Shrew and there are numerous clips and much analysis.

Measure for Measure

Introduction

Measure for Measure depicts a social experiment. Duke Vincentio of Vienna is thinking that obedience to the laws have become too lax and announces that he must leave the city and places his puritanical deputy, Angelo, in charge. The Duke then disguises himself as a local friar in order to witness what happens. Angelo rigorously enforces the laws against morality, closing the brothels and having one of the main characters in the play, Claudio, arrested for getting his finance, Juliet, pregnant. Furthermore, Claudio’s punishment is determined by Angelo to be death. When Claudio asks his sister, Isabella, a novice nun, to intercede on his behalf, Angelo himself experiences a strong lustful attraction to Isabel and offers to pardon her brother only if she has sex with Angelo. When Isabella refuses it seems Claudio must die. But a friar (the Duke) visits Claudio and they concoct a plan to save his life by having Isabella merely pretend to agree to have sex with Angelo, and then Angelo’s fiancé he abandoned, Mariana, will slip in and change places with Isabella and Claudio will be saved and Angelo will have to marry Mariana. They pull off the bed switch but Angelo still refuses to pardon Claudio. More complications arise, naturally, and finally the Duke abandons his disguise and orders Angelo to marry Mariana and Claudio is finally saved. The play ends with a quadruple wedding!

Ultimately, this is a play about justice, morality and mercy and the gap that exists between innocence and corruption. But mostly it is a bare boned examination of human relationships. This being a comedy, albeit a difficult one, mercy and innocence prevail, but not before the various themes are all given considerable examination. Early in the play an elderly judge reflects in an aside that ‘Some rise by sin, and some by virtue fall.” Nothing is what it seems in Measure for Measure. The Duke does not really ever leave Vienna but is watching his experiment the entire while, disguised as a monk. He proposes the bed trick, insists falsely that Claudio is dead and then ends up marrying the same novice-nun who Angelo tried to bed. The puritanical Angelo rages with lust for Isabella, who will pretend to have sex to save her brother Claudio, who is condemned to die anyway, even though Isabella apparently fulfilled Angelo’s terms for his release. But even Claudio’s death is staged and a pirate’s head is substituted for his. In the end the Duke condemns Angelo to death for his actions but it is Mariana and Isabella who successfully plead for his life, so that love and forgiveness finally triumph over hypocrisy and the rigours of the law. The act 5 resolution in Measure for Measure leaves us breathless, when one surprise after another springs itself upon us. The title of the play references Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount: “With what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again… judge not, lest you be judged.” This is a rich play of complex characters who grow and change throughout the performance. It is an excellent play, affording readers and viewers these same opportunities for growth and change in our perspectives of what it is to be human in our interactions with one another.

Act I (4 scenes)

Scene i

The Duke’s palace

Enter Duke and Escalus

Duke: “Escalus! Bid come before us Angelo. For you must know we have with special soul elected him our absence to supply. What think you of it?”

Escalus: “If any in Vienna be of worth to undergo such ample grace and honour, it is Lord Angelo.”

Enter Angelo

Angelo: “Always obedient to your Grace’s will, I come to know your pleasure.”

Duke: “Angelo – in our remove be thou at full ourself; mortality and mercy in Vienna live in thy tongue and heart. Old Escalus, though first in question, is thy secondary. Take thy commission.”

Angelo: “Now, good my lord, let there be some more test made of my metal, before so noble and so great a figure be stamped upon it.”

Duke: “No more evasion! We have with a leavened and prepared choice proceeded to you; therefore take your honours. Our haste from hence leaves unquestioned matters of needful value. We shall write to you, and do look to know what doth before you here. So, fare you well. To the hopeful execution do I leave you of your commissions. Your scope is as my own, so enforce or qualify the laws as to your soul seems good. Once more, fare you well.”

Analysis

This play will be about Angelo as the ruler of Vienna, during the absence of the Duke. Therefore, this first scene of the play sets that up nicely. Law enforcement has been lax and Angelo is a strict Puritanical leader. What we will learn, as suggested in the introduction above, is that the Duke is very curious to see what will happen with Angelo as the supreme ruler of Vienna. In fact, the Duke does not go away, as he claims. He will remain in Vienna, disguise as a friar, in order to closely monitor the effectiveness of Angelo’s rule.

Act I

Scene ii

A street

Enter Lucio and two gentlemen. They see Mistress Overdone approaching.

Lucio: “Behold, behold! I have purchased many diseases under her roof.”

Mrs. Overdone: “Well, well! There’s one yonder arrested and carried to prison.”

1 Gentleman: “Who’s that, I pray thee?’

Mrs Overdone: “Claudio, Signior Claudio.”

1 Gentleman: “Claudio to prison? Tis not so.”

Mrs Overdone: “Nay, but I know tis so: I saw him arrested and saw him carried away; and, which is more, within these three days his head is to be chopped off.”

Lucio: “Art thou sure of this?”

Mrs Overdone: “I am too sure of it; and it is for getting Madam Juliet with child.”

Lucio: “Away; let’s go learn the truth of this.”

Enter Pompey (a clown and servant to Mistress Overdone)

Mrs Overdone: ” How now! What’s the news with you?”

Pompey: “Yonder man is carried to prison, groping for trouts in a particular river. You have not heard of the proclamation?”

Mrs Overdone: “What proclamation, man?”

Pompey: “All houses of resort in the suburbs of Vienna must be plucked down.”

Mrs Overdone: “But shall become of me?”

Pompey: “Come, fear not you: good counsellors lack not clients. Though you change your place you need not change your trade; I’ll be your tapster still. Courage. Here comes Signior Claudio, led by the provost to prison; and there’s Madam Juliet.”

Enter Provost, Claudio, Juliet and officers.

Claudio: “Bear me to prison, where I am committed.”

Provost: “I do it not in evil disposition, but from Lord Angelo by special charge.”

Lucio: “Why, how now, Claudio, whence comes this restraint?”

Claudio: “From too much liberty, my Lucio, liberty.”

Lucio: “What’s thy offence, Claudio?”

Claudio: “What but to speak of would offend again.”

Lucio: “What, is it murder?”

Claudio: “No.”

Lucio: “Lechery?”

Claudio: “Call it so.”

Lucio: “Is lechery so looked after?”

Provost: “Away, sir, you must go.”

Claudio: “I got possession of Juliet’s bed. She is fast my wife, save that we do the denunciation lack of outward order.”

Lucio: “With child, perhaps?”

Claudio: “Unhappily, even so. And the new deputy now for the Duke, who, newly in his seat, that it may know he can command, lets it straight feel the spur. But this new governor awakes me all the enrolled penalties which have hung by the wall and now puts the neglected act freshly on me.”

Lucio: “Send after the Duke, and appeal to him.”

Claudio: “I have done so, but he’s not to be found. I prithee, Lucio, do me this kind service: this day my sister should the cloister enter; acquaint her with the danger of my state; implore her, in my voice, that she make friends with this strict deputy. I have great hope in that; for in her youth there is a prone and speechless dialect such as move men. Well she can persuade.”

Lucio: “I pray she may.”

Claudio: “I thank you.”

Analysis

We immediately learn that Angelo is cracking down hard on morality crimes in Vienna. The houses of prostitution are all being shut down and Angelo has been arrested for having sex with his fiancé, Juliet, before the wedding. He cannot appeal to the Duke because the Duke has apparently vanished. All Claudio can do is appeal to Lucio to inform Isabella, Claudio’s sister, who will soon take her final vows as a nun. She is very persuasive and Claudio hopes she might intervene with Angelo on Claudio’s behalf. This will advance the story and insert a dramatic twist onto Angelo, the puritanical ruler of Vienna.

Act I

Scene iii

A monastery

Enter the Duke and Friar Thomas

Duke: “My desire of thee to give me secret harbour hath a purpose.”

Friar Thomas: “May your Grace speak of it?”

Duke: “I have delivered to Lord Angelo, a man of stricture and firm abstinence, my absolute power and place here in Vienna, and he supposes me to have travelled to Poland. Now, pious sir, you will demand of me why I do this.”

Friar Thomas: “Gladly, my lord.”

Duke: “We have strict statutes and most biting laws, which for these fourteen years we have let slip. So our decrees, dead to infliction, to themselves are dead; and liberty plucks justice by the nose; the baby beats the nurse, and quite athwart goes all decorum. Therefore, indeed, my father, I have on Angelo imposed the office. And to behold his sway, I will, as ’twere a brother of your order, visit both prince and people. Therefore, I prithee, supply me with a habit, and instruct me how I may formally in person bear me like a true friar. Lord Angelo is precise; hence shall we see, if power change purpose, what our seemers be.”

Analysis

Here is where we learn that the missing Duke, thought to be in Poland, will really remain here in Vienna, watching the events unfold with Angelo at the helm of state. He will assume the disguise of a friar. The laws have not been sufficiently applied for fourteen years, so he is turning things over to the Angelo, a man ‘precise’ and of ‘firm abstinence’.

Act I

Scene iv

A nunnery

Enter Isabella and Francisca

Lucio: “Ho! Peace be in this place!”

Isabella: “Who is that who calls?”

Francisca: “it is a man’s voice. Gentle Isabella, know his business. You may, I may not; you are yet unsworn; when you have vowed, you must not speak with men.”

Exit Francisca

Isabella: “Peace and prosperity! Who is it who calls?”

Enter Lucio:

Lucio: “Hail, virgin, if you be. Can you bring me to the sight of Isabella, a novice of this place, and the fair sister to her unhappy brother Claudio?”

Isabella: “Why her unhappy brother? I am that Isabella, and his sister.”

Lucio: “Gentle and fair, your brother is in prison.”

Isabella: “Woe me! For what?”

Lucio: “He hath got his friend with child. Your brother and his lover have embraced, even so her plenteous womb expresses his full husbandry.”

Isabella: “My cousin Juliet?”

Lucio: “She it is.”

Isabella: “O, let him marry her.”

Lucio: “This is the point. The Duke is very strangely gone from hence. Upon his place, and with full line of his authority, governs Lord Angelo. He, to give fear to liberty, which has for long run by the hideous law, has picked out an act under whose heavy sentence your brother’s life falls into forfeit; he arrests him on it, and follows close to the rigour of the statute to make him an example. All hope is gone, unless you have the grace by your fair prayer to soften Angelo.”

Isabella: “Does he so seek his life?”

Lucio: “The provost has a warrant for his execution.”

Isabella: “Alas! What poor ability is in me to do him good?”

Lucio: “Go to Lord Angelo, and let him learn to know, when maidens sue, men give like gods.”

Isabella: “I’ll see what I can do.”

Lucio: “But speedily.”

Isabella: “I will about it straight. Good sir, adieu .”

Analysis

Lucio does as Claudio requested of him, appealing to his sister Isabella, a novice nun, to intercede on his behalf and speak to Angelo about his case. Angelo is cracking down hard on sexual impropriety in Vienna. However, assigning the death penalty onto Claudio for having sex with his intended bride seems excessive. Let the events proceed!

Act II (4 scenes)

Scene i

A hall in Angelo’s house

Enter Angelo, Escalus, a Justice and the Provost

Angelo: “We must not make a scarecrow of the law, setting it up to fear the birds of prey, and let it keep one shape till custom make it their perch, and not their terror.”

Escalus: “Ay, but yet let us be keen. Alas, this gentleman, whom I would save, whom I believe to be most straight in virtue, that, in the working of your own affections, had time cohered with place, whether you had not sometime in your life erred in this point which now you censure him.”

Angelo: “Tis one thing to be tempted, Escalus, another thing to fall. You may not so extenuate his offence; but rather tell me, when I, that censure him, do so offend, let mine own judgment pattern out my death. Sir, he must die.”

Escalus: “Be it as your wisdom will.”

Angelo: “Provost, see that Claudio be executed by nine tomorrow morning. Bring him his confessor; let him be prepared.”

Exit Provost

Escalus: (aside) “Well, heaven forgive him, and forgive us all! Some rise by sin, and some by virtue fall.

Enter Constable Elbow with Froth and Pompey

Elbow: “Come, bring them away. If these be good people in the commonwealth who do nothing but use their abuses in common houses, I know no law.”

Angelo: “How now, sir! What’s your name and what’s the matter?”

Elbow: “If it please your honour, I am the poor Duke’s constable, and my name is Elbow. I do bring in here before your good honour two notorious benefactors.”

Angelo: “Benefactors? Are they not malefactors?”

Elbow: “If it please your honour, but precise villains they are.”

Escalus: “Here’s a wise officer.”

Angelo: “What quality are they of?”

Elbow: “He, sir? A tapster, sir; one that serves a bad woman; whose house, sir, was, as they say, plucked down in the suburbs.”

Pompey: “Sir, if it please your honour, this is not so.”

Angelo: “I’ll take my leave, and leave you to the hearing of the cause, hoping you find good cause to whip them all.”

Escalus: “I think no less.”

Exit Angelo

Escalus: “So, what trade are you of, sir?”

Pompey: “A tapster, a poor widow’s tapster.”

Escalus: “Your mistress’ name?”

Pompey: “Mistress Overdone.”

Escalus: “Has she had any more than one husband?”

Pompey: “Nine, sir; Overdone by the last.”

Escalus: “Nine! Come hither to me, master Froth. I would not have you acquainted with tapsters. They will draw you and you will hang them. Get you gone, and let me hear no more of you.”

Froth: “For my own part, I never come into any room in a tap house but I am drawn in.”

Escalus: “Well, no more of it, Master Froth. Farewell. (exit Froth) Come you hither to me, Master Tapster. What’s your name?”

Pompey: “Pompey.”

Escalus: “What else?”

Pompey: “Bum, sir.”

Escalus: “Truth, and your bum is the greatest thing about you; so that, in the beastliest sense, you are Pompey the Great. Pompey, you are a bawd and a tapster, are you not?”

Pompey: “Truly, sir, I am a poor fellow that would live.”

Escalus: “How would you live, Pompey – by being a bawd? Is that a lawful trade?”

Pompey: “If the law would allow it, sir.”

Escalus: “But the law will not allow it, Pompey; it shall not be allowed in Vienna. There are pretty orders beginning, I can tell you; it is but heading and hanging.”

Pompey: “If you head and hang all that offend that way but for ten years together, you’ll be glad to give out a commission for more heads. If you live to see this come to pass, say Pompey told you so.”

Escalus: “Thank you, good Pompey; and in requital of your prophesy, hark you: I advise you, let me not find you before me again upon any complaint whatsoever. If I do, Pompey, I shall prove a shrewd Caesar to you; in plain dealing, Pompey, I shall have you whipt. So for this time, Pompey, fare you well.”

Pompey: “I thank your worship for your good counsel. (aside) But I shall follow it as the flesh and fortune shall better determine. Whip me? No, no; the valiant heart’s not whipt out of his trade.”

Exit Pompey

Escalus: “It grieves me for the death of Claudio; but there’s no remedy.”

Justice: “Lord Angelo is severe.”

Escalus: “It is but needful; mercy is not itself that often looks so; pardon is still the nurse of second woe. But yes, poor Claudio! There is no remedy.”

Analysis

Wise old Escalus appeals to Angelo to reconsider his harsh sentence open Claudio, but Angelo is rigid and will not alter his execution order: ‘Sir, he must die.’ Once Angelo leaves, Escalus delivers, in an aside, perhaps the play’s greatest quote: “Some rise by sin and some by virtue fall.” When two men associated with the bawdy houses are brought before Angelo he questions them and leaves them to be judged by Escalus, in a comic exchange.

Act II

Scene ii

Another room in Angelo’s house.

Enter Angelo, Provost and a servant

Angelo: “Now, what’s the matter, Provost?”

Provost: “Is it your will Claudio shall die tomorrow?”

Angelo: “Did not I tell thee yea? Why does thou ask again? Do you your office, or give up your place, and you shall well be spared.”

Provost: “I crave your honour’s pardon, what shall be done, sir, with the groaning Juliet? She’s very near her hour.”

Angelo: “Dispose of her to some more fitter place, and that with speed.”

Servant: “Here is the sister of the man condemned; she desires access to you.”

Angelo: “Hath he a sister?”

Provost: “Ay, my good lord, a very virtuous maid, and to be shortly of a sisterhood, if not already.”

Angelo: “Well, let her be admitted.”

Enter Lucio and Isabella

Angelo: (to Isabella) “Stay a little while. What is your will?”

Isabella: “I am a woeful suitor to your honour.”

Angelo: “Well, what is your suit?”

Isabella: “There is a vice that most I do abhor, and most desire should meet the blow of justice; for which I would not plead, but that I must.”

Angelo: “Well, the matter?”

Isabella: “I have a brother is condemned to die; I do beseech you, let it be his fault, and not my brother.”

Angelo: “Condemn the fault and not the actor of it.”

Isabella: “Must he needs die? “

Angelo: “Maiden, no remedy.”

Isabella: “Yes; I do think that you might pardon him, and neither heaven nor man would grieve at the mercy.”

Angelo: “I will not do it.”

Isabella: “But might you do it, and do the world no wrong, if so your heart were touched with that remorse as mine is to him.”

Angelo: “He is sentenced; it is too late. Pray you be gone. Your brother is a forfeit of the law, and you but waste your words.”

Isabella: “How would you be if He, who is the top of judgment, should but judge you as you are? O, think on that; and very then will breathe within your lips, like a man made new.”

Angelo: “Be you content, fair maid. Were he my kinsman, it should be thus with him. He must die tomorrow.”

Isabella: “Tomorrow! O, that’s sudden! Spare him! He’s not prepared for death. Bethink you, my lord, who has died for this offence? There are many who have committed it.”

Lucio: (aside) “Ay, well said.”

Angelo: “The law has not been dead, though it has slept. Now tis awake, so take note of what is done.”

Isabella: “Yet show some pity.”

Angelo: “I show It most of all when I show justice. And do him right who, answering one foul wrong, lives not to act another. Be satisfied: your brother dies tomorrow.”

Isabella: “So you must be the first to give this sentence. O, it is excellent to have a giant’s strength! But it is tyrannous to use it like a giant.”

Angelo: “Why do you put these sayings upon me?”

Isabella: “Because authority has yet a kind of medicine in itself. Go to your bosom, knock there, and ask your heart what it knows that’s like my brother’s fault. Gentle my lord, turn back.”

Angelo: “I will bethink me. Come again tomorrow.”

Isabella: “Hark, how I’ll bribe you.”

Angelo: “How, bribe me?”

Isabella: “Ay, with such gifts that heaven shall share with you. Not with tested gold, but with true prayers, that shall be up at heaven.”

Angelo: “Well, come to me tomorrow.”

Isabella: “Heaven keep your honour safe!”

Exit all but Angelo

Angelo: (aside) “Amen; for I am that way going to temptation where prayers cross. What’s this? Is this her fault or mine? The tempter or the tempted, who sins most? Ha! Not she; nor does she tempt; but it is I who, does as the carrion does, not as the flower, corrupt with virtuous season. O, fie, fie, fie! What art thou, Angelo? Does thou desire her foully for those things that make her good? O, let her brother live! Thieves for their robbery have authority when judges steal themselves. What, do I love her, that I desire to hear her speak again, and feast upon her eyes? What is it I dream on? O cunning enemy, that, to catch a saint, with saints doth bait thy hook! Most dangerous is that temptation that doth goad us on to sin in loving virtue. Never could the strumpet once stir my temper; but this virtuous maid subdues me quite.”

Analysis

The main dramatic tension of the play is presented here between Isabella and Angelo. First the Provost appeals to Angelo to reconsider his sentence upon Claudio. Then Isabella arrives to try to save her brother’s life. Angelo will not budge until he finally admits that he will think it over and have her return tomorrow. She offers to bribe him with true prayers that will reach heaven. Then in a dramatic aside, we learn that he is lusting after this sister of Claudio’s and this sister of the Church. He is tempted to commit the same crime as Claudio is being sentenced to die over. The Puritan is apparently less pure than we were led to believe.

Act II

Scene iii

A prison

Enter the Duke, disguised as a Friar, and the Provost

Duke: “Hail to you, Provost!”

Provost: “What is your will, good friar?”

Duke: “Bound by my charity, I come to visit the afflicted spirits here in the prison. Do me the common right to let me see them, and to make me know the nature of their crimes, that I may minister to them accordingly.”

Enter Juliet

Provost: “Look, here comes one; a gentlewoman. She is with child; and he who got it is sentenced to die for this.”

Duke: “When must he die?”

Provost: “Tomorrow.”

Duke: (to Juliet) “Repent you, fair one, of the sin you carry?”

Juliet: “I do; and bear the shame most patiently.”

Duke: “Love you the man who wronged you?”

Juliet: “Yes, as I love the woman who wronged him.”

Duke: “So then, it seems, your act was mutually committed. Then was your sin of heavier kind than his.”

Juliet: “I do confess it, and repent it, father.”

Duke: “Your partner, as I hear, must die tomorrow.”

Juliet: “Must die tomorrow! O, injurious law!”

Analysis

The Duke, disguised as a friar, comes to the prison to visit the ‘afflicted spirits’ and there encounters Claudio’s pregnant fiancé, whom he informs of Claudio’s death sentence, which is to be carried out tomorrow. Clearly, the Duke would be more charitable than Angelo, as he absolves Juliet’s sins. The Duke, in disguise, will be everywhere throughout the play, attempting to assess the characters caught up in Angelo’s prosecution of the law and right the wrongs wrought by Angelo’s excesses.

Act II

Scene iv

Angelo’s house

Enter Angelo and a servant

Angelo: “How now, who’s there?”

Servant: “One Isabella, a sister, desires access to you.”

Angelo: “Teach her the way. (exit servant) O heavens! Why does my blood thus muster to my heart, dispossessing all of my other parts of necessary fitness?”

Enter Isabella

Angelo: “How now, fair maid?”

Isabella: “I am come to know your pleasure.”

Angelo: “That you might know it would much better please me than to demand what it is. Your brother cannot live. Yet may he live awhile. Then I shall pose you quickly. Which had you rather – that the most just law now took your brother’s life; or, to redeem him, give up your body to such sweet uncleanliness as she who he has stained?”

Isabella: “Sir, believe this: I had rather give my body than my soul.”

Angelo: “I talk not of your soul. Answer to this: I, now the voice of the recorded law, pronounce a sentence on your brother’s life; might there not be a charity in sin to save this brother’s life?”

Isabella: “Please you to do it. It is no sin at all, but charity. That I do beg his life, if it be sin, heaven let me bear it.”

Angelo: “Nay, but hear me; your sense pursues not mine; either you are ignorant or seem so, craftily; and that’s not good. But mark me: I’ll speak more gross – your brother is to die. Admit no other way to save his life, that you, his sister, finding yourself desired by such a person could fetch your brother from the manacles of the all-binding law; and that there were no earthly means to save him but that either you must lay down the treasures of your body to this supposed, or else let him suffer – what would you do?”

Isabella: “As much for my poor brother as myself. The impression of keen whips I’d wear as rubies, ere I’d yield my body up to shame.”

Angelo:”Then must your brother die.”

Isabella: “Better it were a brother died at once than that a sister, by redeeming him, should die forever.”

Angelo: “Were you not, then, as cruel as the sentence that you have slandered so?”

Isabella: “Lawful mercy is nothing kin to foul redemption.”

Angelo: “Let me be bold: plainly conceived, I love you.”

Isabella: “My brother did love Juliet, and you tell me that he shall die for it.”

Angelo: “He shall not, Isabella, if you give me love.”

Isabella: “Sign me a present pardon for my brother or I’ll tell the world aloud what man thou art.”

Angelo: “Who will believe thee, Isabella? My unsoiled name, the austereness of my life, my vouch against you, and my place in the state, will so your accusation overweigh. And now I give my sensual race the rein: fit thy consent to my sharp appetite; redeem thy brother by yielding up thy body to my will; or else he must not only die the death, but thy unkindliness shall his death draw out to lingering sufferance. Answer me tomorrow or I’ll prove a tyrant to him. As for you, say what you can: my false overweighs your true.

Exit Angelo

Isabella: “To whom should I complain? Did I tell this, who would believe me? I’ll to my brother. Yet has he in him such a mind of honour that, had he twenty heads to tender down on twenty bloody blocks, he’d yield them up before his sister should her body stoop to such abhorred pollution. Then, Isabella, live chaste, and, brother, die: more than our brother is our chastity. I’ll tell him of Angelo’s request, and fit his mind to death, for his soul’s rest.”

Analysis

Angelo acts upon his attraction to Isabella, telling her that she can only save her brother if she agrees to have sex with him. Isabella is a chaste novice nun and naturally refuses to even consider Angelo’s proposition, even if it means that her brother is condemned to death. She furthermore threatens to expose him for what he has suggested to her. He claims that no one would believe her. So much for the Puritanical Angelo. And so much, it would seem, for poor Claudio.

Act III (2 scenes)

Scene i

The prison

Enter the Duke, disguised, Claudio and the Provost

Duke: “So, you hope of pardon from Lord Angelo?”

Claudio: “The miserable have no other medicine, but only hope: I have hope to live, and am prepared to die.”

Duke: “Be absolute for death. Reason thus with life. If I do lose thee, I lose a thing that none but fools would keep. Merely, thou art death’s fool; for him thou labours by thy flight to shun and yet runs toward him still. Thy best of rest is sleep, yet grossly fears thy death, which is no more. For thou exists on many a thousand grains that issue out of dust. For what thou has not, still thou strives to get, and what thou has, forgets. Thou bears thy heavy riches but a journey, and death unloads thee. What yet is this that bears the name of life? Yet in this life lie hid more thousand deaths; yet death we fear.”

Claudio: “I humbly thank you. To sue to live, I find I seek to die; and, seeking death, find life. Let it come on.”

Enter Isabella

Isabella: “My business is a word or two with Claudio.”

Provost: “Look, Signior, here’s your sister.”

Duke: “Provost, a word with you. Bring me to hear them speak, where I may be concealed.”

Exit he Duke and the Provost

Claudio: “Now sister, what’s the comfort?”

Isabella: “Why, as all comforts are. Lord Angelo intends you for his swift ambassador, where you shall be an everlasting ledger. Therefore, your best appointment make with speed; tomorrow you set on.”

Claudio: “Is there no remedy?”

Isabella: “None, to save a head, to cleave a heart in twain.”

Claudio: “But is there any?”

Isabella: “Yes, brother, you may live: there is a devilish mercy in the judge, if you’ll implore it, that will free your life.”

Claudio: “But in what nature? Let me know the point.”

Isabella: “Dar’st thou die? The sense of death is most in apprehension.”

Claudio: “If I must die, I will encounter darkness as a bride and hug it in my arms.”

Isabella: “Yes, thou must die. This outward-sainted deputy is yet a devil. He would appear a pond as deep as hell.”

Claudio: “The precise Angelo.”

Isabella: “Does thou think, Claudio, if I would yield him my virginity thou might be freed?”

Claudio: “O heavens! It cannot be.”

Isabella: “This night’s the time that I should do what I abhor to name, or else thou dies tomorrow.”

Claudio: “Thou shall not do it.”

Isabella: “O, were it but my life! I’d throw it down for your deliverance as frankly as a pin.”

Claudio: “Thanks, dear Isabella.”

Isabella: “Be ready, Claudio, for your death tomorrow.”

Claudio: “Sure it is no sin; or of the deadly seven it is the least. O Isabella!”

Isabella: “What says my brother?”

Claudio: “Death is a fearful thing.”

Isabella: “And a shamed life hateful.”

Claudio: “Ay, but to die, and go we know not where; to lie in cold obstruction, and to rot; to be imprisoned in the viewless winds, and blown with restless violence round about the pendent world; tis too horrible. The weariest and most loathed worldly life that age, ache and imprisonment can lay on nature is a paradise to what we fear of death. Sweet sister, let me live. What sin you do to save a brother’s life, nature dispenses with the deed so far that it becomes a virtue.”

Isabella; “O you beast! O faithless coward! O dishonest wretch! Will thou be made a man out of my vice? Is it not a kind of incest to take life from thine own sister’s shame? Take my defiance; die; perish. I’ll pray a thousand prayers for thy death, no word to save thee. Mercy to thee would prove itself a bawd; tis best that thou die quickly.”

Re-enter the Duke

Duke: “Vouchsafe a word, young sister. I would by and by have some speech with you.”

Isabella: “I will attend you awhile.”

Isabella stands apart

Duke: “Son, I have overheard what has passed between you and your sister. Angelo had never the purpose to corrupt her; only he has made an assay of her virtue to practice his judgment. I am confessor to Angelo, and I know this to be true; therefore, prepare yourself to death; go to your knees and make ready.”

Claudio: “Let me ask my sister pardon. I am so out of love with life that I will sue to be rid of it.”

Exit Claudio

Provost: “What is your will, father?”

Duke: “That, now you are come, you will be gone. Leave me awhile with the maid.”

Exit Provost

Duke: “The hand that has made you fair has made you good. The assault that Angelo has made to you, fortune has conveyed to my understanding, and I should wonderments at Angelo. How will you do to content this substitute, and to save your brother?”

Isabella: “I had rather my brother die by the law than my son should be unlawfully born.”

Duke: “You made trial of you only. Therefore, fasten your ear on my advising. A remedy presents itself. I do make myself believe that you may most uprighteously do a poor wronged lady a merited benefit; redeem your brother from the angry law; do no stain to your own gracious person; and much please the absent Duke, if he shall ever return to have hearing of this business.”

Isabella: “Let me hear you speak farther: I have spirit to do anything that appears not foul in the truth of my spirit.”

Duke: “Have you not heard speak of Mariana?”

Isabella: “I have heard of the lady, and good words went with her name.”

Duke: “She should this Angelo have married; was affianced to her by oath, and the nuptial appointed.”

Isabella: “Can this be so? Did Angelo so leave her?”

Duke: “Left her in her tears, and dried not one of them with his comfort, pretending in the discoveries of her dishonour; and he, a marble to her tears, is washed with them, but relents not.”

Isabella: “What corruption in this life that will let this man live. But how out of this can she avail?”

Duke: “It is a rupture that you may easily heal; and the cure of it not only saves your brother, but keeps you from dishonour in doing it.”

Isabella: “Show me how, good father.”

Duke: “The forenamed maid has yet in her the continuance of her first affection; his unjust unkindness, that in all reason should have quenched her love, has made it more unruly. Go you to Angelo; answer his requiring with a plausible obedience; agree with his demands; only refer yourself to this advantage: first, that your stay with him may not be long. We shall advise this wronged maid to stead up your appointment and go in your place. If the encounter acknowledge itself hereafter, it may compel him to her recompense; and here, by this, is your brother saved, your honour untainted, the poor Marina advantaged, and the corrupt deputy scaled. What think you of it?”

Isabella: “The image of it gives me content already ; and I trust it will grow to a most prosperous perfection.”

Duke: “It lies much in your holding up. Haste you speedily to Angelo; if for this night he entreat you to his bed, give him promise of satisfaction.”

Isabella: “Fare you well, good father.”

Analysis

The Duke, disguised as a friar and prowling about Vienna while Angelo rules, has gone to the prison to speak with Claudio. He waxes poetic to him about not being afraid to die until Isabella arrives. Then he conceals himself so that he can overhear the conversation between Claudio and Isabella. The Duke is the master manipulator, always behind the scenes. Once Isabella tells Claudio that he must, in fact, prepare to die since the only way he can be released is if she were to have sex with Angelo, he implores her to have sex with Angelo in order to save his life. ‘Sweet sister, let me live.’ She is repulsed by this suggestion and tells him he must die. The Duke emerges as friar and asks to speak with Isabella. He has a plan to save the entire situation. Isabella must agree to sleep with Angelo and then at the last minute Angelo’s former fiancé, Mariana, who he ditched unceremoniously, will take her place. Angelo will believe he has been intimate with Isabella. This will require him to honour his vows to Mariana, preserve the honour of Isabella, free Claudio from his prison and death warrant and please the Duke, should he ever return. Isabella agrees to the plan. The Duke is on to what a wicked job Angelo is doing in his place, but concocts this plan to right these wrongs regarding Claudio, Isabella, Angelo and Mariana before he returns to rule again as Duke of Vienna.

Act III

Scene ii

The street before the prison

Enter the Duke, disguised, the officer Elbow, and Pompey

Duke: “What offence has this man made you, sir?”

Elbow: “He has offended the law.”

Duke: “A bawd, sirrah, a wicked bawd! The evil that thou causes to be done, that is thy means to live. Can thou believe thy living is a life, so stinkingly depending? Go mend, go mend. Take him to prison, officer.”

Elbow: “He must before the deputy, sir. He has given him warning. The deputy cannot abide a whoremaster. His neck will come to your waste – a cord, sir.”

Enter Lucio

Pompey: “I cry bail.”

Lucio: “How now, noble Pompey? What, at the wheels of Caesar? How does my dear morsel, thy mistress? Ever your fresh whore? Art thou going to prison, Pompey?”

Pompey: “Yes, faith, sir.”

Lucio: “For debt, Pompey, or how?”

Elbow: “For being a bawd.”

Lucio: “Well, then, imprison him. Bawd he is doubtless, and of antiquity, too; bawd-born. Farewell, good Pompey.”

Pompey: “I hope, sir, your good worship will be my bail.”

Lucio: “No, indeed, will I not. I will pray, Pompey, to increase your bondage. Go to the kennel, Pompey, go.”

Exit Elbow with Pompey

Lucio: “What news, friar, of the Duke?”

Duke: “I know none. Can you tell me of any?”

Lucio: “Some say he is with the Emperor of Russia; others that he is in Rome; but where is he, think you?”

Duke: “I know not where; but wheresoever, I wish him well.”

Lucio: “Lord Angelo dukes it well in his absence. He puts transgressions to it.”

Duke: “He does well in it.”

Lucio: “A little more lenity to lechery would do no harm.”

Duke: “It is too general a vice, and severity must cure it.”

Lucio: “Yes, in good sooth, the vice is of a great kindred. But what a ruthless thing this is in him, for the rebellion of a codpiece to take away the life of a man! Would the absent Duke have done this? He had some feeling and that instructed him to mercy. The greater file of the subject held the Duke to be wise.”

Duke: “Wise? Why, no question but he was.”

Lucio: “A very superficial, ignorant, unweighing fellow.”

Duke: “Either this is envy in you, folly or mistaking. The very stream of his life gives him a better proclamation. Therefore, you speak unskilfully.”

Lucio: “Sir, I know him, and I love him.”

Due: “Love talks with better knowledge, and knowledge with dearer love.”

Lucio: “Come, sir, I know what I know.”

Duke: “I can hardly believe that, since you know not what you speak. I pray you your name?”

Lucio: “Sir, my name is Lucio, well known to the Duke.”

Duke: “He shall know you better, sir, if I may live to report you.”

Lucio: “I fear you not.”

Duke: “O, you hope the Duke will return no more.”

Lucio: “But no more of this. Can thou tell me if Claudio dies tomorrow or no?”

Duke: Why should he die, sir?”

Lucio: “I would the Duke we talk of were returned again. Would he were returned!”

Exit Lucio

Duke: “But who comes here?”

Enter Escalus and Provost with Mistress Overdone

Escalus: “Go, away with her to prison.”

Mrs Overdone: “Good, my lord, be good to me; your honour is accounted a merciful man.”

Escalus: “Away with her to prison; no more words.” (exit officers with Mrs Overdone) “Provost, my brother Angelo will not be altered: Claudio must die tomorrow. Let him have all charitable preparation.”

Provost: “So please you, this friar has been with him, and has advised him for the entertainment of death.”

Escalus: “Good even, good father.”

Duke: “Bliss and goodness on you.”

Escalus: “What news abroad in the world?”

Duke: “There is scarce truth enough alive to make societies secure; but security enough to make fellowships accurst. Much upon this riddle runs the wisdom of the world. I pray you, sir, of what disposition was the Duke? What pleasure was he given to?”

Escalus: “Rather rejoicing to see another merry than merry at anything which professed to make him rejoice; a gentleman of all temperance. Let me desire to know how you find Claudio prepared.”

Duke: “He professes to have received no sinister measure from his judge, but most willingly humbles himself to the determination of justice. Yet had he framed to himself many deceiving promises of life; which I, by my good leisure, have discredited to him, and now he is resolved to die.”

Escalus: “I have laboured for the poor gentleman to the extremest shore of my modesty; but my brother justice have I found so severe that he has forced me to tell him that he is indeed justice.”

Exit all but the Duke

Duke: “Twice treble shame on Angelo, to weed my vice and let his grow! O, what may man within him hide, though angel on the outward side! How may likeness, made in crimes, make a practice on the times, to draw with idle spiders’ strings most ponderous and substantial things! Craft against vice I must apply. With Angelo tonight shall lie his old betrothed but despised; so disguise shall, by the disguised, pay with falsehood false exacting, and perform an old contracting.”

Analysis

The disguised Duke continues to examine the emerging situation created by Angelo. He insists that Pompey go to prison for being a bawd and running Mistress Overdone’s bawd house. Then he questions Lucio about the Duke, and Lucio, while declaring his love for the Duke, also refers to him as superficial and ignorant. Finally, with Escalus, the Duke also inquires of his own reputation and Escalus revels in the Duke’s gentlemanly temperance. Clearly the Duke is taking advantage of his disguise to learn how various people regard him. He and Escalus discuss Claudio’s state of mind before his imminent execution. The scene ends with the Duke reflecting in an aside about Angelo’s shame and the craft he must employ to right Angelo’s wrongs.

Act IV (6 scenes)

Scene i

The moated grange at Saint Luke’s

Enter the Duke disguised, Mariana and Isabella

Duke: “I shall crave your forbearance a little. Maybe I will call upon you anon, for some advantage to yourself.”

Mariana: “I am always bound to you.”

Exit Mariana

Isabella: “He has a garden, and to the vineyard is a planted gate. There have I made my promise, upon the heavy middle of the night, to call upon him.”

Duke: “I have not yet made known to Mariana a word of this. I pray you be acquainted with this maid; she comes to do you good.”

Isabella: “I do desire the like.”

Re-enter Mariana

Duke: (to Mariana) “Do you persuade yourself that I respect you?”

Marina: “Good friar, I know you do.”

Duke: “Take, then, this your companion by the hand, who has a story ready for your ear.”

Exit Mariana and Isabella

Duke: “O place and greatness! Millions of false eyes are stuck upon thee. Thousand escapes of wit make thee the father of their idle dreams, and rack thee in their fancies.”

Re-enter Mariana and Isabella

Duke: “Welcome, how agreed?”

Isabella: “She’ll take the enterprise upon her, father, if you advise it. (to Mariana) Little have you to say when you depart from him, but soft and low, ‘remember now my brother’.”

Mariana: “Fear me not.”

Duke: “Nor, gentle daughter, fear you not at all. He is your husband on a pre-contract. To bring you thus together is no sin.”

Analysis

The Duke’s plan is coming together. Angelo will be tricked into believing he is having sex with Isabella. Mariana agrees to this as a way of forcing Angelo into marrying her. Isabella agrees to it in order to preserve her virtue and free her brother. The bed switch was a popular plot device in the literature of Shakespeare’s day and plays a prominent role in both Measure for Measure and All’s Well That Ends Well. In both cases it forces the man to commit to a woman he broke off a contract with by slipping her into his bed, just as he believes he is about to have sex with someone new. Controversial indeed, but it would not have shocked Renaissance audiences one bit.

Act IV

Scene ii

The prison

Enter the Provost and Pompey

Provost: “Come hither, sirrah. Can you cut off a man’s head? Tomorrow morning are to die Claudio and Barnardine. Here is in our prison a common executor, who in his office lacks a helper; if you will take it on you to assist him, it shall redeem you; if not, you shall have your full time of imprisonment, and your deliverance with an unpitied whipping, for you have been a notorious bawd.”

Pompey: “Sir, I have been an unlawful bawd time out of mind; but yet I will be content to be a lawful hangman. I would be glad to receive some instruction from my fellow partner.”

Provost: “Where is Abhorson?”

Enter Abhorson

Abhorson: “Do you call, sir?”

Provost: “Sirrah, here is a fellow who will help you tomorrow in your executions. He has been a bawd.”

Abhorson: “A bawd, sir? Fie upon him! He will discredit our mystery.”

Pompey: “Pray, sir, for surely you have a hanging look – do you call your occupation a mystery?”

Abhorson: “Ay, sir; a mystery.”

Pompey: “But what mystery there should be in hanging? I cannot imagine.”

Provost: “Are you agreed?”

Pompey: “Sir, I will serve him.”

Abhorson: “Come on, Bawd; I will instruct thee in my trade; follow.”

Pompey: “I do desire to learn, sir.”

Provost: “Call hither Barnardine and Claudio. The one has my pity; not a jot the other, being a murderer.”

Enter Claudio

Provost: “Look, here’s the warrant, Claudio, for thy death. By eight tomorrow thou must be made immortal. Where’s Barnardine?”

Claudio: “Fast locked up in sleep. He will not wake.”

Provost: “Well, go, prepare yourself.”

Exit Claudio

Enter the Duke, disguised

Provost: “Welcome, father. What comfort is for Claudio?”

Duke: “There is some hope.”

Provost: “It is a bitter deputy.”

Duke: “Not so, not so; he does with holy abstinence subdue that in himself which he spurs on his power to qualify in others. Were he mealed with that which he corrects, then were he tyrannous; but this being so, he is just. Have you no countermand for Claudio yet, but he must die tomorrow?”

Provost: “None, sir, none.”

Duke: “You should hear more by morning.”

Provost: “Happily you something know. Lord Angelo has to the public ear professed the contrary.”

Enter a messenger

Provost: “This is his lordship’s man.”

Duke: “And here comes Claudio’s pardon.”

Exit the messenger

Duke: (an aside) “This is his pardon, purchased by such sin for which the pardoner himself is in.” (to Provost) “Now, sir, what news? Pray you, let’s hear.”

Provost : (reading) “Whatsoever you may hear to he contrary, let Claudio be executed by four o’clock, and, in the afternoon, Barnadine. Let me have Claudio’s head sent to me by five. Fail not to do your office, and you will answer for it at your peril.”

Duke: “Who is that Barnardine who is to be executed in the afternoon?”

Provost: “One who is a prisoner nine years.”

Duke: “How came it that the absent Duke had not either delivered him to his liberty or executed him?”

Provost: “His friends still wrought reprieves for him. Indeed, he is a man that apprehends death no more dreadfully but as a drunken sleep; careless, reckless, and fearless of what’s past, present or what’s to come. Give him leave to escape and he would not.”

Duke: “More of him anon. Claudio, whom here you have a warrant to execute, is no greater forfeit to the law than Angelo who has sentenced him. To make you understand this in a manifested effect, I crave but four days respite in the delaying death.”

Provost: “How may I do it, having the express command, under penalty, to deliver his head in the view of Angelo?”

Duke: “By the vow of my order, let this Barnardine be this morning executed, and his head borne to Angelo.”

Provost: “Angelo has seen them both, and will discover the favour.”

Duke: “O, death is a great disguiser; shave the head and tie the beard. If anything fall to you, I will plead against it with my life. Look you, sir, here is the hand and the seal of the Duke. The signet is not strange to you.”

Provost: “I know them both.”

Duke: “The contents of this is the return of the Duke; within these two days he will be here. This is a thing that Angelo knows not; for he this day receives letters perchance of the Duke’s death. Call your executioner, and off with Barnardine’s head. I will advise him for a better place. Yet you are amazed, but this shall absolutely resolve you.”

Analysis

The Duke continues to direct all proceedings from behind the scenes, disguised as a friar. The provost informs Pompey that if he will only become the executioner’s assistant, and partake in the execution of Claudio and one other prisoner, then all charges will be dropped against him. Naturally, Pompey, the bawd, agrees. When the Duke arrives, still disguised as a friar, the provost asks him if there is any good news regarding Claudio. The friar (Duke) suggests that a pardon is imminent. When a messenger arrives it is thought to be the pardon. However, when the provost reads the message it states that Claudio must be executed in the morning and his severed head delivered to Angelo. The friar (Duke) instructs that Barnardine’s head be substituted for Claudio’s. He is willing to sacrifice Barnardine for Claudio. Measure for Measure indeed. The friar (Duke) also announces that the Duke, unbeknownst to Angelo, will return within two days.

Act IV

Scene iii

The prison

Enter Pompey

Pompey: “I am as well acquainted here as I was in our house of profession; one would think it were Mistress Overdone’s own house, for here be many of her old customers. Here’s young Master Rash and Master Caper. Then have we here young Dizy and young Master Deepvow and Master Starvelackey, the rapier and dagger man, and young Drophier, who killed lusty Pudding, and Master Forthlight and brave Master Shootie, the great traveller, and wild Halfcan, who stabbed Pots, and, I think, forty more – all great doers in our trade, and are now ‘for the Lord’s sake’.”

Enter Abhorson

Abhorson: “Sirrah, bring Barnardine hither.”

Pompey: “Master Barnardine! You must rise and be hanged.”

Abhorson: “What ho, Barnardine!”

Barnardine: (within) “A pox on your throats! Who makes such noise? What are you?”

Pompey: “Your friends, sir; the hangmen.”

Barnardine: (within) “Away, you rogue, away; I am sleepy.”

Pompey: “Pray, Master Barnardine, awake till you are executed, and sleep afterwards.”

Abhorson: “Go in and fetch him out.”

Pompey: “He is coming, sir, he is coming; I hear his straw rustle.”

Enter Barnardine

Abhorson: “Is the axe upon the block, sirrah?”

Pompey: “Very ready, sir.”

Barnardine: “How now, Abhorson, what’s the news with you?”

Abhorson: “Truly, sir, I would desire you to clap into your prayers; for look, you; the warrant’s come.”

Barnardine: “You rogue, I have been drinking all night; I am not fit for it.”

Pompey: “O, the better, sir! For he who drinks all night and is hanged in the morning may sleep the sounder all the next day.”

Enter the Duke disguised

Abhorson: “Look you, sir, here comes your ghostly father.”

Duke: “Sir, hearing how hastily you are to depart, I am come to advise you, comfort you, and pray with you.”

Barnardine: “Friar, not I; I have been drinking hard all night. I will not consent to die this day, that is certain.”

Duke: “O, sir, you must; and therefore I beseech you look forward on the journey you shall go.”

Barnardine: “I swear I will not die today for any man’s persuasion.”

Exit Barnardine

Duke: “Unfit to live or die. After him fellows; bring him to the block.”

Exit Abhorson and Pompey

Enter Provost

Provost: “Now, sir, how do you find the prisoner?”

Duke: “A creature unprepared, and to transport him in the mind he is in were damnable.”

Provost: “Here in the prison, father, there died this morning of a cruel fever one Ragozine, a most notorious pirate, a man of Claudio’s years; his beard and head just of his colour. What if we satisfy the deputy with the visage of Ragozine, more like to Claudio?”

Duke: “O, tis an accident that heaven provides! Dispatch it presently; the hour drags on. See that this be done.”

Provost: “This shall be done, good father, presently.”

Duke: “Quick, send the head to Angelo.”

Exit Provost

Duke: “Now will I write letters to Angelo whose contents shall witness to him I am near at home. Him I will desire to meet at the consecrated fount.”

Enter Provost

Provost: “Here is the head. I’ll make all speed.”

Exit provost

Isabella: (within) “Peace, ho!”

Duke: “The tongue of Isabella. She’s come to know if yet her brother’s pardon be come hither; but I will keep her ignorant of her own good, to make her heavenly comforts of despair when it is least expected.”

Duke: “Good morning to you, fair and gracious daughter.”

Isabella: “The better, given me by so holy a man. Has yet the deputy sent my brother’s pardon?”

Duke: “He has released him , Isabella, from the world. his head is off and sent to Angelo.”

Isabella: “Nay, but it is not so.”

Duke: “It is no other.”

Isabella: “O, I will to him and pluck out his eyes!”

Duke: “You shall not be admitted to his sight.”

Isabella: “Unhappy Claudio! Wretched Isabella! Injurious world! Most damned Angelo!”

Duke: “This nor hurts him nor profits you a jot; forbear it, therefore; give your cause to heaven. Mark what I say, which you shall find by every syllable a faithful verity. The Duke comes home tomorrow. Nay, dry your eyes. Already he has carried notice to Escalus and Angelo, who do prepare to meet him at the gates, there to give up their power. If you can, pace your wisdom in that good path that I would wish it go, and you shall have your bosom on his wretch, revenges to your heart and general honour.”

Isabella: “I am directed by you.”

Duke: “This letter, then, to Friar Peter give. Say, by this token, I desire his company at Mariana’s house tonight. Her cause and yours I’ll perfect him, withal; and he shall bring you before the Duke. For my poor self, I am combined by a sacred vow, and shall be absent. Command these fretting waters from your eyes with a light heart. Who’s here?”

Enter Lucio

Lucio: “O, pretty Isabella, I am pale in my heart to see thine eyes so red. Thou must be patient. They say the Duke will be here tomorrow. By my troth, Isabella, I loved thy brother. If the old fantastical Duke of dark corners had been at home, he would have lived.”

Exit Isabella

Duke: “Sir, the Duke is marvellous little beholding to your reports. He lives not in them.”

Lucio: “Friar, thou knows not the Duke so well as I do; he’s a better woodman than thou takes him for.”

Duke: “Well, you’ll answer this one day. Fare ye well.”

Lucio: “Nay, tarry; I’ll go along with thee; I can tell thee pretty tales of the Duke.”

Duke: “You have told me too many of him already.”

Lucio: “I was once before him for getting a wench with child.”

Duke: “Did you such a thing?”

Lucio: “Yes, marry, did I; but I was fain to forswear it: they would else have married me to the rotten meddler. I’ll go with thee to the lane’s end. If bawdy talk offend you, we’ll have very little of it.”

Analysis

Pompey sees many of the same people in prison that he knows from Mistress Overdone’s brothel. Claudio and Barnardine are scheduled to be executed but Barnadine is badly hung over and refuses to die today. Barnardine has this one scene and only a handful of lines but he has carried the play in many a production of Measure for Measure with his stubborn comedic role of one who refuses to die today. They were going to substitute Barnardine’s head for Claudio’s before Angelo. But it turns out a pirate just died this morning and he even bears a resemblance to Claudio, so they substitute his head instead. So Angelo will be tricked in bed by Isabella and Mariana and tricked with the exchanged heads of a pirate and Claudio, all in the same night. Isabella comes to the friar (Duke), expecting to learn of the pardon based on her supposedly having slept with Angelo, but the friar informs her that Claudio has already been executed and that the Duke is returning soon and she should come to see Angelo punished by him. The Duke has preserved his duel identity among his subjects, who have no idea that it is he who has remained amongst them, manipulating the situation at every turn.

Act IV

Scene iv

Angelo’s house

Enter Angelo and Escalus

Angelo: “His actions show much like to madness; pray heaven his wisdom be not tainted! And why meet him at the gates? And why should we proclaim it in an hour before his entering that, if any crave redress of injustice, they should exhibit their petitions in the street?”

Escalus: “To have a dispatch of complaints; and to deliver us from devices hereafter, which shall then have no power to stand against us.”

Exit Escalus

Angelo: “This deed unshapes me quite. A deflowered maid! And by an eminent body that enforced the law against it! But that her tender shame will not proclaim against her maiden loss, how might she tongue me! Yet reason dares her no. Would yet that her brother had lived. Alack, when once our grace we have forgot, nothing goes right.”

Analysis

Angelo and Escalus have letters from the Duke and hardly know what to make of them. Angelo fears Isabella may reveal what has supposedly been done to her. He still has no idea that he bedded Mariana instead. He wishes he had not, again supposedly, had Claudio executed, as he is about to face the Duke at the gates of the city.

Act IV

Scene v

Fields outside the city

Enter the Duke and Friar Peter

Duke: “These letters at fit time deliver to me. The provost knows our purposes and our plot. Send me Flavius.”

Friar Peter: “It shall be speeded well.”

Enter Varrius

Duke: “I thank thee, Varrius. Come, we will walk. There’s other of our friends will greet us here anon.”

Analysis

The Duke, in his own guise, is returning to Vienna and is gathering his friends about him. We sense that he is preparing to reveal his intentions.

Act IV

Scene vi

A street near the city gates

Enter Isabella and Mariana

Isabella: “I would speak the truth; but to accuse him so, that is your part. Yet I am advised to do it.”

Mariana: “Be ruled by him.”

Isabella: “Besides, he tells me that, if peradventure he speak against me on the adverse side, I should not think it strange; for tis a physic that’s bitter to sweet end.”

Enter Friar Peter

Isabella: “O peace! The friar is come.”

Friar Peter: “I have found you out a stand most fit, where you may have such vantage on the Duke. Very near the Duke is entering; therefore, hence away.”

Analysis

Isabella and Mariana discuss the encounter they anticipate with the Duke and Angelo. Friar Peter arrives with news that he has found the perfect spot for them to observe the Duke as he enters the city. Act V is next. We can marvel at so much of what must be resolved in this final single scene act, as all of the characters gather in Vienna for the much anticipated return of the Duke.

Act V (1 scene)

Scene i

The city gate

Enter the Duke, Varrius, Angelo, Escalus, Lucio, Provost and citizens

Duke: “My very worthy cousin, fairly met! Our old and faithful friend, we are glad to see you.”

Angelo / Escalus: “Happy return to your royal Grace!”

Duke: “We have made inquiry of you, and we hear such goodness of your justice that our soul cannot but yield you forth to public thanks.”

Enter Friar Peter and Isabella

Friar Peter: “Now is your time; speak loud and kneel before him.”

Isabella: “Justice, O royal Duke! Vail your regard upon a wronged – I would fain have said a maid! O worthy Prince, dishonour not your eye by throwing it on any other object till you have heard me in my true complaint, and given me justice, justice, justice, justice.”

Duke: “Relate your wrongs. In what? By whom? Be brief. Here is Lord Angelo and he shall give you justice; reveal yourself to him.”

Isabella: “O worthy Duke, you bid me seek redemption of the devil! Hear me yourself, for that which I must speak must either punish me, not being believed, or wring redress from you. Hear me, O hear me!”

Angelo: “My lord, her wits, I fear, are not firm; she has been a suitor to me for her brother, cut off by course of justice -“

Isabella: “By course of justice!”

Angelo: “And she will speak most bitterly and strange.”

Isabella: “Most strange, but yet most truly, will I speak. That Angelo’s forsworn, is it not strange? That Angelo is a murderer, is it not strange? That Angelo is an adulterous thief, a hypocrite, a virgin-violator, is it not strange and strange?”

Duke: “Nay, it is ten times strange.”

Isabella: “This is all as true as it is strange.”

Duke: “Away with her, poor soul.”

Isabell: “O Prince! Neglect me not with the opinion that I am touched with madness. Make not impossible that which but seems unlikely. Even so may Angelo, in all his dressings, titles, forms, be an arch-villain. Believe it, royal Prince, if he be less, he’s nothing; but he’s more had I more names for badness.”

Duke: “By my honesty, if she be mad, as I believe no other, her madness has the oddest frame of sense, as ever I heard in madness.

Isabella: “O gracious Duke, harp not on that; nor do not banish reason for inequality; but let your reason serve to make the truth appear where it seems hid, and hide the false seems true.”

Duke: “Many who are not mad have, surely, more lack of reason. What would you say?”

Isabella: “I am the sister of one Claudio, condemned upon the act of fornication to lose his head; condemned by Angelo. I was sent to by my brother.”

Lucio: “I came to her from Claudio, and desired her to try her gracious fortune with Lord Angelo for her poor brother’s pardon.”

Duke: “You were not bid to speak.”

Isabella: “This gentleman told somewhat of my tale.”

Lucio: “Right.”

Duke: ” It may be right, but you are in the wrong to speak before your time. Proceed.”

Isabella: “I went to this pernicious caitiff deputy.”

Duke: “That’s somewhat madly spoken.”

Isabella: “Pardon it; the phrase is to the matter.”

Duke: “The matter – proceed.”

Isabella: “In brief – How I proceeded, how I prayed, and kneeled. He would not, but by gift of my chaste body to his intemperate lust, release my brother, and, after much debate, I did yield to him. But the next morn, he sends a warrant for my poor brother’s head.”

Duke: “This is most likely. By heaven, fond wretch, thou knows not what thou speaks, or else thou art suborned against his honour in hateful practice. First, his integrity stands without blemish; next, it imports no reason that with such vehemency he should pursue faults proper to himself. Someone has set you on; confess the truth, and say by whose advice thou came here to complain.”

Isabella: “And is this all? Then, O you blessed ministers above, keep me in patience; and, with ripened time, unfold the evil which is here wrapped up in countenance! Heaven shield your Grace from woe, as I, thus wronged, hence unbelieved go.”

Duke: “An officer! To prison with her. Shall we thus permit a blasting and scandalous breath to fall on him so near us? Who knew of your intent and coming hither?”

Isabella: “One that I would were here, Friar Lodowick?”

Duke: “Who knows that Lodowick?”

Lucio: “My lord, I know him; tis a meddling friar. I do not like the man; had he been lay, my lord, for certain words he spoke against your Grace in your retirement, I would have swing’d him soundly.”

Duke: “Words against me? And to set on this wretched woman here against our substitute! Let this friar be found.”

Lucio: “A saucy friar, a very scurvy fellow.”

Duke: “Know you that Friar Lodowick?”

Friar Peter: “I know him for a man divine and holy; not scurvy, as reported by this gentleman. He in time may come to clear himself; but in this instant he is sick, my lord, of a strange fever. Being come to knowledge that there was a complaint intended against Lord Angelo – came I hither to speak, as from his mouth. First, for this woman – to justify this worthy nobleman, so vulgarly and personally accused – her shall you hear disproved to her eyes, till she herself confess it.”

Duke: “Good friar, let’s hear it.”

Exit Isabella guarded

Duke: “Do you not smile at this, Lord Angelo? Come, cousin Angelo; in this I’ll be impartial; be you judge of your own case.”

Enter Mariana veiled 

Duke: “Is this the witness, friar? First let her show her face, and after speak.”

Mariana: “Pardon, my lord; I will not show my face until my husband bid me.”

Duke: “What, are you married?”

No, my lord.”

Duke: “Are you a maid?”

Mariana: “No, my lord.”

Duke: “A widow, then?”

Mariana: Neither, my lord. I have known my husband; yet my husband knows not that ever he knew me.”

Duke: “This is no witness for Lord Angelo.”

Mariana: “Now I come to it, my lord: she who accuses him of fornication, in self-same manner does accuse my husband.”

Duke: “You say your husband.”

Mariana: “Why, just, my lord, and that is Angelo, who thinks he knows that he never knew my body, but knows he thinks that he knows Isabella’s.”

Angelo: “This is strange abuse. Let’s see thy face.”

Mariana: “My husband bids me; now I will unmask.”

Mariana unveils

Mariana: “This is that face, thou cruel Angelo, which once thou swore was worth the looking on; this is the hand which, with a vowed contract, was fast belocked in thine; this is the body that took away the match from Isabella, and did supply thee in her imagined person.”

Duke: “Know you this woman?”

Angelo: “My lord, I must confess I know this woman; and five years since there was some speech of marriage between myself and her, which was broke off, since which time of five years I never spoke with her, saw her, nor heard from her, upon my faith and honour.”

Mariana: “Noble Prince, as there comes light from heaven and words from breath, I am affianced this man’s wife as strongly as words could make up vows. And, my good lord, but Tuesday night last gone, he knew me as a wife.”

Angelo: “I did but smile until now. Now, good my lord, give me the scope of justice; my patience here is touched. I do perceive these poor informal women are no more but instruments of some more mightier member who sets them on. Let me have way, my lord, to find this practice out.”

Duke: “Ay, with my heart; and punish them to your height of pleasure. Thou foolish friar, and thou pernicious woman, compact with her that’s gone. Lord Escalus, sit with my cousin to find out this abuse, whence tis derived. There is another friar who sets them on; let him be sent for.”

Friar Peter: “Would he were here, my lord. For he indeed has set the women on to this complaint. Your provost knows the place where he abides, and he may fetch him.”

Duke: “Go, do it instantly.”

Exit Provost

Duke; “And you, my noble and well warranted cousin, do with your injuries as seems you best in any chastisement. I for a while will leave you; but stir not you till you have well determined upon these slanderers.”

Escalus: “My lord, we’ll do it thoroughly

Exit the Duke

Escalus: “Signior Lucio, did not you say you knew that Friar Lodowick to be a dishonest person?”

Lucio: “Honest in nothing but in his clothes.”

Escalus: “We shall entreat you to abide he until he come, and enforce them against him. We shall find this friar a notable fellow. Call that same Isabella here once again; I would speak with her.”

Enter officers with Isabella and the Provost with the Duke in his disguise as friar

Lucio: “My lord, here comes the rascal I spoke of.”

Escalus: “Come, sir; did you set these women on to slander Lord Angelo? They have confessed you did.”

Duke: “Tis false. Where is the Duke? Tis he should hear me speak.”

Escalus: “The Duke is in us; and we will hear you speak; look you speak justly.”

Duke: “Is the Duke gone? Then is your case gone too.”

Lucio: “This is the rascal!”

Escalus: “Why, thou unreverend and unhallowed friar, is it not enough thou has suborned these women to accuse this worthy man, but, in foul mouth, to call him villain; to tax him with injustice? Take him hence; to the rack with him!”

Duke: “Be not so hot; the Duke dare no more stretch this finger of mine than he dare rack his own; his subject am I not. My business in this state made me a looker-on here in Vienna, where I have seen corruption boil and bubble till it overrun the stew: laws for all faults, but faults so countenanced that the strong statutes stand as much in mock as mark.”

Escalus: “Slander to the state! Away with him to prison!”

Angelo: “What can you vouch against him, Signior Lucio?”

Lucio: “Tis he, my lord. Come hither bald-pate. Do you remember what you said of the Duke? Was the Duke a flesh monger, a fool and a coward, as you then reported him to be?”

Duke: “You must, sir, change persons with me ere you make that my report; you, indeed, spoke so of him; and much more, much worse.”

Lucio: “O thou damnable fellow”

Duke: “I protest I love the Duke as I love myself.”

Angelo: “Hark how the villain would close now, after his treasonable abuses!”

Escalus: “Such a fellow is not to be talked with. Away with him to prison!”

The Provost lays hands on the Duke

Angelo: “What, resists he? Help him, Lucio.”

Lucio: “Come, sir; come, sir; come. Why, you bald-pated lying rascal, you must be hooded, must you?”

Lucio pulls off the friar’s hood, and discovers the Duke

Duke: (to Lucio) “Sneak not away, sir, for the friar and you must have a word anon. Lay hold on him.”

Lucio: “This may prove worse than hanging.”

Duke: (to Escalus) “What you have spoke I pardon; sit you down.” (to Angelo) “Hast thou word or wit that yet can do thee office?”

Angelo: “O my dread lord, I should be guiltier than my guiltiness; let my trial be mine own confession; immediate sentence then, and sequent death, is all the grace I beg.”

Duke: “Come hither, Mariana. Say, was thou ever contracted to this woman?”

Angelo: “I was, my lord.”

Duke: “Go, take her hence and marry her instantly. Do you the office, friar; which consummated, return him here again.”

Exit Angelo, Marina, Friar, Peter and Provost

Escalus: “My lord, I am more amazed at his dishonour than at the strangeness of it.”

Duke: “Come hither, Isabella. Your friar is now your prince. I am still attorney’d at your service.”

Isabella: “O, give me pardon.”

Duke: “You are pardoned, Isabella. And now, dear maid, your brother’s death, I know, sits at your heart. And you may marvel why I obscured myself, labouring to save his life. That life is better life, past fearing death, than that which lives to fear. Make it your comfort, so happy is your brother.”

Isabella: “I do, my lord.”

Enter Angelo, Mariana, Friar Peter and Provost

Duke: “For this new-married man approaching here, whose salt imagination yet hath wronged your well-defended honour, you must pardon for Mariana’s sake; but as he judged your brother – being criminal in double violation of sacred chastity and of promise-breach – the very mercy of the law cries out most audible, an Angelo for Claudio, death for death! Like doth quit like, and Measure still for Measure. Then, Angelo, thy faults thus manifested, we do condemn thee to the very block where Claudio stooped to death, and with like haste, away with him!”

Mariana: “O my most gracious lord, I hope you will not mock me with a husband.”

Duke: “It is your husband mocked you with a husband. We do widow you withal, to buy you a better husband.”

Mariana: “O my dear lord, I crave no other, nor no better man.”

Duke: “Never crave him; we are definitive.”

Mariana: “Gentle, my liege – ” (kneeling)

Duke: “Away with him to death!” (to Lucio) “Now, sir, to you.”

Mariana: “Sweet Isabel, lend me your knees. Do yet but kneel by me; they say the best men are moulded out of faults; and, for the most, become much more the better for being a little bad; so may my husband.”

Duke: “He dies for Claudio’s death.”

Isabella: (kneeling) “Most bounteous sir, look, if it please you, on this man condemned, as if my brother lived. I partly think a due sincerity covered his deeds, till he did look on me; since it is so let him not die. My brother had but justice, in that he did the thing for which he died; for Angelo, his act did not overtake his bad intent, but must be buried but as an intent that perished by the way. Thoughts are no subjects; intents but merely thoughts.”

Mariana: “Merely, my lord.”

Duke: “Your suit’s unprofitable. I have bethought me of another fault. Provost, how came it Claudio was beheaded at an unusual hour?”

Provost: “It was commanded so by private message.”

Duke: “For which I do discharge you of your office; give up your keys.”

Provost: “Pardon me, noble lord; I thought it was a fault, but knew it not; one in the prison, who should by private order else have died, I have reserved alive.”

Duke: “Who is he?”

Provost: “His name is Barnardine.”

Duke: “Go fetch him hither; let me look upon him.”

Exit Provost

Escalus: “I am sorry one so learned and so wise as you, Lord Angelo, should slip so grossly.”

Angelo: “I am sorry that such sorrow I procure; and so deep sticks it in my penitent heart that I crave death more willingly than mercy; tis my deserving, and I do entreat it.”

Enter Provost with Barnardine

Duke: “Which is that Barnardine?”

Provost: “This, my lord.”

Duke: “Sirrah, thou art said to have a stubborn soul, that apprehends no further than this world, and squares thy life accordingly. Thou art condemned; but, for those earthly faults, I quit them all, and pray thee take this mercy to provide for better times to come. What muffled fellow is that?”

Provost: “This is another prisoner who I saved, who should have died when Claudio lost his head; as like almost to Claudio as himself.” 

Provost unmuffles Claudio

Duke: (to Isabella) “If he be like your brother, for his sake is he pardoned; and for your lovely sake, give me your hand and say you will be mine. He is my brother too. But fitter time for that. By this Lord Angelo perceives he is safe; Well, Angelo, your evil quits you well. Look that you love your wife; her worth worth yours. And yet here’s one in place I cannot pardon.” (to Lucio) “You, sirrah, who knew me for a fool, a coward, an ass, a madman! Wherein have I so deserved of you that you extol me thus?”

Lucio: “Faith, my lord, I spoke it but according to the trick. If you will hang me for it, you may; but I had rather it would please you I might be whipped.”

Duke: “Whipped first, sir, and hanged after. Proclaim it, Provost, round about the city, if any woman wronged by this lewd fellow, as I have heard him swear himself there’s one whom he begot with child, let her appear, and he shall marry her. The nuptial finished, let him be whipped and hanged.”

Lucio: “I beseech your highness, do not marry me to a whore.”

Duke: “Upon my honour, thou shalt marry her. Thy slanders I forgive; and therewithal emit thy other forfeits. Take him to prison; and see our pleasure herein executed.”

Lucio: “Marrying a punk, my lord, is pressing to death, whipping and hanging.”

Duke: “Slandering a prince deserves it.”

Exit officers and Lucio

Duke: “She, Claudio, who you wronged, look you restore. Joy to you, Mariana! Love her, Angelo; I have confessed her, and I know her virtue. Thanks, good friend Escalus, for thy much goodness; thanks, Provost, for thy care and secrecy; Forgive him, Angelo, who brought you home the head of Ragozine for Claudio’s: the offence pardons itself. Dear Isabella, I have a motion much imports your good; whereto if you’ll a willing ear incline, what’s mine is yours, and what is yours is mine. So, bring us to our place, where we’ll show what’s yet behind that’s meet you all should know.”

Analysis

Act five is one lengthy scene and a whole lot of unpacking to finally attain all of the resolution required to render Measure for Measure the comedy that it is. The Duke returns as himself, after being present throughout the play disguised as Friar Lodowick. The Duke enthusiastically encounters Angelo at the city gate, praising him for a job well done in his own absence. But he has everything planned out for how he will manage all of the corruption he is ever so aware of. Isabella and Mariana have received letters from the Duke stating that he may deal harshly with them at first, but that this is merely part of his ploy to reveal everything he knows. Isabella arrives to seek justice from the Duke, who tells her to present her case to Angelo directly. “You bid me seek redemption of the devil” is her response. Angelo claims her wits are compromised and when the Duke hears her accusations he pretends not to believe a word of it regarding his trusted Angelo and orders Isabella to prison, although he does admit that her apparent madness does contain ‘the oddest frame of sense.’ He asks Isabella who has set her up to concoct such a tall tale of accusations against Angelo and she replies that it was Friar Lodowick. The Duke wants to meet this Friar Lodowick, who of course is himself. At this point Mariana shows up veiled and reveals herself to be the wife of Angelo, who knew her when he thought he knew Isabella. She unveils herself and Angelo admits that he once knew her and nearly married her but has not seen or heard from her in years. He has no idea that the women pulled the old bed trick on him. He still believes he has had sex with Isabella, when it fact it was Mariana. Apparently Friar Lodowick set these women upon Angelo and the Duke demands the Provost bring Friar Lodowick to be interrogated. But since, as we know, the Duke himself is Friar Lodowick, the Duke must excuse himself before the friar can appear. Once he does arrive the friar claims he never set the women up to concoct any such tale as they claim to be true. Escalus does not believe the friar and Lucio claims the friar bespoke harshly of the Duke so they determine the friar should be sent off to prison. The friar wisely and with much wit claims to love the Duke as he loves himself. Lucio then pulls off the friar’s cloak and reveals that the friar and the Duke are indeed one and the same person. Lucio realizes he is in a heap of trouble and Angelo immediately confesses everything and insists he be put to death. Instead the Duke declares that Angelo shall marry Mariana before he is put to death, ‘measure for measure’, for the death of Claudio. The Duke next embraces Isabella, stating that ‘your friar is now your prince’. Mariana and Isabella beg for the life of Angelo. He next pardons the prisoner Barnadine and after Claudio is revealed to be alive and well, the Duke pardons the life of Angelo. Lucio is made to marry the woman he admitted to the friar that he impregnated before he is to be whipped and hanged. In the end the Duke restores the relationship between Claudio and Juliet, wishes joy to the marriage of Angelo and Mariana, and proposes marriage to Isabella. This is one of Shakespeare’s most intricate resolution scenes. The Duke watched everything that went on in Vienna the entire time Angelo was ruling the city. He is fully aware of everything that went down, disguised as Friar Lodowick. He knew Angelo condemned Claudio to die and then propositioned Isabella as the only way to save her brother. He knew that Isabella turned him down and then he himself, as Friar Lodowick, proposed the bed trick as a way to preserve Isabella’s honour, save Claudio and have Mariana restored as Angelo’s rightful wife to be. He also knew that Claudio was never executed, as he himself arranged that the head of the dead pirate Ragozine be substituted for Claudio’s. So when he returns to the city he at first feigns ignorance just to see what people are claiming before revealing the friar to be the Duke and then meting out justice accordingly.

Final Thoughts

This is a very fine play about morality, justice and mercy. It is a comedy, but is considered one of at least three ‘problem plays’, not easily categorized, along with All’s Well That Ends Well and Troilas and Cressida. It seems a dark comedy, more intended to shock than to entertain or enchant. The Duke appears in the play as a conscientious leader until he disappears into the back streets of Vienna as a sometimes meddling and a sometimes prankster friar, only to emerge as the all-knowing Duke once again in Act V. Angelo is presented as a deeply moral figure until he is consumed by lust for Isabella when she arrives to plead for the life of her brother. His abuse of power is the core component of Measure for Measure. Isabella and her powerfully persuasive voice is a celibate novice-nun confronted by the gross proposition from Angelo in exchange fo the life of her brother. This is a comedy that is hardly a laughing matter. Shakespeare straddles the line between comedy and tragedy throughout much of this morally elusive play. Nothing is what it seems in Measure for Measure and every character’s perspective on the proceedings in Vienna are uniquely their own. Performances over the centuries have seen mixed reviews, although the character of Isabella has been consistently strong. Judi Dench portrayed a notable Isabella in the 1980s and both Charles Laughton and John Guilgud have had great success as the troubled Angelo. There are numerous film versions of Measure for Measure on Youtube and several stage productions in addition to many clips and much analysis.

All’s Well That Ends Well

Introduction

All’s Well That Ends Well is considered one of Shakespeare’s ‘problem plays’ or ‘bitter comedies’, the others being Troilas and Cessida and Measure for Measure. Unlike the other earlier and more endearing comedies, in these works comedy and tragedy are interwoven, and although the endings resolve much of the tragic elements of the play, something disturbing or destructive in our human nature has been unearthed, which cannot be easily dismissed or condoned. A quote from the play itself expresses well this mingling of virtues and faults: “The web of our life is of a mingled yard, good and ill together. Our virtues would be proud if our faults whipped them not; and our crimes would despair if they were not cherished by our virtues.” That just about sums up the problem plays. In this play in particular the two main characters, Bertram and Helena, have character flaws that are hard to overlook. He is a selfish and arrogant cad without much in the way of saving qualities. He is a well bred scoundrel, in fact, and not much more. And while Shakespeare’s unpleasant men are numerous, Bertram, is authentically unworthy and deserves a special place amongst them. And yet, on a very human level, he has been wronged in the extreme by Helena, a commoner, who, for whatever reason, loves him feverishly and simply must have him. When he expresses absolutely no interest in her whatsoever, she devises a plan of restoring the ailing French King’s health in exchange for having the king require Bertram to marry her. And even worse, once he escapes from her to the wars in Italy, telling her that he will never marry her until she can secure the ring from his finger and become pregnant with his child, conditions he is certain she could never possibly fulfil, she follows him to Italy in disguise and arranges with a woman he is trying to have sex with to pull the old switch partners in the dark of night trick, thereby sleeping with him and managing to get the ring. Bertram believes he has slept with the object of his desire. Once he returns home Helena produces his ring and declares rightly that she is pregnant with his child, evidenced by the testimony of the woman he thought he had slept with. He has no choice but to marry her and promises to be a good husband. Hence the supposed happy ending and expected act five marriage, however compromised and cynical the portrayal of sexual relations has been rendered. The bedroom trick suggests that when it comes to sex one woman is indistinguishable from another to men. An important mystery in All’s Well That Ends Well is what does the beautiful and charming Helena see in Bertram. Despite what we may think of him, she is completely in love with Bertram and her fixation is formidable, although it may seem to audiences unwholesome to say the least. She triumphs to our dismay. As attractive a person as she appears, our estimation of her must be significantly diminished by her choice of men and by the unscrupulous way she ensnarls him. There is no true love untainted by manipulation here, regardless of the union of these two souls in the end. The other main character in the play is Bertram’s military friend, the villainous but comically intriguing Parolles, a lying and cowardly figure without scruples, who willingly betrays his friend Bertram in order to save his own skin while facing the perils of apparent capture by the enemy. Perhaps they all deserve each other in All’s Well That Ends Well, a play examining ruthless manipulation and quizzical motivations.

Shakespeare wrote his ‘problem plays’ in the midst of also composing his tragic masterpieces. Gone are the days of the pre-tragic and light hearted comedies such as The Comedy of Errors (1592), The Taming of the Shrew (1594), A Midsummer Night’s Dream (1594-5), The Merchant of Venice (1596-7), Much Ado About Nothing (1598-9) As You Like It (1599-1600) and Twelfth Night (1601). Troilas and Cressida (1601-2), Measure for Measure (1603-4) and All’s Well That is Well (1604-05) are sprinkled amongst Julius Caesar (1599), Hamlet (1599-1600), Othello (1603-4), Macbeth (1605), King Lear (1605-6) and Antony and Cleopatra (1606). Shakespeare was writing in his most explosive and profound period, and it was also here that he penned all three so called problem plays. His comedies would never be the same again, including Timon of Athens (1605-6), Pericles (1607-8), Cymbeline (1609) and The Winter’s Tale (1610). The lighter comedies no longer seemed to appeal to him. The best he could do was mingle the two genres, often in collaboration with other playwrights. He was nearing the end of his best days, as he also approached the end of his life (1616). Aside from The Tempest (1610), his last acknowledged masterpiece was Antony and Cleopatra (1606), even though eight more plays would follow. So we are watching him at a very interesting point in his career with All’s Well That Ends Well. It’s a mixed bag of tricks from here on out. There will be no more Hamlets.

Act I (3 scenes)

Scene i

Rousillon. The Count’s palace

Enter Bertram, the Countess of Rousillon (Bertram’s mother), Helena and Lafeu, all in black

Countess: “In delivering my son from me, I bury a second husband.”

Bertram: “And I in going, madam, weep over my father’s death anew; but I must attend his Majesty’s command.”

Lafeu: “You shall find of the King a husband, madam; you, sir, a father. He hath abandoned his physicians, madam; under whose practices he hath persecuted time with hope, and finds no other advantage in the process but only the losing of hope by time.”

Countess: “This young gentlewoman has a father – O, that ‘had’, how sad a passage ’tis – whose skill was almost as great as his honesty. Would, for the King’s sake, he were living! I think it would be the death of the King’s disease. He was famous, sir, in his profession.”

Lafeu: “He was excellent indeed, madam; the King very lately spoke of him admiringly and mourningly.”

Bertram: “What is it, my good lord, the King languishes of?”

Lafeu: “A fistula, my lord. I would it were not notorious. Was this gentlewoman the daughter of the esteemed doctor?”

Countess: “His sole child, my lord, and bequeathed to my overlooking. The remembrance of her father never approaches her heart but the tyranny of her sorrows takes all livelihood from her cheek.”

Lafeu: “Moderate lamentation is the right of the dead; excessive grief the enemy to the living.

Countess: “Be thou blest, Bertram, and succeed thy father in manners, as in shape! Thy blood and virtue contend for empire in thee, and thy goodness share with thy birthright! Love all, trust a few, do wrong to none. Farewell, Bertram.”

Exit Countess

Bertram: (to Helena) “Be comfortable to my mother, your mistress, and make much of her.”

Exit Bertram and Lafreu

Helena: “O, were that all! I think not on my father. I am undone, there is no living, none, if Bertram be away. ‘Twere all one that I should love a bright particular star and think to wed it, he is so above me. The ambition in my love thus plagues itself: the hind who would be mated by the lion must die for love. ‘Twas pretty, though a plague, to see him every hour. But now he’s gone. Who comes here? (aside) One that goes with him; and yet I know him a notorious liar, think him a great fool, solely a coward.”

Parolles: “Save you, fair queen!”

Helena: “And you, monarch!”

Parolles: “Are you meditating on virginity?

Helena: “Ay. You have some stain of soldier in you; let me ask you a question. Man is enemy to virginity; how may we barricade it against him?”

Parolles: “Keep him out.

Helena: “But he assails; and our virginity, though valiant in the defence, yet is weak. Unfold to us some warlike resistance.

Parolles: “There is none. Man will undermine you and blow you up.

Helena: “Is there no military policy how virgins might blow up men?

Parolles: “It is not politic in the commonwealth of nature to preserve virginity.; and there was never virgin got till virginity was first lost. Virginity by being first lost may be two times found; by being ever kept, it is ever lost . ‘Tis too cold a companion; away with it. ‘Tis against the rule of nature. To speak on the part of virginity is to accuse your mothers; virginity murders itself, and should be buried in highways, as a desperate offendress against nature. Virginity breeds mites, much like a cheese, and so dies with feeding his own stomach. Besides, virginity is peevish, proud, idle, made of self-love. Keep it not; you cannot choose but lose by it. Out with it.

Helena: “How might one do, sir, to lose it to her own liking?

Parolles: “Let me see; the longer kept, the less worth. Virginity, like an old courtier, wears her cap out of fashion, richly suited but unsuitable. And your virginity, your old virginity, is like one of our French withered pears: it looks ill, it eats drily; marry, ’tis a withered pear; it was formerly better; marry, yet ’tis a withered pear. Farewell. When thou hast leisure, say thy prayers; when thou hast none, remember thy friends. Get thee a good husband, and use him as he uses thee. So, farewell.”

Exit Parolles

Helena: “Our remedies often in ourselves do lie, which we ascribe to heaven. The fated sky gives us free scope.”

Analysis

The King of France is gravely Ill and Bertran is being sent to serve him. His mother will miss him dearly, having recently lost her husband. Helena also recently lost her father, a renowned doctor, who might have been called upon to save the King were he still alive. Helena exchanges vulgar wit about virginity with Bertrand’s friend, Patrolles. We learn that she is very much in love with Bertrand, and also distressed over his impending departure. The stage is set!

Act I

Scene ii

Paris. The King’s palace

Enter the King of France with attendants and Bertram

King: “Youth, thou bear’st thy father’s face. Thy father’s moral parts may thou inherit too! Welcome to Paris.”

Bertram: “My thanks and duties are your Majesty’s.”

King: “How long is it, Count, since the physician at your father’s died? He was much famed.”

Bertram: “Some six months since, my lord.”

King: “If he were living, I would try him yet.”

Analysis

Bertram is welcomed in Paris by the King, who wishes Helen’s physician father was still alive to treat him, as he is seriously ill. This scene sets us up for when Helena arrives, familiar with much of her father’s medical skills.

Act I

Scene iii

Rousillon. The Count’s palace.

Enter Countess and Steward

Steward: “May it please you, madam, that Helen come to you?”

Countess: “Sirrah, tell my gentlewoman I would speak with her: Helena I mean.”

Steward: “I know, madam, you love your gentlewoman entirely.”

Countess: “Faith, I do. Her father bequeathed her to me. There is more owing her than is paid, and more shall be paid her than she’ll demand.”

Steward: “Madam, I was very late more near her than I think she wished me. Alone she was, and did communicate to herself her own words to her own ears. Her matter was, she loved your son.”

Countess: “Many likelihoods informed me of this before. Pray you leave me. I thank you for your honest care.”

Enter Helena

Helena: “What is your pleasure, madam?”

Countess: “You know, Helena, I am a mother to you. You never oppressed me with a mother’s groan, yet I expressed to you a mother’s care. Does it curd thy blood to say I am thy mother?”

Helena: “Pardon, madam, the Count Rousillon cannot be my brother. My master, my dear lord he is; and I his servant live, and will his vassal die. He must not be my brother.”

Countess: “Nor I your mother?”

Helena: “You are my mother, madam; would you were – so that my lord your son were not my brother.”

Countess: “Yes, Helena, you might be my daughter-in-law. You love my son; therefore tell me true; for, look, thy cheeks confess it. Tell me truly. Do you love my son? Come, come, disclose the state of your affection.”

Helena: “Then I confess, here on my knee, before high heaven and you, I love your son. Be not offended, for it hurts him not, nor would I have him till I do deserve him; I know I love in vain, strive against hope: yet in this captious and intangible sieve I still pour in the waters of my love; O, then, give pity to her whose state is such that cannot choose but lend and give where she is sure to lose.”

Countess: “Had you not lately an intent – speak truly – to go to Paris?”

Helena: “Madam, I had.”

Countess: “Wherefore? tell true.”

Helena: “I will tell truth; by grace itself I swear. You know my father left me some prescriptions of rare and proved effects, such as his manifest experience had collected for general sovereignty. Amongst the rest there is a remedy, approved, set down, to cure the desperate languishing whereof the King is rendered lost.”

Countess: “But think you, Helena, if you should tender your supposed aid, he would receive it? He and his physicians are of a mind: he, that they cannot help him; they, that they cannot help. How shall they credit a poor unlearned virgin, when the schools, embowlll’d of their doctrine, have left off the danger to itself? “

Helena: “There’s something in it more than my father’s skill, which was the greatest of his profession, and, would your honour but give me leave to try success, I’d venture the well-lost life of mine on his Grace’s cure by such a day and hour.”

Countess: “Dost thou believe it?”

Helena: “Ay, madam, knowingly.”

Countess: “Why, Helena, thou shalt have my leave and love, means and attendants. I’ll stay at home, and pray God’s blessing into thy attempt. Be gone tomorrow.”

Analysis

Helena admits to the Countess, Bertram’s mother, that she is, in fact, in love with Bertram. However, she also admits that she realizes that her case in this regard is hopeless. When the Countess asks Helena, why then she intends to go to the King’s court in Paris, Helena says she wants to try to resurrect her father’s highly effective medical cures and see what she can do to heal the King of his illness. Loving Bertam and healing the King will intersect poignantly in act II and drive the remaining plot.

Act II (5 scenes)

Scene i

Paris. The King’s palace

Enter the King with Lafeu and young lords leaving for the Florentine wars.

King: “Farewell, young lords.”

1 Lord: “‘Tis our hope, sir, to return and find your Grace in health.”

King: “No, no, it cannot be. Whether I live or die, be you the sons of worthy Frenchmen.”

Lafeu: “But, my good lord, won’t you be cured of your infirmity?”

King: “No.”

Lafeu: “I have seen a medicine that’s able to breathe life into a stone. Why there is one doctor arrived, if you will see her. Will you see her, for that is her demand, and know her business?”

King: “Bring in this admiration.”

Enter Helena

Lafeu: “Nay, come your ways; this is his Majesty; say your mind to him.”

Exit Lafeu

King: “Now, fair one, does your business follow us?”

Helena: “Ay, my good lord, Gerard de Narbon was my father.”

King: “I knew him.”

Helena: “Knowing him is enough. On his bed of death many receipts he gave me; chiefly one. Hearing your high Majesty is touched with that malignant cause wherein the honour of my dear father’s gift stands chief in power, I come to tender it, with all bound humbleness.”

King: “We thank you, maiden, but we may not be so credulous of cure, when our most learned doctors leave us – I say we must not so stain our judgment, or corrupt our hope, to prostate our past-cure malady to empirics, when help past sense we deem.”

Helena: “My duty then shall pay me for my pains.”

King: “Thou thought to help me; and such thanks I give as one near death to those who wish him live.”

Helena: “What I can do can do no hurt to try.”

King: “I must not hear thee. Fare thee well, kind maid.”

Helena: “Dear sir, to my endeavours give consent. I am not an imposter, but know I think, and think I know most sure, my art is not past power nor you past cure.”

King: “Art thou so confident? Upon thy certainty and confidence what dare thou venture?”

Helena: “Extended with vilest torture let my life be ended.”

King: “Methinks in thee some blessed spirit doth speak his powerful sound within an organ weak. Sweet practiser, thy physic I will try, that ministers thine own death if I die.”

Helena: “If I break time, or flinch in property of what I spoke, unpitied let me die; and well deserved. Not helping, death’s my fee; but, if I help, what do you promise me?”

King: “Make thy demand.”

Helena: “But will you make it even?”

King: “Ay, by my sceptre and my hopes of heaven.”

Helena: “Than shalt thou give me with thy kingly hand what husband in thy power I will command.”

King: “Here is my hand; so make the choice thy own time.”

Analysis

Once Helena convinces the King to give her a shot at healing him, the deal is that if she fails she dies but if successful he will grant her the husband of her choice. I do believe we know where this is going!

Act II

Scene ii

Rousillon. The Count’s palace

We witness the playful banter between the Countess and her Clown (fool). A light reprieve between two scenes involving the King and Helena.

Act II

Scene iii

Paris. The King’s palace

Enter the King, Helena, Bertram, Lafeu and Parolles

King: “Go, call before me all the lords in court.”

Exit an attendant

King: “Sit, my preserver, by thy patient’s side.”

Enter three or four lords

King: “Fair maid, send forth thine eye. This youthful parcel of noble bachelors stand at my bestowing. Thy frank elation make; thou hast power to choose, and they none to forsake. Peruse them well.”

Helena: “Gentlemen, heaven hath through me restored the King to health.”

King: “Make choice and see: who shuns thy love shuns all his love in me.”

Helena: (to Bertram) “I dare not say I take you; but I give me and my service, ever while I live, into your guiding power. This is the man.”

King: “Why, then, young Bertram, take her; she’s thy wife.”

Bertram: “My wife, my liege! Give me leave to use the help of mine own eyes.”

King: “Know thou not, Bertram, what she has done for me?”

Betram: “Yes, my good lord; but never hope to know why I should marry her.”

King: “Thou knows she has raised me from my sickly bed.”

Bertram: “But follows it, my lord, to bring me down must answer for your raising? I know her well: a poor physician’s daughter my wife!”

King: “‘Tis only title thou disdains in her, the which I could build up. From lowest place when virtuous things proceed, the place is dignified by the doers deed. She is young, wise, fair; If thou can like this creature as a maid, I can create the rest. Virtue and she are her own dower; honour and wealth from me.”

Bertram: “I cannot love her, nor will strive to do it.”

King: “Thou wrongs thyself, if thou should strive to choose.”

Helena: “That you are well restored, my lord, I’m glad. Let the rest go.”

King: “My honour is at stake; here, take her hand, proud scornful boy. It is in us to plant thine honour where we please to have it grow. Check thy contempt; obey our will, believe not thy disdain, but presently do thine own fortunes that obedient right which both thy duty owes and our power claims; or I will throw thee from my care for ever; both my revenge and hate loosing upon thee in the name of justice, without all terms of pity. Speak thine answer.”

Bertram: “Pardon, my gracious lord; for I submit my fancy to your eyes.”

King: “Take her by the hand, and tell her she is thine.”

Bertrand: “I take her hand.”

King: “Good fortune and the favour of the King smile upon this contract, whose ceremony shall seem expedient and be performed tonight.”

Exit all but Lafeu and Parolles

Lafeu: “Are you companion to the Count Rousillon?”

Parolles: “To any Count; to all Counts.”

Lafeu: “Yet art thou good for nothing but taking up. Lord have mercy on thee for a hen; thy casement I need not open, for I look through thee.”

Parolles: “My lord, you give me most egregious indignity.”

Lafeu: “Ay, with all my heart; and thou art worthy of it.”

Exit Lafeu

Parolles: “Scurvy, old, filthy, scurvy lord! Well, I must be patient; I’ll beat him, by my life, if I can meet him with any convenience. I’ll have no more pity of his age.”

Re-enter Lafeu

Lafeu: “Sirrah, your lord and master’s married; there’s news for you; you have a new mistress. If I were but two hours younger, I’d beat thee. Methinks thou art a general offence, and every man should beat thee.”

Parolles: “This is hard and undeserved, my lord.”

Lafeu: “Go to, sir; you are a vagabond; you are more saucy with lords than the commission of your birth and virtue gives you heraldry. You are not worth another word, else I’d call you knave. I leave you.”

Enter Bertram

Bertram: “Undone, and forfeited to cares forever!”

Parolles: “What’s the matter, sweetheart?”

Bertram: “Although before the solemn priest I have sworn, I will not bed her. O my Parolles, they have married me! I’ll to the Tuscan wars, and never bed her.”

Parolles: “France is a dog-hole; France is a stable; therefore, to the war!”

Bertram: “It shall be so; I’ll send her to my house, acquaint my mother with my hate for her, and write to the king, that which I dare not speak. I’ll send her straight away. Tomorrow I’ll to the wars, she to her single sorrow.”

Parolles: “A young man married is a man marred. Go, the King has done you wrong.”

Analysis

One of the great questions in this play is, given how Bertram treats Helena, why does she remain committed to him. I suppose we can sympathize with him for being forced to marry a woman he does not love. She does tell the King to ‘let it go’ but he insists it is a matter of honour and gives Bertram no choice. The irony is that he is the one being forced into this marriage even though she has so much more character and integrity than he. So he and Parolles will go off to the Italian wars and leave Helena with his mother, without consummating the marriage. But Helena will not give in to this arrangement and more complexities await in Italy, to be sure.

Act II

Scene iv

The King’s palace

Enter Helena and Parolles

Parolles: “Madam, my lord will go away tonight; a very serious business calls on him.”

Helena: “What’s his will else?”

Parolles: “That you will take your instant leave of the King.”

Helena: “What more commands he?”

Parolles: “That, having this obtained, you presently attend his further pleasure.”

Helena: “In everything I wait upon his will.”

Parolles: “I shall report it so.”

Helena: “I pray you.”

Analysis

Bertram has Parolles inform Helena that Bertrand has been called away on serious business and wishes for her to take immediate leave of the King. The King would not be impressed with his plan to leave her and go off to the Florentine wars.

Act II

Scene v

Paris. The King’s palace

Enter Lafeu, Bertram and Parolles

Bertram: ” (aside to Parolles) Is she gone to the King and will she away tonight?”

Parolles: “As you’ll have her.”

Bertram: “Is there any unkindness between my lord and you, monsieur?”

Parolles: “I know not how I have deserved to run into my lord’s displeasure.”

Lafeu: “You have made shift to run into it, boots and spurs and all.”

Bertram: “It may be you have mistaken him, my lord.”

Lafeu: “Fare you well, my lord; and believe this of me: the soul of this man are his clothes; trust him not in matters of heavy consequence. Farewell, monsieur; I have spoken better of you than you have or will to deserve at my hand; but we must do good against evil.”

Exit Lafeu

Parolles: “An idle lord, I swear.”

Bertram: “I think so. Here comes my clog.”

Enter Helena

Helena: “I have, sir, as I was commanded from you , spoke with the King, and have procured his leave for present parting; only he desires some private speech with you.”

Bertrand: “I shall obey his will. You must not marvel, Helena, at my course; prepared I was not for such a business; therefore am I found so much unsettled. This drives me to entreat you that presently you make your way for home to my mother.” (He gives her a letter)

Helena: “Sir, I can nothing say, but that I am your most obedient servant.”

Bertram: “Come, come, no more of that. My haste is great. Farewell.”

Helena: “Pray, sir, your pardon.”

Bertrand: “What would you have?”

Helena: “Something; and scarce so much; nothing, indeed.”

Exit Helena

Bertrand: “Go thou toward home, where I will never come while I can shake my sword or hear the drum. Away, and for our flight.”

Analysis

Lafeu and Helena both take Parolles for what he is: a rogue. But Bertram does not see it. He embraces Parolles while he scorns Helena. Its hard to find a redeemable quality in either of these two men, other than we hear that Bertram is a good soldier. Clearly Bertram is a poor judge of character, among his many flaws. He has manipulated the situation with Helena perfectly. She is headed back to his mother’s, while he has departed for the wars, unbeknownst to her or the King. Perhaps he and Parolles deserve one another.

Act III (7 scenes)

Scene i

Florence. The Duke’s palace.

Enter the Duke of Florence with attending lords.

Duke: “So, now you have heard the fundamental reasons for this war; whose great decision hath much blood let forth and more thirsts after.”

Lord: “Holy seems the quarrel upon your Grace’s part; black and fearful on the opposer.”

Duke: “Therefore we marvel much our cousin France would in so such a business shut his bosom against our borrowing prayers. Be it his pleasure.”

Lord: “But I am sure the younger of our nature, will day by day come here for physic.”

Duke: “Welcome shall they be; tomorrow to the field.”

Analysis

Here we establish that the French king does not support the Florentine Wars, even though some young Frenchmen will no doubt come on their own. And we know at least two such Frenchmen, who are on their way to Florence presently.

Act III

Scene ii

Rousillon. The Count’s palace.

Enter Countess and her clown

Countess: “It hath happened all as I would have had it, save that he comes not along with her. Let me see what he writes. (opening a letter and reads) ‘I have sent you a daughter-in-law; she hath recovered the King and undone me. I have wedded her, not bedded her, and sworn to make the “not’ eternal. You shall hear I have run away; if there be breadth enough in the world, I will hold a long distance. My duty to you. Your unfortunate son, Bertram.’ This is not well, rash and unbridled boy, to fly the favours of so good a king, by the misprizing of a maid too virtuous for the contempt of empire.”

Enter Helena and two French gentlemen.

Helena: “Madam, my lord is gone, for ever gone.”

Countess: “Think upon patience. Pray you, gentlemen – where is my son?”

1 Gentleman: “Madam, he’s gone to serve the Duke of Florence.”

Helena: “Look on this letter, madam; here’s my passport. (read) ‘When thou can get the ring upon my finger, which never shall come off, and show me a child begotten of thy body that I am father to, then call me husband; but in such a “then” I write a “never”. This is a dreadful sentence.”

Countess: “I prithee, lady, have a better cheer; he was my son; but I do wash his name out of my blood, and thou art all my child. Towards Florence is he?”

1 Gentleman: “Ay, madam.”

Countess: “And to be a soldier?”

1 Gentleman: “Such is his noble purpose.”

Helena: (reads) ‘Till I have no wife, I have nothing in France.”

Countess: “Nothing in France until he have no wife! There is nothing here that is too good for him but only she; and she deserves a lord that twenty such rude boys might tend upon, and call her hourly mistress. Who was with him? Parolles, was it not?”

2 Gentleman: “Ay, my good lady, he.”

Countess: “A very tainted fellow, and full of wickedness. Gentlemen, I will entreat you, when you see my son, to tell him that his sword can never win the honour that he loses.”

1 Gentleman: “We serve you, madam.”

Exit Countess and gentlemen

Helena: “‘Till I have no wife, I have nothing in France.’ Poor lord! Is it I that chase thee from thy country, and expose those tender limbs of thine to the event of the none-sparing war? And is it I that drive thee from the court, to be the mark of smokey muskets? O you leaden messengers, fly with false aim; do not touch my lord. And though I kill him not, I am the cause his death was so effected. No; come thou home, Rousillon. I will be gone. My being here it is that holds thee hence. That pitiful rumour may report my flight to console thine ear. Come, night; end, day. For with the dark, poor thief, I’ll steal away.”

Analysis

Bertran has written two letters: one to his mother and one to Helena. To his mother he declares that though he was forced to wed Helena, he will never bed her and instead flees to the Florentine wars. Mom is unimpressed to say the least. To Helena he states that he will regard them as married only when she gets the ring off his finger, which he never removes, and has a child that he is father to, even though they never were intimate. In short, never. Helena determines to leave Rousillon, so that Bertram can return home. But will she, in fact, give up her Bertram so readily? Hmmm.

Act III

Scene iii

Florence. before the Duke’s palace.

Duke: “We, great in our hope, lay our best love and credence upon thy promising fortune.”

Bertram: “We’ll strive to bear it for your worthy sake to the extreme edge of hazard. Great Mars, I shall prove a lover of thy drum and a hater of love.”

Analysis

The Duke of Florence welcomes Bertram who dedicates his service to these wars.

Scene iv

Rousillon. The Count’s palace

Enter Countess and her steward

Countess: “Read it again.”

Steward: (reads) “‘I am Saint Jaques’ pilgrim, thither gone, barefoot plod I the cold ground upon, that from the bloody course of war my dearest master, your dear son, may bless him at home in peace. He is too good and fair for death and me; whom I myself embrace to set him free.'”

Countess: “Ah, what sharp stings are in her mildest words! What angel shall bless this unworthy husband? Write, write, Rinaldo, to this unworthy husband of his wife. My greatest grief set down sharply. When happily he shall hear that she is gone, he will return. Which of them both is dearest to me I have no sense to make distinction.”

Analysis

The Countess has received a letter from Helena that she has run off to be a pilgrim so that Bertram may come home rather than be killed in the wars. She instructs her servant to write to Bertram and tell him she is gone, so that he will, in fact, come home, and then so will Helena, and then they may be united still. Oh, if it were that simple.

Act III

Scene v

Outside the walls of Florence

Enter an old widow, her daughter Diana, Violenta and Mariana

Diana: “They say the French count has done most honourable service.”

Mariana: “Well, Diana, take heed of this French earl; the honour of a maid is her name, and no legacy is so rich as honesty.”

Widow: “I have told my neighbour now you have been solicited by a gentleman, his companion.”

Mariana: “I know that knave, hang him! One Parolles; a filthy officer he is in those suggestions for the young earl. Beware of them, Diana: their promises, enticements, oaths, tokens and all these engines of lust; many a maid has been seduced by them; and the misery is that so terrible shows in the wreck of maidenhood. I hope I need not to advise you further.”

Diana: “You shall not need to fear me.”

Enter Helena in the dress of a pilgrim.

Widow: “I hope so. Look, here comes a pilgrim. I know she will lie at my house. I’ll question her. ‘God save you, pilgrim! Whither are bound?”

Helena: “Where do the palmers lodge?”

Widow: “I shall conduct you where you shall be lodged.”

Helena: “Is it with yourself?”

Widow: “If you shall please so, pilgrim.”

Helena: “I thank you, and will stay upon your leisure.”

Widow: “You came, I think, from France?”

Helena: “I did so.”

Widow: “Here you shall see a countryman of yours who has done worthy service.”

Helena: “His name, I pray you.”

Diana: “The Count Rousillon. Know you such a one?”

Helena: “But by the ear, that hears most nobly of him.”

Diana: “He’s bravely taken here. He stole from France, as ’tis reported, for the King had married him against his liking.”

Helena: “I know his lady.”

Diana: “There is a gentleman who serves the Count reports but coarsely of her.”

Helena: “What’s his name?”

Diana: “Monsieur Parolles.”

Helena: “All her deserving is a reserved honesty.”

Diana: “‘Tis a hard bondage to become the wife of a detesting lord.”

Widow: “Good creature, wheresoever she is her heart weighs sadly. This young maid might do her a shrewd turn, if she pleased.”

Helena: “How do you mean? maybe the amorous Count solicits her in the unlawful purpose.”

Widow: “He does indeed. But she is armed for him, and keeps her guard in honest defence.”

Enter Bertram, Parolees and the whole army

Helena: “Which is the Frenchman?”

Diana: “He – that with the plume; ’tis a most gallant fellow. I would he loved his wife.”

Helena: “I like him well.”

Diana: “‘Tis pity he is not honest. Yonder that same knave. Were I his lady, I would poison that vile rascal.”

Exit Bertram, Parolles and the army

Widow: “Come, pilgrim, I will bring you where you shall host.”

Helena: “I humbly thank you. Please it this matron and this gentle maid to eat with us tonight.”

Both: “We’ll take your offer kindly.”

Analysis

Here we meet the women of Florence, who will significantly advance the plot. There is the widow and her daughter, Diana, who Bertram is trying to bed, and there is their neighbour and friend, Marianna. Marianna is warning Diana about the intentions of Bertram, who has seduced many a maid, when they meet a pilgrim, who turns out to be Helena, newly arrived from France. They befriend Helena and it is decided she will lodge with the widow. They tell Helena about Bertram, and empathize with the bitterly rejected wife, not knowing that Helen is, in fact, that same wife. The widow claims that her daughter might do the poor wife ‘a shrewd turn’. Indeed.

Act III

Scene vi

Army camp before Florence

Enter Bertram and two French lords

1 Lord: “If your lordship find him not a contemptible, hold me no longer in your respect.”

2 Lord: “On my life, my lord, a bubble.”

Bertram: “Do you think I am so far deceived in him?”

2 Lord: “Believe it, my lord. He’s a most notable coward, an infinite and endless liar, an hourly promise breaker, the owner of no one good quality worthy of your lordship’s entertainment.”

1 Lord: “It were fit you knew him. He might at some great and trusting business in a main danger fail you.”

Bertram: “I would I knew in what particular action to try him.”

1 Lord: “None better than to let him fetch off his drum.”

2 Lord: “I with a troop of Florentines will suddenly surprise him. We will bind and hoodwink him so that he shall suppose he is carried into the leaguer of his adversaries. Be but your lordship present at his examination; if he do not offer to betray you and deliver all the intelligence in his power against you, never trust my judgement in anything.”

1 Lord: “He he comes.”

Enter Parolles

Bertram: “How now, monsieur! This drum sticks sorely in your disposition.”

1 Lord: “A pox on it; let it go; ’tis but a drum.”

Parolles: “Is it but a drum? A drum so lost!”

1 Lord: “That was not to be blamed in the command of the service; it was a disaster of war that Caesar himself could not have prevented, if he had been there to command.”

Bertram: “Well, some dishonour we had in the loss of that drum; but it is not to be recovered.”

Parolles: “It might have been recovered.”

Bertram: “It might, but it is not now.”

Parolles: “It is to be recovered. I would have that drum.”

Bertram: “Why, if you have a stomach, to it, monsieur. Be magnanimous in the enterprise, and go on. If you speed well in it, the Duke shall extend to you what further becomes his greatness.”

Parolles: “By the hand of a soldier, I will undertake it. I’ll about it this evening; by midnight look to hear further from me.”

Exit Parolles

2 Lord: “Is not this a strange fellow, my lord, that so confidently seems to undertake this business, which he knows is not to be done?”

Bertram: “Why, do you think he will make no deed at all of this that so seriously he does address himself unto?”

2 Lord: “None in the world; but return with an invention, and clap upon you two or three probable lies. But you shall see his fall tonight; for indeed he is not for your lordship’s respect.”

Exit 2 Lord

Bertram: “Now will I lead you to the house, and show you the lass I spoke of.”

1 Lord: “But you say she’s honest.”

Bertram: “That’s all the fault. But I sent to her tokens and letters which she did re-send; and this is all I have done. She’s a fair creature; will you go see her?”

1 Lord: “With all my heart, my lord.”

Analysis

Two lords do their very best to try to convince Bertram that his companion, Parolles, is a scoundrel not to be trusted. They concoct a plan to demonstrate this by encouraging Parolles to recover a lost regimental drum and then watching him pretend to do so and then ensnarling him in a trap of lies. Bertram seems the only person not aware of what a rascal his friend is, suggesting that he is not at all a good judge of character, as we could deduce in his treatment of Helena. Meanwhile Bertram still is planning on seducing Diana, who already has met Helena in Florence.

Act III

Scene vii

Florence. The widow’s house

Enter Helena and the widow

Helena: “If you misdoubt me that I am not she, I know not how I shall assure you further.”

Widow: “Though my estate be fallen, I was well born, nothing acquainted with these businesses; and would not put my reputation now in any staining act.”

Helena: “Nor would I wish you. First give me trust the Count he is my husband.”

Widow: “I should believe you.”

Helena: “Take this purse of gold, and let me buy your friendly help. The Count he woos your daughter, lays down his wanton siege before her beauty, resolved to carry her. A ring the Count wears. This ring he holds in most rich choice; yet, in his idle fire, to buy his will, it would not seem too dear, however repented after.”

Widow: “Now I see the bottom of your purpose.”

Helena: “You see it lawful then. It is no more but that your daughter desires this ring; appoints him an encounter; in fine, delivers me to fill the time, herself most chastely absent. I’ll add three thousand crowns.”

Widow: “I have yielded. Instruct my daughter how she shall persevere, that time and place with this deceit so lawful may prove coherent.”

Helena: “Why then tonight let us assay our plot; which, if it speed, is wicked meaning in a lawful deed, and lawful meaning in a lawful act; let’s about it.”

Analysis

Helena has purchased the assistance of the widow in order to get Diana to lure away the ring from Bertram and then attract him to bed only to substitute herself into the bed before the act is consummated, hoping she will get pregnant and therefore fulfill both conditions set by Bertram, to get the ring off his finger and have him father her child. We can see why this is considered a ‘problem’ or ‘dark’ play for a comedy. No such underhandedness occurs in any of the other comedies, where sex only follows the culmination of loving marriage. The question that is never sufficiently answered is why this uncouth Bertram continues to mean everything to Helena. It seems completely underhanded and preposterous that the women would play the ‘switch lovers’ trick on Bertram, and yet what may justify it is that it is all intended that a married man and woman will eventually reunite.

Act IV (5 scenes)

Scene i

Outside the Florentine army camp

Enter Second Lord with 5 or 6 soldiers

2 Lord: “He can come no other way but by this hedge-corner. When you sally upon him, speak what terrible language you will, though you understand it not yourselves, no matter; for we must not seem to understand him. He must think us some band of strangers in the adversary’s entertainment. Here he comes.”

Enter Parolles

Parolles: “Within these three hours ’twill be time enough to go home. What shall I say I have done? They begin to smoke me, and disgraces as of late knocked too often at my door. I find my tongue is too foolhardy.”

2 Lord: “This is the first truth ever thine own tongue was guilty of.”

Parolles: “What the devil should move me to undertake the recovery of this drum, being not ignorant of the impossibility, and knowing I had no such purpose? I must give myself some hurts, and say I got them in the exploit. I would I had any drum of the enemy’s. I would swear I recovered it.”

2 Lord:”You shall hear one anon.” (alarum within)

Parolles: “O, ransom, ransom. Do not hide mine eyes.” (they blindfold him)

1 Soldier: “Boskos thromuldo books.”

Parolles: “I know you are the Musko’s regiment, and I shall lose my life for wanting of language.”

Soldier: “Boskos vauvado. I understand thee. Betake thee to thy faith, for seventeen poniards are at thy bosom.”

Parolles: “O!”

1 Soldier: “O, pray, pray, pray! Manka revania dulche. The general is content to spare thee yet. Happily, thou may inform something to save thy life.”

Parolles: “O, let me live, and all the secrets of our camp I’ll show, their force and their purposes.”

Exit 1 Soldier with Parolles guarded

2 Lord: “Go, tell Count Rousillon and my brother we have caught the woodcock, and will keep him muffled till we do hear from them. He will betray us all unto ourselves – inform on that. Till then I’ll keep him dark and safely locked.”

Analysis

Bertram’s soldier friends successfully spring the trap on Parolles. They capture and terrify him and he immediately offers to thoroughly betray his own army with all information they request, just to save his own neck. It is precisely what everyone other than Bertram would have expected. They send for Bertram to see and hear for himself.

Act IV

Scene ii

Florence. The widow’s house

Enter Bertram and Diana

Bertram: “Fair soul, in your fine frame hath love no quality? Now you should be so your mother was when your sweet self was got.”

Diana: “She then was honest. My mother did but duty; such, my lord, as you owe to your wife.”

Bertram: “No more of that! I prithee, do not strive against my vows. I was compelled to her; but I love thee by love’s own sweet constraint, and will forever do thee all rights of service.”

Diana: “Ay, so you serve us till we serve you; but when you have our roses you barely leave our thorns to prick ourselves, and mock us with our bareness. Therefore your oaths are words and poor conditions, at least in my opinion.”

Bertram: “Change it, change it; be not so holy-cruel. Love is holy. Stand no more off, but give thyself unto my sick desires. Say thou art mine, and ever my love as it begins shall so persevere.”

Diana: “Give me that ring.”

Bertram: “I’ll lend thee, my dear, but have no power to give it from me. It is bequeathed down from many ancestors.”

Diana: “My honour is such a ring; my chastity is the jewel of our house, bequeathed down from many ancestors. Thus your own proper wisdom brings in the champion honour on my part against your vain assault.”

Bertram: “Here, take my ring; my house, my honour, yea, my life, be thine, and I’ll be bid by thee.”

Diana: “When midnight comes, knock at my chamber window. Now will I charge you in the band of truth, when you have conquered my yet maiden bed, remain there but an hour, nor speak to me; my reasons are most strong; and you shall know them when back again this ring shall be delivered. And on your finger in the night, I’ll put another ring. Adieu till then; then fail not. You have won a wife of me.”

Bertram: “A heaven on earth I have won by wooing thee.”

Analysis

The trap is set. Bertram thinks he will bed Diana. Little does he know. She already has a plan to switch rings and here comes the famous bed switch-a-roo. Diana gets some good shots in as well, before she seemingly acquiesces: “So you serve us until we serve you; but when you have our roses, you barely leave our thorns to prick ourselves, and mock us in our bareness.” Ouch.

Act IV

Scene iii

The Florentine army camp

Enter the two French lords and soldiers

2 Lord: “You have not given him his mother’s letter?”

1 Lord: “I have delivered it an hour since. There is something in it that stings his nature; for on the reading it he changed almost into another man.”

2 Lord: “He has much worthy blame laid upon him for shaking off so good a wife and so sweet a lady.”

1 Lord: “Especially he has incurred the everlasting displeasure of the King. I will tell you a thing, but you shall let it dwell darkly within you.”

2 Lord: “When you have spoken it, ’tis dead, and I am the grave of it.”

1 Lord: “He has perverted a young gentlewoman here in Florence, of a most chaste renown; and this night he fleshes his will in the spoils of her honour.”

2 Lord: “God delay our rebellion! As we are ourselves, what things we are!

1 Lord: “Merely our own traitors. And as in the common course of all treasons we still see them reveal themselves till they attain to their abbored ends; so he that in this action contrives against his own nobility, in his proper stream, overflows himself.”

2 Lord: “Is it not meant damnable in us to be trumpeters of our unlawful intents? In the meantime, what hear you of these wars?”

1 Lord: “I hear there is an overture of peace.”

2 Lord: “Nay, I assure you, a peace concluded.”

1 Lord: “What will Count Rousillon do then? Will he return again to France?”

2 Lord: “Sir, his wife, some two months since, fled from his house. Her pretence is a pilgrimage to Saint Jaques le Grand; which holy undertaking with most austere sanctimony she accomplished; and, there residing, the tenderness of her nature became as a prey to her grief; in fine, made a groan of her last breath, and now she sings in heaven. Her death was faithfully confirmed by the rector.”

1 Lord: “Has the Count all this intelligence?”

2 Lord: “Ay, I am heartily sorry that he’ll be glad of this. The great dignity that his valour hath here acquired for him shall at home be encountered with a shame as ample.”

1 Lord: “The web of our life is of a mingled yarn, good and ill together. Our virtues would be proud if our faults whipped them not; and our crimes would despair if they were not cherished by our virtues.

Enter a messenge

Messenger: “The Count will next morning for France.”

Enter Bertram

Bertram: “I have tonight congied with the Duke, done my adieu with his nearest; buried a wife, mourned for her, writ to my lady mother I am returning. But shall we have this dialogue between the fool and the soldier? Come, bring forth this counterfeit module who has deceived me like a double-meaning prophesier.”

2 Lord: “Bring him forth. He hath sat in the stocks all night, poor gallant knave.”

Bertram: “No matter; his heels have deserved it, in usurping his spurs so long. How does he carry himself?”

2 Lord: “He weeps like a wench; he hath confessed. And what think you he hath confessed?”

Bertram: “Nothing of me, has he?”

2 Lord: “His confession is taken, and it shall be read to his face.”

Enter Parolles, guarded, and 1st soldier as interpreter

Bertram: “A plague upon him! He can say nothing of me.”

2 Lord: “Hush, hush! Hoodman comes. Portotartarossa.”

1 Soldier: “He calls for the tortures. What will you say without them?”

Parolles: “I will confess what I know without constraint.”

1 Soldier: “Bosko chimurcho.”

2 Lord: “Boblibindo chicurmurco.”

1 Soldier: “Our general bids you answer to what I shall ask you.”

Parolles: “And truly, as I hope to live.”

1 Soldier: “First demand of him how many horses the Duke is strong.”

Parolles: “Five or six thousand; but very weak and unserviceable. The troops are all scattered, and the commanders very poor rogues.”

Bertram: “What a past-saving slave is this!”

2 Lord: “You are deceived, my lord; this is Monsieur Parolles, the gallant militarist.”

1 Soldier: “Demand of him of what strength they are a-foot. ‘What say you to that?'”

Parolles: “Let me see: Spurio, a hundred and fifty; Sebastian, so many; Corambus, so many; Jaques, so many. Upon my life, amounts not to fifteen thousand; half of the which dare not shake the snow from off their cassocks lest they shake themselves to pieces.”

1 Soldier: “Do you know Captain Dumain?”

Parolles: “I know him. He was in Paris, from whence he was whipt for getting the shriver’s fool with child – a dumb innocent that could not say him nay.”

1 Soldier: “What is his reputation with the Duke?”

Parolles: “The Duke knows him for no other than a poor officer of mine.”

1 Soldier: “Here’s a paper. Shall I read it to you? (reads) ‘Diana, the Count is a fool.'”

Parolles: “That is an advertisement to a proper maid in Florence, one Diana, to take heed of the allurement of one Count Rousillon, a foolish idle boy. My meaning in it, I protest, was very honest in the behalf of the maid; for I knew the young Count to be a dangerous and lascivious boy, who is a whale to virginity, and devours up all the fry it finds.”

Bertram: “Damnable both-sides rogue.”

1 Soldier: (reads) “The Count’s a fool. I know it.”

Bertram: “He shall be whipt.”

1 Lord: “This is your devoted friend, sir.”

1 Soldier: “I perceive, sir, we shall be fain to hang you.”

Parolles: “My life, sir. Let me live, sir, in a dungeon, in the stocks, or anywhere, so I may live.”

1 Soldier: “We’ll see what may be done; once more to this Captain Dumain: What is his honesty?”

Parolles: “He will steal, sir. He professes the not keeping of oaths; in breaking them he is stronger than Hercules. He will lie, sir, with such volubility that you would think truth were a fool. Drunkenness is his best virtue. He has everything that an honest many should not have; what an honest man should have, he has nothing.”

Bertram: “A pox upon him!”

1 Soldier: “What’s his brother, the other Captain Dumain?”

Parolles: “Greater a great deal in evil. He excels his brother for a coward. In a retreat he outruns any lackey.”

1 Soldier: “If your life be saved, will you undertake to betray the Florentine?”

Parolles: “Ay, and Count Rousillon.”

1 Soldier: “There is no remedy, sir, but you must die. The general says that you who have so traitorously discovered the secrets of your army that you can serve the world for no honest use; therefore you must die. Come, headsman, off with his head.”

Parolles: “O lord, sir, let me live, or let me see my death.”

1 Soldier: “That you shall, and take your leave of all your friends.” (unmuffling him) “So look about you; know you any here?”

Bertram: “Good morrow, noble Captain.”

1 Lord: “God bless you, Captain Parolles.”

2 Lord: “God save you, noble Captain.”

1 Soldier: “You are undone, Capain.”

Parolles: “Who cannot be crushed with a plot? Yet I am thankful. If my heart were great, it would burst at this. Simply the thing I am shall make me live. Who knows himself a braggart, let him fear this; for it will come to pass that every braggart shall be found an ass, and being fooled, by foolery thrive.”

Analysis

The two lords who have befriended Bertram and tried to convince him of the unsavory nature of his friend, Parolles, have now soured on Bertram himself, as Bertram has ‘perverted a young Florentine lady of most chaste renown.’ The letter from his mother has arrived, condemning Bertram. A rumour also circulates, no doubt started by Helena, that she is dead, enabling Bertram to return home now that the Florentine wars are over. We are also meant to believe by now that the terms he presented to Helena in order for them to be truly betrothed have been successfully met. Diana would have turned the ring over to Helena and the bed trick likely means that Helena is pregnant with Bertram’s child. He has been thoroughly duped by both Diana and Helena.

Meanwhile, the lords have captured Parolles and assumed the role of enemy soldiers threatening him within an inch of his life if he does not betray his own fellow soldiers and the Duke’s army. Parolles is blindfolded and the lords interrogate him before Bertram, who hears his friend be most cowardly and unabashedly traitorous to his own army, his friends and Bertram himself, who finally sees the Parolles everyone else knows all too well. But Parolles is a minor villain and moves on from his humiliation without much trouble: “Who cannot be crushed with a plot? If my heart were great, it would burst at this. Simply the thing I am shall make me live.”

Act IV

Scene iv

Florence. The widow’s house.

Enter Helena, the widow and Diana

Helena: “You must know that I am supposed dead.”

Widow: “Gentle madam, you never had a servant to whose trust your business was more welcome.”

Helena: “Nor you, mistress. But, O strange men! That can such sweet use make of what they hate, when saucy trusting of the cozened thoughts defiles the pitchy night. So lust doth play with what it loathes, for that which is away. We must away; our wagon is prepared, and time revives us. All’s well that ends well.”

Analysis

The women delight over having conspired together to achieve the ends so desired by Helena. They, in fact, will return home with Helena to bear witness to the events requiring the couple to marry. Act 5 is clearly approaching. Bertram hasn’t a clue, thinking that he has seduced Diana and Helena is dead.

Act IV

Scene v

Rousillon. The Count’s palace

Enter Countess, Lafeu and the fool

Lafeu: “No, no, no, your son was misled with a fellow there.”

Countess: “I would I had not known him. It was the death of the most virtuous gentlewoman who ever nature had praised for creating. I could not have owed her a more rooted love.”

Lafeu: “T’was a good lady, t’was a good lady.”

Fool: “Indeed, sir, she was the herb of grace. Why, sir, if I cannot serve you, I can serve as great a prince as you are.”

Lafeu: “Who’s that?”

Fool: “The Black Prince, sir; alias, the Prince of Darkness; alias, the devil.”

Lafeu: “Go thy ways. I begin to be weary of thee. (exit Fool) (to Countess) A shrewd knave, and an unhappy one. I was about to tell you, since I heard of the good lady’s death, that my lord, your son, was upon his return home.”

Countess: “I have letters that he will be here tonight.”

Analysis

Lafeu tries to convince the Countess that her son was merely misled while in Florence. They mourn the supposed death of Helena and then await the arrival of Bertram. Act 5, do your thang!

Act V (3 scenes)

Scene i

Marsailles. A street.

Enter Helena, the widow and Diana and a local gentleman

Gentleman: “What is your will?”

Helena: “That it will please you to give this poor petition to the King.”

Gentlemen: “The King’s not here.”

Helena: “Not here, sir? Whither is he gone?”

Gentlemen: “Marry, to Rousillon, whither I am going.”

Helena: “Since you are likely to see him before me, commend this paper to his gracious hand. I will come after you with what good speed our means will make our means.”

Gentleman: “This I’ll do for you.”

Analysis

All roads lead to Rousillon, where the King, Countess and Lafeu are, and where Bertram, Parolles, Helena and her Florentine friends are approaching.”

Act V

Scene ii

Rousillon. The inner court of the Count’s palace

Enter Parolles and the Fool

Parolles: “Good Monsieur Lavache, give my Lord Lafeu this letter. I have ere now, sir, been better known to you, when I have held familiarity with fresher clothes; but I am now, sir, muddled in Fortune’s mood and smell somewhat strong of her strong displeasure.”

Fool: “Truly, Fortune’s displeasure is but sluttish, if it smell so strongly as thou speaks of.”

Enter Lafeu

Parolles: “My lord, I am a man whom Fortune hath cruelly scratched.”

Lafeu: “And what would you have me to do? Tis too late to pare her nails now. Wherein have you played the knave with Fortune, that she should scratch you, who of herself is a good lady? Let the justices make you and Fortune friends. I am for other business.”

Parolles: “I beseech your honour to hear me one single word. O, my good lord, you were the first who found me. And it lies in you, my lord, to bring me in some grace, for you did bring me out.”

Life: “Out upon thee, knave. The King is coming. Sirrah, inquire further after me. Though you are a fool and a knave, you shall eat. Go to, follow.”

Parolles: “I praise God for you.”

Analysis

Poor Parolles returns home poor and disgraced, evidenced by his encounters with the Fool and Lafeu, who finally agrees to not let him starve. Shakespeare’s villains generally get their come- uppence and this minor knave will have to abide his deserved reputation. Now on to the final scene and more important matters than Parolles, although it must be said that in staged productions of All’s Well That Ends Well, his role, along with that of Helen’s, often do steal the show.

Act V

Scene iii

Rousillon. The Count’s palace.

Enter the King, Countess, Lafeu and the two French lords.

King: “We lost a jewel of her; but your son, as mad in folly, lacked the sense to know her estimation.”

Countess: “Tis past, my liege; and I beseech your Majesty to make it natural rebellion, done in the blaze of youth.”

King: “My honoured lady, I have forgiven and forgotten all.”

Lafeu: “This I must say – the young lord did to his Majesty, his mother, and his lady, offence of mighty note; but to himself the greatest wrong of all. He lost a wife whose beauty did astonish the survey of richest eyes.”

King: “Praising what is lost makes the remembrance dear. Well, call him hither; we are reconciled. Let him not ask our pardon; the nature of his offence is dead, and deeper than oblivion do we bury the incensing relics of it; let him approach.”

Enter Bertram

Bertram: “My high-repented blames, dear sovereign, pardon to me.”

King: “All is whole; not one word more of the consumed time. Let’s take the instant. Do you remember the daughter of this lord?”

Bertram: “Admiringly, my liege.”

Lafeu: “Come, my son; give a favour from you, to sparkle in the spirits of my daughter, that she may quickly come.”

Bertram gives a ring

Lafeu: “By my old beard, and every hair that’s on it, Helena, who is dead, was a sweet creature; such a ring as this I saw upon her finger.”

Bertram: “Hers it was not.”

King: “Now, pry you let me see it. This ring was mine, and when I gave it to Helen I bade her, if her fortunes ever stood necessitated to help, that by this token I would relieve her.”

Bertram: “My gracious sovereign, the ring was never hers.”

Countess: “Son, on my life, I have seen her wear it.”

Lafeu: “I am sure I saw her wear it.”

Bertram: “You are deceived, my lord; she never saw it. In Florence was it from a casement thrown me, which contained the name of her that threw it.”

King: “Twas mine, twas Helen’s, whoever gave it to you. Confess twas hers, and by what rough enforcement you got it from her. She called the saints to surety that she would never put it from her finger unless she gave it to yourself in bed.”

Bertram: “She never saw it.”

King: “Thou speaks falsely, as I love mine honour; and yet I know not – thou did hate her deadly, and she is dead; which nothing could win me to believe more than to see this ring. Take him away.”

Guards sieze Bertram

Bertram: “If you shall prove the ring was ever hers, you shall as easy prove that I husbanded her bed in Florence, where she yet never was.”

Enter a gentleman

Gentleman: “Gracious sovereign, here’s a petition from a Florentine. She told me in a sweet verbal brief it did concern your highness with herself.”

King: (reads the letter) ‘Upon his many protestations to marry me when his wife was dead, I blush to say it, he won me. Now is the Count Rousillon a widower; has vows are forfeited to me, and my honour’s paid to him. He stole from Florence, taking no leave, and I follow him to his country for justice. Grant it me, O King! Otherwise a seducer flourishes, and a poor maid is undone. Diana.’ “Go speedily, and bring again the Count. I am afeared the life of Helena, Lady, was foully snatched.”

Enter Bertram, guarded

King: “I wonder, sir, since wives are monsters to you, and that you fly them as you swear them lordship, yet you desire to marry.”

Enter Widow and Diana

King: “What woman is that?”

Diana: “I am, my lord, a wretched Florentine. My suit you know, and therefore know how I may be pitied.”

Widow: “I am her mother, sir, whose age and honour both suffer under this complaint we bring.”

King: “Come hither Count; do you know these women?”

Bertram: “My lord, I neither can nor will deny but that I know them.”

Diana: “Why do you look so strange upon your wife?”

Bertram: “She’s none of mine, my lord.”

Diana: “If you shall marry, you give away this hand, and it is mine; you give away heaven’s vows, and those are mine; for I by vows so embodied yours that she which marries you must marry me, either both or none.”

Lafeu: (to Bertram) “Your reputation comes too short for my daughter; you are no husband for her.”

Bertram: “My lord, this is a fond and desperate creature whom sometime I have laughed with. Let your highness lay a more noble thought upon mine honour than for to think that I would sink it here.”

King: “Fairer prove your honour than in my thought it lies!”

Diana: “Good my lord, ask him upon his oath if he does think he had not my virginity.”

King: “What say thou to her?”

Bertram: “She’s impudent, my lord, and was a common gamester to the camp.”

Diana: “He does me wrong, my lord; if I were so he might have bought me at a common price. Do not believe him. O, behold this ring. He gave it to a commoner of the camp, if I be one.”

Countess: “This is his wife: that ring’s a thousand proofs.”

King: “Methought you said you saw one here in court cold witness it.”

Diana: “I did, my lord, but loathe am to produce so bad an instrument; his name is Parolles.”

King: “Find him and bring him hither.”

Bertram: “What of him? He’s quoted for a most perfidious slave, whose nature sickens but to speak a truth.”

King: “She hath that ring of yours.”

Bertram: “I think she has. Certain it is I liked her, and boarded her in the wanton way of youth. Her infinite cunning with her modern grace subdued me to her rate. She got the ring.”

Diana: “You who have turned off a first so noble wife may justly diet me. I pray you yet – since you lack virtue, I will lose a husband – send for your ring, I will return it home, and give me mine again.”

Bertram: “I have it not.”

King: “What ring was yours, I pray you?”

Diana: “Sir, much like the same upon your finger.”

King: “Know you this ring? This ring was his of late.”

Diana: “And this was it I gave him, being abed. I have spoke the truth.”

Enter Parolles

Bertram: “My lord, I do confess the ring was hers.”

King: “Is this the man you speak of?”

Diana: “Ay, my lord.”

King:”Tell me, sirrah – but tell me true I charge you – by him and by this woman here what know you?”

Parolles: “So please your majesty, my master has been an honourable gentleman.”

King: “Come, come, to the purpose. Did he love this woman?”

Parolles: “Faith, sir, he did love her. He did love her as a gentleman loves a woman. He loved her, sir, and loved her not.”

Diana: “Do you know that he promised me marriage?”

Parolles: “Faith, I know more than I’ll speak.”

King: “But will thou not speak all thou know’st?”

Parolles: “I did go between them; but more than that, he loved her – for indeed he was mad for her. I knew of their going to bed; and of other motions, as promising her marriage.”

King: “This ring, you say, was yours?”

Diana: “Ay, my good lord.”

King: “Where did you buy it? or who gave it you?”

Diana: “It was not given me, nor I did not buy it.”

King: “Who lent it you?”

Diana: “It was not lent me either.”

King: “Where did you find it then?”

Diana: “I found it not.”

King: “If it were yours by none of all these ways, how could you give it him?”

Diana: “I never gave it him.”

King: “This ring was mine. I gave it to his first wife. Take her away. I do not like her now; to prison with her. Unless thou tells me where thou had this ring, thou dies within this hour.”

Diana: “I’ll never tell you.”

King: “Take her away. Wherefore has thou accused him all this while?”

Diana: “Because he’s guilty, and he is not guilty. He knows I am no maid, and he’ll swear to it. I’ll swear I am a maid, and he knows not. Great King, I am no strumpet, by my life; I am either maid, or else this old man’s wife.” (pointing to Lafreu)

King: “She does abuse our ears; to prison with her.”

Diana: “Good mother, fetch my bail. (Exit widow) Stay, royal sir. The jeweller who owes the ring is sent for. But for this lord who has abused me as he knows himself, though yet he never harmed me, here I quit him. He knows himself my bed he has defiled; and at that time he got his wife with child, dead though she be. So there’s my riddle; and now behold the meaning.”

Re-enter widow with Helena

King: “Is there no exorcist beguiles the truer officer of my eyes? Is it real that I see?”

Bertram: “O pardon!”

Helena: “O, my good lord, when I was like this maid, I found you wondrous kind. There is your ring. And, look you, here is your letter. This it says: ‘when from my finger you can get this ring, and are by me with child,’ etc. This is done. Will you be mine now you are doubly won?”

Bertram: “If she, my liege, can make me know this clearly, I’ll love her dearly, ever, ever dearly.”

Lafeu: “My eyes smell onions; I shall weep anon.”

King: “Let us from point to point this story know, to make the even truth in pleasure flow.(To Diana) If thou be yet a fresh uncrossed flower, choose thou a husband, and I’ll pay thy dower; for I can guess by thy honest aid thy kept a wife herself, thyself a maid. And yet all seems well.”

Analysis

There was certainly much to unravel in act 5. Helena arrives in France alive and well. Parolles has been reduced to beggar status. The King and the Countess mourn the apparent death of Helena and forgive Bertram his transgressions. Bertram arrives and agrees to marry Lafeu’s daughter. And then the real confusion sets in around the rings and their ownership and identity. Diana and her mother appear and the confusions only deepen. Somebody is clearly crazy or lying. Diana maintains her riddle until Helena appears and the stranger than truth resolution is finally revealed. But do we have a happy ending? Helena has her Bertram, but at what cost? He ran away to the wars to avoid her and seemingly bedded a young Florentine until she and her mother, orchestrated by Helena, pulled off the ultimate switch in bed, enabling Helena to get the ring and mother Bertrand’s child, in order to fulfill Bertram’s ultimatum, all unbeknownst to Bertram himself. Helena had sex with Bertram, while he thought he was making love to another woman and then she faked her own death, in order to be legitimately married to him back in Rousillon. All of that and he is nobody’s prize! This is indeed a ‘problem play’ with an ending that is hard to reconcile all of the falsehoods and deceptions into such a distasteful celebration of love. The saddest line of all is spoken by Helena directly to Bertram, right near the end of the play: “O, my good lord, when I was like this maid, I found you wondrous kind.” And the most awkward line is his response: “If she, my liege, can make me know this clearly, I’ll love her dearly, ever, ever dearly.” Honestly, what chances does this marriage have?

Epilogue:

The King’s a beggar, now the play is done. All is well ended if this suit be won, which we will pay with strife to please you, day exceeding day. Ours be your patience then, and yours our parts; your gentle hands lend us, and take our hearts.

Analysis

Shakespeare frequently insets these prologues and epilogues into his plays, where someone in the ensemble comes out on stage and directly courts the audience’s appreciation.

Final Thoughts

All’s Well That Ends Well is certainly a ‘problem play’ of a comedy insofar as it contains both unpleasant and unsympathetic lead characters with questionable moral behaviours and a happy ending that is anything but satisfying. Just as disturbing is the central relationship between Helena and Bertram, as we are asked once again to accept yet another Shakespearean female character settling for a miscreant and a rogue. Bertram leaves her immediately after the forced wedding with crude ultimatums and then seduces another woman before returning home and declaring his ‘forever love’ to Helena in the play’s final scene. Yet we can almost sympathize with him after Helena forces the King to marry her to Bertram against his strongest protest and then pursues him to Florence to enact the bed trick and get herself pregnant with his child and then finally fakes her own death to entice him home to embrace their marriage. Nonetheless, somehow, in the end, everyone is pleased with all of this, as they must be in a comedy.

Aside from her relentless and mysterious pursuit of an absolute cad, Helena seems a strikingly wonderful person for whom Bertram is entirely unworthy. And yet it is Bertram who finds Helena unworthy of him. It is not easy to expect that we will join in the celebrations of the union of these two souls by the play’s end. Why in the world does Helena love the unloveable Bertram and how is it possible that he turns on a dime suddenly in act 5 to reciprocate her love with his own? Surely he has relented only to save face with his mother and the King. We almost wait and watch for him to wink at us as he departs the stage at the conclusion of the play.

There is no indication that All’s Well That Ends Well was ever staged in Shakespeare’s lifetime. In fact, the earliest production ever noted is from 1741, 125 years after his death. The plot is lifted from Giovanni Boccaccio’s The Decameron, published in Italy in 1492. You tube contains several staged productions and a host of clips and analysis.


Much Ado About Nothing

Introduction

The title of Much Ado About Nothing is a play on words. In Shakespeare’s day ‘nothing’ was slang for the vagina, and the play will examine the psycho-sexual world of several of the main characters in this melodramatic comedy. There is, furthermore, a nihilistic and existential sort of nothingness in the robust suggestion that love itself is much ado about nothing. Indeed, Much Ado is superficially the lightest of the comedies. There are two principle relationships in the play and the Hero / Claudio story proves an excruciatingly troublesome contrast to the witty and humorous relationship between Benedict and Beatrice. We have a villain in Don John, who reeks a jealous havoc on Hero and Claudio, while Benedict and Beatrice do their very best not to fall in love, although it is inevitable that they must. There is no mistaking that this is Beatrice’s play. She may well be the most intelligent and witty representation of a woman in Western literature by Shakespeare’s day. Benedict hangs on for dear life just trying to match her, wit for wit. Beatrice seems genuinely disinterested in marriage and is ruthless toward any suitor who dares try to win her love and when Benedict steps forward she utilizes her dazzle of words to defend herself from her own true feelings until their verbal jousting wins her over to him once and for all. Beatrice and Benedict know each other quite well by the time they agree to be married and Beatrice is finally ready to have her wild heart tamed by Benedict. In contrast, Claudio and Hero do not even speak to each other before their marriage is being arranged by others. So when Don John makes it seems that Hero entertained another man on the night before their wedding Claudio he easily is duped into believing she is promiscuous and wanton. Once her innocence is finally revealed, Claudio just as easily reverts back to his earliest images of her as chaste and pure. Nothing too complicated here.

This is one of Shakespeare’s most staged productions and while it might not rank up there with the quality of his finest comedic works, such as Midsummer Night’s Dream, As You Like It, Merchant of Venice, The Tempest or Twelfth Night, it often delights audiences with the presence of Beatrice and her entertaining war of words with her romantic counterpart in the persistent Benedict.

Act I (3 scenes)

Scene i

Before Leonato’s House

Enter Leonato, Hero, Beatrice and a messenger

Leonato: “I learn in this letter that Don Pedro of Aragon comes this night to Messina.”

Messenger: “He is very near by this.”

Leonato: “A victory is twice itself when the achiever brings home full numbers. I find here that Don Pedro hath bestowed much honour on a young Florentine called Claudio.”

Messenger: “Much deserved on his part. He hath borne himself beyond the promise of his age, doing, in the figure of a lamb, the feats of a lion; he hath, indeed, better bettered expectation than you must expect of me to tell you how.”

Leonato: “He hath an uncle here in Messina will be very much glad of it.”

Messenger: “There appears much joy in him.”

Leonato: “Did he break out into tears?”

Messenger: “In great measure.”

Leonato: “A kind overflow of kindness. There are no faces truer than those that are so washed. How much better is it to weep at joy than to joy at weeping!

Beatrice: “I pray you, is Signior Mountano (translated: Mr Fancy Fighter) returned from the wars or no?”

Messenger: “I know none of that name, lady.”

Hero: “My cousin means Signoir Benedick.”

Messenger: “O, he’s returned, and as pleasant as ever he was.”

Beatrice: “How many hath he killed and eaten in these wars?”

Leonato: “Faith, niece, you tax Signoir Benedict too much.”

Messenger: “He hath done good service, lady, in these wars.”

Leonato: “You must not, sir, mistake my niece: there is a kind of merry war betwixt Signor Benedick and her; thy never meet but there is a skirmish of wit between them.”

Messenger: “I see, lady, the gentleman is not in your books.”

Beatrice: “No; and if he were, I would burn my study. But, I pray you, who is his companion?”

Messenger: “He is most in the company of the right noble Claudio.”

Beatrice: “God help the noble Claudio.”

Enter Don Pedro, Claudio, Benedick and Don John the Bastard

Don Pedro: “Good Signoir Leonato. I think this is your daughter.”

Leonato: “Her mother hath many times told me so.”

Benedick: Were you in doubt, sir, that you asked her?”

Beatrice: “I wonder that you will still be talking, Signoir Benedict; nobody marks you.”

Benedick: “What, my dear Lady Disdain! Are you yet living?”

Beatrice: “Is it possible disdain should die while she hath such food to feed it as Signoir Benedick? Courtesy itself must convert to disdain if you come in her presence.”

Benedick: “Then is courtesy a turncoat. But it is certain I am loved of all ladies, only you excepted; and I would I could find in my heart that I had not a hard heart, for truly, I love none.”

Beatrice: “A dear happiness to women! I had rather hear my dog bark at a crow than a man swear he loves me.”

Benedick: “Well, you are a rare parrot-teacher.”

Beatrice: “A bird of my tongue is better than a beast of yours.”

Benedick: “I would my horse had the speed of your tongue.”

Leonato: (to Don John) “Let me bid you welcome, my lord – being reconciled to the Prince your brother, I owe you all duty.”

Don John: “I thank you; I am not of many words, but I thank you.”

Don Pedro: “Your hand, Leonato; we will go together.”

Exit all but Benedick and Claudio

Claudio: “Benedick, did thou note the daughter of Signoir Leonato? I pray thee tell me truly how thou like her. In mine eye she is the sweetest lady that ever I looked on.”

Benedick: “I hope you have no intent to turn husband, have you?”

Claudio: “I had sworn the contrary, if Hero would be my wife.”

Benedick: “Is it come to this? Shall I never see a bachelor of threescore again? Look, Don Pedro is returned to seek you.”

Enter Don Pedro

Benedick: “Mark you this – he is in love with Hero, Leonato’s short daughter.”

Don Pedro: “Amen, if you love her; for the lady is very well worthy.”

Claudio: “That I love her, I feel.”

Don Pedro: “That she is worthy, I know.”

Benedick: “That I neither feel how she should be loved, nor know how she should be worthy, is the opinion that fire cannot melt out of me. That a woman conceived me, I thank her; that she brought me up, I likewise give her most humble thanks; but I will do myself the right to trust none and I will live a bachelor.

Don Pedro: “I shall see thee, ere I die, look pale with love.

Benedick: “With anger, with sickness, or with hunger, my lord; not with love. If I do, hang me in a bottle, like a cat, and shoot at me; and he that hits me, let him be clapped on the shoulder and called Adam.

Exit Benedick

Don Pedro: (to Claudio) “If thou dost love fair Hero, cherish it. I will assume thy part in some disguise, and tell fair Hero I am Claudio; and in her bosom I’ll unclasp my heart. Then, after, to her father will I break; and the conclusion is she shall be thine. In practice let us put it presently.”

Analysis

In Act I, scene I we are introduced to all of the principle characters, some of whom have just returned from the wars. Beatrice inquires of Benedict, as they maintain an exchange of caustic wit, which, more the anything else, defines the very play. They play at their mutual disdain for one another and claim to scorn love, but the others realize that behind this show of wit they are a perfect match for one another. On the other hand, Claudio believes he loves Hero, who he hardly knows, as they have not exchanged a single word to date. Claudio is so awkward about expressing his feelings that Don Pedro, the Prince, agrees to woo her on Claudio’s behalf. This opening scene reflects the lightness of this play about love and the relationships it inspires between the sexes.

Act I

Scene ii

Leonato’s house

Enter Leonato and Antonio

Leonato: “How now, brother!”

Antonio: “Brother, I can tell you strange news that you yet dream not of. The Prince discovered to Claudio that he loved my niece your daughter, and meant to acknowledge it this night in a dance.”

Leonato: “I will acquaint my daughter withal, that she may be the better prepared for an answer, if this be true.”

Analysis

A bit of confusion enters the story as Leonato, the governor, learns from his brother Antonio that Don Pedro himself intends to woo Hero. The part he fails to grasp is that he will woo her on behalf of Claudio. In fact, Much Ado About Nothing will have its fair share of eaves droppings and misunderstandings. As we will see in the next scene, friends of the very much disgruntled Don John, Don Pedro’s bastard brother, also overhear this news and come to a very different understanding of its meaning. This simple plot becomes just a bit complicated by these differing interpretations of Don Pedro’s intentions.

Act I

Scene iii

Leonato’s house

Enter Don John and Conrade

Conrade: “Why are you thus out of measure sad?”

Don John: “There is no measure. The sadness is without limit. I cannot hide what I am; I must be sad when I have cause, and smile at no man’s jests.”

Conrade: “You have of late stood out against your brother, and he hath taken you newly into his grace.”

Don John: “I would rather be a canker in a hedge than a rose in his grace; and it better fits my blood to be disdained of all than to fashion a carriage to rob love from any. Let me be that I am, and seek not to alter me.”

Conrade: “Can you make no use of your discontent?”

Don John: “I make all use of it. Who comes here?”

Enter Borachio

Don John: “What news, Borachio?”

Borachio: “The Prince, your brother, royally entertained by Leonato; and I can give you intelligence of an intended marriage.”

Don John: “Will it serve for any model to build mischief on? What is he for a fool who betroths himself to unquietness?”

Borachio: “Marry, it is your brother’s right hand.”

Don John: “Who? The most exquisite Claudio?”

Borachio: “Even he.”

Don John: “Which way looks he?”

Borachio: “Marry, on Hero, the daughter and heir of Leonato.”

Don John: “How came you to this?”

Borachio: “Comes to me the Prince and Claudio hand in hand, in sad conference. I whipped me behind the arras, and there heard it agreed upon that the Prince should woo Hero for himself, and having obtained her, give her to Count Claudio.”

Don John: “Come, come, this may prove food to my displeasure; that young start-up hath all the glory of my overthrow. If I can cross him in any way, I bless myself in every way. You are both sure, and will assist me?”

Conrade: “To the death, my lord.”

Don John: “Shall we go prove what’s to be done?”

Borachio: “We’ll wait upon your lordship.”

Analysis

It is here that we learn of the play’s villain, Don John. When asked why he is so sad he simply responds that he cannot hide what he is and that his sadness has no limit. When he learns of Claudio’s intention to woo and marry Hero he is excited at the prospect of mischief. “If I can cross him in any way, I bless myself in every way.” Yet another Shakespeare villain is set to complicate an otherwise straightforward comedy. Act I has set up nicely what will develop next.

Act II (3 scenes)

Scene i

Leonato’s house

Enter Leonato, Hero and Beatrice

Leonato: “Was not Count John here at supper?”

Beatrice: “I never can see him but I am heart-burned an hour after.”

Hero: “He is of a very melancholy disposition.”

Beatrice: “He were an excellent man that were made just in the mid-way between him and Benedick; the one is too like an image and says nothing, and the other too like my lady’s eldest son, ever tattling.”

Leonato: “Then half Signoir Benedick’s tongue in Count John’s mouth and half Count John’s melancholy in Signoir Benedick’s face -“

Beatrice: “Such a man would win any woman in the world.”

Leonato: “By my troth, niece, thou wilt never get thee a husband if thou be so shrewd of thy tongue.”

Beatrice: “He that hath a beard is more than a youth, and he that hath no beard is less than a man; and he the hath is more than a youth is not for me, and he that is less than a man I am not for him.

Leonato: “Well, niece, I hope to see you one day fitted with a husband.”

Beatrice: “Not till God make men of some other metal than earth. No, uncle, I’ll none: Adam’s sons are my brethren; and, truly, I hold it a sin to match in my kindred. I have a good eye, uncle; I can see a church by daylight.”

Leonato: “The revellers are entering, brother.”

Antonio masks

Enter Don Pedro, Claudio, Benedick, Don John and Borachio as maskers

Don Pedro: “Lady, will you walk about with your friend?”

Hero: “I am yours for the walk.”

Don Pedro: “Speak low, if you speak love.” (takes her aside)

Beatrice: “Will you not tell me who told you so?”

Benedick: “No.”

Beatrice: “Nor will you not tell me who you are?”

Benedick: “Not now.”

Beatrice: “That I was disdainful, this was Signoir Benedick that said so.”

Benedict: “What’s he?”

Beatrice: “I am sure you know him well enough.”

Benedick: “Not I, believe me. What is he?”

Beatrice: “Why, he is the Prince’s jester, a very dull fool; only his gift is in devising impossible slanders; none but libertines delight in him, and the commendation is not in his wit but in his villainy; for he both pleases men and angers them, and then they laugh at him and beat him. I am sure he is in the fleet; I would he had boarded me.”

Exit all but Don John, Borachio and Claudio

Don John: “Sure, my brother is amorous on Hero. Are you not Signoir Benedick?”

Claudio: “You know me well; I am he.”

Don John: “Signior, you are very near my brother in his love; he is enamoured on Hero; I pray you dissuade him from her; she is no equal for his birth.”

Claudio: “How know you he loves her?”

Don John: “I heard him swear his affection.”

Borachio: “So did I too.”

Don John: “Come, let us to the banquet.”

Exit Don John and Borachio

Claudio: “Thus answer I in the name of Benedict, but hear these ill news with the ears of Claudio. ‘Tis certain so: the Prince woos for himself. Friendship is constant in all other things save in the office and affairs of love; therefore all hearts in love use their own tongues. Let every eye negotiate for itself and trust no agent. Farewell, therefore, Hero.”

Re-enter Benedick

Benedick: “Count Claudio?”

Claudio: “Yea, the same.”

Benedick: “The Prince hath got your Hero.”

Claudio: “I wish him joy of her.”

Exit Claudio

Benedick: “Alas, poor hurt fowl! But that my Lady Beatrice should know me, and not know me! The Prince’s fool! Ha! It may be I go under that title because I am merry. Yea, but so I am apt to do myself wrong; I am not so reputed; well, I’ll be revenged as I may.”

Re-enter Don Pedro

Don Pedro: “Now, Signor, where’s the Count?”

Benedick: “I found him here as melancholy as a lodge in a warren; I told him, and I think I told him true, that your Grace had got the good will of this young lady.”

Don Pedro “I will but teach them to sing, and restore them to the owner. The Lady Beatrice hath a quarrel to you; the gentleman who danced with her told her she is much wronged by you.”

Benedick: “She told me, not thinking I had been myself, that I was the Prince’s jester, that I was duller than a great thaw. She speaks poniards (daggers) and every word stabs. Come, talk not of her; I would to God some scholar would conjure her; indeed, all disquiet, horror, and perturbation, follows her.”

Re-enter Claudio, Beatrice, Leonato and Hero

Don Pedro: “Look, here she comes.”

Benedick: “O God, sir, here’s a dish I love not; I cannot endure my lady Tongue.”

Exit Benedick

Don Pedro: “Come, lady, come; you have lost the heart of Signior Benedict. You have put him down, lady, you have put him down.”

Beatrice: “I have brought Count Claudio, whom you sent me to seek.”

Don Pedro: “Why, how now, Count! Wherefore are you sad?”

Claudio: “Not sad, my lord.”

Don Pedro: “How then, sick?”

Claudio: “Neither, my lord.”

Don Pedro: “Here, Claudio, I have wooed in thy name, and fair Hero is won. Name the day of marriage, and God give thee joy!”

Leonato: “Count, take of me my daughter, and with her my fortunes; his Grace hath made the match, and all grace say Amen to it!”

Beatrice: “Speak Count, ’tis your cue.”

Claudio: “Lady, as you are mine, I am yours.”

Beatrice: “Speak, cousin; or, if you cannot, stop his mouth with a kiss, and let not him speak neither. Thus goes every one to the world but I; I may sit in the corner and cry ‘Heigh-ho for a husband!”

Don Pedro: “Lady Beatrice, I will get you one. Will you have me, lady?”

Beatrice: “No, my lord, unless I might have another for working days; your Grace is too costly to wear every day.”

Exit Beatrice

Don Pedro: “She cannot endure to hear tell of a husband.”

Leonato: O, by no means; she mocks all her wooers out of suit.”

Don Pedro: “She were an excellent wife for Benedict.”

Leonato: “O Lord, my lord, if they were but a week married, they would talk themselves mad.”

Don Pedro: “I warrant thee, Claudio, I will in the interim undertake one of Hercules’ labours, which is to bring Signior Benedick and the Lady Beatrice into a mountain of affection the one with the other; and I doubt not but to fashion it if you three will but minister such assistance as I shall give you direction.”

Leonato: “My lord, I am for you.”

Claudio: “And I, my lord.”

Don Pedro: “And you too, gentle Hero?”

Hero: “I will do any modest office, my lord, to help my cousin to a new husband.”

Don Pedro: “And Benedick is not the unhopefullest husband that I know. Thus far can I praise him: he is of a noble strain, of approved valour, and confirmed honesty. I will teach you how to humour your cousin that she shall fall in love with Benedick; and I, with your two helps, will so practice on Benedick that, in spite of his quick wit and his queasy stomach, he shall fall in love with Beatrice. Go in with me and I will tell you my drift.”

Analysis

We learn more about the various characters in this lengthy scene. For instance, Beatrice is apparently uninterested in marriage. Adam’s sons, she claims, are her brethren. The mask begins and no one is completely certain who is talking to whom. Beatrice rails against Benedick, not aware that it is Benedict she is speaking to. He takes it hard that she refers to him as the Prince’s jester and a very dull fool who people laugh at. Don John tries to convince Claudio that Don Pedro is wooing Hero for himself. It would seem that Claudio is quite the gullible one, as we shall soon enough confirm. Once Don Pedro professes to have won Hero for Claudio, the betrothed new couple are virtually too shy to even acknowledge one another. So Claudio and Hero are set to marry and the scene ends with Don Pedro plotting to have Benedick and Beatrice fall in love with each other. But this is only act II, and as Shakespeare reminds us in A Midsummer Night’s Dream, ‘never did the course of true love run smooth.’

Act II

Scene ii

Enter Don John and Borachio

Don John: “It is so: the Count Claudio shall marry the daughter of Leonato.”

Borachio: “Yea, my lord, but I can cross it.”

Don John: “Any bar, any cross, any impediment, will be like medicine to me. How can thou cross this marriage?”

Borachio: “Not honestly, my lord; but so covertly that no dishonesty shall appear in me. I am in the favour of Margaret, the gentlewoman to Hero.”

Don John: “I remember.”

Borachio: “I can at any unseasonable instant of the night appoint her to look out at her lady’s chamber window. Go you to the Prince your brother; tell him that he hath wronged his honour in marrying the renowned Claudio to a contaminated stale, such a one as Hero.”

Don John: “What proof shall I make of that?”

Borachio: “Proof enough to misuse the Prince, to vex Claudio, to undo Hero and kill Leonato.”

Don John: “To spite them I will endeavour anything.”

Borachio: “Go then; draw Don Pedro and the Count Claudio alone; tell them that you know that Hero loves me – that you have discovered thus. They will scarcely believe this; offer them instances to see me at her chamber window; hear me call Margaret Hero; and bring them to see this the very night before the intended wedding – and there shall appear such seeming truth of Hero’s disloyalty that jealousy shall be called assurance, and all the preparation overthrown.”

Don John: “I will put it in practice. Be cunning in the working of this.”

Borachio: “Be you constant in the accusation, and my cunning shall not shame me.”

Analysis

Here come the villains! Shakespeare loves a good villain and uses them methodically to shape his plots. The villains really throw a wrench into things and allow Shakespeare to find a way to restore the damage they wrought. Classic Shakespearean villains include Richard III, who has his own play, Tamora and Aaron in Titus Andronicus, Goneral and Regan in King Lear and Iago in Othello. They each have unique motives for their villainous behaviours, but all of them either seem to think they have been wronged somehow and want to exact revenge or they act out of greed and extreme self interest. In Much Ado About Nothing, Don John has been defeated by his brother, Don Pedro, in battle, but has been forgiven and lives amid the court grumbling and discontent, just waiting for an opportunity to upset the court. And his accomplice, Borachio, has come up with just the plan. Borachio will appear amorous with Margaret, Hero’s servant, who will be disguised as Hero. Don John will inform Claudio that Hero is a whore and then ensure that Claudio sees this amorous display, which should derail the wedding plans. Don John and Borachio hope that this scheme will ‘misuse the Prince, vex Claudio, undo Hero and kill Leonato.’ Oh these wretched villains!

Act II

Scene iii

Leonato’s orchard

Enter Benedick

Benedick: “I do much wonder that one man, seeing how much another man is a fool when he dedicates his behaviours to love, will, after he hath laughed at such shallow follies in others, become the argument of his own scorn by falling in love; and such a man is Claudio. I have known when there was no music with him but the drum and the fife; I have known when he would have walked ten miles afoot to see a good armour. He was wont to speak plain and to the purpose, like an honest man and a soldier, and now his words are a very fantastical banquet, just so many strange dishes. May I be so converted, and see with these eyes? I cannot tell, but I think not. One woman is fair, yet I am well; another is wise, yet I am well; another virtuous, yet I am well; but till all graces be in one woman, one woman shall not come in my grace. Rich she shall be, that’s certain; wise, or I’ll none; virtuous, or I’ll never cheapen her; fair, or I’ll never look on her; mild, or come not near me; noble, or not I for an angel; of good discourse, an excellent musician, and her hair shall be of what colour pleaseth God. Ha! Here come the Prince and Monsieur Love! I will hide me in the arbour. (withdraws)

Enter Don Pedro, Leonato and Claudio

Don Pedro: “See where Benedick has hidden himself?”

Claudio: “O, very well, my lord.”

Don Pedro: “Come hither, Leonato. What was it you told me of today – that your niece Beatrice was in love with Signior Benedick?”

Claudio: “O ay; stalk on, stalk on. I did never think that lady would have loved any man.”

Leonato: “No, nor I either; but most wonderful that she should so dote on Signior Benedick, whom she hath in all outward behaviours seemed ever to abhor.”

Benedick: “Is it possible?”

Leonato: “But that she loves him with an enraged affection – it is past the infinite of thought.”

Don Pedro: “I would have thought her spirit had been invincible against all assaults of affection.”

Leonato: “I would have sworn it had, my lord; especially against Benedick.”

Don Pedro: “Has she made her affection known to Benedick?”

Leonato: “No; and swears she never will; that’s her torment.”

Claudio: “‘Tis true, indeed. ‘Shall I’, says she, ‘that have so often encountered him with scorn, write to him that I love him?”

Leonato: “She’ll be up twenty times a night; and there will she sit in her smock till she has written a sheet of paper. My daughter tells us all.”

Claudio: “Then down upon her knees she falls, weeps, sobs, beats her heart, tears her hair, prays, curses, – ‘O sweet Benedick! God give me patience.”

Leonato: “She doth indeed; and the ecstasy has so much overborne her that my daughter is sometimes afeared she will do a desperate outrage to herself. It is very true.”

Don Pedro: “It were good that Benedick knew of it.”

Claudio: “To what end? He would make but a sport of it, and torment the poor lady worse.”

Don Pedro: “She’s an excellent sweet lady, and she is virtuous.”

Claudio: “And she is exceedingly wise.”

Don Pedro: “In everything but in loving Benedick.”

Leonato: “I am sorry for her, as I have just cause, being her uncle and her guardian.”

Don Pedro: “I pray you tell Benedick of it, and hear what he will say.”

Leonato: “Were it good, think you?”

Claudio: “Hero thinks surely she will die; for she says she will die if he love her not.”

Don Pedro: “If she should make tender of her love, ’tis very possible he’ll scorn it; for the man as you all know, has a contemptible spirit.”

Claudio: “He is a very proper man.”

Don Pedro: “He has, indeed, a good outward happiness.”

Claudio: “Before God, and in my mind, very wise.”

Don Pedro: “He does, indeed, show some sparks that are like wit.”

Leonato: “And I take him to be valiant.”

Don Pedro: “As Hector, I assure you. Well I am sorry for your niece. Shall we go seek Benedick, and tell him of her love? I love Benedick well; and I could wish he would modestly examine himself, to see how much he is unworthy so good a lady.”

Exit Don Pedro, Leonato and Claudio

Benedick: “This can be no trick: they have the truth of this from Hero; they seem to pity the lady. Love me! Why, it must be requited. I hear how I am censured: they say I will bear myself proudly if I perceive the love come from her; they say, too, that she will rather die than give any sign of affection. I did never think to marry. I must not seem proud; happy are they who hear their detractions and can put them to mending. They say the lady is fair; ’tis a truth, I can bear them witness; and virtuous; ’tis so, I cannot reprove it; and wise, but for loving me. I will be horribly in love with her. I may chance have some remnants of wit broken on me because I have railed so long against marriage; but does not the appetite alter? The world must be peopled. When I said I would die a bachelor, I did not think I should live till I were married. Here comes Beatrice. By this day, she’s a fair lady; I do spy some marks of love in her.”

Enter Beatrice

Beatrice: “Against my will I am sent to bid you come in to dinner.”

Benedick: “Fair Beatrice, I thank you for your pains.

Beatrice: “I took no more pains for those thanks than you take pains to thank me; if it had been painful, I would not have come.”

Exit Beatrice

Benedick: “Ha! If I do not take pity of her, I am a villain. I will go get her picture.”

Analysis

So we have complications arising around both sets of lovers. The villains are trying to destroy the marriage between Claudio and Hero, while Benedict’s friends, soon to be joined by Beatrice’s friends as well, are trying to convince each that the other is in love with them. Shakespeare’s genius can allow for multiple plots, without too much confusion on the part of his audience. We see this in virtually every play. In this instance the trick works on Benedick, who, upon hearing his friends declare Beatrice’s love for him, immediately changes his mind entirely regarding not just Beatrice but on the institution of marriage. Since this is a comedy, and a light one at that, we should expect a double wedding in act 5. At least one of the two couples is moving in that direction, as we move into act 3.

Act III (4 scenes)

Scene i

Leonato’s orchard

Enter Hero, Margaret and Ursula

Hero: “Good Margaret, find my cousin Beatrice. Whisper in her ear, and tell her I and Ursula walk in the orchard, and our whole discourse is all of her; say that thou overheard us; and bid her steal into the pleached bower. There will she hide herself, to listen to our purpose.”

Margaret: “I’ll make her come, I warrant you.”

Exit Margaret

Hero: “Now, Ursula, when Beatrice does come, our talk must only be of Benedick. When I do name him, let it be thy part to praise him more than ever man did merit; my talk to thee must be how Benedick is sick in love with Beatrice. Of this matter is little Cupid’s crafty arrow made, that only wounds by hearsay. Now begin, for look where Beatrice runs to hear our conference. Then we go near her, that her ear lose nothing of the false sweet bait that we lay for it.”

Enter Beatrice, hidden

Ursula: “But are you sure that Benedick loves Beatrice so entirely?”

Hero: “So says the Prince and my new-trothed lord.”

Ursula: “And did they bid you tell her of it, madam?”

Hero: “They did entreat me to acquaint her of it; but I persuaded them, if they loved Benedick, to wish him wrestle with affection, and never to let Beatrice know of it.”

Ursula: “Why did you so?”

Hero: “O, god of love! I know he does deserve as much as may be yielded to a man; but nature never framed a woman’s heart of prouder stuff than that of Beatrice. Disdain and scorn ride sparkling in her eyes, misprision what they look upon; and her wit values itself so highly that to her all matter else seems weak. She cannot love, she is so self-endeared.”

Ursula: “And, therefore, certainly, it were not good she knew his love, lest she’ll make sport of it.”

Hero: “Why, you speak truth. I never yet saw a man, but she would spell him backward. She turns every man the wrong side out, and never gives to truth and virtue that which simpleness and merit purchases.”

Ursula: “Sure, sure, such carping is not commendable.”

Hero: “No; not to be so odd and from all fashions, as Beatrice is, cannot be commendable; But who dares tell her so? If I should speak, she would mock me into air; O, she would laugh me out of myself, press me to death with wit! Therefore let Benedick consume away in sighs, waste inwardly. It were a better death than to die with mocks, which is as bad as to die with tickling.”

Ursula: “Yet tell her of it; hear what she will say.”

Hero: “No; rather I will go to Benedick and counsel him to fight against his passion; and, truly, I’ll devise some honest slanders to stain my cousin with.”

Ursula: “O, do not do your cousin such a wrong! She cannot be so much without true judgment – having so swift and excellent a wit as she is prized to have – as to refuse so rare a gentleman as Signior Benedick, who, for shape, for bearing, argument and valour, goes foremost in report through Italy.”

Hero: “Indeed, he has an excellent good name.”

Ursula: “When are you married, madam?”

Hero: “Why, tomorrow.”

Exit Hero and Ursula

Beatrice: “What fire is in my ears? Can this be true? Stand I condemned for pride and scorn so much? Contempt, farewell! And maiden pride, adieu! And Benedick, love on; I will require thee, taming my wild heart to thy loving hand, if thou dost love, my kindness shall incite thee to bind our loves up in a holy band; for others say thou dost deserve, and I believe it better than reportingly.”

Analysis

The trick played on Beatrice here works as well as the trick played on Benedick in the previous scene. Their friends apparently know them well. It is as if they needed to be snapped out of their competitive war of wit just long enough to see each other with fresh eyes. The next time they meet they will be working together as allies to figure out what has happened between Hero and Claudio. Here come those villains again, and mischief is now surely afoot.

Act III

Scene ii

Leonato’s house

Enter Don Pedro, Claudio, Benedick, and Leonato

Benedick: “Gallants, I am not as I have been.”

Leonato:”Methinks you are sadder.”

Claudio: “I hope he be in love.”

Don Pedro: “There’s no true drop of blood in him to be truly touched with love; if he be sad, he wants money.”

Claudio: “Yet, say I, he is in love.”

Leonato: “Indeed, he looks younger than he did.”

Claudio: “That’s as much as to say the sweet youth’s in love.”

Don Pedro: “The greatest note of it is his melancholy. Indeed, conclude, conclude, he is in love.”

Claudio: “Nay, but I know who loves him and his ill conditions; and, in spite of all, dies for him.”

Exit Benedick and Leonato

Claudio: “Hero and Margaret have by this played their parts with Beatrice; and then the two bears will not bite one another when they meet.”

Enter Don John

Don John: “My lord and brother. God save you. I would speak with you.”

Don Pedro: “On private?”

Don John: “If it please you; yet Count Claudio may hear, for what I would speak of concerns him.”

Don Pedro: “What’s the matter?”

Don John: (to Claudio) “Means your lordship to be married tomorrow?”

Don Pedro: “You know he does.”

Don John: “I know not that, when he knows what I know.”

Claudio: “If there be any impediment, I pray you discover it.”

Don John: “I came hither to tell you; the lady is disloyal.”

Claudio: “Who, Hero?”

Don John: “Even she – Leonato’s Hero, your Hero, every man’s Hero.”

Claudio: “Disloyal?”

Don John: “The word is too good to paint out her wickedness; I could say she were worse; think you of a worse title, and I will fit her to it. Go but with me tonight, you shall see her chamber window entered, even the night before her wedding day. If you love her then, tomorrow wed her; but it would better fit your honour to change your mind.”

Claudio: “May this be so?”

Don John: “If you dare not trust that you see, confess not that you know. If you will follow me, I will show you enough.”

Claudio: “If I see anything tonight why I should not marry her, tomorrow in the congregation where I should wed, there will I shame her.”

Don Pedro: “And, as I wood for thee to obtain her, I will join with thee to disgrace her.”

Don John: “I will disparage her no farther till you are my witness; bear it coldly but till midnight, and let the issue show itself.”

Claudio: “O mischief strongly thwarting!”

Don John: “O plague right well prevented! So will you say when you have seen the sequel.”

Analysis

The play suddenly gets very serious and dark, as Don John executes his plan to derail the marriage between Claudio and Hero. It is a bit shocking how quickly Claudio and Don Pedro accept Don John’s claim, although he does promise to offer proof forthcoming. The innocent Hero is about to be accused of the terrible deed of making love to a stranger on the eve of her wedding. And Don John has arranged that Don Pedro and Claudio will see it for themselves, as Borachio and Margaret, dressed to resemble Hero, will engage in their intimacy on Hero’s balcony right before their eyes. It’s a long way still until the act 5 resolution scene, and that’s a good thing, since Shakespeare has a long way to go to resolve this villainous new plot development.

Act III

Scene iii

A street

Enter Dogberry (constable), Verges (his partner) and the watch

Dogberry: “You are thought to be the most senseless and fit man for the constable of the watch; therefore bear you the lantern. This is your charge: you shall comprehend all vagrant men. You shall also make no noise in the streets; for the watch to babble is not to be endured. You are to call at all of the ale houses, and bid those who are drunk get them to bed.

The Watch: “How if they will not?”

Dogberry: “Why, then, let them alone till they are sober. If you meet a thief, you may suspect him, by virtue of your office, to be no true man.”

Verges: “You have always been called a merciful man, partner.”

Dogberry: “Truly, I would not hang a dog by my will, much more a man who has any honesty in him. Well, masters, good night; if there be any matter of weight, call me up.”

Exit Dogberry and Verges

Enter Borachio and Conrade

Borachio: “What, Conrade!”

Conrade: “Here, man, I am at thy elbow.”

Watch: (aside) “Some treason. Yet stand close. “

Borachio: “Know that I have earned of Don John a thousand ducats.”

Watch: (aside) “I know that deformed; he has been a vile thief these seven years.”

Borachio: “Did thou not hear someone? Know that I have tonight wooed Margaret, the lady Hero’s gentlewoman, by the name of Hero; she leans me out at her mistress’ chamber-window, bids me a thousand times good night. I should first tell thee how the Prince, Claudio, and my master Don John, saw afar off in the orchard this amiable encounter.”

Conrade: “And thought that Margaret was Hero?”

Borachio: “Two of them did, the Prince and Claudio; away went Claudio enraged; swore he would meet her next morning at the temple, and there, before the whole congregation, shame her with what he saw, and send her home without a husband.”

Watch: “We charge you in the Prince’s name, stand!”

2 Watch: “Call up the right master constable; we have here recovered the most dangerous piece of lechery that ever was known in the commonwealth.”

Conrade: “Come, we will obey you.”

Analysis

Dogberry and Verges are clearly incompetent but sincere officers, but their watch mates are capable lawmen. When they overhear Borachio explain to Conrade what he has done under Don John’s orders, the two watchmen quickly apprehend them and bring them to Dogberry for interrogation. It will take time to sort this all out and in the interim much havoc will be wreaked, as Claudio and Don Pedro have clearly fallen completely for this ruse.

Act III

Scene iv

Hero’s apartment.

Hero: “God give me joy, for my heart is exceedingly heavy.

Margaret: “‘Twill be heavier soon, by the weight of a man.

Hero: “Fie upon thee!”

Margaret: “Is not your lord honourable?”

Enter Beatrice

Hero: “Good morning, Cuz.”

Beatrice: “Good morning, sweet Hero. By my troth, I am sick.”

Margaret: “Get you some of this distilled Carduus Benedictus, and lay it to your heart.”

Beatrice: “Benedictus! Why Benedictus?”

Margaret: “You may think, perchance, that I think you are in love.”

Enter Ursula

Ursula: “Madam, withdraw; the Prince, the Count, Signior Benedick, Don John, and all the gallants of the town are come to fetch you to church.”

Analysis

This tender scene of the women gathered around Hero on the morning of her wedding is mixed with some foreboding that Hero seems to have about this day. ‘My heart is exceedingly heavy.’ It is clearly a foreshadowing of what is to come.

Act III

Scene v

Leonato’s house

Enter Leonato, with Dogberry and Verges

Leonato: “What would you with me?”

Dogberry: “Marry, sir, I would have some confidence with you.”

Leonato: “Brief, I pray you; for you see it is a busy time with me. I would fain know what you have to say.”

Verges: “Marry, sir, our watch tonight has taken a couple of as arrant knaves as any in Messina.”

Leonato: “I must leave you.”

Dogberry: “One word, sir; our watch, sir, have indeed comprehended two auspicious persons, and we would have them this morning examined before your worship.”

Leonato: “Take their examination yourself; I am now in great haste, as it may appear unto you.”

Exit leonato

Dogberry: “Go, good partner; we are now to examine these men.”

Verges: “And we must do it wisely.”

Dogberry: “We will spare for no wit, I warrant you.”

Analysis

Unfortunately, Leonato does not press these unusual officers about the men they have apprehended. Had he done so, the unfortunate and painful next scene in the church might have been avoided. It is because he is off to the church that he leaves this case in the hands of Dogberry and Verges, which will now take some time to resolve. We, the audience, are fully aware of what the officers have uncovered, and the tension rises as we witness Leonato dismiss them to their own devices, knowing that the church scene is next and Claudio is preparing to disgrace Hero before the assembly of guests.

Act IV

Scene i

A Church

Enter Don Pedro, Don John, Leonato, Friar Francis, Claudio, Benedick, Hero and Beatrice.

Friar: “You come hither, my lord, to marry this lady?”

Claudio: “No.”

Leonato: “To be married to her, Friar!”

Friar: “Lady, you come hither to be married to this count?”

Hero: “I do.”

Friar: “If either of you know any inward impediment why you should not be conjoined, I charge you, on your souls, to utter it.”

Claudio: “Know you any, Hero?”

Hero: “None, my lord.”

Friar: “Know you any, count?”

Leonato: “I do make his answer. None.”

Claudio: “O, what men dare do! What men may do! What men daily do, not knowing what they do!”

Benedick: “How now! Interjections?”

Claudio: “Father, will you with free and unconstrained soul give me this maid, your daughter?”

Leonato: “As freely, son, as God did give her me.”

Claudio: “There, Leonato, take her back again; give not this rotten orange to your friend; she’s but the sign and semblance of her honour. Behold how like a maid she blushes here. O, what authority and show of truth can cunning sin cover itself withal! Would you not swear, all you who see her, that she were a maid by these external shows? But she is none: she knows the heat of a luxurious bed; her blush is guiltiness, not modesty.”

Leonato: “What do you mean, my lord?”

Claudio: “Not to be married. Not to knit my soul to an approved wanton.”

Leonato: “Dear, my lord, if you have vanquished the resistance of her youth, and made defeat of her viginity -“

Claudio: “I know what you would say. If I have known her, you will say she did embrace me as a husband. No, Leonato, I never tempted her, but, as a brother to his sister, showed bashful sincerity and comely love.”

Hero: “And seemed I ever otherwise to you?”

Claudio: “Out on thee! Seeming! I will write against it. But you are more intemperate in your blood than Venus, or those pampered animals that rage in savage sensuality.”

Hero: “Is my lord well, that he doth speak so wide?”

Leonato: “Sweet Prince, why speak not you?”

Don Pedro: “Why should I speak? I stand dishonoured who have gone about to link my dear friend to a common stale.”

Leonato: “Are these things spoken, or do I but dream?”

Don John: “Sir, they are spoken, and these things are true.”

Benedick: “This looks not like a nuptial.”

Claudio: “Let me but move one question to your daughter, and bid her answer truly.”

Hero: “O, God defend me! How am I beset!”

Claudio: “What man was he talked with you yester-night out at your window, betwixt twelve and one? Now, if you are a maid, answer to this.”

Hero: “I talked with no man at that hour, my lord.”

Don Pedro: “Why, then you are no maiden. Leonato, I am sorry you must hear: upon mine honour, myself, my brother, and this grieved Count, did see her, hear her, at that hour last night, talk with a ruffian at her chamber window; who hath, indeed, most like a liberal villain, confessed the vile encounters they have had a thousand times in secret.”

Claudio: “O Hero, what a hero hadst thou been, if half thy outward graces had been placed about thy thoughts and counsels of thy heart! But fare thee well, most foul, most fair! Farewell thou pure impiety and impious purity! For thee I’ll lock up all the gates of love, and on my eyelids shall conjecture hang, to turn all beauty into thoughts of harm, and never shall it more be gracious.”

Leonato: “Hath no man’s dagger here a point for me?”

Hero swoons

Beatrice: “Why, how now, cousin! Wherefore sink you down?”

Don John: “Come, let us go. These things, come thus to light, smother her spirits up.”

Exit Don Pedro, Don John and Claudio

Benedick: “How doth the lady?”

Beatrice: “Dead, I think. Help, uncle! Hero! Why, Hero! Uncle! Signior Benedick! Friar!”

Leonato: “O fate! Death is the fairest cover for her shame that may be wished for.”

Beatrice: “How now, cousin Hero!”

Leonato: “Why doth not every earthly thing cry shame upon her? Could she here deny the story that is printed in her blood? Do not live, Hero; do not open thine eyes; for, did I think thou wouldst not quickly die, thought I thy spirits were stronger than thy shames, myself would, on the rearward of reproaches, strike at thy life. Why ever wast thou lovely in my eyes? I might have said ‘No part of it is mine; this shame derives itself from unknown loins’. Oh, she is fall’n into a pit of ink, that the wide sea has drops too few to wash her clean again, and salt too little which may season give to her foul tainted flesh!

Benedick: “Sir, sir, be patient. For my part, I am so attired in wonder, I know not what to say.”

Beatrice: “O, on my soul, my cousin is belied!”

Benedick: “Lady, were you her bedfellow last night?”

Beatrice: “No, truly not, although, until last night, I have this twelvemonth been her bedfellow.”

Leonato: “Confirmed, confirmed! O, would the two princes lie; and Claudio lie, who loved her so, that, speaking of her foulness, washed it with tears? Hence from her! Let her die.”

Friar: “Hear me a little; for I have only been silent so long, by noting of the lady: I have marked a thousand blushing apparitions, a thousand innocent shames in angel whiteness beat away those blushes; and in her eye there hath appeared a fire to burn the errors that these princes hold against her maiden truth. Call me a fool; trust not my reading nor my observations, the tenor of my book; trust not my age, my reverence, calling, nor divinity, if this sweet lady lie not guiltless here under some biting error.”

Leonato: “Friar, it cannot be. Thou seest that all the grace that she hath left is that she will not add to her damnation a sin of perjury.”

Friar: “Lady, what man is he you are accused of?”

Hero: “They know who do accuse me; I know none. If I know more of any man alive than that which maiden modesty doth warrant, let all my sins lack mercy! O my father, prove you that any man with me conversed, or that I yesternight maintained the change of words with any creature, refuse me, hate me, torture me to death.”

Friar: “There is some strange misprision in the princes.”

Benedick: “And if their wisdoms be misled in this, the practice of it lies in John the Bastard, whose spirits toil in frame of villainies.”

Leonato: “I know not. If they speak but truth of her, these hands shall tear her; if they wrong her honour, the proudest of them shall quit me of them thoroughly.”

Friar: “Pause awhile. Your daughter here the princes left for dead; let her awhile be secretly kept in, and publish it that she is dead indeed, and do all rites that appertain unto a burial.”

Leonato: “What shall become of this? What will this do?”

Friar: “Marry, this, well carried, shall on her behalf change slander to remorse. She dying, as it must be so maintained, upon the instant that she was accused, shall be lamented, pitied, and excused of every hearer. So will it fare with Claudio. When he shall hear that she died upon his words, the idea of her life shall sweetly creep into his study of imagination. Then shall he mourn, and wish he had not so accused her – no, though he thought his accusation true. But if all aim be levelled false, the supposition of the lady’s death will quench the wonder of her infamy. And if it sort not well, you may cancel her, as best befits her wounded reputation, in some reclusive and religious life.”

Benedick: “Signior Leonato, let the friar advise you.”

Friar: “Come lady, die to live; this wedding day perhaps is but prolonged; have patience end endure.”

Exit all but Benedick and Beatrice

Benedick: “Lady Beatrice, have you wept all this while?”

Beatrice: “Yea, and I will weep a while longer.”

Benedick: “Surely I do believe your fair cousin is wronged.”

Beatrice: “Ah, how much might the man deserve of me that would right her!”

Benedick: “Is there any way to show such friendship?”

Beatrice: “A very even way.”

Benedick: “May a man do it?”

Beatrice: “It is a man’s office, but not yours.”

Benedick: “I do love nothing in the world so well as you. Is not that strange?”

Beatrice: “It were as possible for me to say I loved nothing so well as you; but believe me not, and yet I lie not; nor I deny nothing. I am sorry for my cousin.”

Benedick: “I protest I love thee.”

Beatrice: “I was about to protest I loved you.”

Benedick: “And do it with all thy heart?”

Beatrice: “I love you with so much of my heart that none is left to protest.”

Benedick: “Come, bid me do anything for thee.”

Beatrice: “Kill Claudio.”

Benedick: “Ha! Not for the wide world.”

Beatrice: “You kill me to deny it. Farewell. There is no love in you; let me go. You dare easier be friends with me than fight with mine enemy.”

Benedick: “Is Claudio thine enemy?”

Beatrice: “Is he not a villain that hath slandered, scorned, and dishonoured my kinswoman? O that I were a man! What! Bear her in hand until they come to take hands, and then with public accusation, uncovered slander, unmitigated rancour – O God, that I were a man! I would eat his heart in the market-place.”

Benedick: “Hear me, Beatrice.”

Beatrice: “Talk with a man out at a window!”

Benedick: “Nay, but, Beatrice -“

Beatrice: “Sweet Hero! She is wronged, she is slandered, she is undone. O that I were a man! Or that I had any friend would be a man for my sake!”

Benedick: “Tarry, good Beatrice. By this hand I love thee. Think you in your soul the Count Claudio hath wronged Hero?”

Beatrice: “Yea, as sure as I have a thought or a soul.”

Benedick: “Enough, I am engaged: I will challenge him; I will kiss your hand, and so I leave you. By this hand, Claudio shall render me a dear account. Go comfort your cousin; and so, farewell.”

Analysis

This is easily the most powerful scene in the entire play, as it suddenly transforms the story from comedy to tragedy. Claudio has already convicted Hero in his mind and proceeds to blow up the wedding proceedings with vile accusations, supported by Don Pedro, who also witnessed what Don John set them up to see. Hero collapses into a faint and Claudio berates Leonato before leaving the church. Beatrice is certain that her cousin has been wronged and after everyone has departed, the friar, who has quietly observed it all, agrees with Beatrice that mischief seems afoot. Benedick reflects that if there is corruption in these accusations that Don John must be at the centre of things. The friar concocts a dramatic plan to announce to the world that Hero has died of grief in order to observe the reactions of those who may have falsely condemned her. This idea will be the gateway to redemption for Hero, who must die in order to eventually resurrect, innocent and righteous. The friar conceals Hero, while Beatrice and Benedick find themselves alone. Benedick did not leave with Hero’s accusers, but finds himself transformed in the presence of Beatrice, during her grief over her cousin’s fate. They finally express their love for one another and when Benedick claims he would do anything for her she tells him to kill Claudio. He eventually agrees to challenge Claudio to account for his treachery. It seems like a whole new play after this one scene. But Shakespeare has already planted the seeds of resolution in the friar’s plan to rescue Hero and the love expressed between Benedick and Beatrice.

Act IV

Scene ii

A Prison

Enter Dogberry and Sexton in gowns, along with the watch, and Conrade and Borachio

Sexton: “Which are the offenders that are to be examined? Let them come before master constable.”

Dogberry: “Yea, marry, let them come before me. What is your name friend?”

Borachio: “Borachio.”

Dogberry: “Yours, sirrah?”

Conrade: “I am a gentleman, sir, and my name is Conrade.”

Dogberry: “Do you serve God?”

Conrade / Borachio: “Yea, sir, we hope.”

Dogberry: “Masters, it is proved already that you are little better than false knaves. How answer you for yourselves?”

Conrade: “Marry, sir, we say we are none.”

Sexton: “Master constable, you must call forth the watch who are their accusers.”

Dogberry: “Yea, marry, let the watch come forth.”

Watch: “This man said, sir, that Don John, the Prince’s brother, was a villain.”

Dogberry: “Why this is flat perjury, to call a prince’s brother villain.”

Sexton: “What heard you him say else?”

2 Watch: “Marry, that he had received a thousand ducats from Don John for accusing the Lady Hero wrongfully.”

Dogberry: “Flat burglary as was ever committed.”

Sexton: “What else, fellow?”

Watch: “That count Claudio did mean, upon his words, to disgrace Hero before the whole assembly, and not marry her.”

Sexton: “What else?”

2 Watch: “This is all.”

Sexton: “Prince John is this morning secretly stolen away; Hero was in this manner accused, in this very manner refused and upon the grief of this suddenly died. Master Constable, let these men be bound and brought to Leonato’s.”

Analysis

Much of the remainder of the play’s resolution is contained in this scene, as the constables and watch present their case to the court, condemning Conrade and Borachio and implicating Don John in the deliberate misrepresentation of Hero’s accusations.

Act V (4 scenes)

Scene i

Before Leonato’s house

Enter Leonato and Antonio, his brother

Antonio: “If you go on thus, you will kill yourself.”

Leonato: “I pray thee cease thy counsel, which falls into my ears as profitless as water into a sieve. Nor let no comforter delight my ear but such a one whose wrongs do suit with mine. Bring me a father who so loved his child, whose joy of her is overwhelmed like mine, and bid him speak of patience; measure his woe the length and breadth of mine. Bring him yet to me, and I of him will gather patience. But there is no such man. For there was never yet philosopher who could endure a toothache patiently.

Antonio: “Yet bend not all the harm upon yourself; make those who do offend you suffer, too.”

Leonato: “There thou speaks reason; nay, I will do so. My soul doth tell me Hero is belied.”

Antonio: “Here comes the Prince and Claudio hastily.”

Enter Don Pedro and Claudio

Don Pedro: “We have some haste, Leonato.”

Leonato: “Marry, thou dost wrong me; thou dissembler, thou! Know, Claudio, to thy head, thou hast so wronged mine innocent child and me that I am forced to lay my reverence by, and with grey hairs do challenge thee to trial of a man. I say thou hast belied mine innocent child; thy slander hath gone through and through her heart, and she lies buried with her ancestors in a tomb, framed by thy villainy.”

Claudio: “My villainy!”

Leonato: “Thine, Claudio: thine, I say.”

Don Pedro: “You say not right, old man.”

Claudio: “Away! I will not have to do with you.”

Leonato: “Thou hast killed my child.”

Antonio: “God knows I loved my niece; and she is dead, slandered to death by villains.”

Don Pedro: “Gentlemen both, my heart is sorry for your daughter’s death, but, on my honours, she was charged with nothing but what was true, and very full of proof.”

Leonato: “My lord, my lord -“

Don Pedro: “I will not hear you.”

Leonato: “No? Come brother, away, I will be heard.”

Antonio: “And shall, or some of us will smart for it.”

Exit Leonato and Antonio

Enter Benedick

Benedick: “Good day, my lord.”

Don Pedro: “You are almost come to part a fray. Leonato and his brother. What think’st thou?”

Benedick: “In a false quarrel there is no true valour. I came to seek you both.”

Claudio: “We are high-proof melancholy, and would fain have it beaten away. Wilt thou use thy wit?”

Benedick: “It is in my scabbard; shall I draw it?”

Don Pedro: “I think he be angry indeed.”

Benedick: “Shall I speak a word in your ear? (aside to Claudio) You are a villain; I jest not; you have killed a sweet lady, and her death shall fall heavy on you. Let me hear from you.”

Don Pedro: “But when shall we set the savage bull’s horns on the sensible Benedick’s head?”

Claudio: “Yea, and text underneath, ‘Here dwells Benedick, the married man?'”

Benedick: “Fare you well, boy; you know my mind. I will leave you now to your gossip-like humour. I must discontinue your company. Your brother the bastard has fled from Messina. You have among you killed a sweet and innocent lady.”

Exit Benedick

Don Pedro: “He is in earnest.”

Claudio: “In most profound earnest.”

Don Pedro: “And hath challenged thee.”

Claudio: “Most sincerely.”

Don Pedro: “Did he not say my brother has fled?”

Enter Dogberry and the watch, with Conrade and Borachio

Don Pedro: “How now! Two of my brother’s men bound – Borachio one. Officers, what offence have these two men done?”

Dogberry: “Marry, sir, they have committed false report; moreover they have spoken untruths; secondarily, they are slanders; sixth and lastly, they have belied a lady; thirdly, they have verified unjust things; and to conclude they are lying knaves.”

Don Pedro: “First, I ask thee what they have done; thirdly, I ask thee what is their offence; sixth and lastly, why they are committed; and to conclude what you lay to their charge. Who have you offended, masters, that you are thus bound? What’s your offence?”

Borachio: “Sweet Prince, let me go no farther to mine answer. I have decieved even your very eyes. What your wisdoms could not discover, these shallow fools have brought to light; who, in the night, overheard me confessing to this man how Don John your brother incensed me to slander the Lady Hero; how you were brought into the orchard, and saw me court Margaret in Hero’s garments; how you disgraced her, when you should marry her. My villainy they have upon record. The lady is dead upon mine and my master’s accusation; and briefly, I desire nothing but the reward of a villain.”

Don Pedro: “But did my brother set thee on to this?”

Borachio: “Yea, and paid me richly for the practice of it.”

Don Pedro: “He is composed and framed of treachery, and fled he upon this villainy.”

Claudio: “Sweet Hero, now thy image doth appear in the rare semblance that I loved it first.”

Enter Leonato and Antonio

Borachio: “If you would know your wronger, look on me.”

Leonato: “Art thou the slave that with thy breath hast killed my innocent child?”

Borachio: “Yea, even I alone.”

Leonato: “No, not so. A third is fled, that had a hand in it.”

Claudio: “Choose your revenge yourself; impose me to what penance your invention can lay upon my sin; yet sinned I not but in mistaking.”

Don Pedro: “By my soul, nor I; and yet, to satisfy this good old man, I would bend under any heavy weight that he’ll enjoin me to.”

Leonato: “I cannot bid you bid my daughter live – that were impossible; but, I pray you both, possess the people of Messina here how innocent she died; and, hang her an epitaph upon her tomb. And since you could not be my son-in-law, be yet my nephew. My brother hath daughter, almost a copy of my child who is dead; and she alone is heir to both of us. Give her the right you should have given her cousin, and so dies my revenge.”

Claudio: “O noble sir! Your over-kindness doth wring tears from me. I do embrace your offer.”

Leonato: “Tomorrow, then, I will expect your coming.”

Analysis

This is another extremely powerful scene. Leonato is angry and inconsolable, even though he knows that his daughter is not dead. The shock of the public accusations, which may or may not be true, and her possible tarnished reputation, are enough to make him grieve uncontrollably. Not even his brother, Antonio, can alleviate his suffering. And then who arrives on the scene but Claudio and Don Pedro. Leonato forcefully accuses Claudio of lying about Hero and causing her death. He challenges Claudio to a duel before departing, just as Benedick arrives to do the same, declaring Claudio a villain. Before he leaves, Benedick also informs Claudio and Don Pedro that Don John has suddenly fled Messina. They are naturally shocked and confused by this news, and then the next great turning point in the play occurs when Dogberry arrives with Borachio and Conrade in custody and declares that the two villains have committed the false report about Hero, having been paid handsomely by Don John to do so. Claudio immediately realizes that the apparently dead Hero has been innocent all along. He and Don Pedro tell Leonato to choose a terrible punishment for them. Leonato tells Claudio that he must declare Hero’s innocence to the people of Messina, hang an epitaph on her tomb, and marry his brother Antonio’s daughter, their sole remaining heir. Claudio agrees wholeheartedly. Of course we realize that Hero is alive and Leonato is going to present her once again to Claudio, who believes she is dead, and truly expects to marry Antonio’s daughter. A very busy scene indeed.

Act V

Scene ii

Leonato’s orchard

Enter Benedick

Benedick: “Marry, I cannot show it in rhyme; I have tried; I cannot find no rhyme to ‘lady’ but ‘baby’ – for ‘scorn’ ‘horn’ – for ‘school’ ‘fool’ – a babbling rhyme; very ominous endings. No, I was not born under a rhyming planet, nor can I woo in festival terms.”

Enter Beatrice

Benedick: “Sweet Beatrice, wouldst thou come when I call’d thee?”

Beatrice: “Yea, signior, and depart when you bid me.”

Benedick: “O, stay but till then.”

Beatrice: “And yet, ere I go, let me go with what I came, which is with knowing what hath passed between you and Claudio.”

Benedick: “Only foul words; and thereupon I will kiss thee.”

Beatrice: “Foul words is but foul wind, and foul wind is but foul breath and foul breath is noisome; therefore I will depart unkissed.”

Benedick: “I must tell thee plainly, Claudio undergoes my challenge; and either I must shortly hear from him, or I will subscribe him a coward. And, I pray thee now, tell me for which of my bad parts didst thou first fall in love with me?”

Beatrice: “For them all together; which maintained so politic a state of evil that they will not admit any good part to intermingle with them. But for which of my good parts did you first suffer love for me?”

Benedick: “Suffer love – a good epithet! For I love thee against my will.”

Beatrice: “In spite of your heart, I think; alas, poor heart! If you spite it for my sake, I will spite it for yours; for I will never love that which my friend hates.”

Benedick: “Thou and I are too wise to woo peaceably.”

Beatrice: “It appears not in this confession: there’s not one wise man among twenty who will praise himself.”

Benedick: “So much for praising myself, who, I myself will bear witness, is praiseworthy. And now tell me, how doth your cousin?”

Beatrice: “Very ill.”

Benedick: “And how do you?”

Beatrice: “Very ill too.”

Benedick: “Here comes one in haste.”

Enter Ursula

Ursula: “Madam, you must come to your uncle. It is proved my lady Hero hath been falsely accused, the Prince and Claudio mightily abused; and Don John is the author of all, who is fled and gone. Will you come presently?”

Beatrice: “Will you go hear this news, signior?”

Benedick: “I will live in thy heart, die in thy lap and be buried in thy eyes; and, more over, I will go with thee to thy uncle’s.”

Analysis

Closer and closer we get to the play’s complete resolution of Don John’s villainy. Benedick and Beatrice are in love and he has redeemed himself by his challenge of Claudio’s honour. They humorously and sweetly venture into their own romantic relationship in this scene. And then they both become suddenly aware of Hero’s vindication. This is starting to appear once again like the light comedy it is!

Act V

Scene iii

A churchyard

Enter Don Pedro, Claudio and a lord

Claudio: “Is this the monument of Leonato?”

Lord: ” It is, my lord.”

Claudio: (reading from a scroll) “‘Epitaph. Done to death by slanderous tongues was the Hero who here lies. This life that died with shame lives in death with glorious fame.’ Now, unto thy bones good night. Yearly will I do this rite.”

Don Pedro: “Come, let us hence. To Leonato’s we will go.”

Anaylsis

Having fulfilled this part of his promise to Leonato, to place an epitaph on his family tomb, Claudio proceeds to Leonato’s to marry (he thinks) Antonio’s daughter. There remains but one scene and one major revelation, and we know what it is.

Act V

Scene iv

Leonato’s house

Enter Leonato, Antonio, Benedick, Beatrice, Margaret, Ursula, Friar Francis and Hero

Friar: “Did I not tell you she was innocent?”

Leonato: “So are the Prince and Claudio, who accused her upon the error that you heard debated.”

Antonio: “Well, I am glad that all things sort so well.”

Benedick: “And so am I, being else by faith enforced to call young Claudio to a reckoning for it.”

Leonato: “Well, daughter, and you gentlewomen all, withdraw into a chamber by yourselves; and when I send for you, come hither masked. The Prince and Claudio promised by this hour to visit me. You know your office, brother: you must be father to your brother’s daughter, and give her to young Claudio.”

Exit the women

Benedick: “Friar, I must entreat your pains, I think.”

Friar: “To do what, signior?”

Benedick: “To bind me, or undo me – one of them. Signior Leonato, truth it is, your niece regards me with an eye of favour.”

Leonato: “That eye my daughter lent her. ‘Tis most true.”

Benedick: “And I do with an eye of love requite her.”

Leonato: “But what’s your will?”

Benedick: “But, for my will, my will is your good will, this day to be conjoined in the state of honourable marriage; in which, good friar, I shall desire your help.”

Leonato: “My heart is with your liking.”

Friar: “And my help. Here come the Prince and Claudio.”

Enter Don Pedro and Claudio

Don Pedro: “Good morrow.”

Leonato: “Good morrow, Prince; good morrow, Claudio; we here attend you. Are you yet determined today to marry with my brother’s daughter?”

Claudio: ” I’ll hold my mind.”

Leonato: “Call her forth, brother, here’s the friar ready.”

Exit Antonio

Don Pedro: “Good morrow, Benedick. Why, what’s the matter that you have such a February face, so full of frost, of storm and cloudiness?”

Re-enter Antonio with the ladies masked

Claudio: “Which is the lady I must seize upon?”

Antonio: “This same is she, and I do give you her.”

Claudio: “Why, then she’s mine. Sweet, let me see your face.”

Leonato: “No, not till you take her hand before this friar, and swear to marry her.”

Claudio: “Give me your hand; before this holy friar I am your husband, if you like of me.”

Hero: “And when I lived I was your other wife. (unmasking) And when you loved you were my other husband.”

Claudio: “Another Hero!”

Hero: “Nothing more certain. One Hero died defiled; but I do live, and, surely as I live, I am a maid.”

Don Pedro: “The former Hero! Hero that is dead!”

Leonato: “She died, my lord, but while her slander lived.”

Friar: “All this amazement can I qualify, when, after that the holy rites are ended, I’ll tell you largely of fair Hero’s death. Meantime let wonder seem familiar, and to the chapel let us presently.”

Benedick: “Which is Beatrice?”

Beatrice: “I answer to that name. (unmasking). What is your will?”

Benedick: “Do not you love me?”

Beatrice: “Why no, no more than reason.”

Benedick: “Why, then your uncle, and the Prince, and Claudio have been deceived; they swore you did.”

Beatrice: “Do not you love me?”

Benedick: “Troth no; no more than reason.”

Beatrice: “Why, then my cousin, Margaret, and Ursula are much deceived, for they did swear you did.”

Benedick: “They swore that you were almost sick for me.”

Beatrice: “They swore that you were well-nigh dead for me.”

Benedick: “‘Tis no such matter. Then you did not love me?”

Beatrice: “No, truly, but in friendly recompense.”

Leonato: “Come, cousin, I am sure you love the gentleman.”

Claudio: “And I’ll be sworn upon it that he loves her; for here’s a paper written in his hand, a halting sonnet of his own pure brain, fashioned to Beatrice.”

Hero: “And here’s another, written in my cousin’s hand, stolen from her pocket, containing her action unto Benedick.”

Benedick: “A miracle! Here’s our own hands against our hearts. Come, I will have thee, but, by this light, I take thee for pity.”

Beatrice: “I would not deny you; I yield upon great persuasion.”

Benedick: “Peace; I will stop your mouth.” (kissing her)

Don Pedro: “How dost thou, Benedick the married man?”

Benedick: “I’ll tell thee what, Prince: a college of wit crackers cannot flout me out of my humour. In brief, since I do purpose to marry, I will think nothing to any purpose that the world can say against it; and therefore never flout at me for what I have said against it; for man is a giddy, and this is my conclusion. For thy part, Claudio, I did think to have beaten thee; but in that thou art like to be my kinsman, live unbruised, and love my cousin. Come, come, we are friends. Let’s have a dance ere we are married, that we may lighten our own hearts and our wives’ heels. First, play music.”

Enter a messenger

Messenger: “My lord, your brother John is taken in flight, and brought with armed men back to Messina.”

Benedick: “Think not on him till tomorrow. I’ll device thee brave punishments for him. Strike up, pipers.”

Analysis

The play ends as we would expect, with two marriages and the restoration of all of the principal relationships at court other than Don John, who will suffer the consequences for the trouble he caused. Margaret has been determined innocent. She was unawares of Don John’s plot. Benedick and Claudio are now kinsmen and once again friends. Claudio is delighted when Antonio’s daughter he has agreed to marry turn out to be his Hero, seemingly resurrected from the dead. As Leonato tells him, ‘she died, my lord, but while her slander lived.’ Hero takes him back, as he was also a victim of Don John’s scheming. Benedick and Beatrice publicly deny their love to one another and decide that they are merely friends, until their friends step up and produce love poems they have secured from each of them. They readily admit their love and agree to marry, as Benedick prevents Beatrice from further protest by kissing her. This is one of Shakespeare’s finest act 5 resolution scenes, requiring him to apparently bring Hero back from the dead to achieve the required happy ending.

Final Thoughts

Much Ado About Nothing is a light comedy that creates considerable confusion for Shakespeare to resolve. Claudio hardly knows Hero, making it relatively easy for the villainous Don John to make him question her innocence when he makes her appear to be sexually involved with another man. Beatrice and Benedick, on the other hand, know each other all too well, and delight in their combative scenes of wit. It is almost as though their love is inevitable, once they have had enough of their mutually satisfying banter, which is a centrepiece of the play. Beatrice is essentially matchless, but if she will ever marry, it simply must be to Benedick, the witty confirmed bachelor. The complete 1993 film starring Emma Thompson as Beatrice and Kenneth Branagh as Benedick is excellent and available on youtube, as are several other film and theatrical productions and an abundance of shorter clips and analysis.

Love’s Labour’s Lost

Introduction

This is a play about love and language. Is love a tyranny or does it inspire and educate? The word-play is as vibrant and complex as in any Shakespeare play. This is a comedy but it does not end like one. There are no marriages: ‘Our wooing does not end like an old play: jack hath not Jill. These ladies might well have made our sport a comedy.’ The ‘sport’ are the games of verbal jousting and courtship. This ending is highly unusual for the comedies, and yet the final scene of the play is as masterfully orchestrated as anything in Shakespeare. The great question posed by Love’s Labour’s Lost is whether it is better to immerse oneself in life and love or to withdraw into a world of studious contemplation.

In the kingdom of Navarre King Ferdinand and his three courtiers vow to devote themselves to three years of self-denial, contemplation and study. They specifically swear off women. The entire community is expected to follow suit. The strains of such a vow surface immediately but then we learn that the Princess of France and three of her ladies are arriving on a ‘diplomatic mission’ and the comedy ensues. A series of misadventures and cross purposes begin as the four gentlemen discreetly advance their romantic interest, each pursuing one of the four women. When they are exposed to each other for breaking their vow of celibacy, they determine that love itself is worthy of inclusion on their curriculum of learning. Chaos naturally ensues when word arrives that the Princess’s father has died, as the real world comes crashing in and blows away the fantasy of the eight lovers into thin air. The women must leave the men but they instruct them to live a full year in celebrate seclusion for when they return.

Berowne is the lead character among the men. He is extremely skeptical of the King’s plan to devote three years to study with the avoidance of women and sure enough, he falls in love with the first woman he sees, The French Princess. He mocks himself for being so weak and indulgent but also enjoys every minute of his digression. This is a very silly play, enriched with every means of linguistic dexterity imaginable, from rhymes, puns, sonnets, invented language, rhetoric, parody and farce, and Berowne’s depth of character highlights the profound truths amid the games between the men and the women. His speech on love and women in Act IV is a tour de force and a rhetorical triumph of parody. Rosaline is a perfect match for Berowne, possessing his wit and charm a plenty. They are immediately drawn to one another and determine to have as much mischievous fun as possible along the way. The other three couples do the same on a smaller stage. The four couples comprise the main plot but there is a secondary story involving Armado, a refined but pretentious Spanish traveller, who has fallen in love with a local village girl and dairymaid name Jaquenetta. A simple countryman, Costard, is also in love with Jaquenetta. Their story at times parallels that of the King and his courtiers. Finally, the school master, Holofernes, is something of a linguist and swaps his complex wordplay with Sir Nathaniel, the dim witted old curate. The three groups (gentlemen, ladies and commoners) finally come together in Act V in a fabulous flurry of plot twists. The play becomes quite serious in the end, just when we expect the comedy to lighten up and conclude as comedies do, with vows of love and multiple marriages. No other comedy by Shakespeare ends with such erotic defeat.

The play is very simple in plot and very complex in language. The King expects his courtiers to go along with his edict but we know very early on that they don’t stand a chance and we delight in the humour of the four men trying to pretend to one another, and to the ladies themselves, that they are not falling in love, when clearly the are. The plot could not be simpler. Yet the game of words is intensely intricate and at times even nonsensical. It is a festival of language on love and Shakespeare seems to seek out the limits of his linguistic abilities, only to discover that there are none. This discovery leads him directly into a lyrical crescendo of work, including Richard II, Romeo and Juliet, A Midsummer Night’s Dream and The Merchant of Venice.

Act I (2 scenes)

Scene i

Navarre. The King’s park

Enter the King, Berowne, Longaville and Dumain

King: “Our late edict shall strongly stand in force: Navarre shall be the wonder of the world; our court shall be a little academy, still and contemplative in living art. You three, Berowne, Dumain and Longaville, have sworn for three years’ term to keep those statutes that are recorded in this schedule here.”

Longaville: “I am resolved; ’tis but a three year fast. The mind shall banquet, though the body pine.”

Dumain: “My loving lord, Dumain is mortified. The grosser manner of these world’s delights he throws upon the gross world’s baser slaves.”

Berowne: “I have already sworn to live and study here three years. But there are other other strict observances, such as: not to see a woman in that term, which I hope well is not enrolled there; and one day in a week to touch no food, and but one meal on every day beside, the which I hope is not enrolled there; and then to sleep but three hours in the night, which I hope well is not enrolled there. O, these are barren tasks, too hard to keep, not to see ladies, study, fast and not to sleep. My liege, I only swore to study with your grace, and stay here in your court for three years.”

Longaville: “You swore to that, Berowne, and to the rest.”

Berowne: “By yea and nay, sir, then I swore in jest. Come on; I will swear to study so, as thus: to study where I well may dine, or study where to meet some mistress fine.”

King: “These be the stops that hinder study quite, and train our intellects to vail delight.”

Berowne: “Study me how to please the eye indeed, by fixing it upon a fairer eye.”

Longaville: “He weeds the corn, and still lets grow the weeding.”

King: “Well, sit you out; go home, Berowne; adieu.”

Berowne: “No, my good lord; I have sworn to stay with you; yet confident I’ll keep what I have sworn, and bide the penance of each three years’ day. Give me the paper; and to the strictest decrees I’ll write my name.”

King: “How well this yielding rescues thee from shame!”

Berowne: (reads) “Item: if any man be seen to talk with a woman within the term of three years, he shall endure such public shame, as the rest of the court can possibly devise. This article, my liege, yourself must break; for well you know here comes in embassy the French king’s daughter, with yourself to speak. Therefore this article is made in vain, or vainly comes the admired princess hither.”

King: “We must of force dispense with this decree; she must lie here on mere necessity.”

Berowne: “Necessity will make us all forsworn three thousand times within this three year space; if I break faith, this word shall speak for me: I am forsworn on mere necessity. So to the laws at large I write my name.”

Berowne subscribes

Berowne: “And he that breaks them in the least degree stands in eternal shame. I am the last who will last keep his oath.”

King: “Ay, that there is. Our court, you know, is haunted with a refined traveller of Spain, that hath a mint of phrases in his brain; I protest I love to hear him lie, and will use him for my minstrelsy.”

Berowne: “Armado is a most illustrious wit, a man of fire-new words.”

Enter Constable Dull, with a letter, and Costard

Dull: “Which is the Duke’s own person?”

Berowne: “This is he.”

Dull: “Signor Arme – Arme – commends you. There’s villainy abroad; this letter will tell you more.”

Costard: “Sir, the contempts thereof are as touching me.”

King: “A letter from the magnificent Armado.”

Costard: “The matter is to me, sir, as concerning Jaquenetta. The manner of it is, I was taken with the manner.”

Berowne: “In what manner?”

Costard: “In manner and form following, sir; I was seen with her in the manor house and following her into the park. Now, sir, for the manner – it is the manner of a man to speak to a woman.”

King: (reads) “As I am a gentleman, I betook myself to walk. I walked upon thy park, where I did encounter that obscene and preposterous event. There did I see that low-spirited swain, that base minnow of thy mirth.”

Costard: “Me?”

King: (reads) “That unlettered small-knowing soul.”

Costard: “Me?”

King: (reads) “That shallow vassal.”

Costard: “Still me?”

King: (reads) “Which, as I remember, is Costard.”

Costard: “O, me!”

King: (reads) “Sorted and consorted, contrary to thy established proclaimed edict.”

Costard: “With a wench.”

King: (reads) “With a child of our grandmother Eve, a female; a woman. Him I have sent to thee, to receive the meed of punishment, by thy sweet Grace’s officer, Anthony Dull, a man of good repute.”

Dull: “I am Anthony Dull.”

King: (reads) “For Jaquenetta – so is the weaker vessel called – I keep her as a vessel of thy law’s fury; and shall bring her to trial. Thine, in all compliments of devoted and heart-burning heat of duty, Don Adriano de Armado.”

King: “Sirrah, what say you to this.”

Costard: “Sir, I confess the wench.”

King: “Did you hear the proclamation?”

Costard: “I do confess much of the hearing it, but little of the marking of it.”

King: “It was proclaimed a year’s imprisonment to be taken with a wench.”

Costard: “I was taken with none, sir; I was taken with a damsel.”

King: “Well, it was proclaimed damsel.”

Costard: “This was no damsel neither, sir; she was a virgin.”

King: “It was proclaimed virgin.”

Costard: “If it were, I deny her virginity; I was taken with a maid.”

King: “This ‘maid’ will not serve your turn, sir.”

Costard: “This maid will serve my turn, sir.”

King: “I will pronounce your sentence: you shall fast a week with bran and water.”

Costard: “I had rather pray a month with mutton and porridge.”

King: “And Don Armado shall be your keeper. And go we, lords, to put in practice that which each to other hath so strongly sworn.”

Exit King, Longaville and Dumain

Berowne: “I’ll lay my head to any good man’s that these oaths and laws will prove an idle scorn.”

Costard: “I suffer for the truth, sir; for true it is I was taken with Jaquenetta, and Jaquenetta is a true girl.”

Analysis

The King wants to turn Navarre into ‘a wonder of the world’ as an academy of learning. He presents his idea to his three courtiers, Berowne, Longaville and Dumain. They will study hard for three years, fast, sleep little and see no women. The three courtiers are asked by the King to sign an oath that they will fulfill these expectations. Longaville and Dumain sign right up but Berowne has some concerns with the parts about no women, less sleep and fasting, although he eventually signs on as well. He also points out that the King is bound to violate the agreement, as the Princess of France and three of her ladies are arriving on a ‘diplomatic mission’. A constable arrives with a letter and with Costard. The letter is written by Armado and it concerns Costard having been seen with the local country dairy maid, Jaquenetta. The King punishes Costard with a week of fasting on bran and water alone. Costard will not be the last of the King’s close subjects to struggle with the laws regarding the prohibition of all contact with women, as we can sense from Berowne’s reluctance to sign and commit to the oath.

Act I

Scene ii

The Park

Enter Armado and Moth, his page

Armado: “Boy, what sign is it when a man of great spirit grows melancholy?”

Moth: “A great sign, sir, that he will look sad.”

Armado: “Why, sadness is one and the self-same thing, dear imp.”

Moth: “No, no!”

Armado: “How can thou part sadness and melancholy, my tender juvenal? I have promised to study three years with the King. I will hereupon confess that I am in love. And as it is base for a soldier to love, so am I in love with a base wench. Comfort me, boy; what great men have been in love?”

Moth: “Hercules, master.”

Armado: “Most sweet Hercules! Name more.”

Moth: “Samson, master.”

Armado: “O, well-knit Samson! Boy, I do love that country girl that I took in the park with the rational hind, Costard.”

Enter Constable Dull, Costard and Jaquenetta

Dull: “Sir, the King’s pleasure is that you keep Costard safe. For this damsel, I must keep her at the park.”

Armado: “I do betray myself with blushing. Maid!”

Jaquenetta: “Man!”

Armado: “I will tell thee wonders.”

Jaquenetta: “With that face?”

Armado: “I love thee. And so, farewell.”

Exit Dull and Jaquenetta

Armado: “Villain, thou shalt fast for thy offences. Thou shalt be heavily punished. Take away this villain. Shut him up.”

Moth: “Come, you transgressing slave, away.”

Costard: “Let me not be pent up, sir; I will fast, being loose.”

Moth: “No, sir; that were fast and loose. Thou shalt to prison.”

Exit Moth and Costard

Armado: “I do affect the very ground, which is base, where her shoe, which is baser, guided by her foot, which is basest, doth tread. I shall be forsworn – if I love. Love is a familiar; love is a devil. There is no evil angel but love. Adieu, valour; for your manager is in love. Assist me, some extemporal god of rhyme, for I am sure I shall turn sonnet, device, wit; write, pen; for I am for whole volumes in folio.”

Analysis

Don Armado confesses to Moth, his page, that he has fallen in love with Jaquenetta, even though he has sworn to be a part of the King’s celibate academy for the next three years. He witnesses Costard being taken away to prison and laments that surely his oath to the King will be forsworn due to his love for Jaquenetta. Both Costard and Armado have violated their oaths in Act I. Now the Princess of France and her three ladies are arriving and the King and his three courtiers await. As the lesser characters go, so go the main men of court.

Act II (1 scene)

Scene I

The Park

Enter The Princess of France, with her three attending ladies: Rosaline, Maria and Katherine, Boyet, their manservant and two lords

Boyet: “Now, madam, consider who the King your father sends, to whom he sends, and what’s his embassy: yourself, held precious in the world’s esteem, to parley with the sole inheritor of all perfections that a man may owe, matchless Navarre. be now as prodigal of all dear grace as nature was in making graces dear, when she did starve the general world beside and prodigally gave them all to you.”

Princess: “Good Lord Boyet, my beauty, though but mean, needs not the painted flourish of your praise. I am less proud to hear you tell me my worth than you much willing to be counted wise in spending your wit in the praise of mine. But now to task the tasker: good Boyet, you are not ignorant: all-telling fame does noise abroad that Navarre hath made a vow, till painful study shall outwear three years, no woman may approach his silent court. Therefore, we single you as our best-moving fair solicitor. Tell him the daughter of the King of France , on serious business, craving quick dispatch, importunes personal conference with his Grace. Haste, signify so much.”

Boyet: “Willingly I go.”

Exit Boyet

Princess: “Who are the vow-fellows with this virtuous King?”

1 Lord: “Lord Longaville is one.”

Maria: “I know him, madam; at a marriage feast saw I this Longaville, a man of sovereign parts, peerless esteemed, well fitted in arts, glorious in arms; nothing becomes him ill that he would well. The only soil of his fair virtue’s gloss is a sharp wit matched with too blunt a will, whose edge has power to cut, whose will still wills it should none spare that comes within his power.”

Princess: “Some merry, mocking lord; is it so? Who are the rest?”

Katherine: “The young Dumain, a well accomplished youth; he hath wit to make an ill shake good. I saw him at the Duke Alencon’s once; and much too little of that good I saw is my report to his great worthiness.”

Rosaline: “Another of these students at the time was there with him. Berowne they call him; but a merrier man I have never spent an hour’s talk withal. His eye begets occasion for his wit, for every object that the one doth catch, the other turns into a mirth-moving jest, which his fair tongue, conceit’s expositor, delivers in such apt and gracious words that aged ears play truant at his tales, and younger hearers are quite ravished; so sweet and voluble is his discourse.”

Princess: “God bless my ladies! Are they all in love, that every one her own hath garnished with such bedecking ornaments of praise?

1 Lord: “Here comes Boyet.”

Enter Boyet

Princess: “Now, what admittance, lord?”

Boyet: “Navarre had notice of your fair approach, and he and his competitors in oath rather mean to lodge you in the field, like one who comes here to besiege his court, than seek a dispensation for his oath, to let you enter his unpeopled house.”

The ladies mask

Enter the King, Longaville, Dumain and Berowne

Boyet: “Here comes Navarre.”

King: “Fair Princess, welcome to the court of Navarre.”

Princess: “‘Fair’ I give you back again, and ‘welcome’ I have not yet.”

King: “You shall be welcome, madam, to my court.”

Princess: “I will be welcome then, conduct me thither.”

King: “Hear me, dear lady: I have sworn an oath.”

Princess: “Vouchsafe to read the purpose of my coming, and suddenly resolve me in my suit.”

Princess hands the King a paper

Princess: “You’ll prove perjured if you make me stay.”

Berowne: “Did not I dance with you in Brabant once?”

Katherine: “Did not I dance with you in Brabant once?”

Berowne: I know you did.”

Katherine: “How needless was it then to ask the question!”

Berowne: “You must not be so quick. Your wit is too hot, it speeds too fast, ’twill tire.”

Katherine: “Not till it leave the rider in the mire.”

Berowne: “Now fair befall your mask!”

Katherine: “Fair fall the face it covers!”

Berowne: “And send you many lovers!”

Katherine: “Amen, so you be none.”

Berowne: “Nay, then will I be gone.”

King: “Madam, your father here does intimate the payment of a hundred thousand crowns; but he or we, as neither have, received that sum, yet there remains unpaid a hundred thousand more, in surety of the which, one part of Aquitaine is bound to us. If then the king your father will restore but that one half which is unsatisfied, we will give up our right in Aquitaine, and hold fair friendship with his majesty. Here he doth demand to have repaid a hundred thousand crowns.”

Princess: “You do the king my father too much wrong, and wrong the reputation of your name, in so seeming to confess receipt of that which hath so faithfully been paid.”

King: “I do protest I never heard of it.”

Princess: “Boyet, you can produce acquittances for such a sum.”

Boyet: “The packet is not come; tomorrow you shall have a sight of them.”

King: “It shall suffice me. Meantime receive such welcome at my hand that honour, without breach of honour, may make tender of to thy true worthiness. You may not come, fair Princess, within my gates; but here without you shall be so received as you shall deem yourself lodged in my heart, though so denied fair harbour in my house. Tomorrow shall we visit you again

Exit King

Berowne: “Lady, I will commend you to mine own heart.”

Rosaline: “Pray you, do my commendations; I would be glad to see it.”

Dumain: “Sir, I pray you, a word: what lady is that?”

Boyet: “The heir of Alencon; Katherine her name.”

Dumain: “A gallant lady! Monsieur, fair you well.”

Exit Dumain

Longaville: “I beseech you a word: what is she in the white?”

Boyet: “A woman.”

Longaville: “I desire her name.”

Boyet: “She hath but one for herself; to desire that were a shame.”

Longaville: “Pray you, sir, whose daughter?”

Boyet: “Her mother’s, I have heard.”

Boyet: “She is an heir of Falconbridge.”

Longaville: “She is a most sweet lady.”

Exit Longaville

Berowne: “What’s her name in the cap?”

Boyet: “Rosaline.”

Berowne: “Is she wedded or no?”

Boyet: “To her will, sir.”

Berowne: “You are welcome, sir, adieu!”

Boyet: “Farewell to me, sir, and welcome to you.”

Exit Berowne

Maria: “That last is Berowne, the merry, mad-cap lord; not a word with him but a jest.”

Boyet: “And every jest but a word. If my observation, which very seldom lies, deceive me not now, Navarre is infected.”

Princess: “Your reason?”

Boyet: “Why, all his behaviours did make their retire to the court of his eye, peeping through desire. His tongue, all impatient to speak and not see, did stumble in haste in his eyesight to be; methought all his senses were locked in his eye.”

Analysis

The Princess and her ladies arrive at Navarre and it turns out each of the women know one of the men. Boyet, the attendant to the women, informs the Princess that it is the KIng’s intention to lodge them in the field rather than break his oath and invite them into the house. The King arrives and explains that due to his oath he cannot bring her into his court. They discuss the business which has brought her to Navarre, while Longaville, Dumain and Berowne try to get information out of Boyet about the ladies they are attracted to. Boyet returns to inform the Princess that the men are clearly in love with ladies. The setup is complete. The men still maintain their vows but the woman have arrived and with them, so does the conflict regarding the vow of having no contact with the fairer sex. Giddy-up!

Act III (1 scene)

Scene i

The park

Enter Armado and Moth

Armado: “Fetch hither the swain; he must carry me a letter.”

Moth: “A message well sympathized – a horse to be ambassador for an ass.”

Exit Moth / Enter Moth with Costard

Armado: “Sirrah Costard, I will enfranchise thee.”

Costard: “Let me loose.”

Armado: “I give thee thy liberty, and, in lieu thereof, impose on thee nothing but this: bear this significant letter to the country maid Jaquenetta.”

Exit Armado / Enter Berowne

Berowne: “My good knave, Costard, exceedingly well met! Stay slave; I must employ thee. Do one thing for me that I shall entreat.”

Costard: “When would you have it done, sir?”

Berowne: “This afternoon.”

Costard: “Well, I will do it, sir; fare you well.”

Berowne: “Thou knowest not what it is.”

Costard: “I shall know, sir, when I have done it.”

Berowne: “Why, villain, thou must know first. It is but this: the Princess comes to hunt here in the park, and in her train there is a gentle lady; when tongues speak sweetly, then they name her name, and Rosaline they call her. And to her white hand see thou do commend this sealed up counsel.”

Berowne gives Costard a shilling

Costard: “I will do it, sir.”

Exit Costard

Berowne: “What! I love! I seek a wife! will love, write, sigh, pray, sue and groan.”

Analysis

Armado sends Moth to bring Costard to him. He tells Costard that he will set him free if only he delivers a letter to Jaquenetta. Costard naturally agrees. Next, Berowne asks Costard to deliver a letter from him to Rosaline. Costard agrees again and now has two letters. Berowne waxes poetic about being in love, regardless of his oath.

Act IV (3 scenes)

Scene i

The park

Enter the Princess, Rosaline, Maria, Katherine and Boyet

Boyet: “Here comes a member of the commonwealth.”

Costard: “Pray you, which is the head lady?”

Princess: “What’s your will, sir?”

Costard: “I have a letter from Monsieur Berowne to one Lady Rosaline.”

Boyet: “This letter is mistook; it is written to Jaquenetta.”

Princess: “We will read it, and everyone give ear.”

Boyet: (reads) “By heaven, that thou art fair is most infallible; true that thou art beauteous; truth itself that thou art lovely. More fairer than fair; truer than truth itself. Shall I command thy love? I may. Shall I enforce thy love? I could. Shall I entreat thy love? I will. Thus expecting thy reply, Don Armado.”

Boyet: “This Armado is a Spaniard, that keeps here in court; one that makes sport to the King and his book-mates.”

Princess: “Fellow, a word. Who gave thee this letter? To whom should thou give it?”

Costard: “From my Lord Berowne, to a lady of France that he called Rosaline.”

Princess: “Thou hast mistaken his letter.”

Analysis

Costard finds the Princess and thinks he gives her the letter from Berowne to Rosaline, when in actuality he gives her the letter from Armado to Jaquenetta. Confusion reigns as the lords and the lesser mechanicals begin to shun their vows. Love is clearly in the air of Navarre.

Act IV

Scene ii

Enter Holofernes, Nathaniel and Dull

Holofernes: (to Dull) “O thou monster ignorance, how deformed dost thou look!

Nathaniel: “Sir, he hath never fed of the dainties that are bred in a book. He hath not eaten paper, as it were; he hath not drunk ink; his intellect is not replenished; he is only an animal, only sensible in the duller parts. You, on the other hand, have a rare talent, sir.”

Holofernes: “This is a gift that I have; a foolish extravagant spirit, full of forms, figures, shapes, objects, ideas, apprehensions, motions, revolutions. These are begot in the ventricle of memory, nourished in the womb of Pia mater, and delivered upon the mellowing of occasion. But the gift is good in those in whom it is acute, and I am thankful for it.”

Nathaniel: “Sir, I praise the lord for you, and so may my parishioners; for their sons are well tutored by you, and their daughters profit very greatly under you. You are a good member of the commonwealth.”

Enter Jaquenetta and Costard

Jaquenetta: “Good Master Parson, be so good as read me this letter; it was given me by Costard, and sent me from Don Armado. I beseech you read it.”

Nathaniel: (reads) “‘If love make me forsworn, how shall I swear to love? to thee I’ll faithful prove; if knowledge be the mark, to know thee shall suffice; well learned is that tongue that well can thee commend. Celestial as thou art, O, pardon love this wrong, that singes heaven’s praise with such an earthly tongue.'”

Holofernes: “Damosella virgin, was this directed to you?”

Jaquenetta: “Ay, sir, from one Monsieur Berowne, one of the strange queen’s lords.”

Holofernes: “I will overglance the superscript: ‘To the snow-white hand of the most beauteous Lady Rosaline’. This Berowne hath miscarried. Deliver this paper into the royal hand of the King; it may concern much.”

Jaquenetta: “Good Costard, go with me, sir.”

Exit Costard and Jaquenetta

Analysis

After Holofernes and Nathaniel banter back and forth critically of Constable Dull and with praise for the intellect of Holofernes, Jaquenetta and Costard arrive and ask Nathaniel and Holofernes to read a letter they believe is from Don Armado, but it turns out to be from Berowne and is directed to Rosaline. Holofernes instructs them to deliver it right to the King, which is when it gets very interesting for Berowne, in the upcoming scene.

Act IV

Scene III

The park

Enter Berowne, alone, with paper in his hand.

Berowne: “I will not love; if I do, hang me. In faith, I will not. O, but her eye! By this light, but for her eye, I would not love her – yes for her two eyes. Well, I do nothing in the world but lie, and lie in my throat. By heaven, I do love; and it hath taught me to rhyme and to be melancholy. Well, she hath one of my sonnets already; the clown bore it, the fool sent it, and the lady hath it: sweet clown, sweeter fool, sweetest lady! Here comes one with a paper.”

Berowne climbs into a tree so as not to be seen

King: “Ay, me!”

Berowne: “Shot, by heaven! Proceed, sweet Cupid.”

King: (reads) “‘O queen of queens! How far dost thou excel no thought can think nor tongue of mortal tell.’ Who is he comes here?”

The King steps aside

Enter Longaville with a paper

Berowne: “Now, in thy likeness, one more fool appears!

Longaville: “Ay me, I am forsworn!”

King: “In love, I hope; sweet fellowship in shame!”

Longaville: “Am I the first that has been perjured so?”

Berowne: “I could put thee in comfort: not by two that I know.; thou makest the triumvirate.”

Longaville: “O sweet Maria, empress of my love! This same shall go: (reads) ‘Vows for thee broke deserve not punishment. A woman I forswore; but I will prove, thou being a goddess, I forswore not thee: my vow was earthly, thou a heavenly love; thy grace being gained cures all disgrace in me. Vows are but breath, and breath a vaporizer is. If by me broke, what fool is not so wise to lose an oath to win a paradise?'”

Berowne: “Pure, pure idolatry. God amend us!”

Enter Dumain with a paper

Dumain: “All hid, all hid. O heavens, I have my wish! Dumain transformed!”

Dumain: “O most divine Kate!”

Berowne: “O most profane coxcomb!”

Dumain: “By heaven, the wonder in a mortal eye! O that I had my wish!”

Longaville: “And I had mine!”

King: “And I mine too, good lord!”

Dumain: “I would forget her; but a fever she reigns in my blood, and will remembered be. Once more I’ll read the ode that I have writ.”

Berowne: “Once more I’ll mark how love can vary wit.”

Dumain: (reads) “‘Do not call it sin in me that I am forsworn for thee.’ This will I send. O would the King, Berowne and Longaville, were lovers too! Ill, to example Ill, would from my forehead wipe a perjured note; for none offend where all alike do dote.

Longaville: (advancing) “Dumain, you may look pale, but I should blush, I know, to be overheard.”

King: (advancing) “Come, sir, you blush; as his, your case is such. I have been closely shrouded in this bush, and marked you both, and for you both did blush. I heard your guilty rhymes, observed your fashion, saw sighs reek from you, noted well your passion. ‘Ay me!’ says one. ‘O Jove!’ the other cries. (to Longaville) You would for paradise break faith and truth. (to Dumain) And Jove for your love would infringe an oath. What will Berowne say what that he shall hear? How will he scorn? How will he spend his wit! How will he triumph, leap, and laugh at it! For all the wealth that ever I did see, I would not have him know so much by me.”

Berowne: (descending the tree) “Now step I forth to whip hypocrisy. Ah, good my liege, I pray thee pardon me, good heart, what grace hast thou thus to reprove these worms for loving, that are most in love? Are you not ashamed? All three of you. O, what a scene of foolery have I seen, of sighs, of groans, of sorrow. O me, with what strict patience have I sat, to see a King transformed into a gnat! Where lies thy grief, O, tell me, good Dumain? And, gentle Longaville, where lies thy pain? And where’s my liege’s?”

King: “Too bitter is thy jest. Are we betrayed thus to thy over-view?”

Berowne: “Not you by me, but I betrayed by you. I that am honest, I that hold it sin to break the vow I am engaged in ; I am betrayed by keeping company with men like you, men of inconstancy. When shall you see me write a thing in rhyme? When shall you hear that I will praise a hand, a foot, a face, an eye, a brow, a breast, a waist, a leg…”

Enter Jaquenetta and Costard

King: “What present hast thou there?”

Costard: “Some certain treason.”

Jaquenetta: “I beseech your Grace, let this letter be read.”

King: “Berowne, read it over.”

Berowne reads the letter / Berowne tears the letter

King: “How now! Why dost thou tear it?”

Berowne: “A toy, my liege, a toy! Your Grace needs not fear it.”

Longaville: “Let’s hear it.”

Dumain: “It is Berowne’s writing, and here is his name.”

They gather up the pieces

Berowne: (to Costard) “Ah, you whoreson loggerhead, you were born to do me shame. Guilty, my lord, guilty! I confess, I confess!”

King: “What?”

Berowne: “That you three fools lacked me fool to make up the mess; he, he, and you – my liege – and I are pick-purses in love, and we deserve to die. O, dismiss this audience, and I shall tell you more.”

Dumain: “Now the number is even.”

Berowne: “True, true, we are four. Will these turtles be gone?”

King: “Hence, sirs away.”

Costard: “Walk aside the true folk, and let the traitors stay.”

Exit Costard and Jaquenetta

Berowne: “Sweet lords, sweet lovers, O, let us embrace! As true we are as flesh and blood can be. Young blood doth not obey an old decree. Who sees the heavenly Rosaline and dares look upon the heaven of her brow that is not blinded by her majesty? My eyes are then no eyes, nor I Berowne. O, but for my love, day would turn to night! Lend me the flourish of all gentle tongues.”

King: “Are we not all in love?”

Berowne: “All forsworn.”

King: “Then leave this chat; and, good Berowne, now prove our loving lawful, and our faith not torn.”

Dumain: “Ay, marry, there; some flattery for this evil.”

Longaville: “O, some authority how to proceed; some tricks, how to cheat the devil!”

Dumain: “Some salve for perjury.”

Berowne: “Consider what you first did swear unto: to fast, to study, and to see no women – flat treason against the kingly state of youth. Say, can you fast? Your stomachs are too young, and abstinence engenders maladies. For when would you, my lord, or you, or you, have found the ground of study’s excellence without the beauty of a woman’s face? From women’s eyes this doctrine I derive: they are the ground, the books, the academies, from whence doth spring the true Promethean fire. Now, for not looking on a woman’s face, you have in that forsworn the use of eyes, and study too, the causer of your vow; for where is any author in the world teaches such beauty as a woman’s eye? Learning is but an adjunct to ourself, and where we are our learning likewise is; then when ourselves we see in ladies’ eyes, with ourselves, do we not likewise see our learning there? O, we have made a vow to study, lords, and in that vow we have forsworn our books, for when would you, my liege, or you, or you, in leaden contemplation have found out such fiery numbers as the prompting eyes of beauty’s tutors have enriched you with? Love, first learned in a lady’s eyes, lives not alone immured in the brain, but with the motion of all elements courses as swift as thought in every power, and gives to every power a double power, above their functions and their offices. It adds a precious seeing to the eye: a lover’s eyes will gaze an eagle blind. A lover’s ear will hear the lowest sound. Love’s tongue proves dainty Bacchus gross in taste. For valour, is not love a Hercules, still climbing trees in the Hesperides? Subtle as Sphinx; as sweet and musical as bright Apollo’s lute, strung with his hair. And when love speaks, the voice of all the gods make heaven drowsy with the harmony. Never durst poet touch a pen to write until his ink were tempered with love’s sighs; O, then his lines would ravish savage ears, and plant in tyrants mild humility. From women’s eyes this doctrine I derive. They sparkle still the right Promethean fire; they are the books, the arts, the academies, that show, contain, and nourish all the world, else none at all in aught proves excellent. Then fools you were these women to forswear; or, keeping what is sworn, you will prove fools. For wisdom’s sake, a word that all men love; or for love’s sake, a word that loves all men; or for men’s sake, the authors of these women; or women’s sake, by whom we men are men – let us once lose our oaths to find ourselves, or else we lose ourselves to keep our oaths. It is religion to be thus forsworn; for charity itself fulfils the law, and who can sever love from charity?

King: “Saint Cupid, then! And soldiers to the field!”

Berowne: “Advance your standards, and upon them, Lords.”

Longaville: “Shall we resolve to woo these girls of France?”

King: “And win them, too; therefore let us devise some entertainment for them in their tents.”

Berowne: “Then homeward every man attach the hand of his fair mistress. We will with some strange pastime solace them, such as the shortness of the time can shape; for revels, dances, masks, and merry hours, forerun fair love, strewing her way with flowers.”

King: “Away! Away! No time shall be omitted that will betide, and may by us be fitted.”

Analysis

In one of Shakespeare’s finest overall scenes, the four men discover one another, one by one, to be in love with the four women. Berowne, hiding in a tree, sees the King reading his love letter to the Princess. Then the two of them witness the arrival of lovesick Longaville and then the three of them watch Dumain arrive with his sonnet. They eventually all become aware of one another except for Berowne who, remaining hidden, watches the entire proceeding. Just when the three men ponder what Berowne will say when he finds out that they are all in love, Berowne pops out and exposes the three as forsworn, vehemently chastising them, all the while protesting his own innocence until Jaquenetta and Costard walk in with his sonnet. He finally comes clean and the King asks Berowne to prove their loving lawful and he dives into one of Shakespeare’s finest passages on women and love. Berowne claims that their vows were a treason against their youth and that no author in the world can teach beauty as well as a woman’s eye. ‘A lover’s eye will gaze an eagle blind’ and ‘when love speaks, the voice of all the gods make heaven drowsy with the harmony.’ ‘Women’s eyes are the books, the arts, the academies that nourish all the world.’ Therefore, ‘fools you were these women to forswear, or keeping what is sworn, you will prove fools.’ ‘Let us lose our oaths to find ourselves, or else we lose ourselves to keep our oaths.’ This speech suffices and the four lads enthusiastically resolve to woo and win the women of France, no longer hindered by these unnatural vows.

Shakespeare has passages on every conceivable subject and theme throughout his plays. This one by Berowne is among the finest. The language is stunning and the effectiveness of challenging the vows they have undertaken is absolute. This passage alone lifts the entire play to an exalted status in the canon of Shakespeare’s works and enables it to move into the Act V wooing of the Princesses, who are naturally concerned with how easily the men seem to have put aside their vows when they no longer served their interest. So on to the wooing and a unique Act V comedy resolution, in which ‘Jack hath not Jill’.

Act V (2 scenes)

Scene i

The park

Enter Holofernes, Nathaniel and Dull

Nathaniel: “I praise God for you, sir. Your reasons at dinner have been sharp and sententious; pleasant without scurrility, witty without affection, audacious without impudency, learned without opinion, and strange without heresy. I did converse this day with a companion of the King’s, Don Armado.”

Holofernes: “His humour is lofty, his discourse peremptory, his tongue filed, his eye ambitious, his gait majestical, and his general behaviour vain and ridiculous. He is too affected, too odd, as it were. He draweth out the thread of his verbosity finer than the staple of his argument. I abhor such fanatical, insociable and point-devise companions; such rackers of orthography. This is abominable. It insinuates insanity: to make lunatic.”

Armado: “Men of peace, well encountered.”

Holofernes: “Most military sir, salutation.”

Moth: (to Costard) “They have been at a great feast of languages and stolen the scraps.

Costard: “O, they have lived long on the alms-basket of words.”

Armado: “Sir, it is the King’s most sweet pleasure and affection to congratulate the Princess at her pavilion. The King wold have me present the Princess with some delightful ostentation, or show, or pageant, or antic. Now, understanding that the curate and your sweet self are good at such eruptions, I have acquainted you to crave your assistance.”

Holofernes: “Sir, you shall present before her the Nine Worthies.”

Analysis

Holofernes and Nathaniel mock Don Armado and what they consider his inferior intellect. Shakespeare makes fun of the language used by nearly all the characters in Love’s Labour’s Lost. Holofernes and Nathaniel are often indecipherable in their use of words and later in the scene when Holofernes asks Dull why has spoken no words all the while Dull admits that he has understood no words spoken either. Armado tells the learned men that the King has asked him to prepare some entertainment for the Princess and Holofernes suggests The Nine Worthies. The play within the play is a common occurrence in Shakespeare’s plays.

Act V

Scene ii

The park

Enter the Princess, Maria, Katherine and Rosaline

Princess: “Look you what I have from the loving King. As much love in rhyme as would be crammed up in a sheet of paper. But, Rosaline, you have a favour too.”

Rosaline: “I have verses too. I thank Berowne; I am compared to twenty thousand fairs. O, he hath drawn my picture in his letter!”

Princess: “Katherine, what was sent to you from fair Dumain?”

Katherine: “Some thousand verses of a faithful lover; a huge translation of hypocrisy, vilely compiled profound simplicity.”

Maria: “This, and these pearls, to me sent Longaville; the letter is too long by half a mile.”

Princess: “We are wise girls to mock our lovers so.”

Rosaline: “They are worse fools to purchase mocking so. This same Berowne I’ll torture ere I go. How I would make him fawn and beg and seek, and wait the season, and observe the times, and spend his prodigal wits in bootless rhymes, that he would be my fool, and I his fate.”

Princess: “None are so surely caught, when they are hatched, as wit turned fool.”

Maria: “Folly in fools bears not so strong a note as foolery in the wise when wit doth dote, since all the power thereof it doth apply to prove, by wit, worthy in simplicity.”

Enter Boyet

Boyet: “O, I am stabbed with laughter!”

Princess: “Thy news, Boyet?”

Boyet: “Prepare, madam, prepare! Arm, wenches, arm! Love doth approach disguised; you’ll be surprised. Muster your wits. The King and his companions, disguised, will be here.”

Princess: “Come they to visit us?”

Boyet: “They do, they do; and are appareled thus, like Muscovites or Russians. Their purpose is to parley, court and dance unto his several mistress, which they’ll know by favours several which they did bestow.”

Princess: “Ladies, we will every one be masked. Rosaline, this favour thou shalt wear, and then the King will court thee for his dear; take thou this, my sweet, and give me thine, so shall Berowne take me for Rosaline. And change your favours too; so shall your loves woo contrary. The effect of my intent is to cross theirs. They do it but in mocking merriment, and mock for mock is only my intent. There’s no such sport as sport by sport overthrown, to make theirs ours, and ours none but our own; so shall we stay, mocking intended game, and they well mocked depart away with shame.”

Boyet: “Be masked; the maskers come.”

The King and his men arrive masked as Russians / The ladies turn their backs

Boyet: “What would you with the Princess?”

Berowne: “Nothing but peace and gentle visitation.”

Princess: “Bid them so be gone.”

King: “Say to her we have measured many miles to tread a measure with her on this grass.”

Berowne: “Vouchsafe to show the sunshine of your face, that we, like savages, may worship it.”

King: “Will you not dance?”

Rosaline: “Since you are strangers we will not dance.”

King: “What buys your company?”

Rosaline: “Your absence only.”

King: “That can never be.”

Rosaline: “Then cannot we be bought; and so adieu.”

King: “If you deny to dance, let’s hold more chat.”

Rosaline: “In private then.”

They converse apart

Berowne: “Mistress, one sweet word with thee.”

Princess: “I’ll play no more with you.”

Berowne: “One word in secret.”

Princess: “Let it not be sweet.”

They converse apart

Boyet: “The tongues of mocking wenches are as keen as is the razor’s edge invisible.

Rosaline: “Not one word more, my maids; back off, break off.”

King: “Farewell, mad wenches; you have simple wits.”

Princess: “Twenty adieus, my frozen Muscovites.”

Rosaline: “The King is my love sworn.”

Princess: “And quick Berowne hath plighted faith to me.”

Katherine: “And Longaville was for my service born.”

Maria: “Dumain is mine, as sure as bark on tree.”

Boyet: “Madam and pretty mistresses; immediately they will again be here in their own shapes.”

Princess: “What shall we do if they return in their own shapes to woo?”

Rosaline: “Let’s mock them still, as well known as disguised. Let us complain to them what fools were here, disguised like Muscovites.”

Boyet: “Ladies, withdraw; the gallants are at hand.”

Re-enter the King and his men

King: “We came to visit you, and purpose now to lead you to our court.”

Princess: “This field shall hold me, and so hold your vow: nor God, nor I, delights in perjured men.”

King: “Rebuke me not for that which you provoke. The virtue of your eye must break my oath.”

Princess: “Now by my maiden honour, I protest a world of torments though I should endure, I would not yield to be your house’s guest; so much I hate a breaking cause to be of heavenly oaths, vowed with integrity.”

King: “O, you have lived in desolation here, much to our shame.”

Princess:”Not so, my lord; I swear, we have had pastimes here, and pleasant games; a mess of Russians left us but of late.”

King: “How, madam! Russians!”

Princess: “Ay, in truth, my lord.”

Rosaline: “In Russian habit; here they stayed an hour, and in that hour, my lord, they did not bless us with one happy word. I dare not call them fools; but this I think, when they are thirsty, fools would fain have drink.”

Berowne: “This jest is dry to me. Fair gentle sweet, your wit makes wise things foolish; your capacity is of that nature that to your huge store wise things seem foolish and rich things but poor.”

Rosaline: “This proves you wise and rich, for in my eye -“

Berowne: “I am a fool; and full of poverty.”

Rosaline: “But that you take what doth to you belong, it were a fault to snatch words from my tongue.”

Berowne: “O, I am yours, and all that I possess.”

Rosaline: “All the fool mine?”

Berowne: “I cannot give you less.”

Rosaline: “Which of the vizards was it that you wore?”

Berowne: “Where? When? What vizard?”

Rosaline: “That superfluous case that hid the worse and showed the better face.”

King: “We were descried; they’ll mock us now downright.”

Dumain: “Let us confess, and turn it to a jest.”

Princess: “Amazed, my lord? Why looks your Highness sad?”

Rosaline: “Help, he’ll swoon! Why look you pale? Sea-sick, I think, coming from Muscovy.”

Berowne: “Here stand I, lady – dart thy skill at me, bruise me with scorn, confound me with a flout, thrust thy sharp wit quite through my ignorance, cut me to pieces with thy keen conceit. So God help me – my love to thee is sound. Those three, they are infected; in their hearts it lies; they have the plague, and caught if of your eyes. Our states are forfeit; seek not to undo us. Speak for yourselves; my wit is at an end.”

King: “Teach us, sweet madam, for our rude transgression, some fair excuse.”

Princess: “When you then were here, what did you whisper in your lady’s ear?”

King: “That more than all the world I did respect her.”

Princess: “Peace, peace, forbear; your oath once broke, you force not to forswear.”

King: “Despise me when I break this oath of mine.”

Princess: “Rosaline, what did the Russian whisper in your ear?”

Rosaline: “Madam, he swore that he did hold me dear as precious eyesight, and did value me above the world, adding thereto, moreover, that he would wed me, or else die my lover.”

King: “By my life, my troth, I never swore this lady such an oath.”

Rosaline: “By heaven, you did; you gave me this.”

King: “My faith and this the Princess I did give; I knew her by this jewel on her sleeve.”

Princess: “Pardon me, sir, this jewel did she wear; and lord Berowne, I thank him, is my dear.”

Berowne: “Neither of either; I see the trick; knowing aforehand of our merriment, to dash it. The ladies did change favours; and then we, following the signs, woo’d but the sign of she. Now, to our perjury to add more terror, we are again forsworn in will and error. Peace, I have done.”

Enter Costard

Costard: “O lord, sir, they would know whether the Three Worthies shall come in or no?”

Berowne: “What, are here but three?”

Costard: “For every one presents three.”

Berowne: “And three times three is nine.”

Costard: “For my own part, I am Pompey the Great, sir.”

Berowne: “Are thou one of the Worthies?”

Costard: “It pleased them to think me worthy of Pompey the Great.”

Berowne: “Go, bid them prepare.”

Exit Costard

King: “Berowne, they will shame us; let them not approach.”

Berowne: “We are shame-proof, my lord, and ’tis some policy to have one show worse than the King’s and his company.”

King: “I say they shall not come.”

Princess: “Nay, my good lord, let me overrule you now. That sport best pleases that doth least know how; where zeal strives to content, and the contents die in the zeal of that which it presents. Their form confounded makes most form in mirth.”

Enter Armado / Armado delivers a paper

King: “Here is like to be a good presence of Worthies.”

Costard: “I Pompey am -“

Berowne: “You lie, you are not he.”

Costard: “I Pompey am, Pompey surnamed the Big -“

Dumain: “The Great.”

Costard: “It is great, sir. I here am come by chance, before this sweet lass of France. If your ladyship would say ‘Thanks Pompey’, I had done.”

Princess: “Great thanks, great Pompey.”

Costard: “Tis not so much worth; but I hope I was perfect. I made a little fault in Great.”

Berowne: “My hat to a half penny, Pompey proves the best worthy.”

Enter Nathaniel, as Alexander the Great

Nathaniel: “When in the world I lived, I was the world’s commander; by east, west, north and south, I spread my conquering might.”

Berowne: “Take away the conquerer, take away Alexander.”

Costard: “Run away, for shame, Alexander.”

Exit Nathaniel

Costard: “But there are Worthies a-coming will speak their mind in some other sort.”

Enter Holofernes, as Judas, and Moth, as Hercules

Holofernes: “Great Hercules is presented by this Imp. Thus did he strangle serpents. Keep some state in thy exit and vanish.”

Exit Moth

Holofernes: “Judas I am.”

Dumain: “A Judas!”

Holofernes: “Not Iscariot, sir. I will not be put out of countenance.”

Boyet: “As he is an ass, let him go. And so adieu, sweet Jude! Nay, why dost thou stay?”

Holofernes: “This is not generous, not gentle, not humble.”

Exit Holofernes / Enter Amado, as Hector

Berowne: Here comes Hector in arms.”

Boyet: “But is this Hector?”

Dumain: “I think Hector was not so clean.”

Berowne: This can not be Hector.”

Armado: “The armipotent Mars gave Hector a gift.”

Dumain: “Nutmeg?”

Berowne: “A lemon?”

Longaville: “Stuck with cloves?”

Armado: “Peace! Sweet Lord Longaville, rein thy tongue. The sweet-war man is dead and rotten; beat not the bones of the buried.”

Enter Monsieur Marcade

Marcade: “I am sorry, madam; for the news I bring is heavy on my tongue. The King, your father -“

Princess: “Dead, for my life.”

Marcade: “Even so.”

Berowne: “Worthies, away; the scene begins to cloud.”

Exit the Worthies

King: “How fares your Majesty?”

Princess: “I will away tonight.”

King: “Madam, not so; I do beseech you stay.”

Princess: “Prepare, I say. Thank you, gracious lords, for all your fair endeavours. If over-boldly we have borne ourselves in the converse of breath – your gentleness was guilty of it. Farewell, worthy lord. A heavy heart bears not a nimble tongue.

Berowne: “Honest plain words best pierce the ear of grief. For your fair sakes have we neglected time, played foul-play with our oaths; your beauty, ladies, hath much deformed us, fashioning our humours even to the opposed end of our intents. Ladies, our love being yours, the error that love makes is likewise yours. We to ourselves prove false, by being once false for ever to be true to those who make us both – fair ladies, you; and even that falsehood, in itself a sin, thus purifies itself and turns to grace.

Princess: “We have received your letters, full of love; and, in our maiden council, rated them at courtship, pleasant, jest and courtesy. But more devout than this in our respects have we not been; and therefore met your loves in their own fashion, like a merriment.”

Dumain: “Our letters, madam, showed much more than jest.”

Rosaline: “We did not quote them so.”

King: “Now, at the latest minute of the hour, grant us your loves.”

Princess: “A time, methinks, too short, to make a world-without-end bargain in. No, no, your Grace is perjured much, therefore, your oath I will not trust; but go with speed to some forlorn and naked hermitage, remote from all the pleasures of the world; there stay until the twelve celestial signs have brought about the annual reckoning. If this austere insociable life change not your offer made in heat of blood, then, at the expiration of the year, come, challenge me, and, by this virgin palm now kissing thine, I will be thine; and, till that instant, shut my woeful self up in a mournful house, raining the tears of lamentation for the remembrance of my father’s death. If this thou do deny, let our hands part, neither entitled in the other’s heart.”

King: “Hence hermit then, my heart is in thy breast.”

Berowne: “And what to me, my love? What to me?”

Rosaline: “You must be purged too, your sins are racked; you are attaint with faults and perjury; therefore, if you my favour mean to get, a twelvemonth shall you spend, but seek the weary bed of people sick.”

Dumain: “But what to me, my love? A wife?”

Katherine: “Not so, my lord; a twelvemonth and a day I’ll mark. Come when the King doth to my lady come. Then, if I have much love, I’ll give you some.”

Dumain: “I’ll serve thee true and faithfully till then.”

Katherine: “Yet swear not, lest ye be forsworn again.”

Longaville: “What says Maria?”

Maria: “At the twelvemonth’s end I’ll change my black gown for a faithful friend.”

Longaville: “I’ll stay with patience; but the time is long.”

Maria: “The liker you.”

Berowne: “Mistress, look on me; behold the window of my heart, mine eye, what humble suit attends thy answer there. Impose some service on me for thy love.”

Rosaline: “Oft have I heard of you, my lord Berowne, and the world’s large tongue proclaims you for a man replete with mocks, full of wounding flouts, that lie within the mercy of your wit. To weed this wormwood from your fruitful brain, and therewithal to win me, if you please, without the which I am not to be won, you shall this twelvemonth term from day to day visit the speechless sick, and still converse with groaning wretches; and your task shall be, with all the fierce endeavour of your wit, to enforce the pained impotent to smile.

Berowne: “To move wild laughter in the throat of death? It cannot be; it is impossible; mirth cannot move a soul in agony. A twelvemonth? Well, befall what will befall, I’ll jest a twelvemonth in a hospital.”

Princess: (to the King) “Ay, sweet lord, and so I take my leave.”

Berowne: “Our wooing doth not end like an old play; Jack hath not Jill. These ladies’ courtesy might well have made our sport a comedy.

King: “Come, sir, it wants a twelvemonth and a day, and then ’twill end.”

Berowne: “That’s too long for a play.”

Analysis

The ladies discuss the gifts they received from their men, when Boyet reveals that these same men are approaching in disguise, dressed as Muscovites. The women decide to mask themselves and encourage the men to each woo the wrong woman. They always get the upper hand on their wooers. Once the four men return as themselves the women explain how they were visited by four Russian men who were but fools. The men confess that it was them dressed as Russians and the ladies once again mock them for their jest. The Worthies arrive to put on a play, which turns out to be an object of ridicule, much like the play in a play in A Midsummer Night’s Dream. Then the entire mood of the play changes, as a messenger announces the death of the Princess’ father. The women prepare to leave, telling the men that they took their wooing in jest, as a merriment. Yet the men were serious and ask for the love of the women in return. Its too late for that, of course, and the ladies tell the men to perform acts of generosity and charity and then they will return in twelve months and perhaps love them. Berowne claims that their ‘wooing doth not end like an old play. Jack hath not Jill.’ In Kenneth Branagh’s brilliant 2000 film adaptation of Love’s Labour’s Lost, set in 1939, the men go off to war and serve in a variety of capacities. When the war ends they are indeed reunited with the four women and the ending is a happy one, to be sure. This may be the finest film rendition of any Shakespeare play, done as a news reel musical, and not to be missed!

And so ends Shakespeare’s longest scene, at 918 lines. It is a very different ending than any of his many comedies. There are no marriages and no happy ending for anyone. The women require of the men that they perform various services for the sick and the grieving in the twelve months before they return from mourning the death of the Princess’ father. There are no guarantees and Berowne’s last line, in regard to the twelve months they must wait, suggests it may never happen: ‘That’s too long for a play.’

Final Thoughts

Shakespeare worked on Love’s Labour’s Lost for several years. It is an original Shakespeare story, like The Tempest, and is finally staged in a court performance for Queen Elizabeth at Christmas in 1597. The play was never very popular until the twentieth century, when its complexity of language and interplay of various styles became an audience favourite amongst the elite audiences in Stratford upon Avon. In 1946 Peter Brooks staged the most successful Love’s Labour’s Lost of the 20th Century at Stratford. Nonetheless, due to its scholarly reputation and the many dense contemporary 16th century in-jokes, it remains, regrettably, more neglected than any other Shakespeare comedy. There are a large number of live performances of the play on youtube and while there is no clean version of the masterful 2000 film by Kenneth Branagh, there are numerous clips from it and a few lesser screen versions and endless clips and analysis of the play, my personal favourite among the comedies.

Othello

Introduction

Othello is the story of a black man in a white world. He is the first sympathetic black character to grace the Elizabeathan stage. He is a capable military commander, respected by the state he serves. However, Iago, a soldier under Othello’s command, is very upset about being overlooked for a promotion and determines to destroy his commander. He also suspects Othello has slept with his wife, Emilia. He knows that Othello is wooing Desdemona and so he tells her father that Othello is sleeping with his daughter. Iago then proceeds to plague Othello with accusations about Desdemona and Cassio, the soldier who got the promotion that Iago coveted. Iago is openly vicious in his racial attacks on the Moor. Othello himself frequently refers to his black background, which he blames for his quick temper and jealous nature. Iago has found Othello’s vulnerability as the commander becomes absolutely consumed by a jealousy he cannot control. Iago intends to destroy Othello by poisoning Othello’s relationship with the altogether innocent Desdemona. Othello has no idea he is being duped by Iago and in a final desperate act, he smothers Desdemona to death. Emilia, Desdemona’s maid and Iago’s wife, discovers the truth and reveals it. Iago kills his own wife for this betrayal and Othello commits suicide when he realizes that this jealousy was all a product of Iago’s fiction and that Desdemona was entirely innocent. Iago is taken way for a very harsh and torturous punishment.

Othello is a very successful and proud man. He is an African prince who has risen to the top of Venetian society by virtue of his own merit. His only vulnerability is in his private life and his marriage to Desdemona and this is precisely where Iago pounces. As Iago increasingly convinces Othello that Desdemona is having an affair with Cassio, we witness the collapse of a great man into the ruins of his private life. Othello’s jealousy gathers steam right from the beginning, when Desdemona’s father warns Othello to watch her closely. It is noted that as much as Othello genuinely loves Desdemona, they never actually consummate their relationship. Ironically, he kills her for what he believes are her sexual crimes and yet she dies a virgin. Iago represents the archetypal villain, with his soliloquies to the audience describing exactly what he is going to do in order to destroy Othello. Only Hamlet and Falstaff exceed the wit displayed by Iago in his Ahab like obsession with Othello – Moby Dick – whom he simply must harpoon. Othello is a great soul hopelessly outclassed by the motivational drive displayed by Iago. Critics have long proposed that Hamlet, Falstaff, Cleopatra, Rosalind, Macbeth and Iago were Shakespeare’s grandest inventions. One of the most difficult aspects of watching or reading Othello is that there is no counterforce to Iago. The story may be named after the Moor General but make no mistake: this is Iago’s play, as Othello is powerless against him. It is difficult to imagine a villain in all of literature that rivals Iago. Perhaps we may consider Cormac McCarthy’s judge in Blood Meridian a possible equivalent in terms of evil incarnate. Desdemona is a truly tragic figure and her death is the most troubling of all of Shakespeare’s victims, as we are fully aware that she is completely innocent and that it has been Iago’s scheming alone that condemns her. I find the death of Desdemona the most unendurable moment in any Shakespeare play. She dies so piteously that Shakespeare risks alienating us, his audience, forever. She may well be the most admirable image of love in all of Shakespeare. Much of the tragedy is that Othello trusts Iago and believes him altogether. So when Othello smothers Desdemona to death with a pillow we witness the destruction of two very good persons, while the real guilty party, Iago, sees his plan succeed entirely, until his very wife, Emilia, exposes his treachery in the end. Emilia is another loyal and devoted innocent and her death is very difficult to observe as well. All the principle characters are killed off in that one final scene. Othello kills Desdemona, Iago kills Emilia, Othello kills himself and Iago is led away, no doubt, to a torturous death. He may technically survive the play but his torment begins where the play ends, first with earthly punishments and then with eternal damnation. Like Coriolanus, there is nothing funny about Othello and there are no comic interludes. The only pleasure Iago acknowledges are sadomasochistic.

This play begins about a proud and capable military commander and turns into a play about jealousy, suspicion and mistrust. Iago successfully pulls off his evil intentions because everyone sees him as the honourable model soldier and citizen. Only we know better, thanks to Iago’s relationship to the audience and the soliloquies he delivers to us alone, of which there are eight. Othello and Desdemona soar and then under Iago’s influence they crash hard and burn. In the final analysis this is a story about a villain’s wanton destruction of a domestic marriage. It is a tragedy of undeserved suffering.

Act I (3 scenes)

Scene I

Venice. A Street

Enter Roderigo and Iago

Roderigo: “Thou told me thou did hold him in your hate.”

Iago: “Despise me if I do not. Says he ‘I have already chosen my officer’, one Michael Cassio, a Florentine, that never set a squadron in the field – mere prattle, without practice, is all his soldiership. He, in good time, must his lieutenant be, and I, his Moorship’s ancient. Why, there’s no remedy.”

Roderigo: “What a full fortune does thick lips owe, if he can carry thus.”

Iago: “Call up her father. Rouse him, poison his delight.”

Roderigo: “Here is her father’s house. I’ll call aloud. ‘What, ho, Brabantio! Signior Brabantio, ho!”

Iago: “Awake! What, ho, Brabantio! Thieves, thieves, thieves! Look to your house, your daughter. Thieves, thieves!”

Brabantio appears in his window

Brabantio: “What is the reason of this terrible summons? What is the matter?”

Iago: “Sir, you’re robbed. Even now, an old black ram is tupping your white ewe. Arise, arise!”

Brabantio: “What, have you lost your wits? What are you?”

Roderigo: “My name is Roderigo.”

Brabantio: “The worse welcome! Thou has heard me say that me daughter is not for thee.”

Iago: “Because we come to do you service, and you think we are ruffians, you’ll have your daughter covered with a Barbary horse.”

Brabantio: “What profane wretch art thou?”

Iago: “I am one, sir, that comes to tell you your daughter and the Moor are now making the beast with two backs.”

Brabantio: “Thou art a villain.”

Roderigo: “Your daughter, if you have not given her leave, hath made a gross revolt; straight satify yourself. If she be in her chamber or your house, let loose on me the justice of the state for thus deluding you.”

Brabantio: “Give me a taper; call up all my people. This accident is not unlike my dream. Belief of it oppresses me already.”

Enter Brabantio in his night gown, with servants and torches.

Brabantio: “It is too true an evil. Gone she is; now, Roderigo, where did thou see her? With the Moor? Are they married, think you?”

Roderigo: “Truly, I think they are.”

Brabantio: “O heaven! How got she out? Fathers, from hence trust not your daughters’ minds by what you see them act. Call up my brother! Do you know where we may apprehend her and the Moor?”

Roderigo: “I think I can discover him, if you go along with me.”

Brabantio: “Pray, lead me on! Get weapons, ho! On, good Roderigo; I’ll deserve your pains.”

Analysis

We meet the play’s villain right at the start and learn that he feels hard done by concerning Othello, who has chosen Cassio for promotion as his lieutenant over Iago, even though he has no military experience in the field. Iago goes right to the home of Desdemona’s father, to report the news that his daughter has secretly married the black Moor. ‘She is covered with a Barbary horse.’ At first Brabantio can’t believe it but checks and indeed she is gone from his home. He is furious and goes in search of the Moor. We do not meet Othello in the opening scene, even though it is all about him and his promotion of Cassio and his marriage of Desdemona. We never even hear his name. Instead he is referred to as ‘he’, ‘the Moorship’, ‘thick lips’, ‘an old black ram’, ‘the devil’, ‘a Barbary horse’ and ‘the lascivious Moor’. We only learn of Othello through the words of those who despise him: Iago because he passed him up for promotion, Roderigo because he desires Desdemona and Brabantio because he has just discovered that his daughter has run off and married Othello. Iago clearly establishes himself as the villain right from the get go, so that we take his profile of Othello with a grain of scepticism. Otherwise, our impression of Othello would not be very good. He has passed over his friend for a promotion he was way more qualified for than the man who was promoted and he has stolen the daughter of a senator right from under his eyes.

Act I

Scene ii

Venice. Another street

Enter Othello, Iago and attendants with torches

Iago: “I pray, sir, are you fast married? For be assured of this, the magnifico is much beloved, and hath in his effect a voice potential as double as the Duke’s. He will divorce you.”

Othello: “Let him do his spite. For know, Iago, but that I love the gentle Desdemona.”

Enter Cassio and officers with torches

Iago: “Those are the raised father and his friends. You were best to go in.”

Othello: “Not I; must be found. My title and my perfect soul shall manifest me rightly. What is the news?”

Cassio: “The Duke does greet you, general; and he rehires your haste-post-haste appearance even on the instant.”

Othello: “What is the matter, think you?”

Cassio: “Something from Cyprus, as I may divine. You have been hotly called for; the Senate has sent about three quests to search you out. Here comes another troop to seek for you.”

Iago: “It is Brabantio. General, be advised; he comes to bad intent.”

Roderigo: “Signor, it is the Moor.”

Brabantio: “Down with him, thief!”

They draw their swords on both sides

Brabantio: “O thou foul thief, where hast thou stowed my daughter? Damned as thou art, thou has enchanted her. I’ll have it disputed. I therefore apprehend and do attach thee for an abuser of the world. If he do resist, subdue him at his peril.”

Othello: “Where would you that I go to answer this your charge?”

Brabantio: “To prison.”

Officer: “The Duke’s in council.”

Brabantio: “How! The Duke in council! In this time of the night! Bring him away.”

Analysis

Clearly, Othello has no idea of what evil lurks in Iago. He will trust him completely, right up to the final scene of the play. Iago warns Othello that Desdemona’s father is quite upset and Othello assures Iago of his love for Desdemona. Othello is being called to the Duke, as there is vital military news out of Cyprus, requiring General Othello’s immediate attendance. But he is also pursued by Brabantio, Desdemona’s father, who is angered over his daughter’s disappearance and apparent sudden marriage to Othello. Officers are leading Othello to the Duke’s palace as the scene ends. There clearly appear to be two different Othello’s present here. One comes from the man himself, who appears dignified, morally righteous and deeply in love with Desdemona. But the Othello of reputation seems indeed sullied by the words of Roderigo, Brabantio, but especially Iago. It will be the position of the Duke which will matter most and he’s up next.

Act I

Scene iii

Venice. A council chamber

Enter The Duke and Senators

1 Senator: “My letter say a hundred and seven galleys.”

Duke: “And mine a hundred and forty.”

2 Senator: “And mine two hundred – yet do they all confirm a Turkish fleet bearing up to Cyprus.

Enter a sailor

Sailor: “The Turkish preparation makes for Rhodes. Their purpose is toward Cyprus.”

Enter Brabantio, Othello, Iago, Roderigo and officers

Duke: “Valiant Othello, we must straight employ you against the general enemy, the Ottoman.”

Brabantio: “Take hold on me; for my particular grief is of so overbearing a nature that it swallows other sorrows.”

Duke: “Why, what’s the matter?”

Brabantio: “My daughter! O, my daughter!”

All: “Dead?”

Brabantio: “Ay, to me. She is abused, stolen from me and corrupted.”

Duke: “Whoever he be that in this foul proceeding hath thus beguiled your daughter of herself, and you of her, the bloody book of law you shall yourself read.”

Brabantio: “Here is the man – this Moor.”

Duke: (to Othello) “What, in your own part, can you say to this?”

Brabantio: “Nothing, but this is so.”

Othello: “Most potent and reverend signiors, that I have taken away this old man’s daughter, it is most true. I have married her. Rude am I in my speech, and little blessed in the soft phrase of peace. Little of this great world can I speak more than to feats of broil and battle.”

Brabantio: “A maiden never bold, to fall in love with what she fears to look on!”

1 Senator: “But, Othello, speak. Did you by indirect and forced courses subdue and poison this young maid’s affections?”

Othello: “I do beseech you, send for the lady, and let her speak of me before her father. If you do find me foul in her report, let your sentence even fall upon my life.”

Duke: “Fetch Desdemona hither.”

Othello: “And, till she comes, I’ll present how I did thrive in this fair lady’s love.”

Duke: “Say it, Othello.”

Othello: “Her father loved me, often invited me; still questioned me the story of my life from year to year – the battles and sieges that I have passed. This to hear would Desdemona seriously incline; she’d come again, and with a greedy ear devour up my discourse. My story being done, she gave me for my pains a world of sighs; she wished that heaven had made her such a man. She thanked me; and bade me, if I had a friend that loved her, I should but teach him how to tell my story, and that would woo her. She loved me for the dangers I had passed; and I loved her that she did pity them. This only is the witchcraft I have used. Here comes the lady; let her witness it.”

Enter Desdemona and Iago

Duke: “I think this tale would win my daughter too.”

Brabantio: “I pray you hear her speak.”

Desdemona: “My noble father, I do perceive here a divided duty; to you I am bound for life and education; I am hitherto your daughter; but here’s my husband, and so much duty as my mother showed to you , so much I challenge that I may profess due to the Moor, my lord.”

Brabantio: “Moor: I here do give thee that with all my heart which with all my heart I would keep from thee. I have done, my lord. I humbly beseech you to proceed to the affairs of state.”

Duke: “The Turk with a most mighty preparation makes for Cyprus. Othello, the fortitude of the place is best known to you.”

Othello: “I do undertake this present war with the Ottomans. Therefore, bending to your state, I crave fit disposition for my wife, with such accommodation as levels with her breeding.”

Duke: “What would you, Desdemona?”

Desdemona: “That I did love the Moor to live with him. Dear lords, if I be left behind, and he go to the war, the rites for why I love him are bereft me; let me go with him.”

Duke: “Be it as you will privately determine, either for her stay or going; and speed must answer it. You must away tonight.”

Othello: “So please your Grace, my ancient; a man he is of honesty and trust. To his conveyance I assign my wife.”

Duke: “Let it be so. (to Brabantio) And, noble signer, your son-in-law is far more fair than black.”

1 Senator: “Adieu, brave Moor; use Desdemona well.”

Brabantio: “Look to her, Moor, if thou has eyes to see. She has deceived her father, and may thee.

Exit Duke, Senator and officers

Othello: “My life upon her faith! Honest Iago, my Desdemona must I leave to thee. I prithee, let thy wife attend on her. Come, Desdemona, I have but an hour of love to spend with thee. We must obey the time.”

Roderigo: “I will incontinently drown myself.”

Iago: “Thy silly gentleman!”

Roderigo: “It is silliness to live when to live is torment. What should I do? I confess it is my shame to be so fond.”

Iago: “It is merely a lust of the blood. Come, be a man. Drown thyself? Put money in thy purse; follow thou the wars; it cannot be long that Desdemona should continue her love to the Moor. These Moors are changeable in their wills. Fill thy purse with money. When she is sated with his body, she will find the error of her choice. Make all the money thou can; thou shalt enjoy her.”

Roderigo: “Will thou be fast to my hopes?”

Iago: “I re-tell thee again and again I hate the Moor. Let us be conjunctive in our revenge against him. If thou can cuckold him, thou dost thyself a pleasure and me a sport. We will have more of this tomorrow. Adieu.”

Exit Roderigo

Iago: I hate the Moor; and it is thought broad that ‘twixt my sheets’ has done my office. I know not if it be true; he holds me well; the better shall my purpose work him. Cassio’s a proper man. Let me see now: to plume up my will in double knavery. How, how? To abuse Othello’s ear that he is too familiar with his wife. The Moor is of a free and open nature that thinks men honest that but seem to be so; and will as tenderly be lead by the nose as asses are.”

Analysis

The Duke meets with the Senate and soldiers to address the fact that a Turkish navy is at Rhodes and intended for Cyprus. Brabantio suddenly arrives and insists that all matters of state by put aside while his grievance against Othello is addressed. The Duke is close to both Brabantio and Othello, but he desperately needs Othello to command the military response to the Turks. The Duke asks Othello to tell his version of how he came to marry Desdemona and he reports that her father had repeatedly invited him over to tell old war stories and that his daughter, Desdemona, would listen in and was deeply moved. ‘She loved me for the dangers I faced and I loved her that she did pity them.’ Desdemona confirms her love of Othello and they move on to matters of state and the pending war against the Turks. It is decided that Desdemona will stay with Iago and be looked after by his wife, Emilia. Before he leaves, Brabantio warns Othello that just as Desdemona has betrayed her father, so may she do likewise to her husband. “Look to her, Moor, if thou hast eyes to see.’ This is the first bit of unsettling word regarding Desdemona that Othello hears. Pretty much Iago will fill in the rest. Roderigo considers drowning himself, now that Desdemona has married Othello. Iago recommends Roderigo head off to the wars and make lots of money, reminding him again of how much he hates he Moor. Once Roderigo leaves Iago speaks to the audience about his hatred of the Moor and how it is rumoured abroad that Othello has even slept with Iago’s wife. More motivation for his hatred. He then plans double knavery against both Othello and Cassio, who got the promotion that Iago so desired, by suggesting to Othello that Cassio has been too familiar with Desdemona. He believes Othello to have such an open nature that he will believe men to be honest when they but seem to be so. He could be speaking of either Cassio or himself.

Act II (3 scenes)

Scene i

Cuprus. A seaport

Enter Montano, Governor of Cyprus with two gentlemen.

Montano: “If that the Turkish fleet be not sheltered, they are drowned; it is impossible they bear it out.”

Gentleman: “News, lads! Your wars are done. The desperate tempest hath so banged the Turk that a noble ship of Venice hath seen a grievous wreck of most of their fleet. The ship is here put in and Michael Cassio, lieutenant to the warlike Moor Othello, is come ashore. The Moor himself is still at sea.”

Montano: “I have served Othello, and the man commands like a full soldier. Let’s to the seaside, to throw out our eyes for brave Othello.”

Enter Cassio

Cassio: “Thanks you that so approve the Moor, for I have lost him on a dangerous sea!”

Enter a messenger

Messenger: “On the brow of the sea stand ranks of people, and they cry ‘a sail!’

Cassio: “Give us truth who ’tis that has arrived.”

Gentleman: “‘Tis one Iago, ancient to the General.”

Enter Desdemona, Iago, Emilia and Roderigo

Desdemona: “What tidings can you tell me of my lord?”

Cassio: “He is not yet arrived.”

Desdemona: “O, but I fear. How lost your company?”

Cassio: “The great contention of the sea and skies parted our fellowship.”

Iago: (aside) “He takes her by the palm and with as little a web as this will I ensnare as great a fly as Cassio. Ay, smile upon her, do.”

A trumpet

Iago: “The Moor! I know his trumpet.”

Desdemona: “Let’s meet him, and receive him.”

Enter Othello

Desdemona: “My dear Othello!”

Othello: “It gives me wonder great as my content to see you here before me. O, my soul’s joy!”

They kiss

Iago: (aside) “O, you are well tuned now! But I’ll set down the pegs that make this music, as honest as I am.”

Othello: “News, friends: our wars are done; the Turks are drowned. I prithee, good Iago, go to the bay, and disembark my coffers.”

Exit all but Iago and Roderigo

Iago: (to Roderigo) “Come hither. The lieutenant tonight watches on the court of guard. First, I must tell thee this: Desdemona is directly in love with him.”

Roderigo: “With him! ‘Tis not possible.”

Iago: “Let thy soul be instructed. Her eye must be fed; and what delight shall she have to look on the devil? Very nature will instruct her in it, and compel her to some second choice. Now sir, ’tis granted who stands so eminent in the degree of this fortune as Cassio does? Why, none; why, none. A devilish knave! Besides, the knave is handsome; a pestilent complete knave, and the woman hath found him already.”

Roderigo: “I cannot believe that in her; she’s full of most blessed condition.”

Iago: “If she had been blest, she would never have loved the Moor. Did thou not see her paddle with the palm of his hand?”

Roderigo: “Yes, that I did; but that was just courtesy.”

Iago: “They met so near with their lips that their breaths embraced together. Cassio knows you not; I’ll not be far from you. Find some occasion to anger Cassio. He is rash, and very sudden in choler, and happily with his truncheon may strike at you; provoke him that he may. So shall you have a shorter journey to your desires.’

Roderigo: “I will do this, adieu.”

Exit Roderigo

Iago: “That Cassio loves her, I do well believe it. The Moor is of a constant, loving, noble nature; and I dare think he’ll prove to Desdemona a most dear husband. Now I do love her too; Not out of absolute lust, but partly led to diet my revenge, for that I do suspect the lustful Moor hath leaped into my seat; the thought whereof doth gnaw my inwards; and nothing can nor shall content my soul till I am even with him, wife for wife; or failing so, yet that I put the Moor at least into a jealousy. Knavery’s plain face is never seen till used.”

Analysis

In Cyprus it is reported that the Turkish fleet has been destroyed in the raging storm. First Cassio’s ship arrives safely, then Iago’s, which also carries Desdemona, Emilia and Roderigo. There is no sign yet of Othello’s ship. Iago notices Cassio comforting Desdemona and holding her hand and decides to use this to frame Cassio so that he loses his promotion and to make Othello jealous. Othello arrives safely. Iago pulls Roderigo aside and explains to him that Cassio and Desdemona are involved with each other, as she needs more than just Othello. He also instructs Roderigo to start a fight with Cassio in the streets of this Cyprus town, as this will ensure that Cassio falls out of favour with Othello. Alone, Iago speaks in a soliloquy to the audience about how he believes that Cassio is in love with Desdemona and that he, Iago, is as well, but not out of lust, but rather because he believes Othello has slept with his wife, Emilia, and he wants revenge, wife for wife. Short of that he intends to drive Othello mad with jealousy.

Act II

Scene ii

Cyprus. A street

Enter Ohello’s herald with a proclamation

Herald: “It is Othello’s pleasure that every man put himself into triumph. It is the celebration of his nuptial. There is full liberty of feasting from this present hour. Heaven bless the isle of Cyprus and our noble general Othello.”

Analysis

This is a domestic story, not a political one. The great general Othello was to lead a military campaign here in Cyprus, but the Turkish fleet was destroyed by the storm, so now the celebration is about Othello’s marriage to Desdemona. This was a great public figure, who has triumphed repeatedly as a commander and statesman in Venice. But now we focus on the private Othello and Iago will do everything in his power, for the remainder of the story, to destroy this great hero’s domestic bliss.

Act II

Scene iii

Cyprus. The citadel

Enter Othello, Desdemona and Cassio

Othello: “Good Michael, look you to the guard tonight.”

Cassio: “Iago hath direction what to do; I will look to it.”

Othello: “Iago is most honest. (to Desdemona) Come, my dear love, the purchase made, the fruits are to ensue; the profit’s yet to come twixt me and you. Good night.”

Exit Othello and Desdemona

Enter Iago

Cassio: “Wecome, Iago; we must to the watch.”

Iago: “Not this hour, lieutenant; ’tis not yet ten o’clock. Our general cast us thus early for the love of his Desdemona.”

Cassio: “She is a most exquisite lady.”

Iago: “And when she speaks, is it not an alarm to love?”

Cassio: “She is indeed perfection.”

Iago: “Well, happiness to their sheets! Come, lieutenant, I have a stoup of wine.”

Cassio: “Not tonight, good Iago. I have very poor and unhappy brains for drinking; I could well wish courtesy would invent some other custom of entertainment.”

Iago: “What man? `Tis a night of revels. The gallants desire it.”

Cassio: “Where are they?”

Iago: “Here at the door.”

Cassio: “I’ll do it, but it dislikes me.”

Exit Cassio

Iago: “If I can fashion but one cup upon him, with that which he hath drunk tonight already, he’ll be full of quarrel and offence. Now, amongst this flock of drunkards am I to put our Cassio in some action that may offend the isle.”

Re-enter Cassio and Montano

Cassio: “To the health of our general! Do not think, gentlemen, that I am drunk. I can stand well enough, and speak well enough. You must not think, then, that I am drunk.”

Exit Cassio

Iago: (to Montano) “You see this fellow that is gone before: ’tis pity of him. I fear the trust Othello puts in him, will shake this island.”

Enter Roderigo

Iago: “How now, Roderigo! I pray you, after the lieutenant, go!”

Voices calling for help

Re-enter Cassio

Montano: “What’s the matter, lieutenant?”

Cassio: “A knave teach me my duty! I’ll beat the knave.”

Roderigo: “Beat me?”

Cassio strikes Roderigo

Montano: “Nay, good lieutenant; I pray you, sir.”

Cassio: “Let me go, sir, or I’ll knock you over.”

Montano: “Come, come. You’re drunk.”

Cassio: “Drunk?”

Montano and Cassio fight

Iago: (aside to Roderigo) “Away, I say. Go out and cry a mutiny. Lieutenant, hold. You’ll be ashamed forever.”

Re-enter Othello and gentlemen with weapons.

Othello: “What is the matter here?”

Montano: “Zounds, I bleed still; I am hurt to the death”.

Othello: “Hold, for your lives!”

Iago: “Hold, ho! Lieutenant. Have you forgot all sense of place and duty? Hold! The general speaks to you. Hold, for shame!”

Othello: “How now? From whence ariseth this? For Christian shame, put by this barbrous brawl. What’s the matter, masters? Honest Iago, speak. Who began this? How comes it, Michael?”

Cassio: “I pray you, pardon me; I cannot speak.”

Othello: “Worthy Montano, your name is great. Why’s the matter that you unlace your reputation thus, and spend your rich opinion for the name of a night brawler? Give me answer to it. Give me to know how this foul rout began and who set it on. ‘Tis monstrous. Iago, who began it?”

Iago: “Touch me not so near; I would rather have this tongue cut from my mouth than it should do offence to Michael Cassio; there comes a fellow crying out for help, and Cassio following him with determined sword, to execute upon him. I found them closer together at blow and thrust. More of this matter can I not report; yet surely Cassio, I believe, received from him that fled some strange indignity which patience could not pass.”

Othello: “I know, Iago, thy honesty and love doth mince this matter, making it light to Cassio. Cassio, I love thee, but never more be officer of mine.”

Desdemona: “What is the matter, dear?”

Othello: “All’s well now. Iago, look with care about the town, and silence those whom this vile brawl distracted.”

Exit all but Iago and Cassio

Iago: “What, are you hurt, lieutenant?”

Cassio: “Ay, past all surgery.”

Iago: “God forbid.”

Cassio: “Reputation, reputation, reputation! O, I have lost my reputation! I have lost the immortal part of myself, and what remains is beastial. My reputation, Iago, my reputation!”

Iago: “I thought you had received some bodily wound. Reputation is an idle and most false imposition; often got without merit, and lost without deserving. There are more ways to recover the General again. Sue to him and he is yours.”

Cassio: “Drunk! O thou invisible spirit of wine, if thou hast no name to be known by, let us call thee Devil!”

Iago: “Who was he that you followed with your sword? What had he done to you?”

Cassio: “I know not. I remember a quarrel, but nothing wherefore. I will ask him for my place again; he shall tell me I am a drunkard.”

Iago: “Come, come, good wine is a good familiar creature if it be well used; exclaim no more against it. I’ll tell you what you shall do. Our General’s wife is now the General. Confess yourself freely to her; importune her help to put you in your place again; she is of so free, so kind, so apt, so blessed a disposition, she holds it a vice in her goodness not to do more than is requested. This crack of your love shall grow stronger than it was before.”

Cassio: “You advise me well. I will beseech the virtuous Desdemona to undertake for me.”

Iago: “You are in the right, lieutenant.”

Cassio: “Good night, honest Iago.”

Exit Cassio

Iago: (aside) “And what’s he, then, who says I play the villain? How am I, a villain, to counsel Cassio to this parallel course, directly to his good? For whiles this honest fool plies Desdemona to repair his fortunes, and she for him pleads strongly to the Moor, I’ll pour this pestilence in his ear, that she repeals him for her body’s lust; she shall undo her credit with the Moor. So will I turn her virtue into pitch; and out of her own goodness, make the net that shall enmesh them all.”

Enter Roderigo

Iago: “How now, Roderigo?”

Roderigo: “My money is almost spent; I have been tonight exceedingly well cudgelled.”

Iago: “How poor are they that have not patience. What wound did ever heal but by degrees? Cassio hath beaten thee, and thou, by that small hurt, hath cashiered Cassio. Content thyself awhile. Retire thee; go where thou art billeted. Away, I say; get thee gone.”

Exit Roderigo

Iago: (aside) “Two things are to be done: my wife must move for Cassio to her mistress; I’ll set her on; myself awhile to draw the Moor apart and bring him jump when he may Cassio find soliciting his wife. Ay, that’s the way.”

Analysis

Othello assigns Cassio to the night’s guard. Iago convinces Cassio that Desdemona is indeed a temptress, but at first Cassio cannot believe it. Cassio does not drink but Iago persuades him to drink in order to honour Othello and the revels that are set for the night. Once Cassio is drunk, Iago convinces Roderigo to start a brawl involving Cassio, so that Cassio falls out of favour with Othello. That will make it easier for Iago to discredit Cassio and have him stripped of his promotion that should have gone to Iago and it will make Roderigo believe that he is next in line to flirt with Desdemona. So Roderigo initiates a brawl with Cassio and Montano steps in to stop the fighting and drunk Cassio attacks Montano. An alarm is sounded and Othello arrives on the scene, demanding to know what has happened and who is responsible. Iago ‘reluctantly’ admits to Othello that Cassio was drunk and initiated the brawl and Othello immediately fires Cassio as his lieutenant. Cassio is distraught over the damage to his reputation and Iago suggests he appeal to Desdemona, as her kindheartedness might well persuade Othello to restore Cassio back to the general’s good graces. Of course this means that Cassio will be spending more time with Desdemona, which Iago plans to exploit by suggesting to Othello that there is something untoward occurring between Cassio and Desdemona. ‘Honest’ Iago is spinning a terrible web of intrigue around Desdemona and Othello and nobody suspects a thing. And he has really only just begun as we transition into Act III.

Act III (4 scenes)

Scene i

Cyprus before the citadel

Enter Cassio with musicians and Othello’s fool

Cassio: “Masters, play here; I will content your pains.”

Fool: “Masters, here’s money for you; and the General so likes your music that he desires you to make no more noise with it. If you have any music that may not be heard, then do it again.”

Musician: “We have none such, sir.”

Fool: “Then put up your pipes in your bag. Go; vanish into air; away.”

Cassio: “There’s a poor piece of gold for thee. If the gentlewoman that attends the General’s wife be stirring, tell her there’s one Cassio who entreats her a little favour of speech. Will thou so this?”

Fool: “I shall seem to notify her.”

Enter Iago

Cassio: “I have made bold, Iago, to send in to your wife: my suit to her is that she will to virtuous Desdemona procure me some access.”

Iago: “I’ll send her to you presently; and I’ll devise a mean to draw the Moor out of the way, that your converse may be more free.”

Cassio: “I humbly thank you.”

Exit Iago

Cassio: “I never knew a Florentine more kind and honest.”

Enter Emilia

Emilia: “Good morrow, good lieutenant. I am sorry for your displeasure; but all will sure be well. The General and his wife are talking of it; and she speaks for you stoutly; the Moor replies that he you hurt, Governor Montano, is of great fame in Cyprus, and that in wholesome wisdom he might not but refuse you; but he protests he loves you.”

Cassio: “Yet, I beseech you, give me advantage of some brief discourse with Desdemona alone.”

Emilia: “Pray you come in. I will bestow you where you shall have time to speak your bosom freely.”

Cassio: “I am much bound to you.”

Analysis

Cassio sends musicians to play under Othello’s window in an attempt to get back in his good graces, but Othello sends his fool to tell them to go away. Emilia tells Cassio that Desdemona and Othello are discussing his case presently and that, while he loves Cassio, Othello cannot promote him back to being his lieutenant again because the man Cassio hurt was the Governor of Cyprus. Iago promises Cassio he will find a way to get Cassio to conference privately with Desdemona. Poor Cassio only wants to be trusted by Othello again. Ironically, he has become the person Othello trusts least in the entire world because Iago is subtly but quite effectively convincing Othello that Cassio and Desdemona need to be watched. This is a play whose theme is jealousy. Iago is jealous that Cassio got the promotion to be Othello’s lieutenant over him and now Iago is in the process of destroying both Cassio and Othello by making Othello jealous over Cassio, even though Cassio and Desdemona are 100% innocent. Nonetheless, both Cassio and Othello completely trust ‘honest Iago’ and have no idea what he is doing to them.

Act III

Scene ii

Cyprus. The citadel.

Enter Othello and Iago

Othello: “This letter give, Iago, to the pilot; and by him do my duties to the Senate.”

Iago: “Well, my good lord, I’ll do it.”

A six line scene where Othello has letters he gives Iago for the Senate back in Venice. Othello, like Cassio, has no idea that the real villain is Iago, as we see Iago mingling free and friendly with both men he is attempting to destroy.

Act III

Scene iii

Cyprus. The garden of the citadel

Enter Desdemona, Cassio and Emilia

Desdemona: “Be thou assured, good Cassio, I will do all my abilities on thy behalf.”

Emilia: “Good madam, do. I warrant it grieves my husband as if the case were his.”

Desdemona: “O, that’s an honest fellow. Do not doubt, Cassio, but I will have my lord and you again as friendly as you were.”

Cassio: “Bounteous madam, whatever shall become of Michael Cassio, he’s never anything but your true servant.”

Desdemona: “I know it and I thank you. You do love my lord; he shall in strangeness stand no farther off than in a politic distance.”

Cassio: Ay, but, lady, my general will forget my love and service.”

Desdemona: “Assure thee, my lord shall never rest. I’ll intermingle everything he does with your suit. Therefore, be merry, Cassio.”

Enter Othello and Iago

Cassio: “Madam, I’ll take my leave.”

Exit Cassio

Iago: “Ha! I like not that.”

Othello: “What dost thou say?”

Iago: “Nothing, my lord; or if – I know not what.”

Othello: “Was not that Cassio departed from my wife?”

Iago: “Cassio, my lord! No, sure, I cannot think it, that he would sneak away so guilty like, seeing you coming.”

Othello: “I do believe it was he.”

Desdemona: “How now, my lord? I have been talking with a suitor here, a man who languishes in your displeasure.”

Othello: “Who is it you mean?”

Desdemona: “Why, your lieutenant, Cassio. Good my lord, if I have any grace or power to move you, his present reconciliation take. I prithee, call him back.”

Othello: “Not now, sweet Desdemona.”

Desdemona: “But shall it be shortly? Shall it be tonight at supper?”

Othello: “No, not tonight.”

Desdemona: “Tomorrow dinner, then? Why then Tuesday morn? Ot Tuesday noon or night, or Wednesday morn? I prithee, name the time; but let it not exceed three days. In faith, he’s penitent. When shall he come? Tell me, Othello.”

Othello: “I do beseech thee grant me this, to leave me but a little to myself.”

Desdemona: “Farewell, my lord.”

Exit Desdemona and Emilia

Othello: “Excellent wretch! But I do love thee; and when I love thee not chaos is come again.”

Iago: “My noble lord!”

Othello: “What dost thou say, Iago?”

Iago: “For a satisfaction of my thought – no further harm.”

Othello: “Why of thy thought, Iago? Is he not honest?”

Iago: “Honest, my lord?”

Othello: “Honest? Ay, honest. What dost thou think?”

Iago: “Think, my lord?”

Othello: “Thou dost mean something. If thou dost love me, show me thy thought.”

Iago: “My lord, you know I love you.”

Othello: “I think thou dost. Therefore, these stops of thine affright me the more.”

Iago: “For Michael Cassio, I dare presume I think that he is honest.”

Othello: “I think so too.”

Iago: “Men should be that they seem.”

Othello: “Certainly, men should be what they seem. But yet, there’s more in this. I prithee, speak to me as to thy thinkings, as thou dost ruminate; and give thy worst of thoughts the worst of words.”

Iago: “Good my lord, pardon me. Though I am bound to every act of duty, I am not bound to utter my thoughts. Why, say they are vile and false.”

Othello: “By heaven, I’ll know thy thoughts.”

Iago: “O, beware, my lord, of jealousy; it is the green-eyed monster which doth mock the meat it feeds on. That cuckold lives in bliss who, certain of his fate, loves not his wronger.”

Othello: “O, misery!”

Iago: “Good god, the souls of all my tribe defend from jealousy!”

Othello: “Why is this? Think I’d make a life of jealousy, with fresh suspicions? ‘Tis not to make me jealous to say my wife is fair, loves company, is free of speech, sings, plays and dances well; Where virtue is, these are more virtuous. Nor from my own weak merits will I draw the smallest fear or doubt of her revolt; for she had eyes, and chose me. No, Iago; away at once with love or jealousy!”

Iago: “I am glad of this; for now I shall have reason to show the love and duty that I bear you with frank spirit. I speak not yet of proof. Look to your wife; observe her well with Cassio. Look to it. I know your country disposition well: in Venice they do let God see the pranks they dare not show their husbands; their best conscience is not to leave it undone, but keep it unknown.”

Othello: “Dost thou say so?”

Iago: “She did deceive her father, marrying you.”

Othello: “I am bound to thee forever.”

Iago: “I see this hath a little dashed your spirits.”

Othello: “Not a jot.”

Iago: “I fear it has. I hope you will consider what is spoke comes from my love; but I do see you are moved. I am to pray you not to strain my speech to grosser issues nor to larger reach than to suspicion.”

Othello: “I will not.”

Iago: “My lord, I see you are moved.”

Othello: “No, not much moved. I do not think but Desdemona’s honest.”

Iago: “Ay, there’s the point: as – to be bold with you – whereto we see in all things nature tends, one may smell rank, foul disproportion, thoughts unnatural. But pardon me, I do not in position distinctly speak of her; though I may fear her will, recoiling to her better judgment.”

Othello: “Farewell. If more thou dost perceive, let me know more; set on thy wife to observe. Leave me, Iago.”

Exit Iago

Othello: “Why did I marry? This honest creature doubtless sees and knows more, much more than he unfolds.”

Iago: (returning) “My lord, I would I might entreat your honour to scan this thing no further; leave it to time. Yet if you please to hold him off awhile, you shall by that perceive him and his means. Note if your lady strains his entertainment with any strong or vehement importunity; much will be seen in that. I take my leave.”

Exit Iago

Othello: “This fellow’s of exceeding honesty, and knows all qualities, with a learned spirit of human dealing. She’s gone; I am abused; and my relief must be to loathe her. O curse of marriage, that we can call these delicate creatures ours, and not their appetites! I had rather be a toad, than keep a corner in the thing I love for others’ uses. Yet ’tis the plague of great ones; ‘Tis destiny unshunnable, like death. Look where she comes.”

Enter Desdemona and Emilia

Othello: “If she be false, O then heaven mocks itself! I’ll not believe it.”

Desdemona: “How now, my dear Othello? Are you not well?”

Othello: “I have a pain under my forehead here.”

Desdemona drops his handkerchief

Desdemona: “I am very sorry that you are not well.”

Exit Desdemona and Othello

Emilia: “I am glad I have found this napkin. This was her first remembrance from the Moor. He conjured her she should ever keep it. I’ll give it to Iago. What he’ll do with it heaven knows, not I.”

Enter Iago

Iago: “How now?”

Emilia: “I have a thing for you. What would you give me now for that same handkerchief, what the Moor first gave to Desdemona; that which so often you did bid me steal? She let it drop by negligence, and to the advantage, I being here, took it up. Look, here it is.”

Iago: “A good wench! Give it me.”

Emilia: “What will you do with it?”

Iago: “Why, what’s that to you.” (he snatches it)

Emilia: “Give me it again. Poor lady, she’ll run mad when she shall lack it.”

Iago: “I have use for it. Go, leave me.”

Exit Emilia

Iago: “I will in Cassio’s lodging lose this napkin, and let him find it; this may do something. The Moor already changes with my poison. Dangerous conceits are in their natures poisons which at the first are scarce found to distaste but, with a little act upon the blood, burn like the mines of sulphur.”

Enter Othello

Othello: “Ha! ha! False to me, to me?”

Iago: “Why, how now, General? No more of that.”

Othello: “Be gone! Thou has set me on the rack. I swear ’tis better to be much abused than but to know it a little.”

Iago: “How now, my lord!”

Othello: “What sense had I in her stolen hours of lust? I saw it not, thought it not, it harmed not me. I slept the next night well, fed well, was free and merry; I found not Cassio’s kisses on her lips. He that is robbed, not wanting what is stolen, let him not know it, and he’s not robbed at all.”

Iago: “I am sorry to hear this.”

Othello: “I had been happy if the general camp had tasted her sweet body, so I had nothing known. O, now forever farewell the tranquil mind! Farewell content! Othello’s occupation’s gone.”

Iago: “Is it possible, my lord?”

Othello: “Villain, be sure thou prove my love a whore – (taking Iago by the throat) – Be sure of it; give me the ocular proof; or thou had better been born a dog than answer my awakened wrath.”

Iago: “Is it come to this?”

Othello: “Make me to see it; or, at the least, so prove it, or woe upon thy life.”

Iago: “My noble lord -“

Othello: “If thou dost slander her and torture me never pray more; on horror’s head horrors accumulate.”

Iago: “O heaven forgive me! Are you a man? O wretched fool, that lives to make thine honesty a vice! O monstrous world! Take note, take note. I thank you for this profit, and from hence I’ll love no friend, since love breeds such offence.”

Othello: “Nay, stay. Thou should be honest.”

Iago: “I should be wise; for honesty’s a fool, and loses that it works for.”

Othello: “By the world, I think my wife be honest, and think she is not; I think that thou art just, and think thou art not. I’ll have some proof. Her name is now begrimed and black, as mine own face. Would I were satisfied!”

Iago: “I see, sir, you are eaten up with passion; I do repent me that I put it to you. You would be satisfied?”

Othello: “Would! Nay, and I will.”

Iago: “And may; but how – how satisfied, my lord? Would you behold her topped?”

Othello: “Death and damnation!”

Iago: “What shall I say? Where’s satisfaction? It is impossible you should see this, were they as hot as monkeys, and fools as gross as ignorance made drunk. But yet, I say, if strong circumstances which lead directly to the door of truth will give you satisfaction, you might have it.”

Othello: “Give me a living reason she’s disloyal.”

Iago: “I do not like the office; but since I am entered in this cause so far, I will go on. I lay with Cassio lately, and, being troubled with a raging tooth, I could not sleep. There are a kind of men so loose of soul that in their sleeps will mutter their affairs: one of this kind is Cassio. In sleep I heard him say ‘sweet Desdemona, let us be wary, let us hide our loves’, and then, sir, would he wring my hand, cry ‘O sweet creature!’ then kiss me hard – then laid his leg over my thigh – and sighed, and kissed, and then cried ‘cursed fate that gave thee to the Moor!'”

Othello: “O monstrous! monstrous!”

Iago: “This may help to thicken other proofs that do demonstrate thinly.”

Othello: “I’ll tear her all to pieces.”

Iago: “Nay, but be wise; yet we see nothing done; she may be honest yet. Tell me but this: have you not sometimes seen a handkerchief spotted with strawberries in your wife’s hand?”

Othello: “I gave her such a one; twas my first gift.”

Iago: “Such a handkerchief did I today see Cassio wipe his beard with.”

Othello: “If it be that -“

Iago: “If it be that it speaks against her with the other proofs.”

Othello: “O that the slave had forty thousand lives! One is too poor, too weak, for my revenge. Now do I see ’tis true. Look here, Iago – all my fond love thus do I blow to heaven. ‘Tis gone. Arise, black vengeance, from the hollow hell. Yield up, O love, thy crown and hearted throne to tyrannous hate!”

Iago: “Yet be content.”

Othello: “O blood, blood, blood!”

Iago: “Patience, I say; you mind perhaps may change.”

Othello: “Never, Iago. My bloody thoughts, with violent pace, shall never look back, till that a capable and wide revenge swallow them up.”

Iago: “Witness that here Iago doth give up the execution of his wit, hands, heart, to wrong’d Othello’s service! Let him command.”

Othello: “I greet thy love, with acceptance bounteous. Within these three days let me hear thee say that Cassio’s not alive.”

Iago: “My friend is ready; ’tis done at your request. But let her live.”

Othello: “Damn her, lewd minx. O, damn her, damn her! I will withdraw to furnish me with some swift means of death for the fair devil. Now art thou my lieutenant.”

Iago: “I am your own forever.”

Analysis

Desdemona is committed to helping Cassio repair the damage to his relationship with Othello. Of course it is Iago who has engineered the rift, by orchestrating the brawl that sullied Cassio’s reputation and by hinting to Othello that he should keep an eye on Desdemona and Cassio. It turns out Othello needs very little prompting. His jealous nature is his character flaw and Iago has him right where he wants him, and no one suspects him of being anything other then honest. Iago and Othello see Cassio leaving Desdemona, where he was speaking to her about repairing the relationship with Othello. Iago makes it seem inappropriate and unfortunate that they see Cassio slipping away from Desdemona. Just then Desdemona peppers Othello about when he will meet with good Cassio, until Othello finally says ‘no more. Leave me to myself.’ Othello grills Iago about what he makes of all this and Iago plays it very coy, choosing not to say much, until Othello angrily insists. Iago tells Othello to beware of jealousy, the green-eyed monster, just before Iago ‘shows his love with franker spirit.’ ‘Look to your wife’ he tells Othello and reminds him that she has already deceived her own father by marrying Othello. Their dance is progressive, as Iago moves Othello bit by bit, toward a jealousy akin to madness. He claims to be abused and curses marriage. Then Iago gets a hold of the handkerchief that Othello gave Desdemona as a first gift. He plans to plant it in Cassio’s room. Othello is about to burst and actually grabs Iago by the throat and tells him to find the proof required for him to take action against Cassio and Desdemona. ‘I will be satisfied!’ ‘How satisfied?’ asks Iago. ‘Would you behold her topped?” That just about does it. But Iago claims that he is so far in that he will continue to inform Othello more of what he knows. He claims that he overheard Cassio talk in his sleep about how he and Desdemona should be wary and hide their love and then he said Cassio cried out ‘cursed fate that gave thee to the Moor.’ A this point Othello is prepared to ‘tear her to pieces’. He tells Iago to be sure that Cassio is not alive within three days and then declares Iago to be his lieutenant. Iago is in complete control and no one is the wiser, even though Desdemona and Cassio are completely innocent. There are no side stories in this play. It just continues with Othello, Desdemona, Cassio, Iago and Emilia. And it is becoming more and more clear where it is headed. This is the toughest Shakespeare play to watch, knowing what we know and being helpless to stop it. Like Richard III, we know what no one on stage does about the villain. But its is our secret and will remain so until the bitterest of endings.

Act III

Scene iv

Cyprus, before the citadel

Enter Desdemona, Emilia and Othello’s fool

Desdemona: “Do you know, sir, where the lieutenant Cassio lies? Can you enquire him out? Seek him; bid him come hither; tell him I have moved my lord on his behalf, and hope all will be well.”

Exit the fool

Desdemona: “Where should I lose the handkerchief, Emilia? Believe me, I had rather lose my purse, but my noble Moor is true of mind, and made of no such baseness as jealous creatures are.”

Emilia: Is he not jealous?”

Desdemona: “Who, he?”

Enter Othello

Desdemona: “How is it with you, my lord?”

Othello: “Well, my good lady. How do you, Desdemona?”

Desdemona: “Well, my god lord.”

Othello: “Give me your hand. This hand is moist, my lady. Hot, hot, and moist.”

Desdemona: “Twas that hand that gave away my heart. I cannot speak of this. Come now, your promise.”

Othello: “What promise?”

Desdemona: “I have sent to bid Cassio come speak with you.”

Othello: “Lend me thy handkerchief; that which I gave you.”

Desdemona: “I have it not about me.”

Othello: “That’s a fault. That handkerchief did an Egyptian to my mother give. She dying, gave it to me, and bid me, when my fate would have me wive, to give it to her. I did so; and take heed on it; to lose it or give it away were such perdition as nothing else could match.”

Desdemona: “Why do you speak so startingly and rash?”

Othello: “Is it lost? Is it gone?”

Desdemona: “It is not lost. But what if it were?”

Othello: “Fetch it. Let me see it.”

Desdemona: “I will not now. This is a trick to put me from my suit: pray you let Cassio be received again.”

Othello: “Fetch me the handkerchief; my mind misgives.”

Desdemona: “Come, come; you’ll never meet a more sufficient man.”

Othello: “The handkerchief!”

Exit Othello rashly

Emilia: “Is not this man jealous?”

Desdemona: “I never saw this before. Sure there’s some wonder in this handkerchief. I am most unhappy in the loss of it.”

Emilia: “Tis not a year or two that shows us a man. They are all but stomachs, and we all but food; they eat us hungrily, and when they are full, they belch us.

Enter Cassio and Iago

Desdemona: “How now, good Cassio?”

Cassio: “Madam, I do beseech you that by your virtuous means I may again exist, and be a member of his love.”

Desdemona: “Alas, thrice-gentle Cassio! My advocation is not now in tune; my lord is not my lord. You must awhile be patient. What I can do I will; and more I will than for myself I dare.”

Iago: “Is my lord angry?”

Emilia: “Certainly in strange unquietness.”

Iago: “I will go meet him. There’s matter in it indeed, if he be angry.”

Desdemona: “I prithee do so.”

Exit Iago

Desdemona: “Something sure of state either from Venice or here in Cyprus hath puddled his clear spirit.”

Emilia: “Pray heaven it be state matters, as you think, and no jealous toy concerning you.”

Desdemona: “Alas the day, I never gave him cause!”

Emilia: “But jealous souls will not be answered so; they are not ever jealous for the cause, but jealous for they are jealous. ‘Tis a monster begot upon itself, born on itself.”

Desdemona: “Heaven keep that monster from Othello’s mind!”

Emilia: “Lady, amen.”

Desdemona: “I will go seek him. Cassio, if I do find him fit, I’ll move your suit.”

Cassio: “I humbly thank your ladyship.”

Exit Desdemona and Emilia

Enter Bianca

Bianca: “Save you, friend Cassio.”

Cassio: “How is it with you, my most fair Bianca? I was coming to your house.”

Bianca: “What, keep a week away? O weary reckoning.”

Cassio: “Pardon me, Bianca. I have this while with leaden thoughts been pressed.”

Cassio give Bianca Desdemona’s handkerchief

Bianca: “O Cassio, whence came this. This is some token from a newer friend.”

Cassio: “Go to, woman! You are jealous now that this is from some mistress. No, by my faith, Bianca.”

Bianca: “Why, whose is it?”

Cassio: “I know not. I found it in my chamber. Take it, and leave me for this time.”

Bianca: “Leave you! Wherefore?”

Cassio: “I do attend here on the General.”

Analysis

Desdemona continues to advance her case for Cassio, so that he and Othello may continue as friends. But Iago has stirred things up so badly that Othello is quite certain now that Desdemona is having an affair with Cassio. Othello demands the handkerchief he gave Desdemona as a gift but we know that Iago has made it seem that Cassio has been given it by Desdemona. Othello storms out and Desdemona and Emilia simply hope that his erratic behaviour has to do with a matter of state. Bianca, a courtesan friend of Cassio’s, arrives and he gives her the handkerchief that mysteriously showed up in his room. Only we know that Iago planted it there. Iago has brilliantly set up the very good Cassio as a villain. It must be noted that Iago is ultimately going to be responsible for more than just the demise of Othello. Desdemona and Emilia will be likewise betrayed and enveloped in his scheme. And yet he remains good and honest Iago to all but us.

Act IV (3 scenes)

Scene i

Cyprus. Before the citadel.

Enter Othello and Iago

Iago: “Will you think so?”

Othello: “Think so, Iago?”

Iago: “To kiss in private?”

Othello: “An unauthorized kiss.”

Iago: “Or to be naked with her friend in bed an hour or more, not meaning any harm?”

Othello: “Naked in bed, Iago, and not mean harm! It is hypocrisy against the devil. They that mean virtuously and yet do so, the devil their virtue tempts, and they tempt heaven.”

Iago: “So they do nothing, ’tis a venial slip; but if I give my wife a handkerchief -“

Othello: “What then?”

Iago: “Why then, ’tis hers, my lord, and, being hers, she may, I think, bestow it on any man.”

Othello: “She is protectress of her honour too: may she give that?”

Iago: “Her honour is an essence that’s not seen; they have it very often that have it not. But for the handkerchief -“

Othello: “O, it comes over my memory as doth the raven over the infected house, boding to all – he had my handkerchief.”

Iago: “Ay, what of that? What if I had said I had seen him do you wrong? Or heard him say -“

Othello: “Hath he said anything?”

Iago: “He hath, my lord.”

Othello: “What hath he said?”

Iago: “Lie -“

Othello: “With her?”

Iago: “With her, on her; what you will.”

Othello: “Lie with her – lie on her? I tremble at it. Is it possible?”

Othello falls into a trance

Iago: “Work on, my medicine, work. Thus credulous fools are caught; and many worthy and chaste dames even thus, all guiltless, meet reproach. My lord, I say! Othello!”

Enter Cassio

Cassio: “What is the matter?”

Iago: “My lord has fallen into an epilepsy. Look, he stirs. Do you withdraw yourself; when he is gone, I would on great occasion speak with you.”

Exit Cassio

Iago: “How is it, General?”

Othello: “Dost thou mock me?”

Iago: “I mock you? No, by heaven!”

Othello: “O, thou art wise; ’tis certain.”

Iago: “While you were here overwhelmed by your grief, Cassio came hither; I shifted him away, bade him anon return, and here speak with me; do but encase yourself, and mark the jibes and notable scorns that dwell in every region of his face; for I will make him tell the tale anew – where, how, how often, how long ago and when, he hath, and is again to cope you wife. Will you withdraw?”

Othello withdraws

Re-enter Cassio

Iago: “Here he comes. As he shall smile Othello shall go mad. (to Cassio) How do you now, lieutenant? If this suit lay in Bianca’s dower, how quickly should you speed!”

Othello: “Look how he laughs already.”

Iago: “I never knew a woman loved man so.”

Cassio: “Alas, poor rogue! I think, in faith, she loves me.”

Othello: “Now he denies it faintly.”

Iago: “She gives it out that you shall marry her. Do you intend it?”

Cassio: “Ha, ha, ha!”

Othello: “Do you triumph, Roman?”

Cassio: “I marry her! What, a customer! Bear some charity to my wit; do not think it so unwholesome. Ha, ha, ha!”

Othello: “So, so, so, so, so – they laugh that wins.”

Cassio: “She is persuaded that I will marry her, out of her own love and flattery, not out of my promise. She haunts me in every place. So she hangs and weeps upon me.”

Othello: “She he tells how she plucked him to my chamber.”

Cassio: “Well, I must leave her company.”

Enter Bianca

Iago: “Look where she comes.”

Cassio: “What do you mean by this haunting of me?”

Bianca: “What did you mean by that same handkerchief you gave me even now? A likely piece of work that you should find it in your chamber and know not who left it there. There – give it your hobby-horse.”

Othello: “By heaven, that should be my handkerchief!”

Bianca: “And you’ll come to supper tonight.”

Exit Bianca

Iago: “Will you sup there?”

Cassio: “Faith, I intend so.”

Exit Cassio

Othello: (coming forward) “How shall I murder him, Iago?”

Iago: “Did you perceive how he laughed at his vice?”

Othello: “O, Iago.”

Iago: “And did you see the handkerchief?”

Othello: “Was that mine?”

Iago: “Your wife gave it to him, and he hath given it to his whore.”

Othello: “Ay, let her rot, and perish, and be damned tonight; for she shall not live. No, my heart is turned to stone. Hang her! But yet the pity of it, Iago. I will chop her into messes. Cuckold me!”

Iago: “O, ’tis foul in her.”

Othello: “With my officer!”

Iago: “That’s fouler.”

Othello: “Give me some poison, Iago – this night.”

Iago: “Do not with poison; strangle her in her bed, even the bed she has contaminated.”

Othello: “Good, good; the justice of it pleases; very good.”

Enter Lodovico and Desdemona

Lodovico: “The Duke and Senators of Venice greet you.”

Lodovico gives Othello a packet. Othello opens the packet and reads

Lodovico: “How does lieutenant Cassio?”

Desdemona: “Cousin, there’s a fallout between him and my lord, an unkind breach; but you shall make all well.”

Othello: “Are you sure of that?”

Desdemona: “My lord?”

Lodovico: “Is there division twixt thy lord and Cassio?”

Desdemona: “A most unhappy one. I would do much to atone them, for the love that I bear to Cassio.”

Othello: “Fire and brimstone!”

Desdemona: “My lord? Is he angry?”

Lodovico: “It may be the letter moved him; for, as I think, they do command him home, deputing Cassio in his government.”

Desdemona: “By my troth, I am glad of it.”

Othello: “Indeed!”

Desdemona: “My lord?”

Othello: “I am glad to see you mad.”

Desdemona: “Why, sweet Othello?”

Othello: “Devil!”

Othello strikes Desdemona

Desdemona: “I have not deserved this.”

Lodovico: “My lord, this would not be believed in Venice, though I should swear I saw it. ‘Tis very much. Make her amends; she weeps.”

Othello: “O Devil, devil! If that the earth could teem with women’s tears, each drop she falls would prove a crocodile. Out of my sight!”

Desdemona: “I will not stay to offend you.”

Othello: “I am commanded home – get you away; I’ll send for you anon. Sir, I will return to Venice – Hence, avaunt!”

Exit Desdemona

Lodovico: “Is this the noble Moor whom our full Senate call all in all sufficient? Is this the nature whom passion could not shake.”

Iago: “He is much changed.”

Lodovico: “Are his wits safe? Is he not light of brain?”

Iago: “He is that he is. What he might be, if what he might he is not, I would to heaven he were!”

Lodovico: “What, strike his wife! I am sorry that I am deceived in him.”

Analysis

Increasingly, Iago drives Othello mad with jealousy. He has orchestrated the handkerchief so that it appears that Desdemona has given it to Cassio. He pretends to know much but does not want to say much to Othello. Finally he relents and admits that Cassio told him that he did, in fact, lie with Desdemona. Othello swoons into a fainting spell. Iago arranges to speak with Cassio and advises Othello to conceal himself in order to overhear the conversation. Iago and Cassio discuss his prostitute girlfriend, Bianca, and all the while Othello thinks he is making light of his intimacy with Desdemona. Bianca arrives with the handkerchief Cassio gave her and she accuses him of having been given it by his other woman. After Cassio and Bianca leave Othello discusses how he will kill Desdemona, while Iago promises to kill Cassio. Lodovico arrives with a letter from Venice ordering Othello home. He can hardly believe the way Othello is behaving toward Desdemona. Othello is nowhere near the man Lodovico recalls. ‘This would not be believed in Venice.’ Iago has turned Othello inside out with a jealous rage, bordering on madness.

Act IV

Scene ii

Cyprus. The citadel.

Enter Othello and Emilia

Othello: “You have seen nothing, then?”

Emilia: “Nor ever heard, nor ever did suspect.”

Othello: “Yes, you have seen Cassio and she together.”

Emilia: “But then I saw no harm. I durst, my lord, to wager she is honest, lay down my soul at a stake. If you think other, remove your thought – it doth abuse your bosom. If any wretch have put this in your head, let heaven requite it with the serpent’s curse; for if she be not honest, chaste and true, there’s no man happy; the purest of their wives is foul as slander.”

Othello: “Bid her come hither. Go.”

Exit Emilia

Othello: “She says enough; yet she’s a simple baud. This is a subtle whore.”

Re-enter Emilia with Desdemona

Desdemona: “My lord, what is your will?”

Othello: “Come hither. Let me see your eyes; look in my face.”

Desdemona: “What doth your speech import? I understand a fury in your words, but not the words.”

Othello: “Why, what art thou?”

Desdemona: “Your wife, my lord; your true and loyal wife.”

Othello: “Come, swear it, damn thyself; swear thou art honest.”

Desdemona: “Heaven doth truly know it.”

Othello: “Heaven truly knows that thou art false as hell.”

Desdemona: “To whom, my lord? With whom? How am I false?”

Ohello: “Ah, Desdemona! Away! Away! Away!”

Desdemona: “Why do you weep? Am I the motive of these tears, my lord? I hope my noble lord esteems me honest.”

Othello: “O thou weed who art so lovely fair and smells so sweet. Would thou had never been born!”

Desdemona: “Alas, what ignorant sin have I committed?”

Othello: “What committed! Committed! O thou public commoner! I should make very forges of my cheeks that would to cinders burn up modesty, did I but speak thy deeds. What committed! Impudent strumpet!”

Desdemona: “By heaven, you do me wrong.”

Othello: “Are you not a strumpet?”

Desdemona: “No, as I am a Christian. If to preserve this vessel for my lord from any other foul unlawful touch be not to be a strumpet, I am none.”

Othello: “What, not a whore?”

Desdemona: “No, as I shall be saved.”

Othello: “Is it possible?”

Desdemona: “O, heaven forgive us!”

Othello: “I cry you mercy, then. I took you for that cunning whore of Venice that married with Othello. You, mistress, that have the office opposite to St Peter and keeps the gates of hell.”

Re-enter Emilia

Exit Othello

Emilia: “Alas, what does this gentleman conceive? How do you, my good lady? What’s the matter with my lord? “

Desdemona: “Do not talk to me, Emilia; I cannot weep.”

Exit Emilia

Re-enter Emilia with Iago

Iago: “What is your pleasure. What is the matter, lady?”

Emilia: “Alas, Iago, my lord hath so bewhor’d her, thrown such despite and heavy terms upon her that true hearts cannot bear it.”

Desdemona: “Am I that name, Iago?”

Iago: “What name, dear lady?”

Emilia: “He called her a whore.”

Iago: “Why did he so?”

Desdemona: “I do not know.”

Iago: “Do not weep.”ftyh

Emilia: “I will be hanged if some eternal villain, some busy and insinuating rogue, some cogging, cozening slave, to get some office, have not devised this slander; I’ll be hanged else.”

Iago: “Fie, there is no such man; it is impossible.”

Desdemona: “If any such there be, heaven pardon him!”

Emilia: “A halter pardon him! And hell gnaw his bones! Why should he call her whore? The Moor’s abused by some outrageous knave, some base notorious knave, some scurvy fellow.”

Desdemona: “O god! Iago, what shall I do to win my lord again? Good friend, go to him; for I know not how I lost him, though he do shake me off to beggarly divorcement. Unkindness may do much; and his unkindness may defeat my life, but never taint my love.”

Iago: “I pray you be content; ’tis but his humour. The business of the state does him offence, and he does chide with you. It is but so, I warrant. Go in and weep not; all things shall be well.”

Exit Desdemona and Emilia

Enter Roderigo

Iago: “How now, Roderigo?”

Roderigo: “I do not find that thou deals justly with me. I will, indeed, no longer endure it.”

Iago: “Will you hear me, Roderigo?”

Roderigo: “Faith, I have heard too much.”

Iago: “You charge me most unjustly.”

Roderigo: “With naught but truth. I will make myself known to Desdemona.”

Iago: “Give me thy hand, Roderigo. Thou has taken against me a most just exception; but yet, I protest, I have dealt most directly in thy affair.”

Roderigo: “It hath not appeared.”

Iago: “I grant, indeed, it hath not appeared; and your suspicion is not without wit and judgment. But, Roderigo, if thou hast in thee indeed, which I have greater reason to believe now than ever – I mean purpose, courage and valour – this night show it; if thou the next night following enjoy not Desdemona, take me from this world with treachery.”

Roderigo: “What is is? Is it within reason and compass?”

Iago: “Sir, there is a special commission come from Venice to depute Cassio in Othello’s place.”

Roderigo: “Is that true? Why, then Othello and Desdemona return again to Venice.”

Iago: “O, no; he goes to Mauritania, and takes away with him the fair Desdemona, unless his abode be lingered here by some accident; wherein none can be so determinate as the removing of Cassio.”

Roderigo: “How do you meaning removing of him?”

Iago: “Why, by making him uncapable of Othello’s place – knocking out his brains.”

Roderigo: “And that you have me to do?”

Iago: “Ay, he sups tonight with a harlot. He knows not yet of his honourable fortune. If you will watch his going hence, you may take him at your pleasure. I will be near to second your attempt, and he shall fall between us. Go along with me. I will show you such a necessity in his death that you shall think yourself bound to put it on him.”

Analysis

Othello is trying to get his bearings straight and understand what is happening to him. Iago has him paralyzed and he seeks assurance from Emilia, who is certain that Desdemona is entirely innocent. When Othello is alone once more with Desdemona he goes at her hard with accusations of being a strumpet and a whore. There is nothing Desdemona can say to Othello to unravel the web Iago has spun within his brain. Emilia brings in Iago to see if she and Desdemona can learn anything of how this has come to be. Emilia believes there is a villain afoot, who is convincing Othello that Desdemona has been unfaithful. Iago, being precisely that villain, denies this and rather claims that matters of state importance are clouding Othello’s mind. He assures Desdemona that all will be well. Roderigo arrives to speak with Iago. He is furious that his love for Desdemona appears to be in vain. But Iago tells him that Cassio is being promoted to Othello’s position and Othello and Desdemona are being relocated to Mauritania. Iago tells Roderigo that his only chance of still winning Desdemona is to kill Cassio, so then Othello and Desdemona cannot leave Cyprus.

Othello has thoroughly lost his way. Desdemona and Emilia are very clear regarding Desdemona’s innocence, but he is so poisoned by Iago that there is nothing the two women can say to him to alter his belief that she has become a whore. Such is the consuming nature of intense jealousy. Iago is a superbly effective villain. Not even his own wife knows that the villain is him. Everyone trusts the ‘good, honest Iago’. His is truly a master performance, explaining why he remains for many in the ultimate Shakespearean pantheon, along with Hamlet, Falstaff and Cleopatra.

Act IV

Scene iii

Cyprus. The citadel

Enter Othello, Desdemona, Lodovico and Emilia

Othello: “O Desdemona! Get you to bed on the instant; I will be returned forthwith. Dispatch your attendant.”

Desdemona: “I will, my lord.”

Exit Othello and Lodovico

Emilia: “How goes it now?”

Desdemona: “He hath commanded me to me bed, and bade me to dismiss you.”

Emilia: “Dismiss me!”

Desdemona: “Therefore, good Emilia, give me my nightly wearing, and adieu.”

Emilia: “I would you had never seem him.”

Desdemona: “Dost thou in conscience think – tell me, Emilia – that there be women who do abuse their husbands in such gross kind?”

Emilia: “There be some such, no question.”

Desdemona: “Would thou do such a deed for all the world?”

Emilia: “Why, would not you?”

Desdemona: “No, by this heavenly light!”

Emilia: “Nor I neither, by this heavenly light; I might do it as well in the dark.”

Desdemona: “Would thou do such a deed for all the world?”

Emilia: “The world’s a huge thing. It is a great price for a small vice.”

Desdemona: “Good troth, I think thou would not.”

Emilia: “By my troth, I think I should; and undo it when I had done it. Marry, I would not do such a thing for any petty exhibition; but for all the whole world, who would not make her husband a cuckold to make him a monarch? I should venture purgatory for it.”

Desdemona: “Beshrew me, if I should do such a wrong for the whole world.”

Emilia: “Why, the wrong is but a wrong in the world; and having the world for your labour, ’tis a wrong in your own world, and you might quickly make it right. But I do think it is their husbands’ faults if wives do fall. Let husbands know their wives have sense like them; what is it that they do when they change us for others? Is it sport? I think it is. And doth affection breed it? I think it doth. Is it frailty that thus errs? It is so too. And have not we affections, desires for sport, and frailty, as men have? Then let them use us well; else let them know the ills we do their ills instruct us so.”

Analysis

Othello instructs Desdemona to bed, saying that he will be there soon. She complies and seems to accept her fate. She asks Emilia if she would ever cheat on her husband for all the world. Emilia surprises her by stating that the world is a huge prize for the committing of so small a vice. She goes on to say that it is generally the husband’s fault when the wife falls and that the ills of the husbands instruct well the ills of the wives. Desdemona believes in being true to her husband without qualification, whereas Emilia thinks that, like men, if women are unhappy, perhaps they should look elsewhere for satisfaction, if not happiness. Act V beckons… and it ain’t pretty.

Act V (2 scenes)

Scene i

Cyprus. A street

Enter Iago and Roderigo

Iago: “Here, stand behind this bulk; straight will he come. Wear thy good rapier bare, and put it home; fear nothing; I’ll be at thy elbow. Fix firm thy resolution.”

Roderigo: “Be near at hand; I may miscarry in it.”

Iago: “Be bold, and take thy stand.”

Iago withdraws

Roderigo: “I have no great devotion to the deed.”

Iago: “Now, whether he kills Cassio or Cassio him, or each do kill the other, every way makes my gain. Live Roderigo, he calls me to a restitution large of gold and jewels that I bobbed from him as gifts to Desdemona; if Cassio do remain, he hath a daily beauty in his life that makes me ugly; and besides, the Moor may unfold me to him; there stand I in much peril; no, he must die. Be it so. I hear him coming.”

Enter Cassio

Roderigo: “Villain, thou diest.”

Roderigo thrusts his sword toward Cassio. Cassio draws and wounds Roderigo

Roderigo: “O, I am slain!”

Iago stabs Cassio from behind in the leg and exits

Cassio: “I am maimed forever. Help, ho! Murder!”

Enter Othello at a distance

Othello: “The voice of Cassio. Iago keeps his word.”

Roderigo: “O, villain that I am!”

Cassio: “O, help, ho! A surgeon!”

Othello: “‘Tis he. O brave Iago, honest and just. Strumpet, I come. Thy bed, lust stained, shall with lust’s blood be spotted.”

Exit Othello

Enter Lodovico and Gratiano at a distance

Cassio: “Murder! Murder!”

Gratiano: “‘Tis some mischance; the voice is very direful.”

Cassio: “O help!”

Roderigo: “O wretched villain!”

Lodovico: “Two or three groan. ‘Tis heavy night; these may be counterfeits; let’s think it unsafe to come in to the cry without more help.”

Roderigo: “Nobody come? Then shall I bleed to death.”

Enter Iago

Iago: “Who’s there? Whose noise is this that cries on murder?”

Cassio: “Here, here! For heaven’s sake, help me! Iago? I am spoiled, undone by villains! Give me some help.”

Iago: “O me, lieutenant! What villains have done this?”

Cassio: “I think that one of them is hereabout, and cannot make away.”

Iago: “O treacherous villains.”

Roderigo: “O, help me there!”

Cassio: “That’s one of them.”

Iago: “O murderous slave! O villain!”

Iago stabs Roderigo

Roderigo: “O damned Iago! O inhuman dog!”

Iago: “Kill men in the dark!”

Gratiano: “Cassio!”

Iago: “How is it, brother?”

Cassio: “My leg is cut in two.”

Iago: “Marry, heaven forbid. I’ll bind it with my shirt.”

Enter Bianca

Bianca: “O, my dear Cassio! My sweet Cassio!”

Iago: “Cassio, may you suspect who they should be that have thus mangled you?”

Cassio: “No.”

Bianca: “Alas, he faints! O Cassio, Cassio, Cassio!”

Iago: “Gentlemen, I do suspect this trash to be a party in this injury. Patience awhile, good Cassio. Lend me a light. Know we this face no? Alas, my friend and my dear countryman, Roderigo? O heaven, Roderigo! I’ll fetch the general’s surgeon.”

Enter Emilia

Emilia: “What’s the matter, husband?”

Iago: “This is the fruits of whoring. Prithee, Emilia, go know of Cassio where he supped tonight.”

Bianca: “He supped at my house.”

Iago: “O, did he so?”

Emilia: “Fie, fie, upon thee, strumpet!”

Bianca: “I am no strumpet.”

Emilia: “Fie upon thee!”

Iago: (aside) “This is the night that either makes me or fordoes me quite.”

Analysis

Iago and Roderigo wait outside a brothel for Cassio to appear. Roderigo attempts to stab him but fails. Instead, Cassio stabs Roderigo and in the darkness and confusion Iago stabs Cassio in the leg. Cassio has no idea who has stabbed him. Othello arrives near the scene and hears cries of murder. He believes Iago has killed Cassio as planned and proceeds to find and kill Desdemona in her bed. Meanwhile, Iago stumbles around the crime scene with a light and kills Roderigo. Bianca arrives and is shocked to see the injured Cassio. Emilia arrives and she and Iago chastise Bianca. Iago ends the scene with a vital aside to the audience: ‘This is the night that either makes me or fordoes me quite.’

Roderigo has been thoroughly duped by Iago and now lies dead outside a brothel. Cassio lies wounded and Othello has gone home to kill Desdemona. Iago’s work is nearly done, except that Cassio was supposed to die as well. Miraculously, not a single soul suspects Iago of anything except being ‘good and honest Iago’. We approach the play’s final scene, in the bedchamber of Desdemona and Othello.

Act V

Scene ii

Cyprus. The citadel

Desdemona in her bed. Enter Othello

Othello: “It is the cause, my soul. Yet, I’ll not shed her blood, nor scar that whiter skin of hers. Yet she must die, else she’ll betray more men.”

Othello kisses Desdemona

Othello: “One more, one more. Be thus when thou art dead, and I will kill thee, and love thee after. One more, and that’s the last; so sweet was never so fatal. I must weep, but they are cruel tears. This sorrow’s heavenly. It strikes where it doth love. She wakes.”

Desdemona: “Who’s there? Othello?”

Othello: “Ay, Desdemona.”

Desdemona: “Will you come to bed, my lord?”

Othello: “Have you prayed tonight, Desdemona?”

Desdemona: “Ay, my lord.”

Othello: “If you bethink yourself of any crime unreconciled as yet to heaven and grace, solicit for it straight.”

Desdemona: “What may you mean by that?”

Othello: “I would not kill thy unprepared spirit; I would not kill thy soul.”

Desdemona: “Talk you of killing?”

Othello: “Ay, I do.”

Desdemona: “I hope you will not kill me. Why I should fear, I know not, since guiltiness I know not; but yet I feel I fear.”

Othello: “Think on thy sins.”

Desdemona: “They are loves I bear to you.”

Othello: “Ay, and for that thou diest.”

Desdemona: “Alas, why gnaw you so on your nether lip? Some bloody passion shakes your very frame. These are portents; but yet I hope, I hope, they do not point on me.”

Othello: “Peace, and be still.”

Desdemona: “What’s the matter?”

Othello: “That handkerchief which I so loved and gave thee thou gave to Cassio.”

Desdemona: “No, by my life and soul!”

Othello: “Sweet soul, take heed, take heed of perjury; thou art on thy deathbed.”

Desdemona: “Ay, but not yet to die.”

Othello: “Yes, presently. Therefore confess thee freely of thy sin. Thou art to die.”

Desdemona: “I never offended you in my life; never loved Cassio but with such general warranty of heaven as I might love. I never gave him token.”

Othello: “By heaven, I saw my handkerchief in his hand.”

Desdemona: “He found it, then; I never gave it to him.”

Othello: “He hath confessed.”

Desdemona: “He will not say so.”

Othello: “No, his mouth is stopped; honest Iago has taken order for it.”

Desdemona: “O, my fear interprets! What, is he dead? Alas, he is betrayed, and I am undone!”

Othello: “Out strumpet! Weep thou for him to my face?”

Desdemona: “O, banish me, my lord, but kill me not.”

Othello: “Down, strumpet.”

Desdemona: “Kill me tommorow; let me live tonight.”

Othello: “Nay.”

Desdemona: “But half an hour.”

Othello: “Being done, there is no pause.”

Desdemona: “But while I say one prayer.”

Othello: “It is too late.”

Othello smothers Desdemona

Desdemona: “O lord, lord, lord!”

Emilia: (outside the bedchamber) “My lord, my lord!”

Othello: “What voice is this? Not yet quite dead? I that am cruel am yet merciful. I would not have thee linger in thy pain.”

Emilia: (outside the bedchamber) “O, good my lord, I’d speak a word with you!”

Othello: “Yes – ’tis Emilia. She’s dead. Ha! No more moving? Still as the grave. Shall she come in? I think she stirs again. No. What’s the best? If she comes in she’ll surely speak to my wife. My Wife! My wife! What wife? I have no wife. O heavy hour!”

Emilia: (outside the bedchamber) “I do beseech you that I may speak with you. O good my lord!”

Othello: “O, come in, Emilia.”

Enter Emilia

Emilia: “O,my good lord, yonder’s foul murders done! Cassio, my lord, has killed a young Venetian called Roderigo.”

Othello: “Roderigo killed! And Cassio killed!”

Emilia: “No, Cassio is not killed.”

Othello: “Not Cassio killed! Then murder’s out of tune, and sweet revenge grows harsh.”

Desdemona: “O falsely, falsely murdered!”

Emilia: “O lord, what cry is that?”

Othello: “That! What?”

Emilia: “That was my lady’s voice! Help! Help! O lady, speak again! Sweet Desdemona! O, sweet mistress, speak!”

Desdemona: “A guiltless death I die.”

Emilia: “O, who hath done this deed?”

Desdemona: “Nobody. I myself. Farewell.”

Desdemona dies

Othello: “Why, how should she be murdered?”

Emilia: “Alas, who knows?”

Othello: “You heard her say herself it was not I.”

Emilia: “She said so. I must need report a truth.”

Otello: “She’s like a liar gone to burning hell. ‘Twas I who killed her.”

Emilia: “O, the more angel she, and you the black devil!”

Othello: “She turned to folly, and she was a whore.”

Emilia: “Thou dost belie her, and thou art a devil.”

Othello: “She was false as water.”

Emilia: “Thou art rash as fire to say that she was false. O, she was heavenly true!”

Othello: “Cassio did top her; ask thy husband. Thy husband knew it all.”

Emilia: “My husband?”

Othello: “Thy husband.”

Emilia: “That she was false to wedlock?”

Othello: “Ay, with Cassio.”

Emilia: “My husband!”

Othello: “Ay, ’twas he that told me on her first. An honest man he is, and hates the slime that sticks on filthy deeds.”

Emilia: “My husband!”

Othello: “What means this utterance, woman? I say thy husband.”

Emilia: “My husband says that she was false!”

Othello: “He, woman; my friend, thy husband – honest, honest Iago.”

Emilia: “If he say so, may his pernicious soul rot half a grain a day! He lies to the heart.”

Othello: “Ha!”

Emilia: “Do thy worst: this deed of thine is no more worthy heaven than thou was worthy her. O gull! O dolt! As ignorant as dirt! I care not for thy sword; I’ll make thee known. Help! Help! Help! The Moor hath killed my mistress! Murder! Murder!”

Enter Montano, Gratiano and Iago

Montano: “What’s the matter?”

Emilia: “O, are you come Iago. You have done well, that men must lay their murders on your neck. Disprove this villain, if thou be a man: he says thou told him that his wife was false. I know thou did not; thou art not such a villain. Speak, for my heart is full.”

Iago: “I told him what I thought, and told no more than what he found himself was apt and true.”

Emilia: “But did you ever tell him she was false?”

Iago: “I did.”

Emilia: “You told a lie – an odious, damned lie. Upon my soul, a lie – a wicked lie. She false with Cassio! Did you say with Cassio?”

Iago: “With Cassio, mistress. Go to, charm your tongue.”

Emilia: “I will not charm my tongue. I am bound to speak: my mistress lies here murdered in her bed. And your reports have set the murder on. Villainy! Villainy! Villainy! I think – I smell it. Villainy! I’ll kill myself for grief. O, villainy! Villainy!”

Iago: “What, are you mad?”

Emilia: “Good gentlemen, let me have leave to speak. ‘Tis proper I obey him, but not now. Perchance, Iago, I will never go home.”

Othello:”O! O! O!

Othello falls on the bed

Emilia: “Nay, lay thee down and roar; for thou has killed the sweetest innocent that ever did lift up eye.”

Othello: “O, she was foul! I scarce did know you, uncle. There lies your niece, whose breath indeed these hands have newly stopped. I know this act shows horrible and grim.”

Gratiano: “Poor Desdemona!”

Othello: “‘Tis pitiful; but yet Iago knows that she with Cassio hath the act of shame a thousand times committed; Cassio confessed it. I saw it in his hand; a handkerchief, an antique token my father gave my mother.”

Emilia: “O God! O heavenly God!”

Iago: “Zounds, hold your peace.”

Emilia: “No, I will speak.”

Iago: “Be wise and get you home.”

Emilia: “I will not.”

Iago offers to stab his wife

Gratiano: “Fie! Your sword upon a woman?”

Emilia: “O thou dull Moor! That handkerchief thou speaks of I found by fortune, and did give my husband. He begged of me to steal it.”

Iago: “Villainous whore! Filth, thou liest.”

Emilia: “By heaven, I do not, gentlemen.”

Othello runs at Iago. Iago kills his wife and escapes

Gratiano: “The woman falls; sure he hath killed his wife.”

Emilia: “Ay, ay. O, lay me by my mistress’ side.”

Montano: “Tis a notorious villain. Come, guard the door. I’ll after that same villain, for ’tis a damned slave.”

Emilia: “Moor, she was chaste; she loved thee, cruel Moor; so speaking as I think, alas, I die.”

Emilia dies

Othello: “Who can control his fate? ‘Tis not so now. Here is my journey’s end. Where should Othello go? How dost thou look now? O, ill-starred wench. This look of thine will hurl my soul from heaven and fiends will snatch at it. O cursed, cursed slave! Whip me, ye devils, blow me about in winds, roast me in sulphur, wash me in steep-down gulfs of liquid fire. O Desdemona! Dead! Desdemona! Dead! O! O!”

Enter Lodovico, Montano, Cassio and officers, with Iago prisoner

Othello: “If that thou be a devil, I cannot kill thee.”

Othello wounds Iago

Lodovico: “Wrench his sword from him.”

Iago: “I bleed, sir, but not killed.”

Othello: “I am not sorry neither; I’d have thee live; for in my sense, ’tis happiness to die.”

Lodovico: “O thou Othello, who was once so good, what shall be said to thee?”

Othello: “Why, anything: an honourable murderer, if you will; for nought I did in hate, but all in honour.”

Lodovico: “This wretch hath part confessed his villainy. Did you and he consent in Cassio’s death?”

Othello: “Ay.”

Cassio: “Dear general, I never gave you cause.”

Othello: “I do believe it, and I ask your pardon. Will you, I pray, demand that Demi-devil why he hath thus ensnared my soul and body?”

Iago: “Demand me nothing. What you know, you know. From this time forth I will never speak a word.”

Lodovico: “What, not to pray?”

Gratiano: “Torments will open your lips.”

Lodovico: “Sir, here is a letter found in the pocket of the slain Roderigo; and here another: the one of them imports the death of Cassio to be undertook by Roderigo.”

Othello: “O villain!”

Cassio: “Most heathenish and most gross!”

Othello: “How came you, Casio, by that handkerchief that was my wife’s?”

Cassio: “I found it in my chamber; and he himself confessed it even now that there he dropped it.”

Othello: “O fool, fool, fool!”

Lodovico: “You must go with us. Your power and command is taken off, and Cassio rules in Cyprus. For this slave, if there be any cunning cruelty that can torment him much and hold him long, it shall be his.”

Othello: “Soft you; a word or two before you go. I pray you, in your letters, speak of me as I am; one that loved not wisely, but too well; of one not easily jealous, but, being wrought, perplexed in the extreme. Set you down this: Aleppo once, where a malignant Turk beat a Venetian, I took by the throat the circumcised dog, and smote him – thus.”

Othello stabs himself

Lodovico: “O bloody period!”

Othello falls on the bed with Desdemona and Emilia and dies

Cassio: “He was great of heart.”

Lodovico: (to Iago) “O Spartan dog, look upon the tragic loading of this bed. This is thy work. To you, Lord Governor, remains the censure of this hellish villain; the time, the place, the torture – O, enforce it! Myself will straight abroad; and to the state this heavy act with heavy heart relate.”

Analysis

Othello hovers over Desdemona’s bed and prepares to kill her, as this final act gets underway. Desdemona awakens and they discuss her death. Othello claims she must die but Desdemona knows she is guiltless and asks for the reason. He claims he has been furnished with proof. Iago has informed him of Cassio’s confession. He smothers his innocent wife. Emilia arrives and he informs her that he has murdered Desdemona because she was a whore. Emilia, who knows better, screams for help and Montano, Gratiano and Iago all arrive. The truth spills out and Iago attempts to kill Emilia before she can say more. But it is too late. It finally becomes clear that Othello has been set up all along by Iago and he lunges at Iago, wounding him with his sword. Iago manages to stab Emilia and escape. In her dying words, Emilia assures Othello that Desdemona was wholly innocent. The entire truth is presented thanks to a letter found in Roderigo’s pocket. Just before they take Othello away to Venice to stand trial for the murder of Desdemona he pulls out a knife and kills himself, falling on the bed with Desdemona and Emilia.

This is a play about jealousy. Iago was initially jealous that Othello passed him over for a promotion that went to Cassio. This was his motivation, other than a suspicion that Othello had lay with Iago’s wife. Iago then turns his jealousy into revenge and creates a doomsday jealousy in Othello, which eventually brings down Roderigo, Desdemona, Emilia, Othello, and yes, eventually, after much torture, Iago himself. Honest Iago fooled them all until it was too late. The murder of Desdemona is extremely hard to watch. I always want to stand up and scream ‘NO’ as he puts that pillow over her innocent face. Partly, this is because we know as well as Emilia does how innocent Desdemona is and partly because the smothering occurs on stage, so we must actually watch it. Lady Macbeth (Macbeth), Cordelia (King Lear) and Ophelia (Hamlet) all die offstage, where Lavinia is brutally ravaged as well, in Titus Andronicus. The only other scene that causes me to wince as much as Desdemona’s death is the blinding of Gloucester in King Lear, which we also must watch, bloody spectacle that it is. Iago is an accomplished villain, up there with Richard III and Edmund (King Lear), and he takes all of us along on his revenge upon the Moor. Othello (1604) will be followed by Macbeth (1605), King Lear (1605-06), Timon of Athens (1605-06) Antony and Cleopatra (1606) and Coriolanus (1608), before Shakespeare closes the door on his tragedies and turns to romantic comedies (Pericles, Cymbeline and The Winter’s Tale) and a few collaborations (Henry VIII and The Two Noble Kinsmen) before closing out his career as playwright with the signature swan song The Tempest.

Final Thoughts

Shakespeare would have encountered ‘A Moorish Captain’ by Giraldi Cintheo (1565) when it was translated into French in 1583. The very first staging of Othello was on 1 November 1604 at Whitehall Palace, attended by Queen Elizabeth and starring Richard Burbage as the Moor. In 1660 Margaret Hughes played Desdemona and was the first woman to perform legally on the English stage. From Shakespeare’s day right up to the 19th century, the actor portraying Othello was always played by a white man. Ira Aldridge was the first black actor to portray Othello on the London stage in 1825. Verdi wrote a very famous opera for the play in 1887. Paul Robeson first played Othello in 1930 at the age of 32, opposite Peggy Ashcroft, and continued to play him well into his seventies. Lawrence Fishburne and Paul Scofield were also very well noted Othellos, as was Lawrence Olivier. Olivier also starred as Iago to Ralph Richardson’s Othello in 1938. In 1951 Richard Burton and John Neville alternated roles on a nightly basis between the two lead characters and there was a 1960’s rock musical version entitled ‘Catch My Soul’. Anthony Hopkins played the lead in 1981, as well. Youtube has several excellent full stage productions, including the 1965 version starring Lawrence Olivier and Derek Jacobi and a 2019 show put on by the African American Shakespeare Company. There are several full films of Othello, including the well regarded 1995 version starring Lawrence Fishburne and Kenneth Branagh and a more recent 2016 production. As usual, there are many short clips and a host of lectures and analysis.

The Tempest

Introduction

Twelve years before the start of the play Prospero’s wicked brother, Antonio, took advantage of Prospero’s preoccupation with the magic arts to exile him from his position as the Duke of Milan. Prospero and his daughter, Miranda, have lived on a remote and significantly enchanted island ever since, along with the spirit Ariel and the monster Caliban. As we begin our story Prospero learns that a ship is in the vicinity of his island and that Antonio, his brother, is on board along with his partner in crime, Alonso, the King of Naples and Alonso’s brother, Sebastian. Prospero raises a storm (the tempest) to force them onto his island where he can control them and perhaps right some wrongs and teach some valued lessons. His spirit, Ariel, torments the new arrivals according to Prospero’s direction. Alonso believes his son, Ferdinand, has drowned in the wreckage, but Prospero has taken Ferdinand and Miranda and he have fallen hopelessly in love. Prospero schools the young couple toward their marriage. Caliban plots with the butler Stephano and the jester Trinculo to kill Prospero, as they wander the island drunk and ineffective. Ariel convinces Prospero to show mercy on the humans and he pardons them all, grants Ariel his freedom, gives up his magic and is rightfully restored as the Duke of Milan, where he plans to return and govern wisely.

For 12 years Prospero has loved his daughter , practiced his magic and simmered for revenge of those who unseated him from Milan. Miranda has grown into a beautiful young woman and now his chance for revenge has drifted right to his island. He gets revenge enough before Ariel and Miranda soften his heart enough in the end that he releases them and abandons his magic powers and secures his position once again as the Duke of Milan. Miranda came to the island as a near infant and has seen no other human but her father. When she meets Ferdinand she falls completely in love with him. They both have a wonderful innocence and innate goodness about them and they bring about a much needed transformation in the previously bitter Prospero. Miranda is the final of Shakespeare’s romantic heroines and she may be the finest of them all. Ariel is an invisible spirit who longs to be free. He is a big hearted spirit and teaches something of his simple goodness to Prospero before being set free. He may remind readers of Puck from A Midsummer Night’s Dream. Caliban, on the other hand, is a creature born of a witch and a sea monster. Although principally a comic character, he is earthy and dangerous and hates Prospero, who controls him utterly. He is essentially nature without nurture personified. He is a brute and a savage. His very name is an anagram of cannibal.

The Tempest is one of Shakespeare’s true masterpieces. It is also his final play, in which as Prospero, we hear him surrender his magic art before retiring to Stratford for good. Nowhere else is Shakespeare’s presence suggested more strongly than in the character of Prospero. There is certainly an autobiographical component for the Bard in The Tempest. ‘Our revels now are ended. These our actors, as I foretold you, were all spirits, and are melted into air; and, like the baselesss fabric of this vision, the cloud capped towers, the gorgeous palaces, the solemn temples, the great globe itself, yea, all which it inherit, shall dissolve, and, like the insubstantial pageant faded, leave not a rack behind. We are such stuff as dreams are made on; and our little life is rounded with a sleep. Sir, I am vexed; bear with my weakness; my old brain is troubled: be not disturbed with my infirmity.’ ‘This rough magic I here abjure. I’ll drown my book.’ Both Shakespeare and Prospero return to where they were before their days of magic: The Bard to Stratford-Upon-Avon and Prospero to Milan. The latest arrivals on the island stumble into a ‘brave new world’ and must reinvent that world and themselves according to their own moral perceptions. Some find a heaven, others a hell. It was only thirty years earlier that English explorers discovered their own ‘brave new world’ across the Atlantic in North America, where they created a New-found-land. Only two years before this play a crew of new colonists had become shipwrecked in Bermuda. This story of theirs was hugely popular when Shakespeare penned The Tempest. In fact, The Tempest is often portrayed today as a play about a colonist (Prospero) who enslaves the local population (Caliban) of a new found land. Caliban thus becomes a heroic freedom fighter. The play has become highly politicized therefore. It seems unquestionably the most sophisticated of the comedies, perhaps exceeding even Twelfth Night, Measure for Measure and The Winter’s Tale. And it is indeed a romantic-comedy, highlighted by the Prospero-Ariel relationship. Nobody is hurt in the play and in the end forgiveness is extended to everyone. This is a wonderful play about magic and wonder.

Act I (2 scenes)

Scene i

On a ship at sea in a tempest

Enter Boatswain, Alonso, Antonio, Gonzalo, Sebastian

Alonso: “Good Boatswain, have care.”

Boatswain: “I pray now, keep below. You mar our labour: keep to your cabins; you do assist the storm. What cares these roarers for the name of king? To your cabins! Trouble us not.”

Gonzalo: “Good, yet remember whom thou hast aboard.”

Boatswain: “None that I more love than myself. You are a counsellor; if you can command these elements to silence, and work the peace of the present, we will not hand a rope more. Use your authority; if you cannot, give thanks you have lived so long, and make yourself ready in your cabin for the mischance of the hour. Out of our way, I say.”

Gonzalo: “I have great comfort from this fellow. Methinks he hath no drowning mark upon him; his complexion is perfect gallows. If he be not born to be hanged, our case is miserable.”

Boatswain: (a cry within) “A plague upon this howling! They are louder than the weather. Yet again! What do you hear? Have you a mind to sink?”

Sebastian: “A pox on your throat, you bawling, blasphemous, uncharitable dog!”

Boatswain: “Work you, then.”

Antonio: “Hang, cur. We are less afraid to be drowned than thou art.”

Enter Mariners, wet

Mariners: “All lost! To prayers, to prayers! All lost!”

Gonzalo: “The King and Prince at prayers! Let’s assist them, for our case is as theirs. Mercy on us! We split! We split! Farewell, my wife and children! Now would I give a thousand furlongs of sea for an acre of barren ground. The wills above be done, but I would fain die a dry death.”

Analysis

A very intense storm is destroying a vessel as the Boatswain does all he can to save the ship and crew. Some of the lords come up to remind the boatswain of just who is on board. (the King of Naples, the Duke of Milan and many lords and attendants). He cares not, but only wants to save the ship and himself. By the end of the scene the situation is hopeless and everyone prepares to die. But this is no typical tempest. This one was concocted by Prospero, our magician protagonist. He has wrought this storm in order to gather these specific people together on his island to get revenge for what has been done to him. We learn much more about this in the next scene. This is a play about magic and this storm is an example of such an event. We are also introduced to a conflict throughout the play between masters and servants, as the Boatswain is doing his best to survive the storm, while the lords are chirping at him about who is on board. This conflict will be much further developed once we reach the island. This is a most dramatic visual first scene when attending a live performance of The Tempest. Lots of screaming and panic, chaos and fear, thunder and rain, etc…

Act I

Scene ii

The island, before Prospero’s cell

Enter Prospero and Miranda

Miranda: “If by your art, my dearest father, you have put the wild waters in this roar, allay them. O, I have suffered with those that I saw suffer! A brave vessel, who had no doubt some noble creatures in her, dashed all to pieces! O, the cry did knock against my very heart! Poor souls, they perished.”

Prospero: ” Be collected; no more amazement; tell your piteous heart there’s no harm done. No harm. I have done nothing but in care of thee, my dear one, thee, my daughter, who art ignorant of what thou art, nought knowing of whence I am, nor that I am more better than Prospero, master of a full poor cell, and thy no greater father. ‘Tis time I should inform thee farther; have comfort. The dire spectacle of the wreck, which touched the very virtue of compassion in thee, I have with such provision in my art so safely ordered that there is no soul – not so much as a hair betides to any creature in the vessel which thou heard cry, which thou saw sink. Sit down, for thou must now know farther.”

Miranda: “You have often begun to tell me what I am; but stopped, concluding ‘stay, not yet’.”

Prospero: “The hour’s now come; obey and be attentive. Can thou remember a time before we came unto this cell? I do not think thou can; for then thou was not three years old.”

Miranda: “Certainly, sir, I can. ‘Tis far off, and rather like a dream. Had I not four or five women once, that tended me?”

Prospero: “Thou had, and more, Miranda. What see’st thou else in the dark backward and abysm of time? How thou came here thou may’st.”

Miranda: “But that I do not.”

Pprospero: “Twelve years since, Miranda, thy father was the Duke of Milan.”

Miranda: “What foul play had we that we came from thence? Or blessed was it we did?”

Prospero: “Both, both, my girl. By foul play, as thou say, were we heaved thence; my brother and thy uncle, called Antonio, he, whom next to thyself of all the world I loved, and to him put the manage of my state. The government I cast upon my brother, thy false uncle, new created the creatures that were mine and set all hearts in the state to what tune pleased his ear. I thus neglected worldly ends, all dedicated to the bettering of my mind. In my false brother awakened an evil nature; hence his ambition growing – Dost thou here?”

Miranda: Your tale, sir, would cure deafness.”

Prospero: “He thinks me now incapable; confederate with the King of Naples, to give him annual tribute and do him homage.”

Miranda: “To think but nobly of my grandmother: good wombs have borne bad sons.”

Prospero: “This King of Naples, being an enemy to me, hearkens my brother’s suit; which was, that he should presently extirpate me and mine out of the dukedom, and confer fair Milan with all the honours on my brother. Whereon, a treacherous army levied, one midnight did Antonio open the gates of Milan; and in the dead of darkness hurried thence me and thy crying self.”

Miranda: “Wherefore did they not that hour destroy us?”

Prospero: “Well demanded! Dear, they dare not, so dear the love my people bore me; they hurried us aboard a bark; bore us some leagues to sea; there they hoisted us to cry to the sea, that roared to us.”

Miranda: “How came we ashore?”

Prospero: “By providence divine. Some food we had and some fresh water that Gonzalo, out of his charity, did give us, with necessities, of his gentleness. Knowing I loved my books, he furnished me from my own library with volumes that I prized above my dukedom.”

Miranda: “Would I might but ever see that man!”

Prospero: “Here in this island we arrived.”

Miranda: “And now, I pray you, sir, your reason for raising this sea-storm?”

Prospero: “By accident most strange, bountiful fortune, hath my enemies brought to this shore; here cease more questions; thou art inclined to sleep; ’tis a good dullness, and give it way.”

Miranda sleeps

Prospero: “Come way, servant, come; I am ready now. Approach, my Ariel, come.”

Enter Ariel

Ariel: “All hail, great master! I come to answer thy best pleasure.”

Prospero: “Hast thou, spirit, performed to point the tempest that I bade thee?”

Ariel: “To every article. The deck, in every cabin, I flamed amazement, the fire and cracks of sulphurous roaring.”

Prospero: “My brave spirit! Who was so firm, so constant, that this coil would not infect his reason?”

Ariel: “Not a soul but felt a fever of the mad, and played some tricks of desperation. All but mariners plunged in the foamy brine, and quit the vessel. Then, the King’s son, Ferdinand, with hair up-staring, was the first man that leapt; cried ‘hell is empty, and all the devils are here’.”

Prospro: “Why, that’s my spirit! But are they, Ariel, safe?”

Ariel: “Not a hair perished; not a blemish, but fresher than before, and, as thou bad’st me, in troops I have dispersed them about the isle. The King’s son have I landed by himself.”

Prospero: “Of the King’s ship, the mariners, say how thou hast disposed, and all the rest of the fleet.”

Ariel: “Safely in harbour is the King’s ship; there she’s hid; the mariners all under hatches stowed, who, I have left asleep; and for the rest of the fleet, which I dispersed, they all are upon the Mediterranean, bound sadly home for Naples, supposing that they saw the King’s ship wrecked, and his great person perish.”

Prospero: “Ariel, thy charge exactly is performed; but there’s more work.”

Ariel: “Is there more toil? Since thou dost give me pains, let me remember thee what thou hast promised, which is not yet performed me.”

Prospero: “How now, moody?What is it thou can demand?”

Ariel: “My liberty.”

Prospero: “Before the time be out? No more!”

Ariel: “I prithee, remember I have done thee worthy service, told thee no lies, made thee no mistakes, served without grudge or grumblings. Thou did promise to bait me for a full year.”

Prospero: “Dost thou forget from what a torment I did free thee?”

Ariel: “No.”

Prospero: “Thou dost.”

Ariel: “I do not, sir.”

Prospero: “Thou liest, malignant thing. Hast thou forgot the foul witch Sycorax.”

Ariel: “No sir.”

Prospero: “Thou, my slave, was then her servant; she did confine thee, in her most unmitigable rage, into a cloven pine; within which imprisoned thou did painfully remain a dozen years; within which space she died, and left thee there. Then was this island – save for the son that she did litter here – not honoured with a human shape.”

Ariel: “Yes, Caliban, her son.”

Prospero: “Dull thing, I say so, he, that Caliban, whom now I keep in service. Thou best knows what torment I did find thee in; thy groans did make wolves howl; it was a torment to lay upon the damned. It was my art, when I arrived and heard thee, that let thee out.”

Ariel: “I thank thee, master.”

Prospero: “If thou more murmurs I will rend an oak and peg thee in his knotty entrails, till thou has howled away twelve winters.”

Ariel: “Pardon, master; I will be correspondent to command.”

Prospero: “Do so; and after two days I will discharge thee.”

Ariel: “That’s my noble master! What shall I do? Say what.”

Prospero: “Go make thyself subject to no sight but thine and mine, invisible to every eyeball else. Go hence with diligence!”

Exit Ariel

Prospero: “We’ll visit Caliban, my slave, who never yields us kind answer.”

Miranda: “‘Tis a villain, sir, I do not love to look on.”

Prospero: “But he does make our fire, fetch our wood, and serves in offices that profit us. What ho! Slave! Caliban!”

Caliban: “There’s wood enough.”

Prospero: “Come forth, I say; there’s other business for thee. Come, thou tortoise! When? Thou poisonous slave, come forth.”

Caliban: “A wicked dew drop on you both! A south-west blow on ye and blister you all over.”

Prospero: “For this, be sure, tonight thou shall have cramps; thou shall be pinched, each pinch more stinging.”

Caliban: “This island’s mine, by Sycorax, my mother, which thou takes from me. When thou came first, thou stroked me and made much of me, would give me water with berries in it, and then I loved thee, and showed thee all the qualities of the isle. Cursed be I that did so! All the charms of Sycorax, toads, beetles, bats, light on you! Here you sty me in this hard rock, while you do keep me from the rest of the island.”

Prospero: “Thou most lying slave, I have use thee, filth as thou art, with human care, and lodged thee in my own cell, till thou did seek to violate the honour of my child.”

Caliban: “O ho, O ho! Would it had been done. Thou did prevent me; I had peopled else this isle with Calibans.”

Miranda: “Abhorred slave, being capable of all ill! I pitied thee, took pains to make thee speak, taught thee each hour one thing or another. But thy vile race, though thou did learn, had that in it which good natures could not abide to be with; therefore was thou deservedly confined into this rock.”

Caliban: “You taught me language, and my profit of it is I know how to curse.”

Prospero: “Hag-seed, hence! Fetch us fuel. If thou neglects, or does unwillingly what I command, I’ll wrack thee with old cramps, fill all thy bones with aches, make thee roar, that beasts shall tremble at thy din.”

Caliban: “No, pray thee. (aside) I must obey. His art is of such power it would control my dam’s god, Setebos, and make a vassal of him.”

Prospero: “So, slave; hence!”

Exit Caliban

Enter Ariel invisible, playing music and singing, with Ferdinand following

Ferdinand: “Where should this music be? In the air or the earth? Surely, it waits upon some god of the island. Weeping again the King my father’s wreck, this music crept by me upon the waters, allaying both their fury and my passion with its sweet air; thence I have followed it, or it hath drawn me rather. I hear it now above me.”

Prospero: “The fringed curtains of thine eye advance and say what thou sees.”

Miranda: “What is it? A spirit? Believe me, sir, it carries a brave form. But ’tis a spirit.”

Prospero: “No, wench; it eats and sleeps and has such senses as we have. This gallant that thou sees was in the wreck; and but he’s something stained with grief, that’s beauty’s canker, thou might call him a goodly person. He has lost his fellows, and strays about to find them.”

Miranda: “I might call him a divine thing; for nothing natural I ever saw so noble.”

Prospero: (aside) “It goes on, I see, as my soul prompts it.”

Ferdinand: “Most sure, the goddess on whom these airs attend! May know if you remain on this island; and that you will some good instruction give how I may bear me here. My prime request is, O you wonder! If you be maid or no?”

Miranda: “No wonder, sir; but certainly a maid.”

Ferdinand: “My language? heavens!”

Prospero: “What were thou, if the King of Naples heard thee?”

Ferdinand; “A single thing that wonders to hear thee speak of Naples. Myself am Naples, who beheld the King my father’s wreck.”

Prospero: “Delicate Ariel, I’ll set thee free for this. (to Ferdinand) A word, good sir; I fear you have done yourself some wrong.”

Miranda: “Why speaks my father so ungently? This is the third man that ever I saw; the first that ever I sighed for. Pity move my father to be inclined my way!”

Ferdinand: “O, if a virgin, and your affections not gone forth, I’ll make you the Queen of Naples.

Prospero: “Soft, sir! One word more. (aside) They are both in either’s powers; but this swift business I must uneasy make, lest too light winning make the prize light. (to Ferdinand) One word, I charge thee that thou attend me: thou dost put thyself upon this island as a spy, to win it from me, the lord on it.”

Ferdinand: “No, as I am a man.”

Miranda: “There’s nothing ill can dwell in such a temple.”

Prospero: “Speak not you for him; he’s a traitor. Come; I’ll manacle thy neck and feet together. Sea-water shall thou drink; thy food shall be withered roots and husks.”

Ferdinand: “No. I will resist such entertainment till mine enemy has more power.”

Ferdinand draws and is charmed from moving

Miranda: “O dear father, make not too rash a trail of him, for he’s gentle.”

Prospero: “Put up thy sword, traitor; for I can here disarm thee with this stick and make thy weapon drop.”

Miranda: “Sir, have pity.”

Prospero: “Silence! One more word shall make me chide thee. What! An advocate for an imposter! Hush! Thou thinks there are no more such shapes as he, having seen but him and Caliban, and they to him are angels.”

Miranda: “I have no ambition to see a goodlier man.”

Prospero: “Come on; obey. Thy nerves are in their infancy again.”

Ferdinand: “So they are; My spirits, as in a dream, are all bound up in my father’s loss, the weakness which I feel, the wreck of all my friends, this man’s threats to whom I am subdued, are but light to me, might I but through my prison once a day behold this maid. Space enough have I in such a prison.”

Prospero: (aside) “It works.”

Miranda: “My father’s of a better nature, sir, than he appears by speech; this is unwonted, which now came from him.”

Analysis

This 500 line scene follows up on the tempest itself. Miranda, Prospero’s daughter, has witnessed it and appeals to her father on behalf of the people on board the ships. Prospero assures her that nobody was hurt, that it was his magic that caused the storm and that it is time they talked about where they came from and who he is. They came from Milan where he was Duke before his brother, Antonio, conspired with Alonso, the King of Naples, to seize his dukedom and banish both he and Miranda to the sea and their likely deaths. But Prospero is very learned in the art of magic and he managed to enable them to safely arrive on the island they have been on now for 12 years. It was sheer luck that his enemies have just now floated so near their island, enabling Prospero to cause the storm which lands them within his reach. He has used his magic to ensure they are not harmed, but now he will finally engineer the revenge he has so long sought. He has had Ariel, his spirit, disperse them around the very parts of the island, as he chooses. Ariel wants to be set free, but Prospero needs this one task completed first. 

Act II (2 scenes)

Scene i

Another part of the island

Enter Alonso, Sebastian, Antonio, Gonzalo, Adrian and Francisco

Gonzalo: “Beseech you, sir, be merry; you have cause. So have we all, of joy; for our escape is much beyond our loss. For the miracle, few in millions can speak like us. Then wisely, good sir, weigh our sorrow with our comfort.”

Alonso: “Prithee, peace. The air breathes upon us here most sweetly.”

Gonzalo: “Here is everything advantageous to life.”

Antonio: “True, save means to live.”

Sebastian: “Of that there’s none, or little.”

Gonzalo: “But the rarity of it is that our garments being, as they were, drenched in the sea, hold their freshness. Methinks our garments are now as fresh as when we put them on.”

Alonso: “My son is lost. What strange fish hath made his meal on thee?”

Francisco: “Sir, he may live; I saw him beat the surges; he trod the water and oared himself with his good arms in lusty stroke to the shore. I doubt not that he came alive to land.”

Alonso: “No, no, he’s gone.”

Sebastian: “We have lost your son, I fear, forever.”

Gonzalo: “My lord Sebastian, the truth you speak doth lack some gentleness, and time to speak it in; you rub the sore, when you should bring the plaster.”

Enter Ariel, playing music

All fall asleep except Alonso, Sebastian and Antonio

Antonio: “We two, my lord, will guard your person while you take your rest, and watch your safety.”

Alonso: “Thank you – wondrous heavy.”

Alonso sleeps

Sebastian: “What a strange drowsiness possesses them! Why does it not then our eyelids sink? I find not myself disposed to sleep.”

Antonio: “Nor I; methinks I see it in thy face, what thou should be; my strong imagination sees a crown dropping upon thy head. Noble Sebastian, thou let’s thy fortune sleep – die rather; while thou are waking. The King’s son, tis impossible that he’s undrowned.”

Sebastian: “I have no hope that he is undrowned.”

Antonio: “O, out of that ‘no hope’ what great hope have you! No hope that way is another way so high a hope. Will you grant with me that Ferdinand is drowned?”

Sebastian: “He’s gone.”

Antonio: “Then tell me, who’s the next heir of Naples? O that you bore the mind that I do! Do you understand me?”

Sebastian: “I remember you did supplant your brother Prospero.”

Antonio: “True. And look how well my garments sit upon me; my brother’s servants are now my men.”

Sebastian: “But, for your conscience?”

Antonio: “Ay, sir; where lies that? Here lies your brother; if he were that which now he’s like – that’s dead; whom I with this obedient steel can lay to bed forever.”

Sebastian: “As thou got Milan, I’ll come by Naples. Draw thy sword. One stroke shall free thee from the tribute which thou pays; and I the king shall love thee.”

Antonio: “Draw together, and when I rear my hand, do you the like, to fall it on Gonzalo.”

Enter Ariel

Ariel: “My master through his art foresees the danger that you, his friend, are in; and sends me forth – for else his project dies – to keep them living.”

Ariel sings in Gonzalo’s ear

Antonio: “Then let us both be sudden.”

Gonzalo:”Now, good angels preserve the King!”

Alonso: “Why, how now? Why are you drawn?”

Gonzalo: “What’s the matter?”

Sebastian: “Whiles we stood here securing you repose, we heard a hollow burst of bellowing; did it not wake you?”

Alonso: “I heard nothing.”

Antonio: “Sure it was the roar of a whole herd of lions.”

Alonso: “Heard you this, Gonzalo?”

Gonzalo: “A humming did awake me; I shook you, sir, and cried; as my eyes opened, I saw their weapons drawn – there was a noise, that’s verily.”

Alonso: “Let’s make further search for my poor son. Lead the way.”

Analysis

While Alonso searches hopelessly for his son, Fernando, we already know that he is safe and falling in love with Miranda, Prospero’s daughter. While all but Sebastian and Antonio fall asleep, the two of them discuss murdering Alonso so that Sebastian can take over Naples just as Antonio has done in Milan, by usurping a brother’s crown. Just as they draw their swords to murder Alonso and Gonzalo, Ariel enters and distracts them with singing, which awakens both King Alonso and Gonzalo. Gonzalo shouts ‘preserve the King’ and this stirs everyone awake. We can now see the difference between the good Ferdinand and the good Gonzalo compared to the more evil and sinister Sebastian and Antonio, prepared, as they were, to murder the King, Alonso, just as they usurped Prospero’s title and left he and Miranda essentially to die at sea. 

Act II

Scene ii

Another part of the island

Enter Caliban with a burden of wood

Caliban: “All the infections that the sun sucks up from bogs on Prospero fall, and make him a disease.”

Enter Trinculo

Caliban: “Here comes a spirit of his to torment me for bringing wood in slowly. I’ll fall flat.”

Trinculo: “Here’s neither bush nor shrub to bear off any weather at all, and another storm is brewing. I know not where to hide my head. What have we hear? A man or a fish? Dead or alive? a fish: he smells like a fish. A strange fish. Were I in England now, there would this monster make a man. He’s legged like a man and his fins are like arms. I do now let loose my opinion: this is no fish, but an islander. (thunder) Alas, the storm has come again! My best way is to creep under his gaberdine; misery acquaints a man with strange bedfellows.”

Enter Stephano, singing, and drinking from a bottle in his hand

Stephano: “I shall no more to sea; here shall I die ashore. Here’s my comfort.”

Caliban: “Do not torment me, O.”

Stephano: “Have we devils here? Ha! I have not escaped drowning to be afeared now of your four legs. This is some monster of the isle with four legs. Where the devil should he learn our language? If I can recover him, and keep him tame, and get to Naples with him, he’s a present for any emperor.”

Caliban: “Do not torment me.”

Stephano: “He shall taste of my bottle.”

Caliban: “Thou does me yet but little hurt.”

Stephano: “Open your mouth; here is that which will give language to you. Open your mouth.”

Trinculo: “I should know that voice; it should be – but he is drowned; and these are devils. O, defend me!”

Stephano: “Four legs and two voices; a most delicate monster! His forward voice, now, is to speak well of his friend; his backward voice is to utter foul speeches and to detract. Come – Amen! I will pour some in thy other mouth.”

Trinculo: “Stephano!”

Stephano: “Doth thy other mouth call me? Mercy, mercy! This is a devil and no monster.”

Trinculo: “Stephano! If thou be Stephano speak to me; for I am Trinculo.”

Stephano: “If thou be Trinculo, come forth; I’ll pull thee by the lesser legs.”

Trinculo: “Art thou not drowned, Stephano? I hid me under the dead moon-calf’s gaberdine for fear of the storm.”

Caliban: (aside) “These be fine things. And bears celestial liquor. I will kneel to him.”

Stephano: “How did thou escape? Swear by this bottle how thou came hither.”

Caliban: “I’ll swear upon that bottle to be thy true subject, for the liquor is not earthly.”

Stephano: (passing the bottle) “Here, kiss the book.”

Trinculo: “O Stephano, hast any more of this?”

Stephano: “My cellar is in a rock by the seaside, where my wine is hid. How now, moon-calf!”

Caliban: “Hast thou not dropped from heaven?”

Stephano: “Come, kiss the book. I will furnish it anon with new contents.”

Caliban drinks

Trinculo: “This is a very shallow monster. A most poor credulous monster. Well drawn, monster!”

Caliban: “I’ll show thee every fertile inch of the island; and I will kiss thy foot. I prithee, be my god.”

Trinculo: “A most perfidious and drunken monster!”

Caliban: “I’ll kiss thy foot; I’ll swear myself thy subject.”

Trinculo: “I shall laugh myself to death at this puppy-headed monster. A most scurvy monster! I could find in my heart to beat him.”

Caliban: “I’ll show thee the best springs; I’ll pluck thee berries; I’ll fish for thee, and get thee wood enough. A plague upon the tyrant that I serve! I’ll bear him no more sticks, but follow thee, thou wondrous man.”

Trinculo: “A most ridiculous monster, to make a wonder of a poor drunkard!”

Caliban: “Let me bring thee where crabs grow and instruct thee how to snare the nimble marmoset.”

Stephano: “Lead the way without any more talking.”

Caliban: (sings drunkenly) Farewell, master.”

Trinculo: “A howling monster; a drunken monster.”

Caliban: “Caliban has a new master! Freedom, freedom!”

Stephano: “O brave monster! Lead the way.”

Analysis

Caliban thinks Trinculo is one of Prospero’s spirits and lies down to hide under his cloak. Trinculo hears the storm coming and climbs under the cloak for safety. He cannot decide whether Caliban is a man or a fish. Stephano enters with a bottle of booze and sees the cloak with four legs sticking out of it and assumes it is a four legged monster. Stephano offers the monster a drink in both of its mouths. Stephano and Trinculo recognize one another and Caliban loves the liquor so much he believes that Stephano is a god worthy of being worshipped. The two men think Caliban a most curious monster and Caliban promises to take them all over the island and show them springs, berries and wood. Trinculo and Stephano, a butler and a jester from the ship, are comic foils to the main action in the play and one might have thought that Caliban would know better, except the liquor presides him otherwise, at least for the time being. 

Act III (3 scenes)

Scene I

Before Prospero’s cell

Enter Ferdinand, bearing logs

Ferdinand: “There be some sports are painful. This my mean task would be as heavy to me as odious, but the mistress which I serve quickens what’s dead, and makes my labours pleasures. I must remove some thousands of these logs, and pile them up; my sweet mistress weeps when she sees me work.”

Enter Miranda, and Prospero unseen

Miranda: “Alas, now; pray you, work not so hard. Set it down and rest. My father is hard at study; pray, now, rest yourself. If you’ll sit down, I’ll bear your logs the while; pray give me that; I’ll carry it to the pile.”

Ferdinand: “No, precious creature; I had rather crack my sinews, break my back, than you should such dishonour undergo.”

Miranda: “You look wearily.”

Ferdinand: “No, noble mistress; ’tis fresh morning with me when you are by at night. What is your name?”

Miranda: “Miranda.”

Ferdinand: “Admired Miranda! Indeed the top of admiration. O you, so perfect and so peerless, are created of every creature’s best!”

Miranda: “I do not know one of my sex; no woman’s face remember, save, from my glass, mine own; nor have I seen more that I may call men than you, good friend, and my dear father. But I would not wish any companion in the world but you.”

Ferdinand: “I am, in my condition, a prince, Miranda. Hear my soul speak: the very instant that I saw you, did my heart fly to your service; and for your sake am I this patient log-man.”

Miranda: “Do you love me?”

Ferdinand: “O heaven, O earth, I, beyond all limit of what else in the world, do love, prize, honour you.”

Miranda: “I am a fool to weep at what I am glad of.”

Prospero: (aside) “Fair encounter of two most rare affections!”

Ferdinand: “Wherefore you weep?”

Miranda: “At mine unworthiness, that dare not offer what I desire to give, and much less take what I shall die to want. Hence, bashful cunning! I am your wife, if you will marry me; if not, I’ll die your maid. My husband, then?”

Ferdinand: “Ay. Here’s my hand.”

Miranda: “And mine, with my heart in it. And now farewell till half an hour hence.”

Exit Ferdinand and Miranda separately 

Analysis

Ferdinand seems to have taken over Caliban’s job of moving logs. But he doesn’t mind at all as it serves to advance his relationship with Miranda. They are quickly falling in love with one another. Indeed, she asks him if he loves her and he answers enthusiastically. They determine to marry. Prospero has been listening and watching them and this seems a part of his master plan of managing the events surrounding the tempest he has raised. He is proud of his daughter, approves of her choice but remains somewhat sad to see her finally growing up and discovering the world. Prospero does not give up control easily.

Act III

Scene ii

Another part of the island

Enter Caliban, Stephano and Trinculo

Stephano: “Drink, servant-monster, when I bid thee. My man-monster hath drowned his tongue in sack. Thou shalt be my lieutenant, monster. Moon-calf, speak.”

Caliban: “How does thy honour? Let me lick thy shoe. I’ll not serve him; he is not valiant.”

Trinculo: “Thou liest, most ignorant monster. Will thou tell a monstrous lie, being but half a fish and half a monster?”

Caliban: “Lo, how he mocks me! Will thou let him, my lord? Bite him to death, I prithee.”

Stephano: “Trinculo, keep a good tongue in your head. The poor monster’s my subject, and he shall not suffer indignity.”

Caliban: “I thank my noble lord.”

Enter Ariel, invisible

Caliban: “I am subject to a tyrant, a sorcerer, that by his cunning hath cheated me of the island.”

Ariel: “Thou liest.”

Caliban: “Thou liest, thou jesting monkey, thou; I would my valiant master would destroy thee. I do not lie.”

Stephano: “Trinculo, if you trouble him any more, I will supplant some of your teeth.”

Trinculo: “Why, I said nothing.”

Caliban: “Thou shalt be lord of it all, and I’ll serve thee.”

Stephano: “Can you bring me to the party?”

Caliban: “Yea, my lord; I’ll yield him thee asleep, where thou may knock a nail into his head.”

Ariel: “Thou liest; thou cannot.”

Caliban: “Thou scurvy patch! I do beseech thy greatness, give him blows, and take his bottle from him.”

Stephano: “Trinculo, run into no further danger; interrupt the monster one word further and, by this hand, I’ll turn my mercy out of doors, and make a stock-fish of thee.”

Trinculo: “Why, what did I? I did nothing.”

Stephano: “Did not thou say he lied?”

Ariel: “Thou liest.”

Stepano: “Do I so? Take thou that. (beats him) As you like this, give me the lie another time.”

Trinculo: “I did not give the lie. Out of your wits and hearing too? A pox on your bottle! This can sack and drinking do.”

Caliban: “Ha, ha ha! beat him enough; after a little time, I’ll beat him too.”

Stephano: “Come, proceed.”

Caliban: “‘Tis a custom with him in the afternoon to sleep; there thou may brain him, having first seized his books; or with a log batter his skull. Remember, first to possess his books; for without them he is but a sot. Burn but his books. And then most deeply to consider is the beauty of his daughter. She will welcome thy bed, I warrant, and bring thee forth brave brood.”

Stephano: “Monster, I will kill this man; his daughter and I will be king and queen and Trinculo and thyself shall be viceroys. Dost thou like the plot, Trinculo?”

Trinculo:”Excellent.”

Stephano: “Give me thy hand; I am sorry I beat thee.”

Caliban: “Within this half hour will he be asleep. Will thou destroy him then?”

Stephano: “Ay, on my hour.”

Ariel: “This will I tell my master.”

Caliban: “Thou makes me merry; I am full of pleasure.”

Ariel plays music

Trinculo: “This is the tune of our catch, played by the picture of nobody.”

Stephano: “If thou be a man, show thyself in thy likeness.”

Trinculo: “O, forgive me my sins.”

Caliban: “Be not afeared. This isle is full of noises that give delight, and hurt not.”

Stepano: “This will prove a brave kingdom to me, where I shall have my music for nothing.”

Caliban: “When Prospero is destroyed.”

Analysis

We are back with Caliban, Stephano an Trinculo again as they wander the island drunk. Caliban convinces Stephano to kill Prospero, make Miranda his queen and take control of the entire island. Fortunately, Ariel is there and overhears everything. Caliban is very happy to serve his new, drunken, master and be rid of Prospero. But naturally, Arial will inform Prospero of the plot on his life.

Act III

Scene iii

Another part of the island

Enter Alonso, Sebastian, Antonio and Gonzalo

Gonzalo: “I can go no further, sir; my old bones ache. I needs must rest.”

Alonso: “O lord, I cannot blame thee; sit down and rest. Even here I will put off my hope; he is drowned whom thus we stray to find, and the sea mocks our frustrated search on land.”

Antonio: (aside to Sebastian) “Do not, for one repulse, forgo the purpose you resolved.”

Sebastian: (aside to Antonio) “Let it be tonight.”

Music is heard and Prospero is present but invisible. Enter several strange shapes, bringing in a banquet, dancing and inviting the King to eat. They depart.

Alonso: “What harmony is this?”

Gonzalo: “Marvellous, sweet music.”

Sebastian: “Now I will believe that there are unicorns.”

Gonzalo: “If in Naples I should report this, would they believe me? If I should say, I saw such islanders, who though they are of monstrous shape yet, their manners are more gentle than of our human generation you shall find.”

Prospero: (aside) “Honest lord, thou hast said well; for some of you there present are worse than devils.”

Thunder and lightning. Enter Ariel. The banquet vanishes

Ariel: “You are three men of sin, whom destiny has caused to belch you up; you amongst men being most unfit to live. I have made you mad.” 

Alonso, Sebastian and Antonio draw their swords

Ariel: “You fools! The elements of whom your swords are tempered may as well wound the winds; my fellow ministers are invulnerable. Remember, that you three from Milan did supplant good Prospero; him, and his innocent child; for which foul deed the powers, delaying, not forgetting, have incensed the seas and shores against your peace.”

Ariel vanishes in thunder; then music returns along with the shapes, who dance and mock

Prospero: “Bravely hast thou performed, my Ariel. And these mine enemies are all knit up in their distractions. They now are in my power.”

Gonzalo: “Sir, why stand you in this strange stare?”

Alonso: “O, it is monstrous, monstrous! Methought the billows spoke, the wings did sing, and the thunder pronounced the name of Prospero.”

Analysis

King Alonso and his companions are walking all over the island exhausted. Alonso has pretty much given up on finding his son, Ferdinand, alive and Sebastian and Antonio still await an opportunity to kill Alonso and take over the island. Then strange music plays and spirits present a banquet. The visitors can hardly believe their eyes. But just as suddenly Ariel appears as a harpy and the banquet vanishes. Ariel accuses them of the crime of usurping Prospero’s throne and abandoning he and Miranda to the sea. Prospero applauds the work of Ariel, as now his enemies are all under his power and control. This is the highlight of Prospero’s revenge, as his victims are confronted with their crimes and await their punishment.

Act IV (1 scene)

Scene i

Before Prospero’s cell

Enter Prospero, Ferdinand and Miranda

Prospero: “If I have too austerely punished you, your compensation makes amends; for I have given you here a third of mine own life, or that for which I live; all thy vexations were but my trial of thy love, and thou hast strangely stood the test. Then, as my gift, worthily purchased, take my daughter. But if thou does break her virgin-knot before all sanctimonious ceremonies, barren hate, disdain and discord shall bestrew the union of your bed with weeds. Therefore take heed, as Hymen’s lamps shall light you.”

Ferdinand: “As I hope for quiet days, fair issue, and long life, our worser genius can never melt mine honour into lust.”

Prospero: “Fairly spoke. Sit, then, and talk with her; she is thine.”

Enter Ariel

Prospero: “Go bring the rabble here to this place; for I must bestow upon the eyes of this young couple some vanity of mine own art; it is my promise, and they expect it from me.”

Ariel: “Do you love me, master? No?”

Prospero: “Dearly, my delicate Ariel.”

Enter Iris

Iris: “Ceres, most bounteous lady.”

Juno descends in her car

Enter Ceres

Ceres: “Hail, many-coloured messenger. Why hath thy Queen summoned me hither?”

Iris: “A contact of true love to celebrate.”

Ceres: “Highest Queen of state, great Juno, comes.”

Juno: “Go with me to bless this twain, that they may prosperous be and honoured in their issue.”

They sing

Juno: “Honour, riches, marriage-blessing, long continuance, and increasing, hourly joys be still upon you!”

Ceres: “Earth’s increase, barns never empty; vines with clustering bunches growing. Scarcity and want shall shun you., Ceres’ blessing so is on you.”

Ferdinand: “This is a most majestic vision. May I be bold to think these spirits?”

Prospero: “Spirits, which by mine art I have from their confines called to enact my present fancies.”

Ferdinand: “Let me live here ever; so rare a wondered father makes this place paradise.”

Iris: “You nymphs, answer your summons; come, temperate nymphs, and help to celebrate a contract of pure love.”

Enter nymphs

Iris: “Come hither and be merry; make holiday.”

Prospero: (aside) “I had forgot that foul conspiracy of the beast Caliban and his confederates against my life; the minute of their plot is almost come. (to the spirits) Well done; no more!”

Ferdinand: “This is strange; your father’s in some passion that works him strongly.”

Miranda: “Never till this day saw I him touched with anger so distempered.”

Prospero: “You do look, my son, as if you were dismayed; be cheerful, sir. Our revels now are ended. These our actors, as I foretold you, were all spirits, and are melted into air, into thin air; and, like the basic fabric of this vision, the cloud-capped towers, the gorgeous palaces, the solemn temples, the great globe itself, yea, all which it inherit, shall dissolve, and, like this insubstantial pageant faded, leave not a rack behind. We are such stuff as dreams are made on; and our little life is rounded with a sleep. Sir, I am vexed; bear with my weakness; my old brain is troubled; be not disturbed with my infirmity, A turn or two I’ll walk to still my beating mind. Ariel, come.”

Ariel: “Thy thoughts I cleave too. What’s thy pleasure?”

Prospero: “Spirit, we must prepare to meet with Caliban.”

Ariel: “They were red hot with drinking, yet always bending towards their project.”

Prospero: “A devil, a born devil, on whose nature nurture can never stick; and as with age his body uglier grows, so his mind cankers. I will plague them all, even to roaring.”

Prospero and Ariel remains invisible 

Enter Caliban, Stephano and Trinculo

Caliban: “Pray you, tread softly; we now are near his cell. Prithee, my king, be quiet. This is the mouth of the cell; no noise, and enter. Do that good mischief which may make this island thine own for ever, and I, thy Caliban, for aye thy foot licker.” 

Stephano: “Give me thy hand. I do begin to have bloody thoughts.”

Trinculo: “O King Stephano! O peer! Look what a wardrobe here is for thee.”

Caliban: “Leave it alone, thou fool; it is but trash.”

Stephano: “Put off that gown, Trinculo.”

Caliban: “Do the murder first. If he awake, from toe to crown he’ll fill our skins with pinches.”

Enter spirits in the shape of dogs and hounds, hunting

Prospero: “Fury, fury! There, tyrant, there! hark, hark!”

Caliban, Stephano and Trinculo are driven away

Prospero: “Go charge my goblins that they grind their joints with dry convulsions, shorten up their sinews with aged cramps.”

Ariel: “Hark, they roar.”

Prospero: “Let them be hunted soundly. At this hour lies at my mercy all mine enemies. Shortly shall all my labours end, and thou shall have the air of freedom.”

Analysis

Prospero finally gives his blessing to Ferdinand and Miranda. He arranges for a very festive gathering of spirits to sing and dance for the couple’s engagement. But they are not just any spirits. In fact, they are Juno, Queen of the gods, Iris, Juno’s messenger, and Ceres, the goddess of agriculture. They bless the couple with song and dance but the celebration is quickly ended when Prospero realizes that Caliban and his confederates are presently intent on killing him in his cell. Prospero makes a famous speech about the world being as insubstantial as a play. ‘We are such stuff as dream are made on, and our little life is rounded with a sleep.’ Just as Caliban and his two friends are entering the cell Prospero sends a pack of wild hounds after them, which scares them off. Prospero is in total control. Caliban and company seem as comic figures against his magic, Miranda and Ferdinand are a lovely couple and his enemies approach, as does Act V.

Act V (1 scene)

Scene i

Before Prospero’s cell

Enter Prospero in his magic robes, and Ariel

Prospero: “Now does my project gather to a head. Say, my spirit, how fares the king and his followers?”

Ariel: “Confined together just as you left them; all prisoners, sir; they cannot budge till your release. The King, his brother, and yours, abide all three distracted, full of sorrow and dismay. Your charm so strongly works them that if you now beheld them your affections would become tender.”

Prospero: “Dost thou think so, spirit?”

Ariel: “Mine would, sir, were I human.”

Prospero: “And mine shall. Hast thou, which are but air, a touch, a feeling of their afflictions, and shall not myself, one of their kind, be kindlier moved than thou art? The rarer action is in virtue than in vengeance, they being penitent. The sole drift of my purpose doth extend not a frown further. Go release them, Ariel; my charms I’ll break, their senses I’ll restore, and they shall be themselves.”

Ariel: “I’ll fetch them, sir.”

Prospero: “I have be-dimmed the noontide sun, called forth the mutinous winds. To the dead rattling thunder have I given fire, the strong-based promontory have I made shake, graves at my command have awaken’d their sleepers, opened up, and let them forth, by my so potent art. But this rough magic I abjure; I’ll break my staff, bury it certain fathoms in the earth, and I’ll drown my book.”

Ariel enters, then Alonso, attended by Gonzalo, Sebastian and Antonio. They stand in a circle, charmed by Prospero

Prospero: “A solemn air within thy skull! There stand, for you are spell-stopped. Holy Gonzalo, honourable man, my true preserver, and a loyal sir. Most cruelly did thou, Alonso, use me and my daughter; thy brother was a furtherer in the act. Thou art pinched for it now, Sebastian. Flesh and blood, you, brother mine, that entertained ambition, who, with Sebastian – whose inward pinches therefore are most strong – would here have killed your king, I do forgive thee, unnatural though thou art. Ariel, fetch me the hat and rapier in my cell. I will present as I was sometimes Milan. My dainty Ariel! I shall miss thee; but yet thou shall have freedom. To the King’s ship, there shall you find the mariners asleep under the hatches. Being awakened, enforce them to this place; and presently, I prithee. Behold, Sir King, the wronged Duke of Milan, Prospero. And to thee and thy company I bid a hearty welcome.”

Alonso: “Since I saw thee, the affliction of my mind amends, with which, I fear, a madness held me. Thy dukedom I resign, and do entreat thou pardon me my wrongs. But how should Prospero be living and be here?”

Prospero: “Welcome, my friends all! (aside to Sebastian and Antonio) But you, my brace of lords, were I so minded, I here could pluck his highness’ frown upon you, and justify you traitors; at this time I will tell no tales.”

Sebastian: (aside) “The devil speaks in him.”

Prospero: “No. For you, most wicked sir, whom to call brother would even infect my mouth, I do forgive thy rankest fault, all of them; and require my dukedom of thee, which perforce I know thou must restore.”

Alonso: “If thou be Prospero, give us particulars of your preservation; how thou hast met us here, where I have lost my dear son, Ferdinand.”

Prospero: “Howsoever you have been justled from your senses, know for certain that I am Prospero. Welcome, sir; this cell’s my court; here have I few attendants.”

Prospero shows Miranda and Ferdinand playing chess

Alonso: “Now all the blessings of a glad father compass thee about! Arise, and say how thou came here.”

Miranda: “O, wonder! How many goodly creatures are there here! How beauteous mankind is! O brave new world, that has such people in it!”

Prospero: “‘Tis new to thee.”

Alonso: “What is this maid?”

Ferdinand: “She’s mine. I chose her when I could not ask my father for his advice, nor thought I had one. She is daughter to this famous Duke of Milan, of whom I have received a second life and second father this lady makes him to me.”

Gonzalo: “Look down, you gods, and on this couple drop a blessed crown.”

Alonso: “I say, amen, Gonzalo. (to Ferdinand and Miranda) Give me your hands. Let grief and sorrow still embrace his heart that doth not wish you joy.”

Re-enter Ariel with the Boatswain amazed

Gonzalo: “What is the news?”

Boatswain: “The best news is that we have safely found our King and company; the next, our ship is tight and yare, and bravely rigged, as when we first put out to sea.”

Ariel: (aside to Prospero) “Sir, all this service have I done since I went.”

Prospero: (aside to Ariel) “My tricksy spirit!”

Alonso: “These are not natural events; they strengthen from strange too stranger. Say, how came you hither?”

Boatswain: “We were dead asleep, and all clapped under hatches. We were awakened; straightway at liberty.”

Prospero: (aside to Ariel) “Come hither, spirit; set Caliban and his companions free; there are yet missing of your company some few odd lads that you remember not.”

Re-enter Ariel with Caliban, Stephano and Trinculo

Prospero: “These three have robbed me; and this Demi-devil had plotted with them to take my life. Two of these fellows you must know and own; this thing of darkness I acknowledge mine.”

Caliban: “I shall be pinched to death.”

Sebastian: “He is drunk now; where had he wine?”

Alonso: “And Trinculo is reeling ripe; where should they find this grand liquor?”

Sebastian: “Why, how now, Stephano?”

Stephano: “O touch me not; I am not Stephano, but a cramp.”

Alonso: (pointing to Caliban) “This is as strange a thing as ever I looked on.”

Prospero: “He is as disproportioned in his manners as in his shape. Go, sirrah, to my cell.”

Caliban: “Ay, that I will; and I will be wise hereafter, and seek for grace. What a thrice double ass was I to take this drunkard for a god, and worship this dull fool!”

Prospero: “Go to, away.”

Exit Caliban, Stephano and Trinculo

Prospero: “Sir, I invite your highness and your train to my poor cell, where you shall take your rest for this one night, which I’ll waste with such discourse as, I doubt not, shall make it go quick away – the story of my life. And in the morn I’ll bring you to your ship, and so to Naples, where I have hope to see the nuptial of these our dear beloved solemnized, and thence retire me to my Milan, where every third thought shall be my grave.”

Alonso: “I long to hear the story of your life.”

Prospero: “I’ll deliver all; and promise you calm seas. (aside to Ariel) My Ariel, That is thy charge. Then to the elements. Be free, and fare thou well!”

Analysis

Once Ariel informs Prospero that the King and his companions are under guard Prospero delivers his speech about giving up his art and drowning his book, for his job is done. Prospero speaks to his captives and forgives the King and even Sebastian and Antonio for their past crimes against him. He merely demands the return of his dukedom. The King still mourns for his lost son and Prospero shows him Ferdinand and Miranda playing chess together. Naturally the King is thrilled. Miranda is also thrilled to see so many new people: ‘O brave new world that has such people in it.’ After dealing with Caliban, Prospero invites the King to spend the night, where he will tell the gatherers the story of his past twelve years before everyone sails to Naples for the wedding of Miranda and Ferdinand. 

Prospero has fulfilled his wish. His daughter is marrying a fine young man and he is being reinstated as the Duke of Naples, having made peace with the very people who were responsible for he and Miranda spending the last twelve years here on the island with Caliban and Ariel. He no longer requires his magical arts and, much like Shakespeare himself, he is prepared to return home and live out the final portion of his life in peace.

Epilogue

“Now my charms are all overthrown, and what strength I have’s mine own, which is most faint. Now ’tis true, I must be here confined by you, or sent to Naples. But release me from my bands with the help of your good hands. Gentle breath of yours my sails must fill, or else my project fails, which was to please. And my ending is despair unless I be relieved by prayer, as you from crimes would pardoned be, let your indulgence set me free.”

Analysis

Prospero tells the audience that he is confined by them, but could be released simply by their applause, which he hopes for, since all he ever intended was to please. Sounds like a combination of Prospero and Shakespeare here and that has always been the speculation, that Shakespeare is saying goodbye to his audience and his magical art once and for all. He is about to return home to Stratford, just as Prospero is returning to Naples and Milan. Adieu, Master Shakespeare and thank you. 

Final Thoughts

This is one of only perhaps two plays that are Shakespeare originals, not based upon earlier works. The other is Love’s Labour’s Lost. The Tempest was likely written and first staged in 1611 and Richard Burbage played Prospero. The play was transformed into an Opera in 1667 and called The Enchanted Island. It was very popular for over a century and a half. The special effects required 140 technicians. Forty-six different operas have been written for The Tempest. It was not until after 1900 that the original text was restored. John Gielgud has been the most admired Prospero since that time, portraying the lead in four separate productions. Max Von Sydow, Derek Jacobi, Vanessa Redgrave, Charles Laughton, Ralph Richardson and Patrick Stewart also played notable Prosperos. According to critics, Richard Burton portrayed the finest Caliban while Peggy Ashcroft, Jessica Tandy and Claire Bloom were notable Mirandas. Thee are several full length plays and films of The Tempest on youtube along with lots of analysis and many clips.

Twelfth Night

Introduction

Twelfth Night, set in Illyria (Turkey), is often considered one of Shakespeare’s greatest comedies. It is a very energetic play, which refuses to take itself too seriously. It moves at a very fast comedic pace, while the the narrative is punctuated by impersonation and mistaken identity. Olivia is in mourning and refuses to admit Duke Orsino, who wishes desperately to woo her. Sir Andrew Aguecheek and Malvolio, her steward, are also in love with her. A shipwreck brings Viola to court, also in mourning, as she was separated from her brother in the shipwreck and presumes him to be dead. She disguises herself as Cesario, a man, in order to protect herself from the advances of men, and serves Duke Orsino as his page. Complex comedy results when ‘Cesario’ is sent by Orsino to plead his love to Olivia, but Olivia falls in love with Cesario and Duke Orsino is smitten by Viola. Viola / Cesario may be one and the same but are a major catalyst for most of the other characters in the play. Meanwhile, Viola’s brother, Sebastian, shows up and the confusion only mounts. Sir Andrew Aguecheek, in love with Olivia, challenges ‘Cesario’ to a most farcical duel. The Puritan Malvolio is duped into thinking his mistress, Olivia, is in love with him, and he suffers a profound humiliation at the hands of those who genuinely despise him. He is a humourless Puritan and no one mourns his demise. In the end, this being a comedy, all is well for the Duke, who marries Viola, while Olivia marries the resurrected Sebastian. Only Malvolio remains miserable in the end. Amid these various characters wanders Feste, the professional fool, and perhaps the only sane and truly intelligent person in the play, who mocks everyone and has a large presence in his brief time on the stage. Feste is a classic example of the typical court fool, who seemingly directs the spirit of the play. He demonstrates the play’s highest wisdom and its lowest buffoonery, making him one of Shakespeare’s finest fools. It may be presented as either Feste’s play or Malvolio’s, depending on the production. Feste is the most charming of Shakespeare’s many fools and Malvolio one of his most original creations.

Twelfth Night is a gender bender of a play with mistaken identity a plenty. The play’s title refers to the twelfth night of Christmas celebrations, on January 5th, the Feast of the Epiphany. In Elizabethan England this was the great riotous night of revels, with much eating, drinking and masking, before things returned to normal the following day. This is a thoroughly delightful comedy, making us laugh at the follies of mankind. There is afforded ample absurdity and nonsense a plenty. It is the apex of the Bard’s achievement in comedy and his last free and easy comedy.

Act I (5 scenes)

Scene i

The Duke’s palace

Enter Duke Orsino and Curio

Duke: “If music be the food of love, play on, give me excess of it, that, surfeiting, the appetite may sicken and so die. That strain again! It had a dying fall. Enough, no more; ’tis not so sweet now as it was before. O spirit of love, how quick and fresh art thou! So full of shapes is fancy, that it alone is high fantastical. O, when mine eyes did see Olivia first, methought she purged the air of pestilence!”

Enter Valentine

Duke: “What news from her?”

Valentine: “From her handmaid returns this answer: the elements themselves, for seven years, shall not behold her face at ample view; but like a cloistress she will veiled walk; all this to season a brother’s dead love, which she would keep fresh and lasting inner sad remembrance.”

Duke: “O, to pay this debt of love but to a brother.”

Analysis

The entire play begins with its most famous passage: ‘If music be the food of love, play on…’ Duke Orsino is hopelessly in love with Olivia, who refuses to see anyone for seven years, following the death of her brother. The Duke instructs the musicians to give him an overdose of music – the food of love – so that he will no longer be hungry for love.

Act I

Scene ii

The sea coast

Enter Viola and a captain and sailors.

Viola: “What country is this?”

Captain: “This is Illyria, lady.”

Viola: “And what should I do in Illyria? My brother is in Elysium. Perchance he is not drowned – what think you sailor?”

Captain: “It is perchance that you yourself were saved.”

Viola: “O my poor brother! And so perchance may he be.”

Captain: “After our ship did split, I saw your brother, most provident in peril, bind himself to a strong mast; where I saw him hold acquaintance with the waves so long as I could see.”

Viola: “For saying so, there’s gold. Know’st thou this county?”

Captain: “Ay, madam, well.”

Viola: “Who governs here?”

Captain: “A noble duke.”

Viola: “What is his name?”

Captain: “Orsino.”

Viola: “Orsino! I have heard my father name him. He was a bachelor then.”

Captain: “He did seek the love of fair Olivia, a virtuous maid, and the daughter of a count who died some twelve months hence, leaving her in the protection of her brother, who shortly also died, for whose dear love, she hath abjured the company and sight of men.”

Viola: “O that I served that lady.”

Captain: “She will admit no kind of suit.”

Viola: “Conceal me what I am, and be my aid for such disguise, as happily shall become the form of my intent. I’ll serve this duke: thou shall present me as a eunuch to him, only shape thou thy silence to my wit.”

Captain: “Be you this eunuch and your mute I’ll be; when my tongue blabs, then let mine eyes not see.”

Viola: “I thank thee. Lead me on.”

Analysis

Viola survives a shipwreck and is distressed that her brother is missing. She finds herself in a strange new land, where the captain tells her Duke Orsino presides. She hears about how Olivia is in mourning for her brother’s death and wishes she could serve Olivia, as she too suffers the loss of a brother and would like to hide herself away from the world, as Olivia has done. But Olivia will admit no one so Viola decides to disguise herself as a man and serve the Duke as a eunuch, which introduces the motif of mistaken identity, which will generate endless plot advancements. Shakespeare has Viola suggest she will present herself in Illyria as a eunuch, but this is never developed. She will merely be a delicate young man, named Cesario.”

Act I

Scene iii

Olivia’s house

Enter Sir Toby Belch and Maria

Sir Toby: “What a plague means my niece to take the death of her brother thus? I am sure care’s an enemy to life.”

Maria: “By my troth, Sir Toby, you must come in earlier at nights; my lady takes great exceptions to your ill hours. You must confine yourself within the modest limits of order.”

Sir Toby: “Confine! I’ll confine myself no finer than I am.”

Maria: “Quaffing and drinking will undo you; I heard my lady talk of it yesterday, and of a foolish knight who you brought in one night here to be her wooer.”

Sir Toby: “Who? Sir Andrew Aguecheek?”

Maria: “Ay, he. He’s a very fool and a prodigal.”

Sir Toby: “Fie that you’ll say so! He speaks three or four languages word for word and hath all the good gifts of nature.”

Maria: “Besides that he’s a fool, he’s a great quarreller.”

Sir Toby: “They are scoundrels that say so of him.”

Maria: “He’s drunk nightly in your company.”

Sir Toby: “With drinking health to my niece; I’ll drink to her so long as there is a passage in my throat and drink in Illyria. Here comes Sir Andrew.”

Enter Sir Andrew Aguecheek

Sir Andrew: “How now, Sir Toby Belch!”

Sir Toby: “Sweet Sir Andrew!”

Sir Andrew: “Bless you, fair shrew.”

Maria: “And you too, sir.”

Sir Andrew: “Fair lady, do you think you have fools in hand?”

Maria: “Sir, I have not you by the hand.”

Exit Maria

Sir Andrew: “Methinks sometimes I have no more wit than a Christian. O , had I but followed the arts. I’ll stay a month longer. I am a fellow of the strangest mind in the world; I delight in masques and revels. Shall we set about some revels?”

Sir Toby: “What shall we do else?”

Analysis

Sir Toby Belch is Olivia’s uncle, and lives in the house with her. Sir Toby has a friend visiting and Maria, Olivia’s woman in waiting, thinks Sir Andrew is but a fool, a brawler and a drunkard. Sir Andrew will, along with the Duke and Malvolio, pursue Olivia as a love interest. Sir Toby, Sir Andrew and Maria are comic characters. Sir Toby and Maria often use a wit that Sir Andrew cannot even follow.

At this point we have met most of the principle characters: Duke Orsino in scene I, Viola in scene ii and Maria, Sir Toby and Sir Andrew in scene iii. Olivia, Feste the fool and Malvolio are still to come in Act I. Sebastian, Viola’s brother, will enter the story in Act III.

Act I

Scene iv

The Duke’s palace

Enter Valentine and Viola, disguised as a man named Cesario.

Valentine: “If the Duke continue these favours towards you, Cesario, you are like to be much advanced; he hath known you but three days, and already you are no stranger.”

Viola: “I thank you. Here comes the Count.”

Duke: “Who saw Cesario, ho?”

Violo: “On your attendance, my lord, here.”

Duke: “Cesario, thou know’st no less than all; I have unclasped to thee the book even of my secret soul. Therefore, good youth, address thy gait unto her; be not denied access, stand at her doors.”

Viola: “If she be so abandoned to her sorrow as it is spoke, she never will admit me.”

Duke: “Be clamorous and leap all civil bounds.”

Viola: “Say I do speak with her, my lord, what then?”

Duke: “Unfold the passion of my love. It shall become thee well to act my woes: she will attend it better in thy youth.”

Viola: “I think not so, my lord.”

Duke: “Dear lad, believe it, for they shall yet belie thy happy years that say thou art a man; Diana’s lip is not more smooth and thy small pipe is as the maiden’s organ, shrill and sound, and all is semblative a woman’s part. Prosper well in this, and thou shall live as freely as thy lord to call his fortune thine.”

Viola: “I’ll do my best to woo your lady. (aside) Yet, a barful strife! Whoever I woo, myself would be his wife.”

Analysis

Viola works as a page to Duke Orsino and has adopted a new look and name. ‘He’ is now Cesario and the Duke is exceedingly fond of ‘him’, and asks that Cesario deliver his messages of love to Olivia. The Duke believes that when the messages are delivered from such a handsome young man, Olivia may be more likely to accept them. In fact, the Duke perceives Cesario as having the attractive features of a beautiful woman: his smooth lips and high pitched voice, etc. He asks Cesario to essentially woo Olivia on his behalf. She reluctantly agrees and then admits to us that she, Viola, has fallen in love with Duke Orsino, and wishes she could be his wife. So the plot is about to turn complex as we have a scenario developing here wherein the Duke is in love with Olivia, but is increasingly in love with Cesario (Viola) as well, while Viola is in love with the Duke, but Olivia will also become smitten by Cesario. The gender bending gets complicated as the Duke is attracted to Cesario because of his strong feminine characteristics. Only we know, along with Viola, that Cesario really is a woman. Meanwhile Olivia will fall in love with the disguise itself, Cesario, even though he does not really exist, but as Viola. The Duke loves this man who has female characteristics and will, in fact, turn out to be a woman, while Olivia falls for a man who is simply a woman. That will not work out for her, and yet she will prove very content in the end. Hmmm. Very complex, but then we must consider, also, that in Shakespeare’s day no women were permitted on stage so that Viola would have been portrayed as a woman being played on stage by a man playing a woman, who is also acting in disguise as a man. Goodness!

Act I

Scene v

Olivia’s house

Enter Maria and the Fool

Maria: “Nay, either tell me where thou hast been, or I will not open my lips. My lady will hang thee for thy absence.”

Fool: “Let her hang me.”

Maria: “Yet you will be hanged for being so long absent; or to be turned away – is that not as good as a hanging to you?”

Fool: “Many a good hanging prevents a bad marriage.

Maria: “Here comes my lady. Make your excuse wisely.”

Exit Maria

Enter Olivia and Malvolio

Fool: “Wit, put me into good fooling! Better a witty fool than a foolish wit. God bless thee lady!”

Olivia: “Take the fool away.”

Fool: “Do you not hear, fellows? Take away the lady.”

Olivia: “You are a dry fool; I’ll no more of you. Besides, you grow dishonest.”

Fool: “Two faults, Madonna, that drinks and good counsel will amend; for give the dry fool drink, then is the fool not dry. Bid the dishonest man mend himself; if he mend, he is no longer dishonest. The lady bade take away the fool; therefore, I say again, take her away.”

Olivia: “Sir, I bade them take you away.”

Fool: “Lady, give me leave to prove you a fool.”

Olivia: “Can you do it?”

Fool: “Dexteriously, good Madonna.”

Olivia: “Make your proof.”

Fool: “Good Madonna, why mourns thou?”

Olivia: “Good fool, for my brother’s death.”

Fool: “I think his soul is in hell, Madonna.”

Olivia: “I know his soul’s in heaven, fool.”

Fool: “The more fool, Madonna, to mourn for your brother’s soul being in heaven. Take away the fool, gentlemen.”

Olivia: “What think you of this fool, Malvolio?”

Malvolio: “I marvel your ladyship takes delight in such a barren rascal.”

Olivia: “O, you are sick of self-love, Malvolio, and taste with a distempered appetite. There is no slander in an allowed fool, though he do nothing but rail.”

Fool: “Now Mercury endue thee with leasing, for thou speaks well of fools!”

Enter Maria

Maria: “Madam, there is at the gate a young gentleman who much desires to speak with you. ‘Tis a fair young man, and well attended.”

Olivia: “Go you, Malvolio: if it be a suit from the Count, I am sick, or not at home – what you will to dismiss it.”

Exit Malvolio

Enter Sir Toby

Olivia: “By mine honour, half drunk! What is he at the gate, cousin?”

Sir Toby: “A gentleman.”

Enter Malvolio

Malvolio: “Madam, yonder fellow swears he will speak with you.”

Olivia: “What kind of man is he? What manner of man?”

Malvolio: “Of very ill manner.”

Olivia: “Of what personage and years is he?”

Malvolio: “Not yet old enough for a man, nor young enough for a boy; between boy and man. He is very well-favoured.”

Olivia: “Let him approach. Give me my veil; come, throw it over my face; we’ll once more hear Orsino’s embassy.”

Enter Viola

Viola: “The honourable lady of the house, which is she?”

Olivia: “Speak to me; I shall answer for her. Your will? Whence come you, sir? Are you a comedian?”

Viola: “No, my profound heart; I am not that I play. Are you the lady of the house?”

Olivia: “I am.”

Viola: “This is from my commission. I will on with my speech in your praise, and then show you the heart of my message.”

Olivia: “Come to what is important in it. I forgive you the praise. I heard you were saucy at my gates.”

Maria: “Will you hoist sail, sir? Here lies your way.”

Viola: “No, good swabber, I am here to hull a little longer.”

Olivia: “Tell me your mind.”

Viola: “I am a messenger.”

Olivia: “Sure, you have some hideous matter to deliver.”

Viola: “It alone concerns your ear. I hold the olive in my hand; my words are as full of peace as matter.”

Olivia: “Yet you begin rudely. What are you? What would you?”

Viola: “What I am and what I would are as secret as maidenhead – to your ears, divinity; to any other’s profanation.”

Olivia: “Give us the place alone; we will hear this divinity.”

Exit Maria and attendants

Olivia: “Where lies your text?”

Viola: “In Orsino’s bosom.”

Olivia: “In his bosom! O, I have read it; it is heresy. Have you no more to say?”

Viola: “Good maid, let me see your face.”

Olivia: “We will draw the curtain and show you the picture. (unveiling). Look you, sir; is it not well done?”

Viola: “Excellently done. Lady, you are the cruellest she alive, if you will leave these graces to the grave, and leave the world no copy.”

Olivia: “Were you sent hither to praise me?”

Viola: “My lord and master loves you.”

Olivia: “How does he love me?”

Viola: “With adoration, fertile tears, with groans that thunder love, with sighs of fire.”

Olivia: “I cannot love him. Yet I suppose him virtuous, know him noble, of great estate, in voices well divulged, free, learned and valiant, and in dimension a gracious person; but yet I cannot love him. He might have took his answer long ago.”

Viola: “If I did love you in my master’s flame, with such a suffering, such a deadly life, in your denial I would find no sense; I would not understand it.”

Olivia: “What would you?”

Viola: “Write loyal cantons of contemned love; halloo your name to the reverberate hills; cry out Olivia!”

Olivia: “You might do much. What is your parentage? Get you to your lord. I cannot love him, let him send no more – unless perchance you come to me again to tell me how he takes it. Fare you well. Spend this for me.”

Viola: “I am no fee’d post, lady; keep your purse. Farewell, fair cruelty.”

Exit Viola

Olivia: “‘I am a gentleman.’ I’ll be sworn thou art; thy tongue, thy face, thy limbs, actions and spirit, do give thee five-fold blazon. How now! Even so quickly may one catch the plague? Methinks I feel this youth’s perfections.”

Enter Malvolio

Olivia: “Run after that same peevish messenger. He left this ring behind him. Tell him I’ll none of it. Desire him not to flatter with his lord, nor hold him up with hopes; I am not for him. If that the youth will come this way tomorrow, I’ll give him reason for it.”

Analysis

This scene affords us a glimpse at Olivia’s household and three of her attendants. Maria is her waiting woman and she spares with Feste, her fool. Malvolio is her steward and does not understand why Feste is allowed to remain in her service, as all he does is insult everyone, including Olivia. She assures Malvolio that the Fool is harmless. Many well to do households kept a fool to entertain the family and to speak the truth when no one else dared to. Fools were actually anything but fools and possessed exceptional wit and intelligence and Feste is one of Shakespeare’s finest fools. Malvolio is one of the best known characters in Twelfth Night. He is in a riotous household and an uproarious comedy even though he is as humourless as any character in all of Shakespeare. He seems out of place in Twelfth Night. It is suggested that he is a Puritan, which might explain why Shakespeare allows him to be so abused in the acts that follow. After all, it was the Puritans who were constantly threatening to shut down the theatre scene in London. When Maria reports that there is a young man at the gates, Olivia sends Malvolio to get rid of him but Malvolio comes back to report that the young man refuses to leave. Olivia is intrigued and agrees to see Viola, dressed as Cesario. Viola delivers her wooing message from Duke Orsino but Olivia is less and less interested in the Duke and increasingly intrigued by Viola as Cesario. She instructs Cesario to inform the Duke that she can never love him, but then she invites Cesario back, if he wishes, to discuss how Orsino took the news of rejection. It seems that Olivia has fallen in love with Cesario. So, Act I has introduced us to nearly all of the main characters and the plot has begun to twist with the arrival of Viola / Cesario, as both Duke Orsino and Olivia are attracted to ‘him’. The middle three acts will build upon on these complexities and all will be resolved well for everyone other, than Malvolio, in Act V.

Act II (5 scenes)

Scene i

The Sea coast

Enter Antonio and Sebastian

Sebastian: “For some hour before you took me from the breach of the sea was my sister drowned.”

Antonio: “Alas the day.”

Sebastian: “It was said she much resembled me. She bore a mind the envy could not but call fair. She is drowned already, sir, with salt water, though I seem to drown her remembrance again with more.”

Antonio: “Let me be your servant.”

Sebastian: “I am bound to Count Orsino’s court. Farewell.”

Exit Sebastian

Antonio: “I have many enemies in Orsino’s court, else would I very shortly see thee there. But come what may, I do adore thee so that danger shall seem sport, and I will go.”

Analysis

Sebastian is Viola’s brother, who we now know was also rescued in their shipwreck, although each fears the other did not survive. Apparently Antonio recused Sebastian and has taken care of him. Sebastian is now prepared to venture off on his own to, of all places, Orsino’s Court. Antonio is exceedingly fond of Sebastian, and although he has many enemies in Orsino’s court, he is prepared to follow him there nonetheless. We must remember that Sebastian and Viola are twins and look much alike, so the confusions could increase significantly with the arrival of a Viola look alike brother in Duke Orsino’s court.

Act II

Scene ii

A street

Enter Viola and Malvolio

Malvolio: “Were you not even now with the Countess Olivia?”

Viola: “Even now, sir.”

Malvolio: “She returns this ring to you, sir; you might have saved me my pains, to have taken it away yourself. She adds, moreover, that you should put your lord into a desperate assurance she will none of him. And one thing more: that you be never so hardy to come again in his affairs, unless it be to report your lord’s taking of this. Receive it so.”

Viola: “She took the ring of me; I’ll none of it.”

Malvolio: “Her will is it should be so returned.”

Malvolio exits

Viola: “I left no ring with her; what means this lady? She made good view of me; she loves me, sure. I am the man. Poor lady, she would better love a dream. Disguise, I see thou art a wickedness. My master loves her dearly, and I, poor monster, fond as much on him; and she, mistaken, seems to dote on me. What will become of this? As I am man, my state is desperate for my master’s love; as I am woman, what thriftless sighs shall poor Olivia breathe! O time, thou must untangle this, not I; Its too hard a knot for me to untie!”

Analysis

Viola did not leave a ring behind with Olivia, so she knows that Olivia has planted the ring and is interested in her. She plays along, intrigued where this is going. Olivia has, in fact, fallen in love with another woman, as she seems to believe that Cesario is really just Cesario and not Viola in disguise. ‘Poor lady, she would better love a dream.’ And Viola, dressed again as a man, has fallen for the Duke, who has also fallen for her, only again, disguised as a very feminine Cesario. Viola is in love with Orsino and loved by Olivia, but both in disguise as Cesario. She can only hope that time will untangle this web of intrigue, since she has no idea how to do so. As in The Comedy of Errors, Shakespeare expands upon the confusions of mistaken identity and plays them for every conceivable plot device.

Act II

Scene iii

Olivia’s house

Enter Sir Toby and Sir Andrew

Sir Toby: “Does not our lives consist of four elements?”

Sir Andrew: “Faith, so they say; but I think it rather consists of eating and drinking.”

Enter the Fool

Sir Andrew: “Here comes the fool, in faith.”

Sir Toby: “Welcome, ass.”

Sir Andrew: “In sooth, thou wast in very gracious fooling last night.”

Sir Toby: “Come on, there is sixpence for you. Let’s have a song.”

Fool: “Would you have a love song or a song of good life?”

Sir Toby: “A love song, a love song.”

Sir Andrew: “Ay, ay; I care not for good life.”

The Fool sings

Sir Andrew: “Excellent good, in faith.”

Sir Toby: “Good, good!”

Sir Andrew: “A mellifluous voice, as I am a true knight.”

Sir Toby: “A contagious breath.”

Sir Andrew: “Begin again, fool: it begins ‘Hold thy peace.’

Fool: “I shall never begin if I hold my peace.”

Enter Maria

Maria: “What a caterwauling do you keep here! If my lady has not called up her steward Malvolio, and bid him turn you out of doors, never trust me.”

Sir Toby: (singing) “O the twelfth day of December -“

Maria: “For the love of God, peace!”

Enter Malvolio

Malvolio: “My masters, ae you mad? Have you no wit, manners, not honesty, but to gabble like tinkers at this time of night? Do ye make an ale-house of my lady’s home? Is there no respect of place, persons, nor time in you? Sir Toby, I must be round with you. My lady bade me tell you that, though she harbours you as her kinsman, she’s nothing allied to your disorders. If you can separate yourself and your misdemeanours, you are welcome to the house; if not she is very willing to bid you farewell.”

Sir Toby: “Does thou think, because thou art virtuous, there shall be no more cakes and ale?”

Malvolio: Mistress Maria, if you prized my lady’s favour at anything more than contempt, you would not give means for this uncivil rule; she shall know of it, by this hand.”

Malvolio exits

Maria: “Go shake your ears. Sweet Sir Toby, be patient tonight. For Monsieur Malvolio, let me alone with him; if I do not make him a common recreation, do not think I have wit enough to lie straight in my bed. I know I can do it.”

Sir Toby: “Posses us, possess us; tell us something of him.”

Maria: “He is a kind of Puritan.”

Sir Andrew: “O, if I thought that, I’d beat him like a dog.”

Sir Toby: “What, for being a Puritan?”

Sir Andrew: “I have no exquisite reason for it, but I have reason good enough.”

Maria: “The devil a Puritan that he is. It is his grounds of faith that all that look on him love him; and on that vice in him, will my revenge find notable cause to work.”

Sir Toby: “What wilt thou do?”

Maria: “I will drop in his way some obscure epistles of love. He shall find himself most feelingly personated. I can write very like my lady.”

Sir Toby: “Excellent! I smell a device. He shall think by the letters that they come from my niece, and that she’s in love with him.”

Maria: “My purpose is, indeed, a horse of that colour.”

Sir Andrew: “And your horse now would make him an ass.”

Maria: “Ass, I doubt not. I know my physic will work on him.”

Analysis

And so the play’s most significant intrigue begins. Maria will set up Malvolio to believe that his Mistress, Olivia, who he pines for, is in love with him. Maria will leave notes in Olivia’s handwriting, suggesting as much. Sir Toby and Sir Andrew are very excited because they all hold the stuffy old Puritan, Malvolio, in harsh contempt. Maria is certain her prank will prove effective because Malvolio suffers from too much self-love and his ego will ensure he falls for this joke. The man who hates folly will be tricked into displaying it at his own expense. Clearly Sir Toby and Sir Andrew are out of control with the noise they make in the middle of the .night. But they cannot handle Malvolio being the one to shut them down and so they are extremely excited about Maria’s jest.

Act II

Scene iv

The Duke’s palace

Enter the Duke, Viola and Curio

Duke: “Give me some music!”

Music plays

Duke: “For such as I am all true lovers are, unstaid and skittish in all motions else save in the constant image of the creature that is beloved. How dost thou like this tune?”

Viola: “It gives a very echo to the seat where love is throned.”

Duke: “Thou dost speak masterly. Thine eye hath stayed upon some favour that it loves; hath it not, boy?”

Viola: “A little.”

Duke: “What kind of woman is it?”

Viola: “Of your complexion.”

Duke: “What years, in faith?”

Viola: “About your years, my lord.”

Duke: “Too old, by heaven!”

Fool: “Are you ready, sir?”

Duke: “Ay; prithee, sing.”

The Fool sings

Duke: “There’s for thy pains.”

Fool: “No pains, sir; I take pleasure in singing, sir.”

Duke: “I’ll pay thy pleasure then.”

Fool: “Now the melancholy god protect thee.”

Exit the Fool

Duke: “Once more, Cesario, tell her my love.”

Viola: But if she cannot love you, sir?”

Duke: “I cannot be so answered.”

Viola: “Sooth, but you must.”

Duke: “There is no woman’s sides can bide the beating of so strong a passion as love doth give my heart; no woman’s heart so big to hold so much; they lack retention. Alas, their love may be called appetite; but mine is all as hungry as the sea, and can digest as much. Make no compare, between that love a woman can bear me and that I owe Olivia.”

Viola:” Ay, but I know -“

Duke: “What dost thou know?”

Viola: “What love women to men may owe. In faith, they are as true of heart as we. My father had a daughter loved a man, as it might be perhaps, were I a woman, I should your lordship. We men say more, swear more, but indeed our shows are more than will; for still we prove much in our vows, but little in our love.”

Duke: “But died thy sister of her love, my boy?”

Viola: I am all the daughters of my father’s house, and all the brothers too – and yet I know not. Sir, shall I to this lady?”

Duke: “Ay, that’s the theme. To her in haste.”

Analysis

Orsino is discussing love with Viola, disguised as Cesario. The Duke perceives that Viola is in love and she responds that this may be true, even though it is the Duke she is in love with, but of course he only knows her to be Cesario, so he can hardly pick up her hints that she is really in love with the Duke himself. ‘What kind of woman is it’, he asks. ‘Of your complexion.’ ‘What years?’ ‘About your years, my lord’. He sends her off to Olivia again and Viola tries to tell him that he has no hope in Olivia, since she is resolved that she cannot love him. But he refuses to accept that possibility. Viola tells the story of a woman who died for the love of a man she could never tell of her love. She claims the woman is her father’s daughter and that she herself is her father’s only daughter. But the disguise as a man throws the Duke off the trail and he does not follow what she is trying to tell him. He asks her if her sister died of her love and Viola’s response is honest: ‘Yet I know not.” The Duke is hopelessly in love with Olivia, as Viola, the Duke’s messenger for Olivia, is increasingly in love with Duke Orsino. Only Viola will attain her chosen love, but all three will be wholly satisfied in the end.

Act II

Scene v

Olivia’s garden

Enter Sir Toby, Sir Andrew and Fabian

Sir Toby: “Come, Signor Fabian.”

Fabian: “If I lose a scruple of this sport let me be boiled to death with melancholy.”

Sir Toby: “Would thou not be glad to have the rascally sheep-biter come by some notable shame?”

Fabian: “I would exult, man.”

Sir Toby: “To anger him, we will fool him black and blue.”

Enter Maria

Maria: “Get ye all three into the box-tree. Malvolio’s coming down this walk. Observe him, for the love of mockery, for I know this letter will make a contemplative idiot of him.

As the men hide Maria drops a letter

Enter Malvolio

Malvolio: “She uses me with a more exalted respect than any one else that follows her.”

Sir Toby: “Here’s an overweening rogue!”

Fabian: “Contemplation makes a rare turkey-cock of him.”

Sir Andrew: “I could so beat the rogue.”

Malvolio: “To be Count Malvolio!”

Sir Toby: “Ah, rogue!”

Sir Andrew: “Pistol him, pistol him.”

Malvolio: “Having been three months married to her, sitting in my state, calling my officers about me, in my branched velvet gown, having come from a day-bed – where I have left Olivia sleeping.”

Sir Toby: “Fire and brimstone!”

Malvolio: “And then to ask for my kinsman Toby -“

Sir Toby: “Bolts and shackles!”

Malvolio: “Toby approaches; curtsies there to me.”

Sir Toby: “Shall this fellow live?”

Malvolio: “I extend my hand to him thus, saying ‘cousin Toby, you must amend your drunkeness.”

Sir Toby: “Out, scab!”

Malvolio: “Besides, you waste the treasure of your time with a foolish knight.”

Sir Andrew: “That’s me, I warrant you.”

Malvolio: “One Sir Andrew.”

Sir Andrew: “I knew ’twas I; for many do call me fool.”

Malvolio: “What employment have we here?”

Malvolio takes up the letter

Malvolio: “By my life, this is my lady’s hand: these be her very Cs, her Us, and her Ts; and thus makes she her great Ps.”

Malvolio: (reads) “‘To the unknown beloved.’ Tis my lady. To whom should this be? (reads) ‘Jove knows I love, but who? No man must know.’ No man must know. If this should be thee, Malvolio. (reads) ‘I may command where I adore. M.O.A.I. doth sway my life.’ M.O.A.I. doth sway my life. But first let me see. I may command where I adore. Why she may command me. I serve her; she is my lady. M.O.A.I. M – Malvolio; M – why, that begins my name.”

Fabian: “Did I not say he would work it out. The cur is excellent at faults.”

Malvolio: “M – A should follow, but O does.”

Sir Toby: “I’ll cudgel him, and make him cry ‘O'”

Malvolio: “M.O.A.I. Every one of these letters are in my name. Soft! Here follows prose. (Reads) ‘If this fall into thy hand, revolve in my stars I am above thee, but be not afraid of greatness. Some are born great, some achieve greatness, and some have greatness thrust upon them. To inure thyself to what thou art like to be, appear fresh. Be opposite with a kinsman. She thus advises thee that sighs for me. Remember who commended thy yellow stockings, and wished to see thee ever cross-gartered. I say, remember. Go to, thou art made, if thou desires to be so; if not, let me see thee a steward still, the fellow of servants, and not worthy to touch fortune’s fingers. Farewell. She that would alter services with thee, THE FORTUNATE UNHAPPY’. I will be proud, I will read politic authors, I will baffle Sir Toby. Every reason excites to this, that my lady loves me. She did commend my yellow stockings of late, she did praise my leg being cross-gartered; and in this she manifests herself to my love, and drives me to these habits of her liking. I thank my stars I am happy. Here is yet a postscript: (reads) ‘Thou can not choose but know who I am. If thou entertains my love, let it appear in thy smiling.’ I will smile; I will do everything that thou would have me.”

Exit Malvolio

Sir Toby: “I could marry this wench for this device. And ask no other dowry with her but such another jest.”

Enter Maria

Fabian: “Here comes my noble gull-catcher.”

Sir Toby: “Why, thou has put him in such a dream that when the image of it leaves him he must run mad.”

Maria: “Does it work upon him? If you will then see the fruits of the sport, mark his first approach before my lady. He will come to her in yellow stockings, and ’tis a colour she abhors, and cross-gartered, a fashion she detests; and he will smile upon her, which will now be so unsuitable to her disposition, being addicted to a melancholy as she is, that it cannot but turn him into a notable contempt. If you will see it, follow me.”

Analysis

Olivia’s household is planning a practical joke on Malvolio, after he criticized them for their rowdy nocturnal behaviour. Maria has written a letter suggesting that Olivia is in love with him, and he falls for it hook, line and sinker. The letter indicates that Olivia is in love with someone and Malvolio comes to believe that it is he who she is in love with. The letter proceeds to instruct Malvolio to dress in ways that Olivia actually abhors. Maria, Sir Toby, Sir Andrew and Fabian are thrilled that Malvolio has taken the bait. They can’t wait for Malvolio to make a fool of himself. He will indeed be humiliated, which makes many people uncomfortable with this particular jest. Malvolio is the only character who is not happy at the end of the play. Shakespeare’s Puritan pays a significant price for being such a humourless and dour character, and his comeuppance is what Olivia’s household devoutly wishes to witness.

Act III (4 scenes)

Scene I

Olivia’s garden

Enter Viola and the Fool

Fool: “I live by the church.”

Viola: “Art thou a churchman?”

Fool: “No, but I do live by the church; for I do live at my house, and my house doth stand by the church.”

Viola: “They that dally nicely with words may quickly make them wanton. I warrant thou art a merry fellow and cares for nothing.”

Fool: “Not so, sir; I do care for something; but in my conscience, sir, I do not care for you. If that be to care for nothing, sir, I would it would make you invisible.”

Viola: “Art not thou the Lady Olivia’s fool?”

Fool: “No, indeed, sir; the Lady Olivia has no folly; she will keep no fool, sir, till she be married. I am indeed not her fool, but her corrupter of words.”

Viola: “I saw thee late at the Count Orsino’s.”

Fool: “Foolery, sir, does walk about the orb like the sun – it shines everywhere. I would be sorry, sir, but the fool should be as often with your master as with my mistress: I think I saw your wisdom there.”

Viola: “I’ll no more with thee. Hold, there’s expenses for thee.”

Viola gives a coin to the fool

Exit fool

Viola: “This fellow is wise enough to play the fool; and to do that well craves a kind of wit. He must observe their mood on whom he jests, the quality of persons, and the time. This is a practice as full of labour as a wise man’s art: for folly that he wisely shows is fit; but wise men, folly-fallen, quite taint their wit.

Enter Olivia, Sir Toby, Sir Andrew and Maria

Viola: “My matter hath no voice, lady, but to your own vouchsafed ear.”

Olivia: “Let the garden door be shut, and leave me to my hearing.”

Exit all but Viola and Olivia

Olivia: “Give me your hand, sir. What is your name?”

Viola: “Cesario is your servant’s name, fair princess.”

Olivia: “My servant, sir! You are servant to the Count Orsino, youth.”

Viola: “And he is yours, and his must needs be yours: your servant’s servant is your servant, madam.”

Olivia: “For him, I think not on him; for his thoughts, would they were blanks rather than filled with me!”

Viola: “Madam, I come to whet your gentle thoughts on his behalf.”

Olivia: “O, by your leave, I pray you: I bade you never speak again of him; but, would you undertake another suit, I had rather hear you to solicit that than music from the sphere. The clock upbraids me with the waste of time. I prithee tell me what thou thinks of me.”

Viola: “That you do think that you are not what you are.”

Olivia: “If I think so, I think the same of you.”

Viola: “Then think you right: I am not what I am.”

Olivia: “I would you were as I would have you be!”

Viola: “Would it be better, madam, than I am? I wish it might, for now I am your fool.”

Olivia: “Cesario, by the roses of the spring, by maidenhood, honour, truth and everything, I love thee. Love sought is good, but given unsought is better.

Viola: “By innocence, I swear, and by my youth, I have one heart, and that no woman has; nor never none shall mistress be of it, save I alone. And so, adieu, good madam; never more will I my master’s tears to you deplore.”

Olivia: “Yet come again.”

Analysis

Viola is delivering yet another love message to Olivia when she encounters the fool. They exchange follies and after he leaves she reflects how wise it is to play the fool well. Viola and Olivia have private conference wherein Olivia blatantly declares she will accept no further messages from Orsino and then pronounces her outright love for Viola (as Cesario). Viola insists that no woman shall ever be mistress of her heart. Olivia invites Viola back, having been moved that perhaps she could learn to love the Duke. Olivia has changed considerably since we first met her in Act I, depressed and isolated. Now she expresses her feelings openly and feels passion once again, even though it is misplaced. The irony remains that although Viola has opened Olivia’s heart to love, she cannot love her herself, principally because she is a woman, still unbeknownst to Olivia or anyone else in Illyria.

Act III

Scene ii

Olivia’s house

Enter Sir Toby, Sir Andrew and Fabian

Sir Andrew: “No, faith, I’ll not stay a jot longer.”

Sir Toby: ” Thy reason, dear venom, give thy reason.”

Sir Andrew: “I saw your niece do more favours to the Count’s servingman than ever she bestowed upon me.”

Sir Toby: “Did she see thee the while, old boy?”

Sir Andrew: “As plain as I see you now.”

Fabian: “She did show favour to the youth in your sight only to exasperate you, to awaken your valour, to put fire in your heart and brimstone in your liver. You should have banged the youth into dumbness.”

Sir Toby: “Challenge the Count’s youth to fight with him. Hurt him in eleven places. My niece shall take note of it.”

Fabian: “There is no way but this, Sir Andrew.”

Sir Toby: “Taunt him.”

Exit Sir Andrew

Sir Toby: “For Andrew, if he were opened and you find so much blood in his liver that will clog the foot of a flea, I’ll eat the rest of the anatomy.”

Fabian: “And his opposite, the youth, bears in his visage no great presage of cruelty.”

Enter Maria

Maria: “Follow me! Malvolio is in yellow stockings.”

Sir Toby: “And cross-gartered?”

Maria: “Most villainously. He does obey every point of the letter. He does smile. You have not seen such a thing as this. I can hardly forbear hurling things at him. I know my lady will strike him; if she do, he’ll smile and take it for a great favour.”

Sir Toby: “Come, bring us, bring us where he is.”

Analysis

Sir Andrew tells Sir Toby he is leaving because Olivia is fawning over Cesario and it no longer seems likely that she will ever consent to marry Sir Andrew. But Sir Toby wants to keep Sir Andrew around since he has been living off of his money, so he convinces Sir Andrew to show off his manliness to Olivia by fighting Viola, as a way of demonstrating his love for her. Sir Andrew agrees to this. Once he leaves, Sir Toby and Fabian reflect that neither Sir Andrew or Viola are much capable of fighting. It seems they have just set up another jest. Maria arrives to say that Malvolio is in yellow stockings and is cross-gartered. He has fallen for their practical joke completely and the household runs off to bear witness.

Act III

Scene iii

A street

Enter Sebastian and Antonio

Antonio: “I could not stay behind you: my desire did spur me forth; and not all love to see you, but jealousy what might befall your travel, being skilless in these parts; which to a stranger, unguided and unfriended, often prove rough and inhospitable.”

Sebastian: “My kind Antonio, I and no other answer make but thanks, and thanks and ever thanks. What’s to do? Shall we go see the reliques of this town?”

Antonio: “Tomorrow, sir; best first go see your lodging.”

Sebastian: “I am not weary, and ’tis long till night; I pray you, let us satisfy our eyes with the memorials and the things of fame that do renown this city.”

Antonio: “I do not without danger walk these streets; once in a sea-fight against the Count I did some service. If I be lapsed in this place, I shall pay dear.”

Sebastian: “Do not then walk too open.”

Antonio: “Here is my purse. At the Elephant is best to lodge.”

Sebastian: “Why I your purse?”

Antonio: “Happily your eye shall light upon some toy you have desire to purchase.”

Sebastian: “I’ll be you purse-bearer.”

Antonio: “To the Elephant.”

Sebastian: “I do remember.”

Analysis

Antonio and Sebastian arrive in Illyria and it turns out Antonio has a history here, for some time ago he fought a sea battle against Duke Orsino and if he is discovered he will be apprehended and held accountable for his deeds. Sebastian wants to explore the town but Antonio can’t be seen and stays behind discreetly. He gives Sebastian his purse so that he can have some money to purchase whatever he might like and pay for his lodging. Antonio has a very strong attraction to Sebastian and is willing to risk his life in Illyria to remain with him.

Act III

Scene iv

Olivia’s garden

Enter Olivia and Maria

Olivia: “I have sent after him; he says he’ll come. How shall I feast him? What bestow of him? For youth is bought more often than begged or borrowed. Where is Malvolio?”

Maria: “He’s coming, madam; but in very strange manner. He is surely possessed, madam.”

Olivia: “Why, what’s the matter? Does he rave?”

Maria: “No, madam, he does nothing but smile. For sure the man is tainted in his wits.”

Olivia: “Go call him hither.”

Exit Maria

Re-enter Maria with Malvolio

Olivia: “How now, Malvolio! Smiles thou?” I sent for thee on a sad occasion. How dost thou, man? What is the matter with thee? Wilt thou go to bed, Malvolio?”

Malvolio: “To bed? Ay, sweetheart, and I’ll come to thee.”

Olivia: “God comfort thee! Why dost thou smiles, and kiss thy hand so often?”

Maria: “Why appear you with this ridiculous boldness before my lady?”

Malvolio: “‘Be not afraid of greatness.’ Twas well writ.”

Olivia: “What means thou by that, Malvolio?”

Malvolio: “‘Some are born great – ‘”

Olivia: “Ha?”

Malvolio: “‘Some achieve greatness – “‘

Olivia: “What say’st thou?”

Malvolio: “‘And some have greatness thrust upon them.'”

Olivia: “Heaven restore thee! Why this is very midsummer madness.”

Enter servant

Servant: “Madam, the young gentleman of the Count Orsino’s is returned; I could hardly entreat him back; he attends your ladyship’s pleasure.”

Olivia: I’ll come to him. Good Maria, let this fellow be looked to. Where’s my cousin Toby? Let some of my people have a special care of him.”

Exit Olivia and Maria

Malvolio: “No worse man than Sir Toby to look after me! This concurs directly with the letter: she sends him on purpose, that I may appear stubborn to him; for she incites me to that in the letter. It is Jove’s doing, and Jove makes me thankful! Nothing that can be can come between me and the full prospect of my hopes. Well, Jove, not I, is the doer of this, and he is to be thanked.”

Re-enter Maria, with Sir Toby and Fabian

Sir Toby: “Which way is he, in the name of sanctity.”

Fabian: Here he is, here he is!”

Sir Toby: “How is it with you, man?”

Malvolio: “Go off; I discard you.”

Maria: “Sir Toby, my lady prays you to have a care of him.”

Malvolio: “Ah, ha! Does she so?”

Sir Toby: “Peace, peace; we must deal gently with him. How do you, Malvolio? What, man, defy the devil; consider he is an enemy of mankind.”

Malvolio: “Do you know what you say?”

Fabian: “No way but gentleness – the fiend is rough, and will not be roughly used.”

Maria: “Get him to say his prayers, good Sir Toby. Get him to pray. No, he will not hear of godliness!”

Malvolio: “Go, hang yourselves all! You are idle shallow things; I am not of your element; you shall know more hereafter.”

Fabian: “If this were played upon a stage now, I could condemn it as an improbable fiction.”

Sir Toby: “Come, we’ll have him in a dark room and bound. My niece is already in the belief that he’s mad. We may carry it thus, for our pleasure and his penance, till our very pastime, tired out of breath, prompt us to have mercy on him.”

Enter Sir Andrew

Sir Andrew: “Here’s the challenge; read it. I warrant there’s vinegar and pepper in it.”

Sir Toby: (reads) “‘Youth, whatsoever thou art, thou art but a scurvy fellow. I will waylay thee going home; where if it be thy chance to kill me, thou kills me like a rogue and a villain. Fare thee well; and God have mercy on one of our souls! Thy sworn enemy, Andrew Aguecheek.’ I’ll give it to him.”

Maria: “He is now in some commerce with my lady, and will by and by depart.”

Sir Toby: “Go, Sir Andrew, as ever thou sees him, draw; and as thou draws, swear horribly; for it comes to pass often that a terrible oath, with a swaggering accent sharply twanged off, gives manhood more approbation than ever proof itself would have earned him. Away.”

Exit Sir Andrew

Sir Toby: “Now will I not deliver this letter. I will deliver his challenge by word of mouth, set upon Sir Andrew a notable report of valour, and drive the gentleman into a most hideous opinion of his rage, skill, fury and impetuosity. This will so fright them both that they will kill one another by the look.”

Re-enter Olivia, with Viola

Fabian: “Here he comes with your niece.”

Exit Sir Toby, Fabian and Maria

Olivia: “I have said too much unto a heart of stone. Here, wear this jewel for me; ’tis my picture. Refuse it not; it hath no tongue to vex you. And I beseech you to come again tomorrow. What shall you ask of me that I’ll deny?”

Viola: “Nothing but this – your true love for my master.”

Olivia: “How with mine honour may I give him that which I have given to you?”

Viola: “I will acquit you.”

Olivia: “Well, come again tomorrow. A fiend like thee might bear my soul to hell.”

Exit Olivia

Re-enter Sir Toby and Fabian

Sir Toby: “Gentleman, God save thee.”

Viola: “And you, sir.”

Sir Toby: “Of what nature the wrongs are thou hast done him, I know not; but thy intercepter, bloody as the hunter, attends thee at the orchard end. Dismount, be yare in thy preparation, for thy assailant is quick, skillful and deadly.”

Viola: “You mistake, sir; I am sure no man has any quarrel with me.”

Sir Toby: “You’ll find it otherwise, I assure you; therefore, if you hold your life at any price, betake you to your guard.”

Viola: “I pray you sir, what is he?”

Sir Toby: “He is a knight, dubbed with unhatched rapier; but he is a devil in private brawl. Souls and bodies hath he divorced three; and his incensement at this moment is so implacable that satisfaction can be none but by pangs of death.”

Viola: “I will return again into the house of the lady. I am no fighter.”

Sir Toby: “Meddle you must. That is certain.”

Viola: “I beseech you to do me thus courteous office as to know of the knight what my offence to him is.”

Sir Toby: “I will do so.”

Exit Sir Toby

Viola: “Pray you, sir, do you know of this matter?”

Fabian: “I know the knight is incensed against you.”

Viola: “I beseech you, what manner of man is he?”

Fabian: “He is indeed, sir, the most skillful, bloody, and fatal opposite that you cold possibly have found in any part of Illyria. I will make your peace with him if I can.”

Viola: “I shall be much bound to you for it.”

Exit Viola

Re-enter Sir Toby with Sir Andrew

Sir Toby: “Why, man, he’s a very devil.”

Sir Andrew: “Pox on it, I’ll not meddle with him.”

Sir Toby: “Ay, but he will not now be pacified.”

Sir Andrew: “Let him let the matter slip, and I’ll give him my horse.”

Re-enter Fabian and Viola

Sir Toby: (to Fabian) “I have persuaded him the youth is a devil.”

Sir Toby: (to Viola) “There’s no remedy, sir; he will fight with you for oath sake. He protests he will not hurt you.”

Viola: (aside) “Pray God defend me.”

Sir Toby: “Come, Sir Andrew, there is no remedy; but he has promised me he won’t hurt you.”

Viola and Sir Andrew draw

Enter Antonio

Viola: “I do assure you, ’tis against my will.”

Antonio: “Put up your sword. If this young gentleman has done offence, I take the fault on me. If you offend him, I for him defy you.”

Sir Toby: “Why, what are you?”

Sir Toby and Antonio draw

Enter officers

Fabian: “O good Sir Toby, hold! Here come the officers.”

Viola: “Pray, sir, put your sword up, if you please.”

Sir Andrew: “Marry, will I, sir.”

1 Officer: “This is the man; do thy office.”

2 Officer: “Antonio, I arrest thee at the suit of Count Orsino.”

1 Officer: “Take him away; he knows I know him well.”

Antonio: “I must obey. My necessity makes me ask you for my purse. It grieves me much more for what I cannot do for you than what befalls myself. You stand amazed.”

2 Officer: “Come, sir, away.”

Antonio: “I must entreat of you some of that money.”

Viola: “What money, sir? For the fair kindness you have shown me here, and part being prompted by your present trouble, out of my lean and low ability I’ll lend you something. My having is not much; I’ll make division of my present with you; hold, there’s half my coffer.”

Antonio: “Will you deny me now? O heavens themselves! Let me speak a little. This youth that you see here I snatched one half out of the jaws of death, relieved him with such sanctity of love, and to his image, did I devotion. But, O, how vile an idol proves this God! Thou has, Sebastian, done good feature shame. None an be called deformed but the unkind.”

1 Officer: “The man grows mad. Away with him.”

Exit Antonio, with officers

Viola: “Prove true, imagination, O, prove true, that I, dear brother, be now taken for you! He named Sebastian. O, if it prove, tempests are kind, and salt waves fresh in love.”

Sir Toby: “A very dishonest, paltry boy. His dishonesty appears in leaving his friend here in necessity and denying him.”

Fabian: “A coward, a most devout coward.”

Sir Andrew: “I’ll after him again and beat him.”

Sir Toby: “Do; cuff him soundly, but never draw thy sword.”

Analysis

Olivia calls for Malvolio who is cross-dressed, according to Maria’s letter. Olivia is shocked. She knows nothing of this jest and figures Malvolio has gone mad. She goes off to see Viola and leaves Malvolio to Maria and Sir Toby, who pretend to assume he has become possessed of the devil and decide to lock him in a dark room.

Sir Andrew writes a letter challenging Viola to a fight. Sir Toby convinces both Sir Andrew and Viola that the other is a fierce killer and neither wants anything to do with the fight. Sir Toby and Fabian enjoy their jest. The two combatants draw their swords to fight just as Antonio arrives, mistaking Viola for Sebastian and taking Viola’s place in the fight against Sir Andrew. But just then the officers arrive to arrest Antonio for being in Illyria after all he had done as a soldier to the Duke’s navy some time ago. He asks Viola for his purse back, continuing to assume that Viola is Sebastian, who he lent his purse to. Viola knows nothing, of course , but Antonio thinks it is Sebastian, who is choosing to betray him in his time of need. The officers are convinced that Antonio is insane and they take him away. But Antonio had called Viola Sebastian, so Viola is hopeful that Sebastian has survived the shipwreck and is alive in Illyria. She runs off to find him.

The mistaken identities really set the pace here in Act III. Olivia is convinced that Malvolio is mad, Sir Toby has convinced Sir Andrew and Viola that they want to slaughter one another. Viola is now mistaken not only for the made up Cesario, but also for her brother Sebastian. The officers think Antonio is insane, Olivia thinks that Viola is a young man, and the Duke thinks his page is a young, if very feminine, man, who he is oddly attracted to. Typical of Shakespeare, just when the audience may sense that things have truly fallen completely apart, and are even drifting closer and closer to tragedy, we approach the resolution, which is inevitable in a comedy. But first, a very short and entertaining Act IV.

Act IV (3 scenes)

Scene i

Before Olivia’s house

Enter Sebastian and the Fool

Fool: “Will you make me believe that I am not sent for you?”

Sebastian: “Go to, go to, thou art a foolish fellow; let me be clear of thee.”

Fool: “No, I do not know you; nor I am not sent to you by my lady, to bid you come speak with her; nor your name is not Master Cesario; nor this is not my nose neither. Nothing that is so is so.”

Sebastian: “I prithee vent thy folly somewhere else. Thou know’st not me.”

Fool: “Vent my folly! He has heard that word of some great man, and now applies it to a fool. I prithee now, ungird thy strangeness, and tell me what I should vent to my lady. Shall I vent to her that thou art coming?”

Sebastian: “I prithee, foolish Greek, depart from me; there’s money for thee; if you tarry longer I shall give worse payment.”

Enter Sir Andrew, Sir Toby and Fabian

Sir Andrew: “Now sir, have I met you again? (Striking Sebastian). There’s for you.”

Sebastian: “Why, there’s for thee, and there, and there. Are all the people mad?”

Sir Toby: “Hold sir.” (holding Sebastian)

Fool: “This will I tell my lady straight.”

Exit Fool

Sir Andrew: “Nay, let him alone. I’ll have an action of battery against him, if there be any law in Illyria; though I struck him first, yet it’s no matter for that.”

Sebastian: “I will be free from thee. If thou dar’st tempt me further, draw thy sword.” (draws)

Sir Toby: “What, what?” (draws)

Enter Olivia

Olivia: “Hold, Toby; on thy life, I charge thee hold. Ungracious wretch, fit for the mountains and the barbarous caves, where manners never were preached! Out of my sight! be not offended, dear Cesario.”

Exit Sir Toby, Sir Andrew and Fabian

Olivia: “I prithee, gentle friend, go with me to my house.”

Sebastian: “I am mad, or else this is a dream. If it be thus to dream, still let me sleep!”

Olivia: “Nay, come, I prithee. Would thou be ruled by me?”

Sebastian: “Madam, I will.”

Olivia: “O, say so, and so be!”

Analysis

The Fool has been sent for Cesario and believes he sees him in Sebastian, who is Cesario’s similar looking brother. The Fool is perplexed and so is Sebastian, who thinks everyone here is mad. Sir Andrew also thinks he sees Cesario and hits him, as they were fighting only minutes earlier. Only this is Sebastian, who is a real scrapper, so Sir Andrew takes a beating. Sir Toby and Sebastian draw swords until Olivia arrives and stops them, her too thinking she sees Cesario. She invites him into her house. She asks ‘Cesario’ if he will be ruled by her and Sebastian answers, ‘Madam, I will.’ So Olivia thinks she has finally won over Cesario, not realizing that she has won over Cesario’s brother, Sebastian. Sebastian is totally perplexed by the events since his arrival. He has never been here before, yet everyone seems to know him. Some want to fight him and others want to love him. ‘Or am I mad, or else this is a dream.’

Act IV

Scene ii

Olivia’s house

Enter Maria and the Fool

Maria: “Nay, I prithee, put on this gown and this beard; make him believe thou art Sir Topas, the curate.”

Fool: “Well, I’ll put it on.”

Enter Sir Toby and Maria

Sir Toby: “Jove bless thee, Master Parson. The knave counterfeits well; a good knave.”

Malvolio: (within) “Who calls there?”

Fool: “Sir Topas, the curate, who comes to visit Malvolio the lunatic.”

Malvolio: “Sir Topas, good Sir Topas, go to my lady.”

Fool: “Out, hyperbolical fiend! How thou vexes this man! Talk’st thou nothing but ladies?”

Malvolio: “Sir Topas, never was man thus wronged. Good Sir Topas, do not think I am mad; they have laid me here in hideous darkness.”

Fool: “Fie, thou dishonest satan! Say’st thou that house is dark?”

Malvolio: “As hell, Sir Topas.”

Fool: “Why, it hath bay windows transparent.”

Malvolio: “I am not mad, Sir Topas. I say to you this house is dark.”

Fool: “Madman, thou errest. I say there is no darkness but ignorance.”

Malvolio: “I say that this house is as dark as ignorance, though ignorance were as dark as hell; and I say there was never man thus abused. I am no more mad than you are; make the trial of it in any constant question.”

Fool: “Fare thee well. Remain thou still in darkness.”

Malvolio: “Sir Topas, Sir Topas!”

Sir Toby: “My most exquisite Sir Topas! I would we were well rid of this knavery. For I am now so far in offence with my niece that I cannot pursue with any safety this sport to the upshot.

Exit Sir Toby and Maria

The fool sings

Malvolio: “Fool! Fool! Fool, I say! Good fool, as ever thou wilt deserve well at my hand, help me to a candle, and pen, ink and paper; as I am a gentleman, I will live to be thankful to thee for it.”

Fool: “Master Malvolio?”

Malvolio: “Ay, good fool.”

Fool: “Alas, sir, how fell you besides your five wits?”

Malvolio: “Fool, there was never man so notoriously abused; I am as well in my wits, fool, as thou art.”

Fool: “But as well? Then you are mad indeed, if you be no better in your wits than a fool.”

Malvolio: “They have here propertied me; keep me in darkness, send ministers to me, asses, and do all they can to face me out of my wits.”

Fool: “Advise you what you say: the minister is here (speaking as Sir Topas) Malvolio, thy wits the heavens restore! Endeavor thyself to sleep, and leave thy vain babble-babble.”

Malvolio: “Sir Topas!”

Fool: “Maintain no words with him, good fellow.”

Malvolio: “Fool, fool, fool, I say! Good fool, help me to some light and some paper. I tell thee I am as well in my wits as any man in Illyria.”

Fool: “Well-a-day that you were, sir!”

Malvolio: “Good fool, some ink, paper, and light; and convey what I will set down to my lady. It shall advantage thee more than ever the bearing of letter did.”

Fool:”I will help you to it. But tell me true, are you not mad indeed, or do you but counterfeit?”

Malvolio: “Believe me, I am not; I tell thee true.”

Fool: “Nay, I’ll never believe a madman till I see his brains. I will fetch you light and paper and ink.”

Malvolio: “Fool, I’ll requite it in the highest degree; I prithee, be gone.”

The fool sings

Analysis

Malvolio has been locked away and they dress up the Fool to act as Sir Topas, a curate, or priest. Malvolio wants out of his dark room and tries to convince his visitor that he is not mad. The fool torments him with contradictory responses and goes back and forth as curate and himself and finally agrees to get Malvolio pen and paper so that he can write to his lady. This prank against Malvolio goes quite far. As stuck up as Malvolio is, we can pity him at this point. Even Sir Toby senses things have gone far enough. It is almost as if Malvolio must be thus humiliated so that the others can revel all they want on this wild and hell bent Twelfth Night occasion.

Act IV

Scene iii

Olivia’s garden

Enter Sebastian

Sebastian: “Though ’tis wonder that enwraps me thus, yet ’tis not madness. Where’s Antonio, then? I could not find him at the Elephant. His counsel now might do me golden service; for though my soul disputes well with my sense that this may be some error, but no madness, yet doth this accident and flood of fortune so far exceed all instance, all discourse, that I am ready to distrust mine eyes and wrangle with my reason, that persuades me to any other trust but that I am mad, or else the lady’s mad; yet if it were so, she could not command her followers, and their dispatch with such a smooth, discreet and stable bearing, as I perceive she does. There is something in it that is deceivable. But her the lady comes.”

Enter Olivia and the priest

Olivia: “If you mean well, now go with me and with this holy man into the chantry by; there, before him plight me the full assurance of your faith. It shall come to note, what time we will our celebration keep. What do you say?”

Sebastian: “I’ll follow this good man, and go with you; and, having sworn truth, ever will be true.”

Olivia: “Then lead the way, good father, and heavens so shine!”

Analysis

Sebastian is trying to come to terms with what is happening to him here in Illyria. A beautiful woman is fawning over him and wants to marry him. He has decided that neither he nor Olivia are mad, although something is surely amiss. He is right of course, but simply has not figured it out yet. He agrees to marry Olivia, who believes she has finally won her Cesario!

Act V

Scene i

Before Olivia’s house

Enter Fool, Duke and Viola

Duke: “I know thee well. How dost thou, my good fellow?”

Fool: “Truly, sir, the better for my foes and the worse for my friends.”

Duke: “Just the contrary.”

Fool: “No, sir.”

Duke: “How can that be?”

Fool: “Marry, sir, they praise me, and make an ass of me. Now my foes tell me plainly I am an ass; so that by my foes, sir, I profit in the knowledge of myself, and by my friends I am abused; why then, the worse for my friends and the better for my foes.”

Duke: “Why, this is excellent.”

Fool: “By my troth, sir, no; though it please you to be one of my friends.”

Duke: “There’s gold.”

Enter Antonio and officers

Viola: “Here comes the man, sir, that did rescue me.”

Duke: “That face of his I do remember well; yet when I saw it last it was besmeared as black as Vulcan in the smoke of war.”

1 Officer: “Osino, this is that Antonio. Here in the streets we apprehended him.”

Viola: “He did me kindness, sir; drew on my side.”

Duke: ‘Notable pirate, thou salt-water thief!”

Antonio: “That most ungrateful boy there by your side from the rude sea’s enraged and foamy mouth did I redeem; a wreck past hope he was. His life I gave him, and did thereto add my love without restraint; for his sake did I expose myself, pure for his love, into the danger of this adverse town; drew to defend him when he was beset; where being apprehended, his false cunning, not meaning to partake with me in danger, taught him to face me out of his acquaintance, and denied me my own purse, which I had recommended to his use not half an hour before.”

Viola: “How can this be?”

Duke: “When came he to this town?”

Antonio: “Today, my lord. No interim, not a minute’s vacancy, both day and night did we keep company.”

Enter Olivia

Duke: “Thy words are madness. Three months this youth hath tended upon me.”

Olivia: “Cesario, do you not keep promise with me?”

Viola: “Madam?”

Olivia: “What do you say, Cesario?”

Viola: “My lord would speak; my duty hushes me.”

Olivia: “If it be aught to the old tune, my lord, it is as fat and fulsome to mine ear as howling after music.”

Duke: “Still so cruel?”

Olivia: “Still so constant, lord.”

Duke: “What, to perverseness? You uncivil lady, to whose ingrate and inauspicious altars my soul the faithfull’st offerings hath breathed out that ever devotion tendered! What shall I do?”

Olivia: “Even what it pleases my lord, that shall become him.”

Duke: “Why should I not kill what I love? A savage jealousy. But hear me this: live you the marble-breasted tyrant still; but this your minion, whom I know you love, and whom, by heaven I swear, I tender dearly, him will I tear out of that cruel eye. Come, boy, with me; my thoughts are ripe in mischief: I’ll sacrifice the lamb that I do love to spite a raven’s heart within a dove.”

Viola: “And I, to do you rest, a thousand deaths would die.”

Olivia: Where goes Cesario?”

Viola: “After him I love.”

Olivia: “Ay me, detested! How am I beguiled?”

Viola: “Who does beguile you? Who does do you wrong?”

Olivia: “Hast thou forgot thyself? Is it so long? Call forth the holy father. Cesario, husband, stay.”

Duke: “Husband?”

Olivia: “Ay, husband, can he deny that?”

Duke: “Her husband, sirrah?”

Viola: “No my lord, not I.”

Enter priest

Olivia: “O, welcome father! Father, I charge thee, by thy reverence, here to unfold what thou dost know hath newly passed between this youth and me.”

Priest: “A contract of eternal bond of love, confirmed by mutual joinder of your hands, attested by the holy close of lips, strengthened by interchangement of your rings; and all the ceremony of this compact sealed in my function, by my testimony.”

Duke: “O thou dissembling cub. Farewell and take her; but direct thy feet where thou and I henceforth may never meet.”

Viola: “My lord, I do protest.”

Olivia: “O, do not swear!”

Enter Sir Andrew

Sir Andrew: “For the love of God, a surgeon!”

Olivia: “What’s the matter?”

Sir Andrew: “He has broken my head and has given Sir Toby a bloody coxcomb too. For the love of God, your help!”

Olivia: “Who has done this, Sir Andrew?”

Sir Andrew: “Cesario. We took him for a coward, but he’s the very devil incarnate.”

Duke: “My gentleman, Cesario?”

Sir Andrew: “Here he is! You broke my head for nothing.”

Viola “Why did you speak to me? I never hurt you.”

Enter Sir Toby and the Fool

Sir Andrew: “Here comes Sir Toby; you shall hear more.”

Sir Toby: “He has hurt me, and there’s the end of it.”

Enter Sebastian

Sebastian: “I am sorry, madam, I have hurt your kinsman; you throw a strange regard upon me, and by that I do perceive it hath offended you. Pardon me, sweet one, even for the vows we made each other but so late ago.”

Duke: “One face, one vote, one habit, and two persons! A natural perspective that is and is not.”

Sebastian: “Antonio, my dear Antonio! How have the hours racked and tortured me since I have lost thee!”

Antonio: “Sebastian are you? How have you made division of yourself? An apple cleft in two is not more twin than these two creatures. Which is Sebastian?”

Olivia: “Most wonderful.”

Sebastian: “Do I stand there? I never had a brother; I had a sister whom the blind waves and surges have devoured. What kin are you to me? What countryman, what name, what parentage?”

Viola: “Sebastian was my father. Such a Sebastian was my brother too; so went he suited to his watery tomb.”

Sebastian: “Were you a woman, I should say, ‘Thrice welcome, drowned Viola!'”

Viola: “My father had a mole on his brow.”

Sebastian: “And so had mine.”

Viola: “I am Viola. I was preserved to serve this noble Count.”

Sebastian: “You are betrothed both to a maid and man.”

Duke: (to Viola) “Boy, thou has said to me a thousand times thou never would love a woman as much as me.”

Viola: “And all those sayings will I overswear.”

Duke: “Give me thy hand; and let me see thee in thy woman’s weeds.”

Viola: “The captain that did bring me first on shore hath my maid’s garments. He is now at Malvolio’s suit.”

Olivia: Fetch Malvolio hither; they say the poor gentleman is much distract.”

Re-enter Fool with a letter and Fabian

Fool: “He has here written a letter to you.”

Olivia: “Open it and read it.”

Fool: “Look then to be well edified when the fool delivers the madman. (reads madly) By the lord, madam!”

Olivia: “How now! Art thou mad?”

Fool: “No, madam, I do but read madness.”

Olivia: “Read in thy right wits. (to Fabian) Read it you, sirrah.”

Fabian: “By the lord, madam, you wrong me, and the world shall know it. Though you have put me into darkness and given your drunken cousin rule over me, yet have I the benefit of my senses. I have your own letter that induced me to the semblance I put on. Think of me as you please. Speak out my injury. The madly used Malvolio.”

Olivia: “Did he write this?”

Fool: “Ay, madam.”

Olivia: “See him delivered, Fabian; bring him hither. (to the Duke) My lord, so please you to think me as well a sister as a wife.”

Duke: “Madam, I am most apt to embrace your offer. (to Viola) Since you called me master for so long, here is my hand; you shall from this time be your master’s mistress.”

Olivia: “A sister! You are she.”

Enter Fabian with Malvolio

Duke: “Is this the madman?”

Olivia: “Ay, my lord. How now, Malvolio?”

Malvolio: “Madam, you have done me wrong, notorious wrong.”

Olivia: “Have I, Malvolio? No.”

Malvolio: “Lady, you have. Pray you peruse that letter. You must not now deny it is your hand. And tell me, why you have given me such clear lights of favour, bade me come smiling and cross-gartered to you, to put on yellow stockings, and to frown upon Sir Toby. Why have you suffered me to be imprisoned, kept in a dark house, visited by the priest, and made the most notorious gull that ever intention played on? Tell me why.”

Olivia: “Alas, Malvolio, this is not my writing. ‘Tis Maria’s hand. This practice hath most shrewdly passed upon thee, but, when we know the grounds and authors of it, thou shalt be both the plaintiff and the judge of thine own cause.”

Fabian: “Good madam, hear me speak. Most freely I confess myself and Toby set this device against Malvolio here. Maria wrote the letter, at Sir Toby’s great importance, in recompense whereof he hath married her.”

Olivia: “Alas, poor fool, how have they baffled thee.”

Fool: “Why, I was one, sir, in this interlude – one Sir Topas.”

Malvolio: “I’ll be revenged on the whole pack of you.”

Exit Malvolio

Olivia: “He hath been most notoriously abused.”

Duke: “Pursue him, and entreat him to a peace; Cesario, come; for so you shall be while you are a man; but when in other habits you are seen, Orsino’s mistress, and his fancy’s queen.”

Analysis

Act V is action packed and remains one of the more eventful resolution and reconciliation scenes in all of Shakespeare. The officers have arrested Antonio as an enemy of Orsino’s, as they recognized him to be the man who fought so hard against the Duke’s navy some time ago. When the Duke asks Antonio why he has returned to Illyria, Antonio explains to the Duke how he saved and protected Sebastian. He then unleashes his anger at Cesario, who he continues to believe is Sebastian, claiming that Sebastian stole his purse and denied knowing him. Olivia arrives and she too believes that Viola is Sebastian, whom she has just married. Duke Orsino is furious to hear that Cesario has married Olivia and when Cesario denies any such marriage and claims to only love Duke Orsino Olivia is outraged at Cesario. Olivia brings in the priest who confirms that Sebastian and Olivia are married. Duke Orsino hears this and banishes both Cesario and Olivia.

Next, Sir Andrew arrives and claims that both he and Sir Toby have been beaten up by Cesario, who of course denies any such action on his part. Finally, Sebastian enters and makes peace with Antonio, while everyone else stares at the two look alikes. Sebastian and Viola recognize each other and reunite as siblings, Olivia realizes she is married to Sebastian, and the Duke and Viola agree to be married. When the Duke tells Viola to change into her woman’s clothing everyone suddenly realizes that Cesario is a woman. Malvolio arrives and is furious at Olivia for writing the letter which caused him to make such an ass of himself to everyone in the household. Olivia examines the letter and realizes that it is in Maria’s handwriting. Clearly Malvolio has been the victim of a terrible practical joke that clearly went too far. Fabian confesses on behalf of all involved and Malvolio swears he will get revenge on the whole pack of them. The Duke promises to make peace with Malvolio and arranges for the double marriage celebration of he and Viola and Olivia and Sebastian. The fool sings one last sad song and the play ends.

This last scene is nearly four hundred lines long, as there is much unraveling necessary from the various misadventures and mistaken identities developed in previous acts. It is the appearance of Sebastian that most helps to set things right and free Cesario of so many conflicting roles. Antonio no longer blames Cesario for having seemingly betrayed him. It is now Sebastian who is married to Olivia, not Cesario. Sebastian assumes all of the male roles which Cesario has maintained throughout the play. Now Cesario can marry the Duke, once she sheds her male disguise. Twelfth Night is a comedy, so we get a double marriage of the principle characters in the end. Only Malvolio and Antonio leave the stage unsatisfied. Malvolio swears revenge on the ‘whole pack’ of those who humiliated him and Antonio will not successfully woo Sebastian. Finally, the fool sings a very sad song at the end of the play about growing up in a very harsh world, being lashed by the eternal winds and rains of life.

Final Thoughts

Shakespeare’s sources for Twelfth Night include a romantic short story from 1554 collection called Stories. The Malvolio, Sir Toby and Sir Andrew characters are Shakespeare originals. Twelfth Night was likely written in 1601, around the same time as Hamlet and Troilus and Cressida. The first known performance was on 2 February 1602, at the Inns of Court, starring Richard Burbage as Malvolio and Robert Armin as Feste. It has always remained a most popular play and some of the notable Violas have been Peggy Ashcroft, Vivian Leigh, Katherine Hepburn and Judi Dench. Among the male actors we find Laurence Olivier (Malvolio), Ralph Richardson (Sir Toby) and Paul Scofield (Sir Andrew). Twelfth Night is the rare Shakespeare play whose original soundtrack survives. There was an opera of the play produced in 1820, made up of over twenty songs derived from a mix of Shakespeare plays. There have been at least five film versions of Twelfth Night, the latest in 2019. There are several excellent stage productions and three of the five films available free on youtube in addition to ample clips and analysis.

Henry V

Introduction

Henry V continues the eight play / five monarch sequence from Richard II (1377-1399) to Richard III (1483-1485). King Henry V is by far the most respected and capable of these five monarchs, but the competition for that title is hardly robust, as Richard was murdered for his incompetence, Henry IV was paralyzed by the murder of Richard, Henry VI was less than a year old when he assumed the throne and, although he served a lengthy term as King, he was beleaguered by dissension and the civil war known as the War of the Roses. Finally, Richard III was pretty much a walking homicide, and will be the last English monarch to be killed on the battlefield. Nonetheless, Henry V was a very strong and effective king, who leads his soldiers to one of England’s greatest victories over the French at the Battle of Agincourt. King Henry V may have had a bad reputation prior to ascending the throne, but he united the English as the last great warrior king of the Middle Ages and proved victorious in the famous Battle of Agincourt in 1415 before uniting the English and the French crowns and marrying the daughter of the King of France. Unfortunately, he likely contracted dysentery while conducting a siege of the French town of Meaux and died back home not long afterwards at the age of 35. Henry V stands in vivid contrast to the Prince Hal of the two Henry IV plays, although many of his finest characteristics were honed in Eastcheap with Sir John Falstaff. Shakespeare, in fact, humanizes Henry in this play, portraying him with a tremendous common touch, an abundance of self-awareness, political pragmatism and human understanding. In contrast, the French royal court and military leadership come across as highly artificial and ineffective. The Boar’s Head Tavern crowd is brought forward into this play but they are radically transformed in this new age with a new king. Falstaff is reputed dead, meaning Shakespeare failed to keep his promise made in the epilogue of Henry IV, Part II, to ‘continue the story with Sir John in it’. Mistress Quickly dies of grief and venereal disease, both Bardolph and Nym are hanged, and Pistol decides to leave the army and return to Eastcheap and continue thieving. This is a new age, indeed, and the Eastcheap crew is out of place in it.

What we are witnessing in this play is nothing short of the birth of modern England, and it is achieved, make no doubt about it, through war. War is examined from a variety of perspectives, both glorious and tragic. Henry is an effective Warrior-King, both in his strategic leadership and in his rhetoric. The speeches attributed to King Henry are both manipulative and inspiring, as Shakespeare continues to both stretch and create the newly emerging English language into dizzying fresh heights of expression never before encountered or even envisioned. ‘Once more into the breach, dear friends’ and ‘We few, we happy few, we band of brothers’ have been cited repeatedly throughout English culture. But in the final analysis this is a story about a genuine high point in English history, when a smaller ‘band’ of English soldiers routed a much larger French army. This is the most nationalistic play in English history and Shakespeare’s most patriotic. Speeches have been lifted from this play at various patriotic moments in English history, such as during world war two when Winston Churchill used ‘we few, we happy few, we band of brothers’ in his radio broadcast describing ‘how many owe so much to the so few’ English pilots who held off the Nazi air force and saved the country during the Battle of Britain in 1940. Perspectives have altered tremendously about this play, depending on precisely when it was staged and by whom. There was absolutely no romanticizing world war one and in its immediate aftermath there was a version highly critical of such jingoistic glorification of the brutality of war. At other times King Henry V is celebrated a great conqueror, a national hero and the strongest English monarch prior to King Henry VIII. He was certainly fond of war and had developed a common touch as Prince Hal. But the Prince Hal who Falstaff was every bit in love with is certainly not the King Henry V of this play, who is more like Hotspur than one of the Eastcheap staples. It has been suggested that he took his father up on his advice to ‘busy giddy minds with foreign quarrels’ and it worked out exceedingly well for him. One can only guess what his reign might have been had he remained home. Henry V is rarely included on a list of Shakespeare’s most vaunted works of genius. It is tremendous heroic English history but it lacks the character depth of those finest plays. This is a play about great events more than great individuals, as we don’t penetrate the interior of King Henry’s individuality or motivations as we do Hamlet, Lear, Juliet or Falstaff. This is a play about exterior life, in which we admire King Henry because it seems we ought to. Shakespeare’s history plays were among the most popular productions staged in his lifetime and Henry V, with its reformed Prince Hal assuming the throne and becoming a great warrior king in his astonishing conquest of France, is a great example of why this remains true. Today, the popularity of the play has much to do with the films starring Laurence Olivier (1944) and Kenneth Branagh (1989), both most highly recommended and available free on youtube.

Act I

Prologue

Enter Chorus

Chorus: “O for a muse of fire, that would ascend the brightest heaven of invention, a kingdom for a stage, princes to act, and monarchs to behold the swelling scene! Then should the warlike Harry, like himself, assume the port of Mars; and at his heels, should famine, sword and fire, crouch for employment. But pardon, gentles all, can this cockpit hold the vast fields of France? Or may we cram within this wooden O the very casques that did affright the air at Agincourt? Let us, ciphers to this great account, on your imaginary forces work. Suppose within the girdle of these walls are now confined two mighty monarchies. Piece out our imperfections with your thoughts; into a thousand parts divide one man; think, when we talk of horses, that you see them printing their proud hoofs in the receiving earth; for ’tis your thoughts that now must deck our kings, carry them here and there, jumping over times, turning the accomplishment of many years into an hour-glass; for the which supply, admit me Chorus to this history; who, prologue-like, your humble patience pray gently to hear, kindly to judge, our play.

Analysis

Chorus opens each act of Henry V. In this prologue he reminds us that we will need to use our imaginations to really see the great events we are to witness. We must believe that this Globe Theatre is actually the fields of France and that the few actors are really the grand armies who will fight and die on those fields. Large battles, like Agincourt, are hard to represent on a small theatrical stage, so Chorus hopes we might overcome the limits of the stage by using our mental powers of imagination to experience what is truly intended.

Act I (2 scenes)

Scene i

London. The King’s palace

Enter the Archbishop of Canterbury and the Bishop of Ely

Canterbury: “My lord, I’ll tell you; that self bill is urged.”

Ely: “But, how, my lord, shall we resist it?”

Canterbury: “If it passes against us we lose the better half of our possession; for all the temporal lands which men devout by testament have given to the Church would they strip from us.”

Ely: “But what prevention?”

Canterbury: “The King is full of grace and fair regard.”

Ely: “And a true lover of the Holy Church.”

Canterbury: “The course of his youth promised it not. The breath no sooner left his father’s body but that his wildness seemed to die too; yea, at that very moment, consideration like an angel came and whipped the offending Adam out of him, leaving his body as a paradise to envelope and contain celestial spirits. Never was such a sudden scholar made as in this king.”

Ely: “We are blessed in the change.”

Canterbury: “Since his addiction was to courses vain, his companies unlettered, rude and shallow, his hours filled up with riots, banquets, sports…”

Ely: “And so the Prince obscured his contemplation under the veil of wildness.”

Canterbury: “We must needs admit the means how things are perfected.”

Ely: “But my good lord, how now for mitigation of this bill urged by the Commons? Doth his Majesty incline to it, or no?”

Canterbury: “He seems indifferent; or rather swaying more upon our part than against us; for I have made an offer to his Majesty – upon our spiritual convocation as touching France – to give a greater sum than ever at one time the clergy yet did to his predecessors part withal.”

Ely: “How did this offer seem received, my lord?”

Canterbury: “With good acceptance of his Majesty; save that there was not time enough to hear, as the French ambassador upon that instant craved audience; and the hour, I think, is come to give him hearing. So we go in.”

Analysis

A bill has been passed by the Commons which would strip the Church of much of its possessions and help to finance the King’s government. Naturally, these two powerful church figures want to prevent this bill from gaining royal assent. Their hope is to encourage the king to fight to reclaim lands lost in France by his predecessors, to which the Church will make an unprecedented contribution. There is much discussion, as always with King Henry V, of his wayward days and the extraordinary transformation that has thankfully occurred in him since his father’s death. The French ambassador has arrived and their meeting is the subject of scene ii.

Act I

Scene ii

London. The palace

Enter the King, Exeter and Westmoreland

King: “Where is my gracious Lord of Canterbury? Send for him.”

Westmoreland: “Shall we call in the ambassador, my liege?”

King: “Not yet. We would be resolved, before we hear him, of some things of weight that task our thoughts, concerning us and France.”

Enter the Archbishop of Canterbury and the Bishop of Ely

Canterbury: “God and the angels guard your sacred throne, and make you long become it!”

King: “We thank you. My learned lord, we pray you to proceed, and justly and religiously unfold why the law should or should not bar us from our claim. For God doth know how many, now in health, shall drop their blood in approbation of what your reverence shall incite us to. Therefore, take heed how you awaken our sleeping sword of war. For never two such kingdoms did contend without much fall of blood. May I with right and conscience make this claim?”

Canterbury: “Gracious lord, unwind your bloody flag, look back into your mighty ancestors. Go, my dread lord, to your great-grand-sire’s tomb, invoke his warlike spirit and your great uncle’s, Edward the Black Prince, who on the French ground played a tragedy, making defeat on the full power of France.”

Ely: “Awake remembrance of these valiant dead, and renew their feats. You are their heir; you sit upon their throne; the blood and courage that renowned them runs in your veins, ripe for exploits and mighty enterprises.”

Exeter: “Your brother kings and monarchs of the earth do all expect that you should rouse yourself, as did the former lions of your blood.”

Westmoreland: “They know your Grace hath cause and means and might – never King of England had nobles richer and more loyal subjects, whose hearts have left their bodies here in England and lie in the fields of France.”

Canterbury: “O, let their bodies follow, my dear liege; with blood and sword and fire to win your right! In aid whereof we of the spirituality will raise your Highness such a mighty sum as never did the clergy at one time bring in to any of your ancestors.”

King: “We must not only arm to invade the French, but lay down our proportions to defend against the Scot, who will make road upon us with all advantages. For you shall read that my great-grandfather never went with his focus into France but that the Scot on his unfurnished kingdom came pouring, like the tide into a breach, with ample and brim fullness of his force, that England, being empty of defence, hath shook and trembled at the ill neighbourhood.”

Westmoreland: “There’s a saying, very old and true: if that you will France win, then with Scotland first begin.

King: “Now we are resolved; France being ours, we’ll bend it to our awe, or break it all to pieces.

Enter the ambassadors to France

King: “Now are we well prepared to know the pleasure of our fair cousin Dauphin. Tell us the Dauphin’s mind.”

Ambassador: “Thus then, your highness did claim some certain dukedoms in the right of you great predecessor, King Edward III. In answer of which claim, the Prince our master says that you savour too much of your youth, and bids you be advised there’s nought in France that can be with a nimble galliard won; you cannot revel into dukedoms there. He therefore sends you this treasure and desires you let the dukedoms that you claim hear no more of you. This the Dauphin speaks.”

King: “What treasure, uncle?

Exeter: “Tennis balls, my liege.

King: “We are glad the Dauphin is so pleasant with us; when we have matched our rackets to these balls, we will in France, by God’s grace, play a set shall strike his father’s crown into the hazard. Tell him he hath made a match with such a wrangler that all the courts of France will be disturbed. And we understand him well, how he comes over us with our wilder days, not measuring what use we made of them. But tell the Dauphin I will be like a king when I do and rouse me in my throne of France. I will rise there with so full a glory that I will dazzle all the eyes of France, yea, strike the Dauphin blind to look on us. And tell the pleasant Prince this mock of his hath turned his balls to gun-stones, and his soul shall stand sore charged for the wasteful vengeance that shall fly with them; for many a thousand widows shall this his mock mock out of their dear husbands; mock mothers from their sons, mock castles down; and some are yet ungotten and unborn that shall have cause to curse the Dauphin’s scorn. Tell you the Dauphin, I am coming on, to venge me as I may and to put forth my rightful hand in a well-hallowed cause. So get you hence in peace, and tell the Dauphin his jest will savour but of shallow wit, when thousands weep more than did laugh at it. Convey them with safe conduct. Fare you well.”

Analysis

Before King Henry speaks with the French ambassadors, he chooses to meet with his Church advisors about the wisdom and practicality of invading France. All of his advisors encourage him toward France. The Church, hoping to get around the ‘self bill’ in the Commons, offers an unprecedented donation to King Henry for these wars in France. Henry is concerned that while invading France the Scots may invade England from the north, as is their historic tendency. He is convinced to only bring one quarter of his forces to France and to leave the rest behind in the defence of England. King Henry agrees to proceed with the invasion of France before he even speaks with the French ambassadors. The Dauphin, son to the French King and heir to the throne, has his ambassador hurl insults before King Henry, suggesting that he is still too young and wild to be a responsible adult or a threat to France. Furthermore, the Dauphin has sent King Henry a gift of tennis balls for the young and playful king, only mocking him further. King Henry is furious and warns the Dauphin through his ambassador, that he could not be more wrong about King Henry, who will descend upon France and ascend to the French throne. He is determined to avenge this insult by wreaking havoc on France. King Henry turns the joking mockery around onto the Dauphin with his bold and avenging rhetoric, which sounds like anything but the words of a child. The stage is set for France.

Act II (4 scenes)

Prologue

Chorus: “Now all the youth of England are on fire; now thrive the armourers, and honour’s thought reigns solely in the breast of every man; they sell the pasture now to buy the horse. For now sits expectation in the air, promised to Harry and his followers. The French, advised by good intelligence of this most dreadful preparation, shake in their fear and with pale policy seek to divert the English purposes. But see thy fault! France hath in thee found out a nest of hollow bosoms, which he fills with three corrupted men – Richard Earl of Cambridge, Henry Lord Scroop and Sir Thomas Grey of Northumberland – have – o guilt indeed – confirmed conspiracy with fearful France. The sum is paid, the traitors are agreed, and the scene is now transported, gentles, to Southhampton. There is the playhouse now, and there must you sit, and thence to France shall we convey you safe and bring you back, charming the narrow seas to give you gentle pass; for, if we may, we’ll not offend one stomach with our play.

Analysis

Chorus informs us that England is wholly committed to war with France and the French are fearful as they observe the preparations. However, the French have corrupted three prominent Englishmen with payments to have King Henry killed in Southhampton, where our play now moves before we journey to France on seas calm enough to ensure not a single stomach will be upset. Great action is clearly afoot here.

Act II (4 scenes)

Scene i

London. The Boar’s head Tavern in Eastcheap

Enter Nym and Bardolph

Bardolph: “Well met, Corporal Nym.”

Nym: “Good morrow, Lieutenant Bardolph.”

Bardolph: “What, are Pistol and you friends yet?”

Nym: “For my part, I care not.”

Bardolph: “We’ll be all three sworn brothers to France. It is certain, Corporal Nym, that he is married to Nell Quickly, and certainly she did you wrong, for you were troth to her.”

Nym: “I cannot tell; things must be as they may. Though patience be a tired mare, yet she will plod.”

Enter Pistol and Hostess Quickly

Bardolph: “Here comes Pistol and his wife.”

Nym: “How now, mine host Pistol!”

Pistol: “Base tike, call me host? I swear I scorn the term; nor shall my Nell keep lodgers.”

Nym draws his sword

Hostess: “Now we shall see wilful adultery and murder committed.”

Pistol: “Iceland dog! Thou prick-eared cur of Iceland!”

Hostess: “Good Corporal Nym, show thy valour and put up your sword.”

Pistol: “O viper vile!”

Nym: “If you grow foul with me, Pistol, I will scour you with my rapier.”

Pistol: “O braggart vile. The grave doth gape and doting death is near. Therefore exhale.”

Pistol draws his sword

Bardolph: “Hear me, he that strikes the first stroke I’ll run him up to the hilts, as I am a soldier.”

Bardolph draws his sword. Pistol and Nym sheathe their swords

Nym: “I will cut thy throat one time or another.”

Pistol: “O hound of Crete, think thou my spouse to get? I have and will hold Hostess Quickly.”

Enter Falstaff’s boy

Boy: “Mine host, Pistol, you must come to my master; and your hostess – he is very sick, and would to bed. Faith, he’s very ill.”

Exit Hostess and boy

Bardolph: “Come, shall I make you two friends? We must to France together; why the devil should we keep knives to cut one another’s throats?”

Nym: “You’ll pay me the eight shillings I won of you at betting?”

Pistol: “Base is the slave who pays.”

Pistol and Nym draw their swords

Bardolph: “By this sword, he that makes the first thrust I’ll kill him.”

Nym: “I shall have my eight shillings?”

Pistol: “A noble shall thou have, and present pay; and liquor likewise will I give to thee, and friendship shall combine, and brotherhood. Is not this just? Give me thy hand.”

Hostess: “Come in quickly to Sir John. Ah, poor heart! He is so shaken of a burning that it is most lamentable to behold. Sweet men, come to him.”

Nym: “The King hath run bad humours on the knight.”

Pistol: “Nym, thou has spoken right. His heart is fractured. Let us console the knight.”

Analysis

There is quite the contrast between the heroic and patriotic soldiers suggested in the Act II Prologue by Chorus and these men we encounter in scene one in Eastcheap. This is the former haunt of Prince Hal and Falstaff and these were their friends. Now Hal is the King of England and, as we learn here, Falstaff lies heartbroken, sick and dying from Hal’s rejection of him. If these are the soldiers that will fight the French then one wonders why the French are fearful of the English army. Eastcheap seems a very different place without the wit and energetic banter of Prince Hal and Sir John.

Act II

Scene ii

Southhampton

Enter Exeter, Bedford and Westmoreland

Bedford: “His Grace is bold, to trust these traitors.”

Exeter: “They shall be apprehended by and by.”

Westmoreland: “How smooth and even they do bear themselves, as if allegiance in their bosoms sat, crowned with faith and constant loyalty!”

Bedford: “The King hath note of all that they intend, by interception which they dreamt not of.”

Enter the King and the three traitors

King: “Now sits the wind fair, and we will aboard. My Lord of Cambridge, and my kind Lord Scroop, and you, Sir Thomas Grey, give me your thoughts. Think you not that the powers we bear with us will cut their passage through the force of France?

Scroop: “No doubt, my liege, if each man do his best.”

Cambridge: “Never was monarch better feared and loved than is your Majesty. There’s not, I think, a subject, that sits in uneasiness under the sweet shade of your government.”

Grey: “True: those that were your father’s enemies do serve you with hearts of duty and zeal.”

King: “We therefore have great cause of thankfulness. Now to our French causes: who are the late commissioners?

Cambridge: “I am one, my lord. Your Highness bade me ask for it today.”

Scroop: “So did you me, me liege.”

Grey: “And I, my royal sovereign.”

King: “Then, read them, and know I know your worthiness. Why, how now, gentlemen? What see you in the papers, that you lose so much complexion? Look ye how thy change! Why, what read you there that have so coward and chased your blood out of appearance?”

Cambridge: “I do confess my fault, and do submit me to your Highness’ mercy.”

Grey and Scroop: “To which we all appeal.”

King: “You must not dare, for shame, to talk of mercy. See you, my princes and noble peers, these English monsters! My Lord of Cambridge here – this man hath, for a few light crowns, lightly conspired, and sworn unto the practices of France to kill us here in Southhampton; to the which this knight, no less for bounty bound to us than Cambridge is, hath likewise sworn. But O, what shall I say to thee, Lord Scroop, thou cruel, ungrateful, savage, and inhuman creature? Thou that did bear the key of all my counsels, that knew the very bottom of my soul. Treason and murder ever kept together; but thou, against all proportion, did bring in wonder to wait on treason and on murder. I will weep for thee; for this revolt of thine, methinks, is like another fall of man. Arrest them to the answer of the law; and God acquit them of their practices!”

Exeter: “I arrest thee of high treason, by the name of Richard, Earl Cambridge. I arrest thee of high treason, by the name of Lord Scroop. I arrest thee of high treason, by the name of Thomas Grey, knight, of Northumberland.”

Scoop: “I repent my fault more than my death; which I beseech your Highness to forgive, although my body pay the price of it.”

Cambridge: “God be thanked for prevention, which I in sufferance heartily will rejoice, beseeching God and you to pardom me.”

Grey: “Never did faithful subject more rejoice at the discovery of most dangerous treason than I do at this hour joy over myself, prevented from a damned enterprise.”

King: “Hear your sentence: you have conspired against our royal person, joined with an enemy proclaimed and from his coffers received the golden earnest of our death; wherein you would have sold your king to slaughter, his princes and his peers to servitude, his subjects to oppression and contempt, and his whole kingdom into desolation. Touching our person we seek no revenge; but we our kingdom’s safety must so tender, whose ruin you have sought, that to the laws we do deliver you. Get you therefore hence, poor miserable wretches, to your death.”

Exit Cambridge, Scroop and Grey, under guard

King: “Now lords, for France; cheerly to sea; no king of England, if not king of France!

Analysis

Henry and his forces are at the port of Southhampton, preparing to voyage to France, when they have received word of three notable traitors in their midst. They are each respectable peers of the realm and King Henry consults them for their advice on the war against France before exposing their crimes and having them arrested and put to death for treason. They were prepared to murder King Henry before he boarded his ship for France. One of them, Lord Scroop, was a very close friend to the king. Only now, do the king’s forces cross the sea.

Act II

Scene iii

Eastcheap. The Boar’s Head Tavern

Enter Pistol, Hostess Quickly, Nym, Bardolph and Falstaff’s boy

Pistol: “Falstaff is dead.”

Bardolph: “Would I were with him, either in heaven or in hell!”

Hostess: “Sure, he’s not in hell; he’s in Arthur’s bosom, if ever man went to Arthur’s bosom. I saw him fumble with the sheets, and play with flowers, and smile upon his fingers’ end, and I knew there was but one way. I put my hand into his bed and felt his feet; and they were as cold as any stone; and then I felt his knees, and so upward and upward, and all was as cold as any stone.”

Nym: “They say he cried out for sack.”

Hostess: “Ay, that he did.”

Bardolph: “And for women.”

Boy: “Yes, that he did, and said they were devils incarnate.”

Pistol: “Let us for France.”

Bardolph: “Farewell Hostess.”

Hostess: “Farewell; adieu.”

Analysis

Here is the scene of Falstaff’s death. In the epilogue to Henry IV, Part II, the speaker promises to bring him back into this play, but that was never likely. This play is not principally about Eastcheap or the life of the rogues who inhabit it. Falstaff would either have been lost in Henry V or he would have overwhelmed it with his old familiar wit and exuberance. And besides, Shakespeare satisfied the Queen’s craving for more of Falstaff by hurriedly penning the dubious ‘Merry Wives of Windsor’, which is all Falstaff, silly and witless as he is therein presented. So here is the end of a Shakespeare legend. He remains the Bard’s favourite character for countless fans. Pistol brings news of his death and he is mourned at the Boar’s Head, appropriately so, by those who he cavorted with so openly in Henry IV, Part I. They say he cried out for sack and for women just before he died. What a way to go! Au Revoir, Sir John!

Act II

Scene IV

France. The King’s palace

Enter King Charles of France, the Dauphin (his son and heir) and the Constable of France

King of France: “Thus come the English with full power upon us; and more than carefully it concerns us to answer royally in our defences. And you, Prince Dauphin, with all swift dispatch, line and new repair our towns of war with men of courage and with means defendant.”

Dauphin: “My most redoubted father, defences, musters, and preparations should be maintained, assembled and collected, as were a war in expectation. And let us do it with no show of fear, for, my good liege, England is so idly king’d her sceptre so fantastically bourne by a vain, giddy, shallow, humorous youth, that fear attends her not.”

Constable:”O peace, Prince Dauphin! You are too much mistaken in this king. Question your Grace the late ambassadors how well supplied with noble counsellors, how modest in exception, and withal how terrible in constant resolution.”

Dauphin: “‘Tis not so, my Lord High Constable; but in cases of defence ’tis best to weigh the enemy more mighty than he seems.'”

King of France: “Think we King Harry strong; and, Princes, look you strongly arm to meet him. He is bred out of that bloody strain that haunted us in our familiar paths. Witness our too much memorable shame when all our Princes were captive by Edward, Black Prince of Wales. This is a stem of that victorious stock; and let us fear the native mightiness and fate of him.”

Enter a messenger

Messenger: “Ambassadors from Harry, King of England, do crave admittance to your Majesty.”

King of France: “We’ll give them present audience. Go and bring them.”

Dauphin: “Good my sovereign, let them know of what a monarchy you are the head.”

Enter lords with Exeter

King of France: “From our brother of England?”

Exeter: “From him, and thus he greets your Majesty: he wills you, in the name of God Almighty, that you divest yourself, and lay apart the borrowed glories that by gift of heaven – namely the crown. Resign your crown and kingdom.”

King of France: “Or else what follows?”

Exeter: “Bloody constraint; for if you hide the crown even in your hearts, there will he rake for it. In fierce tempest he is coming, and bids you, deliver up the crown; and to take mercy on the dear souls for whom this hungry war opens his vast jaws, turning the widow’s tears, the orphan’s cries, the dead men’s blood, the maidens’ groans, that shall be swallowed in this controversy. This is his claim, his threatening, and my message.

King of France: “For us, we will consider this further; tomorrow, shall you bear our full intent back to our brother England.”

Dauphin: “For the Dauphin, what to him from England?”

Exeter: “Scorn and defiance, slight regard, contempt doth he prize you at. Thus says my king. He shall chide your trespass and return your mock.”

Dauphin: “I desire nothing but odds with England. To that end, as matching to his youth and vanity, I did present him with the Paris balls.”

Exeter: “He’ll make your Paris Louvre shake for it, and be assured you’ll find a difference, as we his subjects have wonder found, between the promise of his greener days and these he masters now. Now he weighs time even to the utmost grain; that you shall read in your own losses, if he stay in France.

Analysis

The French court is deeply divided. The Dauphin remains eager to fight, as he still believes King Henry to be the foolish youth he was as Prince Hal. But the King and others in the court are not convinced of this. The ambassadors are certain of his might and the King reminds the Dauphin that King Henry is directly descendent of the great warriors from England who have previously plagued France, such as Edward, the Black Prince of Wales and King Edward III. Just then Exeter arrives from King Henry, insisting that the French King surrender his crown to Henry or suffer the grievous consequences for the poor souls of France. The King will announce his decision the following morning. As the battle draws closer we see the perspectives of both the English and the French. King Charles appears wise and cautious, unlike his son, who can’t wait to fight the English. Exeter’s message to King Charles from King Henry is clear and daunting. Deliver up your crown or else suffer the destruction of France and the French people. The first two acts have prepared us for war. Act III will deliver.

Act III (7 scenes)

Prologue

Thus with imagined wing our swift scene flies. Suppose that you have seen the well-appointed King at Hampton pier embark his royalty. Play with your fancies; and in them behold upon the tackle-ships boys climbing; hear the shrill whistle; behold the threaden sails; draw the huge bottoms through the borrowed sea, breasting the lofty surge. O, do but think you behold a city on the inconstant billows dancing; for so appears this fleet majestical, holding due course to Harfleur. Follow, follow! Grapple your minds to steerage of this navy and leave your England, guarded with grandsires, babies and old women; for who is he that will not follow these culled and choice-drawn cavaliers to France? Work, work your thoughts, and therein see a siege, with fatal mouths gaping on girded Harfleur. Suppose the ambassador from the French comes back; tells Harry that the King doth offer him Katherine his daughter, and with her to dowry some petty and unprofitable dukedoms. The offer likes not; and the devilish canon touches, and down goes all before them. Still be kind, and eke out our performance with your mind.

Analysis

Chorus describes King Henry’s voyage to France and to the siege of Harfleur. The French King Charles did not offer to surrender his crown, as requested, but rather only offered a few dukedoms and his daughter’s hand in marriage. King Henry rejected this offer and therefore the siege of Harfleur continues.

Act III

Scene i

France, before Harfleur

Enter King Henry and soldiers

King: “Once more into the breach, dear friends, once more; or close the wall up with our English dead. In peace there’s nothing so becomes a man as modest stillness and humility; but when the blast of war blows in our ears, then imitate the action of the tiger: stiffen the sinews, summon up the blood, disguise fair nature with hard-favoured rage; then lend the eye a terrible aspect; set the teeth and stretch the nostrils wide; hold hard the breath, and bend up every spirit to his full height. On, on, you noblest English, whose blood is fet from fathers of war-proof – fathers like so many Alexanders. Dishonour not your mothers. Be copy now to men of grosser blood, and teach them how to war. Let us swear that you are worth your breeding – which I doubt not; for there is none of you so mean and base that hath not noble lustre in your eyes. I see you stand like greyhounds in the slips, straining upon the start. The game’s afoot; follow your spirit; and upon this charge cry ‘God for Harry, England and St George!

Analysis

As the battle to break the defences of Harfleur begins King Henry commands his men with a gallant and powerful speech intended to inspire them to fight like true Englishmen. He conjures up their ancestors and their manhoods, while evoking English patriotism. ‘Let us swear that you are worth your breeding.’ This is a play about war and we are about to plunge into battle in Acts III and IV. Often considered one of the great passages in Henry V, this speech has become very well known and appreciated over the many centuries it has been recited. ‘Once more into the breach!’

Act III

Scene ii

Before Harfleur

Enter Nym, Bardolph and Pistol

Bardolph: “On, on, on, on! To the Breach, to the breach!”

Nym: “Pray thee, Corporal, stay; the knocks are too hot.”

Pistol: “Knocks come and go; and swords and shield in bloody field doth win the immortal fame.”

Boy: “Would I were in an alehouse in London! I would give all my fame for a pot of ale and safety.”

Pistol: “And I.”

Enter Fluellen

Fluellen: “Up to the breach, you dogs! Avaunt, you cullions! (he drives them forward)

Pistol: “Be merciful, great duke, to men of mould; abate thy only rage.”

Exit all but the boy

Boy: “As young as I am, I have observed these three swathers. I am boy to them all three; but indeed three such antics do not amount to a man. For Bardolph, he is white livered and red faced but fights not. For Pistol, he hath a killing tongue and a quiet sword; he breaks words and keeps whole weapons. For Nym, he scorns to say his prayers lest he should be thought a coward; but his few bad words are matched with as few good deeds; for he never broke any man’s head but his own, and that was against a post when he was drunk. They will steal anything, and call it purchase. Bardolph stole a lute-case, bore it twelve leagues, and sold it for three halfpence. Nym and Bardolph are sworn brothers in filching, and in Calais they stole a fire-shovel. They would have me as familiar with men’s pockets and their gloves or their handkerchiefs; which makes much against my manhood, if I should take from another’s pocket to put into mine; I must leave them and seek some better service; their villainy goes against my weak stomach.

Enter Fluellen and Gower, the King’s officers

Gower: “Captain Fluellen, you must come presently to the mines; the Duke of Gloucester would speak with you.”

Fluellen: “To the mines! Tell the Duke it is not so good to come to the mines.”

Gower: “The Duke of Gloucester is directed by an Irishman.”

Fluellen: “It is Captain MacMorris, is it not?”

Gower: “I think it be.”

Fuellen: “He is an ass; he has no more directions in the true disciplines of war than a puppy-dog.”

Enter MacMorris and Captain Jamy

Gower: “Here he comes; and the Scot’s captain, Captain Jamy with him.”

Fuellen: “Captain Jamy is a marvellous gentleman and of great knowledge in the wars.”

Gower: “How now, Captain MacMorris! Have you quit the mines?”

MacMorris: “By Christ, I swear the work is ill done! But it is no time to discourse. The day is hot, and the wars, and the King and the Dukes; it is no time to discourse. The town is beseeched and the trumpet calls us to the breach; and we talk, and ’tis shame for us to stand still. There are throats to be cut, and work to be done; and there is nothing done.”

Fuellen: “Captain MacMorris, I think there is not many of your nation -“

MacMorris: “Of my nation? What is my nation? Who talks of my nation? I will cut off your head.”

Analysis

The first English soldiers we meet after that great inspirational speech are Bardolph, Nym and Pistol and this does little to suggest that King Henry’s speech to the troops was effective. These are not good soldiers, by anyone’s definition. They simply want to be back in Eastcheap drinking beers. An officer sees them hanging about and beats them back toward the fight but they merely run off again. Falstaff’s boy has become their collective boy now that Falstaff is dead and he appraises them for who they are: cowardly thieves and drunkards and the boy wants done with them before they drag him down with them. These two scenes of the heroic speech and the pathetic soldiers contrast nicely with each other, no doubt just as Shakespeare intended. Then there is this curious encounter between the King’s officers and an Irishman and a Scot, who are digging tunnels under the walls of the town. The purpose of this encounter seems to have little to do with the plot advancement. In fact Shakespeare is offering us a glimpse of the variety of ethnicities at odds with one another under the King’s banner. Fluellen, one of the officers, does not want to go down in the mines because the Irishman in charge is apparently blustery but incompetent. An argument ensues between Fluellen and the Irishman, which ends with the Irishman threatening to cut off Fluellen’s head. They are supposed to be one army against the French but the English, Scots, Irish and Welsh struggle with each other as well. No doubt, Shakespeare’s English audiences would have appreciated this scene perhaps more than we can.

Act III

Scene iii

Before the gates of Harfleur

Enter the governor of the town on the wall and the King and his officers at the gates

King: “How yet resolves the governor of the town? This is the last parle we will admit. If I begin the battery once again, I will not leave the half-achieved Harfleur till in her ashes she lie buried. The gates of mercy shall be all shut up, and the flesh’d soldier, rough and hard of heart, mowing like grass your fresh fair virgins and your flowering infants. What is it then to me if impious war, arrayed in flames, like to the prince of fiends, do all fell feats enlinked to waste and desolation? What is it to me if your pure maidens fall into the hand of hot and forcing violation? You men of Harfleur, take pity of your town and your people. If not, look to see the blind and bloody soldier with foul hand defile the locks of your shrill-shrieking daughters, your fathers taken by the silver beards, and their most reverend heads dashed to the walls; your naked infants spitted upon pikes. What say you? Will you yield, and this avoid? Or, guilty in defence, be thus destroyed.

Governor: “Our expectation hath this day an end. The Dauphin returns to us that his powers are yet not ready to raise so great a siege. Therefore, great King, we yield our town and lives to thy soft mercy, for we no longer are defensible.”

King: “Open your gates. Uncle Exeter, go you and enter Harfleur; use mercy to them all. Tonight in Harfleur we will be your guest.”

The King and his officers enter the town

Analysis

The sides parle and the King states that unless the English be admitted into the town the soldiers will fight their way in and rape and murder all of the inhabitants. The governor has no choice, essentially, and opens the gates to the English. The King tells his troops to use mercy on them all in the town. The town is taken… the easy way.

Act III

Scene iv

Rouen. The French King’s palace

Enter Katherine, daughter to the King, and Alice, her lady

(This entire scene is presented in French. I am working off of a translation here)

Katherine: “Alice, you have been to England and you know the language.”

Alice: “A little, madam.”

Katherine: “Please teach me English. I must learn to speak it. What is the word for ‘la main’ in English?”

Alice: “That is the hand.”

Katherine: “The hand. And ‘les doigts’?

Alice: “Good lord; I believe it is the fingers.”

Katherine: “I think I am a very apt student. I have learned two words already. What is the word for ‘les ongles’?”

Alice: “That is the nails.”

Katherine: “Tell me the English for ‘le Bras’.”

Alice: “The arm, madam.”

Katherine: “And ‘le coud’?”

Alice: “The elbow.”

Katherine: “Let me practice all of the words you have taught me so far: The hand, the fingers, the nails, the arm and the elbow. What is the word for ‘le col’?”

Alice: “The neck.”

Katherine: “Ane ‘le menton’?”

Alice: “The chin.”

Katherine: “The chin.”

Alice: “Your highness pronounces the words like a native English speaker.”

Katherine: “What are the words for ‘le pied’ and ‘la robe’?”

Alice: “The foot and the gown.”

Katherine: “That is enough for one lesson. Let’s go to lunch.”

Analysis

Katherine’s father has offered her to be King Henry’s wife, so she is wise to learn a bit of English from her lady, who has spent some time in England. There is a humorous set of lines wherein two of the English words (for foot and gown) are very similar to the vulgar words fuck and cunt, and Katherine determines that English is a very disgusting language and she is unimpressed with it. We will meet her again in a very touching scene with King Henry in Act V, when they will, indeed, agree to marry.

Act III

Scene v

The French King’s palace

Enter the King of France, the Dauphin and the Constable of France

Constable: “Where have they this mettle? Is not their climate foggy, raw and dull?

Dauphin: “By faith and honour, our madams mock at us and plainly say our mettle is bred out, and they will give their bodies to the lust of English youth.

King of France: “Where is Montjoy? Let him greet England with our sharp defiance. Up, Princes, and, with the spirit of honoured edged more sharper than your swords, hie to the field. Harry of England sweeps through our land. Go down upon him, you have power enough, and in a captive chariot into Rouen bring him our prisoner.”

Constable: “Sorry am I his numbers are so few, his soldiers sick and famished in their march; for I am sure when he shall see our army, he’ll drop his heart into the sink of fear.”

King of France: “Quickly bring us word of England’s fall.”

Analysis

The English are moving across France and the French cannot figure out how they came to be so courageous, coming from such a dreary climate. They are humiliated and determined to turn the tide on King Henry’s forces, who are ‘sick and famished in their march’. In fact, the historical truth is that the English army suffered enormous contagions in their time in France. King Henry himself will die of an illness caught during these battles. So the French have every reason to believe that thy have the English right where they want them and the French King expects results: ‘Quickly bring us word of England’s fall.’

Act III

Scene vi

The English camp in Picardy

Enter Fluellen and Gower

Gower: “How now, Captain Fluellen! Come you from the bridge?”

Fluellen: “I assure you there are very excellent services committed at the bridge. The Duke of Exeter is a man who I love and honour with my soul and my heart and my duty. He, God be praised, keeps the bridge most valiantly, with excellent discipline. There is a lieutenant there at the bridge; he is as valiant a man as Mark Antony.”

Gower: “What do you call him?”

Fluellen: “He is called Pistol. Here is the man.”

Enter Pistol

Pistol: “Fortune is Bardolph’s foe, and frowns on him; for he hath stolen a pax, and hanged must he be – a damned death! Let gallows gape for dog; let man go free. But Exeter has given the doom of death for pax of little price. Therefore, go speak, for the Duke will hear thy voice.”

Fluellen: “If he were my brother I would desire the Duke to put him to execution; for discipline ought to be used.”

Pistol: “Die and be damned!”

Gower: “Why, this is an arrant counterfeit rascal; I remember him now – a bawd, a cutpurse. ‘Tis a gull, a fool, a rogue, that now and then goes to the wars to grace himself, under the form of a soldier. You must learn to know such slanders of the age, or else you may be marvellously mistook.”

Enter the King and his poor soldiers with Gloucester

King: “How now, Fluellen! Came thou from the bridge?”

Fluellen: “Ay, so please your Majesty. The Duke of Exeter has very gallantly maintained the bridge. I think the Duke hath never lost a man, but for one that is likely to be executed for robbing a church – one Bardolph, if your Majesty knows the man; his face is all bubukles and knobs and flames of fire.”

King: “We gave express charge that in our marches through the country there be nothing taken but paid for, none of the French upbraided or abused in disdainful language.”

Enter Montjoy

King: “What shall I know of thee?”

Montjoy: “Though we seemed dead we did but sleep. Now we speak upon our cue, and our voice is imperial: England shall repent his folly, see his weakness, and admire our sufferance. Bid him therefore consider of his ransom, which must proportion the losses we have borne and the disgrace we have digested.”

King: “Thou dost thy office fairly. Tell thy king I do not seek him now, but could be willing to march on to Calais, though ’tis no wisdom to confess so much into an enemy of craft and vantage. My people are with sickness much enfeebled; my number lessen’d; and those few I have almost no better than so many French. Tell thy master here I am; my ransom is this frail and worthless trunk; my army but a weak and sickly guard; yet, God before, tell him we will come on. The sum of all our answer is but this: we would not seek a battle as we are; nor as we are, we say, we will not shun it. So tell your master.”

Monty: “I shall deliver so. Thanks to your highness.”

Gloucester: “I hope they will not come upon us now.”

King: “We are in God’s hand, brother, not in theirs.”

Analysis

The English captains marvel how Exeter has managed to hold the bridge without losing a single soldier, except for one Bardolph, who must be hanged for stealing a photo of a crucifix from a church. Pistol asks one of the captains to intercede on Bardolph’e behalf but the captain refuses. The king has made it very clear that there will be no stealing from the French in the march across France. Everything taken must be paid for and the French people must not be abused in any way. One of the captains knows Bardolph to be slanderous rogue. When the King is informed that it is Bardolph, his Eastcheap friend of old, he does not even flinch. Montjoy has a parle with King Henry. The English have been severely affected by ill heath and the French are preparing to annihilate them. Henry admits that he would prefer not to fight at this time, but will not shun a fight if a fight presents itself. This is the setup for the famous Battle of Agincourt, fought in Act IV, where the profoundly outnumbered English will fight the French indeed on the Feast of St Crispian.

Act III

Scene vii

The French camp near Agincourt

Enter the Duke of Orleans, the Dauphin and Lord Rambures

Orleans: “Will it never be morning?”

Dauphin: “What a long night is this.”

Orleans: “The Dauphin longs for morning.”

Rambures: “He longs to eat the English.”

Orleans: “He’s a gallant Prince and simply the most active gentleman of France.”

Enter a messenger

Messenger: “The English lie within fifteen-hundred paces of your tents.”

Constable: “Poor Harry of England! He longs not for the dawning as we do.”

Orleans: “What a wretched and peevish fellow is this King of England.”

Rambures: “That island of England breeds very valiant creatures.

Orleans: “Foolish cures, that run winking into the mouth of a Russian bear, and have their heads crushed like rotten apples! You may as well say that’s a valiant flea that dares to eat his breakfast on the lip of a lion.”

Constable: “They will eat like wolves and fight like devils.”

Orleans: “Ay, but these English are shrewdly out of beef.”

Contable: “Then shall we find tomorrow they have only stomachs to eat, and none to fight.”

Orleans:”It is now two o’clock; but by ten we shall each have a hundred Englishmen.”

Analysis

The French eagerly await the morning so that they can destroy the pitiful remains of the English army, decimated by illness. This scene is a set up. The French are depicted as arrogant and frivolous in their regard of the English, although Rambures admits that ‘the island of England breeds very valiant creatures’ and Constable suggests they will ‘fight like devils’. The Battle of Agincourt is next up in Act IV.

Act IV

Prologue

Chorus: “From camp to camp, through the mould womb of night, the hum of either army sounds, that the fixed sentinels almost receive the secret whispers of each other’s watch. Fire answers fire; each battle sees the other’s umber’d face; steed threatens steed, in high and boastful neighs piercing the night’s dull ear, and from the tents the armourers accomplishing the knights, with busy hammers, giving dreadful note of preparation. The poor condemned English, like sacrifices, by their watchful fires sit patiently and ruminate the morning’s danger; and their gesture sad presents them so many horrid ghosts. The royal captain of this ruined band walking from watch to watch, from tent to tent, bids them good morrow with a modest smile, and calls them brothers, friends and countrymen. Upon his royal face there is no note how dread an army has surrounded him; but freshly looks, with cheerful semblance and sweet majesty; beholding him, plucks comfort from his looks; a largess universal, his liberal eye doth give to every one, thawing cold fear, that mean and gentle all behold, a little touch of Harry in the night. And so our scene must to the battle fly; where – to the name of Agincourt. Yet sit and see, minding true things by what their mockeries be.

Analysis

On the night before the battle we check in on both sides. The French outnumber the English five to one and they have already decided how they will divide up the spoils of victory. The English realize they may very well die in the morning, but they sit patiently, comforted by King Henry, who moves amongst the troops with a good word for every man.

Act IV (8 scenes)

Scene i

France. The English camp at Agincourt

Enter King Henry and Gloucester

King Henry: “Gloucester, ’tis true that we are in great danger; the greater therefore should our courage be. There is some soul of goodness in things evil, for our bad neighbour makes us early stirrers. Besides, they are our outward consciences and preachers to us all, admonishing that we should dress us fairly for our end.”

Enter Thomas Eppingham

King Henry: “Lend me thy cloak, Sir Thomas.”

Exit all but the King. Enter Pistol

Pistol: “Art thou officer, or art thou base, common and popular?

King Henry (disguised) “I am a gentleman of a company. Even so, what are you?”

Pistol: “As good a gentleman as the Emperor.”

King Henry: “Then you are better than the King.”

Pistol: “The King’s a heart of gold, a lad of life, an imp of fame. I love the lovely bully. What is thy name?”

King Henry: “Harry Le Roy.”

Pistol: “A Cornish name.”

King Henry: “I am a Welshman.”

Pistol: “Know’st thou Fluellen?”

King Henry: “Yes.”

Pistol: “Tell him I’ll knock his leek about his pate upon St Davy’s Day.”

King Henry: “God be with you.”

Pistol: “My name is Pistol called.”

Exit Pistol

Enter Fluellen and Gower

Gower: “The enemy is loud; you hear him all night.”

Fluellen: “If the enemy is an ass, think you that we should also be an ass?”

Gower: “I will speak lower.”

Fluellen: “I pray that you will.”

Exit Gower and Fluellen

Enter three soldiers, Bates, Court and Williams

Bates: “We have no great cause to desire the approach of day.”

Williams: “We see yonder the beginning of the day, but I think we shall never see the end of it. Who goes there?”

King Henry: (in disguise) “A friend.”

Williams:”Under what captain serve you?”

King Henry: “Under Thomas Eppingham.”

Williams: “A good old commander. I pray, what thinks he of our estate?”

King Henry: “Even as men wrecked upon a sand, that look to be washed off the next tide. I think the King is but a man as I am; the violet smells to him as it does to me; all his senses have but human conditions; in his nakedness he appears but a man; his fears be of the same relish as ours. I will speak my conscience of the King: I think he would not wish himself anywhere but where he is.

Bates: “Then I would he were here alone; so should he be sure to be ransomed, and a many poor man’s lives save.

King Henry: “Methinks I could not die anywhere so contented as in the King’s company, his cause being just and his quarrel honourable.

Williams: “That’s more than we know. But if the cause be not good, the King himself hath a heavy reckoning to make when all those legs and arms and heads, chopped off in a battle, shall join together at the latter day and cry all ‘We died at such a place’ – some swearing, some crying for a surgeon, some upon their wives left poor behind them, some upon the debts they owe, some upon their children rawly left. I am afeared there are few die well that die in a battle.

King Henry: “So, if a son that is by his father sent about merchandise do sinfully miscarry upon the sea, the imputation of his wickedness, by your rule, should be imposed upon his father that sent him. But this is not so: the King is not bound to answer the particular endings of his soldiers; for they purpose not their death when they purpose their service. If they die unprovided, no more is the King guilty of their damnation than he was before guilty of those impieties for the which they are now visited. Every subject’s duty is the King’s; but every subject’s soul is his own.”

Williams: “‘Tis certain, every man that dies ill, the ill upon his own head – the King is not to answer for it.”

King Henry: “I myself heard the King say he would not be ransomed.”

Williams: “Ay, he said so, to make us fight cheerfully; but when our throats are cut he may be ransomed, and we never the wiser.”

King Henry: “If I live to see it, I will never trust his word after.”

Williams: “You’ll never trust his word after! Come, ’tis a foolish saying.”

King Henry: “I should be angry with you, if the time were convenient.”

Williams: “Let it be a quarrel between us, if you live.”

King Henry: “I embrace it.”

Williams: “How shall I know thee again?”

King Henry: “Give me any gage of thine, and I will wear it in my bonnet; then if thou dares to acknowledge it, I will make it my quarrel.”

Williams: “Here’s my glove; give me another of thine.”

King Henry: “There.”

Williams: “This will I also wear in my cap.”

King Henry: “If I ever live to see it, I will challenge it.”

Williams: “Keep thy word. Fare thee well.”

Bates: “Be friends, you English fools, be friends; we have French quarrels now.”

Exit the soldiers

King Henry: “Upon the King! Let us our lives, our souls, our debts, our careful wives, our children and our sins, lay on the King! What infinite heart’s ease must kings neglect that private men enjoy! And what have kings that privates have not too, save ceremony? What kind of God art thou, that suffers more of mortal griefs than do thy worshippers? Art thou ought else but place, degree and form, creating awe and fear in other men? Wherein thou art less happy being feared than they in fearing. What drinks thou often but poison’d flattery? Be sick, great greatness, and bid thy ceremony give thee cure! I know ’tis not the balm, the sceptre, and the ball, the sword, the mace, the crown imperial, the robe of gold and pearl, the throne he sits on, nor the tide of pomp that beats upon the high shore of this world – no, not all these, can sleep so soundly as the wretched slave who, with a body filled and vacant mind, gets him to rest, crammed with distressful bread; never sees horrid night, but, all night sleeps in Elysium; and follows so the ever-running year with profitable labour, to his grave. And, such a wretch, winding up days with toil and nights with sleep, enjoys it; but the king keeps the peace whose hours the peasant best advantages. O God of battles, steel my soldiers’ hearts, possess them not with fear! Not today, O Lord, think not upon the fault my father made in compassing the crown! I Richard’s body have interred new, and on it have bestowed more contrite tears than from it issued forced drops of blood; five hundred poor I have in yearly pay, who twice a day their withered hands hold up toward heaven, to pardon blood; and I have built two chantries, where the sad and solemn priests sing still for Richard’s soul. More will I do.

Analysis

King Henry borrows a cloak and moves among the common soldiers in disguise, talking to whoever he encounters. He first chats with Pistol. When Henry brings up the king Pistol praises Henry rather enthusiastically but then moves away angrily when Henry brings up Fluellen. Next, the King observes a conversation between Fluellen and Gower, with Fluellen reprimanding Gower for speaking too loudly while so close to enemy lines. Finally, three common soldiers join Henry at the campfire. They discuss the pending battle and the soldiers doubt the wisdom and courage of the king. Henry defends the king and one of the soldiers, Williams, challenges him and they agree to single combat if they both survive the battle. Naturally, he has no idea that this is, in fact, the King. Henry goes off on his own and ruminates about the loneliness of a KIng’s life compared to his commoners. He determines that it would be better to be a slave than a king. At least the slave can sleep at night and not constantly worry about keeping the country safe. He prays for his soldiers and asks God not to punish him for the crimes of his father. This is a powerful scene which illustrates King Henry’s close connection to his subjects. The only difference between him and them are the ceremonies associated with the crown. Other than that he is a man, as they are. He reflects on the burdens of kingship and concludes that the king is expected to protect everyone all the time and can never truly rest or be comforted.

Act IV

Scene ii

The French camp

Enter the Dauphin, Orleans, Rambures and Grandpre

Orleans: “The sun doth gild our armour; up, my lords.”

Constable: “Hark how our steeds for present service neigh!”

Dauphin: “Mount them, and make incision in their hides, that their hot blood may spin in English eyes.”

Rambures: “What, will you have them weep our horses blood? How shall we then behold their natural tears?”

Constable: “To horse, you gallant Princes! Do but behold yonder poor and starve band, and your fair show shall suck away their souls, leaving them but the shales and husks of men. There is not enough work for all of our hands; scarce blood enough in all their sickly veins to give each axe a stain. Let us blow on them, the vapour of our valour will overturn them. A very, very little let us do, and all is done. England shall couch down in fear and yield.

Grandpre: “Why do you stay so long, my lords of France? Yonder carrions, desperate of their bones, ill-favoredly become the morning field; and big Mars seems bankrupt in their beggar’s host. And their executors, the knavish crows, fly over them, all impatient for their hour.

Constable: “They have said their prayers and they stay for death. Come, come, away! The sun is high, and we outwear the day.”

Analysis

The French prepare for a battle they are certain will be easy. The English army appears small and ragged and the French are extremely confident of victory.

Act IV

Scene iii

The English camp

Enter Gloucester, Bedford, Exeter, Salisbury and Westmoreland

Westmoreland: “Of fighting men they have full three-score thousand.”

Exeter: “That’s five to one; besides, they are all fresh.”

Salisbury: “‘Tis fearful odds. I’ll to my charge. If we no more meet till we meet in heaven, then joyfully, my kind kinsmen – warriors all, adieu!”

Bedford: “Farewell, good Salisbury.”

Exeter: “Farewell, kind lord. Fight valiantly today.”

Enter the King

Westmoreland: “O that we now had here but one ten thousand of those men in England that do no work today.

King Henry: “My cousin Westmoreland? No, fair cousin; the fewer men, the greater share of honour. I pray thee, wish not for one man more. I would not lose so great an honour as one man more methinks would share from me for the best hope I have. O, do not wish for one more! Rather proclaim it, Westmoreland, that he that hath no stomach to this fight, let him depart; we would not die in that man’s company. This day is called the feast of Crispin. He that outlives this day, and sees old age, will yearly on the vigil feast his neighbours, and say ‘tomorrow is St Crispin’. Then will he strip his sleeve and show his scars, and say ‘these wounds I had on Crispin’s day’. Old men forget, yet, he’ll remember, with advantages, what feats he did that day. Then shall our names, familiar in his mouth as household words – Harry the King, Bedford and Exeter, Warwick and Talbot, Salisbury and Gloucester – be in their flowing cups freshly remembered. This story shall the good man teach his son; from this day to the ending of the world, but we in it shall be remembered – we few, we happy few, we band of brothers; for he today that sheds his blood with me shall be my brother; and gentlemen of England shall think themselves accursed they were not here, and hold their manhoods cheap while any speaks that fought with us upon St Crispin’s Day.

Salisbury: “My sovereign lord, bestow yourself with speed: the French are bravely in their battles set, and will with all expedience charge upon us.”

King Henry: “All things are ready, if our minds be so. Thou dost not wish for more help from England, coz?

Westmoreland: “I would you and I alone, without more help, could fight this royal battle!

Enter Montjoy, the French ambassador

Montjoy: “I come to know of thee, King Harry, for thy ransom before thy most assured overthrow. The Constable desires thee thou wilt mind thy followers of repentance, that their souls may make a peaceful and a sweet retire from off these fields, where, wretches, their poor bodies must lie and fester.”

King Henry: “I pray thee bear my former answer back: bid them achieve me, and then sell my bones. Good God! Why should they mock poor fellows thus? Many of our bodies shall no doubt find native graves; and those who leave their valiant bones in France, dying like men, though buried in your dunghills, they shall be famed; leaving their earthly parts to choke your clime, the smell thereof shall breed a plague in France. Le me speak proudly: tell the Constable we will not fly – and time hath worn us into slovenly. And my poor soldiers tell me yet ere they’ll be in fresher robes. If they do this – as, God please, they shall – my ransom then will soon be levied. Come thou no more for ransom; they shall have none, I swear, but these my joints.

Analysis

Here is King Henry’s St Crispin speech, so called as it was delivered on the Feast of St Crispin. It is the most famous passage of the play. They face frightening odds of five to one (3,000 French soldier to 600 English) and he hopes to emblazon their fighting spirits. He claims that though their numbers are few, they should not wish for more men to arrive, since the fewer the men the greater the honour for each man who fights. In fact, his desire is that if there are soldiers who wish not to fight then he will readily provide them with passage home. Those who remain and fight will forever be able to boast that they were here on this glorious day and all of those who were not here will regret that they were not a part of this ‘band of brothers’. The French ambassador requests a surrender from Henry and he firmly but politely rejects the very notion and the English prepare for battle. Perhaps the French should not be quite so confident…

Act IV

Scene iv

The field of battle

Enter French soldiers, Pistol and the boy

Pistol: “Yield, cur!”

French Soldier: “You seem like a gentleman of high rank.” (in French)

Pistol: “What is your name?”

French soldier: “O Seigneur Dieu!” (O God)

Pistol: “O Seigneur Dew, perpend my words and mark: thou diest on my sword unless thou do give to me egregious ransom.”

French soldier: “Have mercy. Take pity on me.” (in French)

Pistol: “I will have forty crowns or I will fetch thy rim out of thy throat in drops of crimson blood.”

French soldier: “Is it impossible to escape your mighty arm?” (in French)

Pistol: “Brass cur! Damned and luxurious mountain-goat!”

French soldier: “Oh spare me!” (in French)

Pistol: “Come hither, boy. Ask this slave what his name is.”

Boy: “He says his name is Master le Fer.”

Pistol: “Bid him prepare; for I will cut his throat unless he gives me gold coins.”

French soldier: “Spare me and I will give you two hundred crowns.” (in French)

Pistol: “Tell him my fury shall abate and I will take the crowns.”

French soldier: “On my knees I thank you again and again. I consider myself fortunate to have fallen into the hands of the noblest , most valiant and most distinguished gentleman in England.”

Pistol: “I will show some mercy.”

Exit Pistol and the French soldier

Boy: “I did never know so full a voice issue from so empty a heart; but the saying is true – the empty vessel makes the greatest sound. Bardolph and Nym had ten times more valour than this roaring devil and they are both hanged; and so would this one be, if he durst steal anything adventurously. I must stay with the lackeys, with the luggage of our camp. The French might have a good prey of us, if they knew of this; for there is none to guard it but boys.”

Analysis

In this comic relief scene, Pistol takes a prisoner and pretends to be fierce and valiant. He cannot speak French and the prisoner does not speak English. The hot-headed Pistol convinces the French soldier that he is a ferocious fighter and the Frenchman, to save his life, offers Pistol two hundred crowns, enough for Pistol to take the money and free the prisoner. The boy helps to translate between the two and after they have departed he reflects upon Pistol and what a blowhard he is compared to Bardolph and Nym, who have both been hanged. The boy returns to guarding all of the English luggage while the English fight the French. If only the French knew that all of the luggage was guarded by young boys they could ‘have a good prey of us’. This scene is played for laughs, just as the battle begins, as both Pistol and the French soldier cannot understand one another until the boy translates for them. Pistol blusters and the French soldier falls for it out of fear and agrees to pay him two hundred crowns in order to preserve his life. The boy reflects on Pistol as though he were an irresponsible child. If only the French army knew how weak and hapless the English were they could simply make prey of the English. Now back to the Battle of Agincourt.

Act IV

Scene v

Another part of the field of battle

Enter Constable, Orleans, Bourbon and the Dauphin

Dauphin: “All is confounded! Reproach and everlasting shame sits mocking in our plumes.”

Constable: “Why, all our ranks are broke.”

Dauphin: “O perdurable shame! Let’s stab ourselves.”

Orleans: “Is this the king we sent to for his ransom?”

Bourbon: “Shame, and eternal shame, nothing but shame! Let us die in honour: once more back again.”

Constable: “Disorder, that hath spoiled us, friend us now! Let us on heaps go offer up our lives.”

Bourbon: “Let life be short, else shame will be too long.

Analysis

Miraculously, the English have the upper hand in the battle and the French are despairing. Their mocking over-confidence has vanished and they speak of killing themselves, but decide to fight further against all odds. They are thoroughly shocked and shamed.

Act IV

Scene vi

Another part of the field

Enter King Henry, Exeter and prisoners

King Henry: “Well have we done, thrice valiant countrymen; but all’s not done – yet keep the French the field.”

Exeter: “The Duke of York commends him to your majesty.”

King Henry: “Lives he, good uncle? Thrice within this hour I saw him down; thrice up again, and fighting, from helmet to spur all blood he was.”

Exeter: “The noble Earl of Suffolk first died, and York, all haggled over, comes to him and kisses the gashes that bloodily did yawn upon his face, and over Suffolk’s neck he threw his wounded arm and kissed his lips; and so, espoused to death, with blood he sealed a testament of noble-ending love. The sweet manner of it gave me up to tears.”

King Henry: “I blame you not; for, hearing this, I must perforce compound with wistful eyes. The French have reinforced their scattered men. Then every soldier kill his prisoners; give the word through.”

Analysis

The English acknowledge that they have done well, although the French remain active in the field. Exeter relates the heroic and moving story of The Duke of Suffolk and the Duke of York dying together on the field of battle, a story that brings tears to both Exeter and the King. At the end of the scene there is a report that the French are gathering their scattered forces for another attack and King Henry responds by ordering the English to kill all of their prisoners in order to free up the English to fight. This is deeply controversial and unfortunate.

Act IV

Scene vii

Another part of the field

Enter Fluellen and Gower

Fluellen: “Kill the boys and the luggage! ‘Tis expressly against the law of arms; ’tis as arrant a piece of knavery as can be.”

Gower: “‘Tis certain there is not a boy left alive; and the cowardly rascals that ran from the battle hath done this slaughter; besides, they have burned and carried away all that was in the King’s tent; wherefore the King most worthily hath caused every soldier to cut his prisoner’s throat. O, ’tis a gallant King!”

Fluellen: “He was born at Monmouth and I think Alexander the Great was born in Macedon. In the comparisons between Macedon and Monmouth, the situations looks both alike. There is a river in Macedon and there is also a river in Monmouth; ’tis alike as my finger are to my fingers, and there is salmon in both. As Alexander killed his friend, Cleitus, so also Harry turned away the fat knight with the great belly; he was full of jests, knaveries and mocks; I have forgotten his name.”

Gower: “Sir John Falstaff. Here comes his Majesty.”

Enter King Henry

King Henry: “I was not angry since I came to France. If they will fight with us, bid them come down or void the field; they do offend our sight if they’ll do neither; besides, we’ll cut the throats of those we have, and not a man of them that we shall take will taste our mercy. Go and tell them so.”

Enter Montjoy

Exeter: “Here comes the herald of the French.”

Gloucester: “His eyes are humbler than they used to be.”

King Henry:”Come thou again for ransom?”

Montjoy: “No, great King; I come to thee for charitable licence. That we may wander over this bloody field to book our dead, and then to bury them. O, give us leave, great King, to view the field and dispose of our dead bodies.”

King Henry: “I know not if the day be ours or no; for yet many of your horsemen gallop over the field.”

Montjoy: “The day is yours.”

King Henry: “Praised be God. What is this castle called that stands hard by?”

Montjoy: “They call it Agincourt.”

King Henry: “Then we call this the field of Agincourt, fought on the day of Crispin.”

Fluellen: “The Welshmen did good service in a garden where leeks did grow, wearing leeks in their caps; and I do believe your Majesty takes no scorn to wear the leek.”

King Henry: “I wear it for a memorable honour.; for I am Welsh, you know. Bring me just notice of the numbers dead on both our parts. Call yonder fellow hither.”

King Henry: “‘Soldier, why wears thou that glove in thy cap?”

Williams: “‘Tis the gage of one that I should fight, if he be alive.”

King Henry: “An Englishman?”

Williams: “A rascal that swaggered with me last night. I have sworn to take him a box on the ear.”

King Henry: “Then keep thy vow when thou meets this fellow.”

Williams: “So I will, my liege, as I live.”

King: “Fluellen, wear thou this favour for me, and stick it in thy cap; if any man challenge this, he is an enemy to our person.”

Exit Fluellen

King Henry: “My Lord of Warwick and my brother Gloucester, follow Fluellen closely. The glove that I have given him may happily purchase him a box on the ear. Some sudden mischief may arise of it; for I do know Fluellen valiant, hot as gunpowder, and quickly will return an injury; follow, and see there be no harm between them.”

Analysis

French soldiers, fleeing the battlefield, entered into the English camp, attacked the luggage and killed all of the young boys watching over the luggage. The English are furious over this serious violation of the rules of war. We learn that this is why King Henry has ordered the slaughter of all French prisoners. Fluellen and Gower compare King Henry to Alexander the Great. Montjoy, the French ambassador, arrives and requests from King Henry that the French be permitted to scour the bloody battlefield, to identify and bury their dead. Montjoy also declares that the English have won the day. King Henry then encounters Williams, the soldier he had a conflict with in an earlier scene. He plays a joke on Fluellen, by placing the glove in his cap, which will identify him as the man who Williams agreed to fight. He sends men to watch to ensure no harm comes to Fluellen or Williams. So the English have won, against all odds, the Battle of Agincourt. The remainder of Act IV will followup on the feigned conflict between King Henry and Williams and Act V will be mostly about King Henry’s marriage to Princess Katherine, the French King’s daughter.

Act IV

Scene viii

Before King Henry’s pavilion

Enter Fluellen, Gower and Williams

Williams: “Sir, know you this glove?”

Fluellen: “Know the glove? I know the glove is a glove.”

Williams: “I know this; and thus I challenge it.”

Williams strikes Fluellen

Fluellen: “An errant traitor as any in the universal world.”

Williams: “I am not a traitor.”

Fluellen: “That’s a lie in thy throat. I charge you in his Majesty’s name, apprehend him.”

Enter Warwick

Warwick: “How now! What’s the matter?”

Fluellen: “My Lord of Warwick, here is a most contagious treason.”

Enter King Henry

Fluellen: “My liege, here is a villain and a traitor.”

Williams: “My liege, this was my glove; and he that I gave it to promised to wear it in his cap; I promised to strike him if he did; I met this man with my glove in his cap, and I have been as good as my word.”

Fluellen: “Your Majesty, hear now what an arrant, rascally, beggarly, lousy knave he is.”

King Henry: Give me thy glove, soldier. ‘Twas I, indeed, that promised to strike.”

Fluellen: “Your Majesty, let his neck answer for it.”

King Henry: “It was ourself thou did abuse.”

Williams: “Your Majesty came not like yourself: you appeared to me but as a common man. I beseech you take it for your own fault, and not mine.”

King Henry: “Here, uncle Exeter, fit this glove with crowns, and give it to this fellow. Keep it, fellow.”

Enter an English herald

King Henry: “Now, herald, are the dead numbered?”

The herald gives King Henry a paper

King Henry: “This note doth tell me of ten thousand French that in the field lie slain. Where is the number of our English dead?”

The herald gives King Henry another paper

King Henry: “The Duke of York, the Earl of Suffolk, Sir Richard Kikely, Dave Gam, Esquire; none else of name, and all other men but five and twenty. Was ever known so great and little loss on one part and on the other?”

Exeter: “‘Tis wonderful!”

Analysis

Williams has been set up here. King Henry had the confrontation with Williams but then sent Fluellen forth with the glove in his cap so that Williams would attack Fluellen when he saw the glove. Henry tells Williams that it was he that Williams had the argument with. Williams pleads with the King that there was no way he could have known that he was the King when he was disguised as a commoner. Henry has enjoyed his little joke and fills William’s cap full of crowns. A herald arrives with word that there were ten thousand French dead in the Battle of Agincourt but only twenty nine English killed. These numbers, astonishingly, are historically accurate. Apparently, the French broke ranks and fled and the English pursued them and easily picked them off in the heavy rain. King Henry remains an English hero due to this battle, where the English were outnumbered five to one but the French were killed at a rate of four hundred to one. That’ll do it! Time to get back to England, after securing a French wife

Act V

Prologue

“Now we bear the King toward Calais. There seen, heave him away upon your winged thoughts athwart the sea. Behold the English beach. So let him land, and solemnly see him set on to London. Where that his lords desire him to have borne his bruised helmet and his bended sword before him through the city. He forbids it, being free from vainness and self-glorious pride; giving full trophy to God. But now behold how London doth pour out her citizens! The mayor and all his brethren go forth and fetch their conquering Caesar. Now in London place him, till Harry is back again to France. There must we bring him, straight back again to France.”

Analysis

Chorus records King Henry’s travels back to Calais, across the sea to England and back to London, where he is received like Julius Caesar, a conquering hero. Then he is off to France again, before long to woo himself a wife in the fair Katherine, daughter to the French King.

[[oytklk””xcxzxvsbnmnn./../h”/..vxxxxzxxxxx]`1234567890-90-=345678-6

Act V (2 scenes)

Scene i

France. The English camp

Enter Fluellen and Gower

Gower: “Why wear you your leek today? Saint Davy’s day is past.”

Fluellen: “There is occasion and causes why and wherefore in all things. The rascally, scald, beggarly, lousy, bragging knave, Pistol, he has come to me and brings me bread and salt, and bids me eat my leek; but I will be so bold as to wear it in my cap until I see him once again, and then I will tell him a little piece of my desires.”

Gower: “Why, here he comes, swelling like a cock.”

Fluellen: “‘Tis no matter for his swelling nor his cock. God please you, Pistol, you scary, lousy knave.”

Pistol: “Ha! Art thou bedlam? I am squalmish at the smell of leek.”

Fluellen: “I beseech you hastily, scary, lousy knave, to eat this leek; because you don’t love it, nor your appetite and your digestion does not agree with it, I would desire you eat it.”

Fleullen strikes Pistol

Fluellen: ‘Will you be so good, scald knave, as eat it?”

Pistol: “Thou shalt die.”

Fluellen: “Come, here is sauce for it.”

He strikes him again

Fluellen: “If you can mock a leek, you can eat a leek.”

Gower: “Enough, Captain, you have astonished him.”

Fluellen: “I say I will make him eat some part of my leek, or I will peat his pate four days. Bite, I pray you.”

Pistol: “Must I bite?”

Fluellen: “Yes, certainly. Eat, I pray you; will you have some more sauce with your leek?”

Pistol: “Quiet thy cudgel; thou dost see I eat.”

Fluellen: “Much good do you, scald knave, heartily. Nay, pray you throw none away. The skin is good for your broken coxcomb. Ay, leek is good. If I owe you anything, I will pay you in cudgels. God heal your pate.”

Exit Fluellen and Gower

Pistol: “News have I that my Nell is dead. Old do I wax; and from my weary limbs honour is cudgell’d. Well, baud I’ll turn; to England will I steal, and there I’ll steal.”

Analysis

Apparently Pistol had insulted Fluellen regarding his patriotic leek. Fluellen has been waiting to see him and when he shows up Fluellen beats him and humiliates him by making him eat the leek in his cap. Fluellen is Welsh and Pistol English, and no sooner are the English victorious over the French that the various ethnicities in Britain start to turn on each other once again. Afterwards Pistol reflects soberly that his Nell is dead and he is feeling old and will return to England and become a thief. This scene is played for humour until Pistol’s final reflection, which is anything but funny.

Act V

Scene ii

France. The French King’s palace

Enter at one door King Henry, Exeter, Bedford, Gloucester, Warwick, Westmoreland and other lords; at another door the French King, Queen Isabel, Princess Katherine, Alice, the Duke of Burgundy and others

King Henry: “Peace to this meeting! Unto our brother France, health and fair time of day; joy and good wishes.”

King of France: “Right joyous are we to behold your face, most worthy brother England; so are you, Princes English, every one.”

Queen Isabel: “So happy be the issue, brother England, of this good day and of this gracious meeting, as we are now glad to behold your eyes, which hitherto have borne in them the fatal balls of murdering basilisks; the venom of such looks, we fairly hope, have lost their quality; and that this day shall change all griefs and quarrels into love.”

King Henry: “To cry amen to that, thus we appear.”

Burgundy: “My duty to you both, on equal love, great Kings of France and England! That I have laboured with all my wits to bring your most imperial Majesties unto this bar and royal interview, your mightiness on both parts best can witness. What rub or what impediment there is why that the naked, poor and mangled peace should not in this best garden of the world, our fertile France, put up her lovely visage? Alas, she hath from France too long been chased! And all her husbandry doth lie in heaps, corrupting in its own fertility, her vine unpruned dies; her hedges put forth disordered twigs. My speech entreats that I may know why gentle peace should not expel these inconveniences and bless us with her former qualities.”

King Henry: “You must buy that peace with full accord to all our just demands, whose particular effects you have in your hands.”

Burgundy: “The King hath heard them; to the which as yet there is no answer made.”

King Henry: “Well then, the peace, which you before so urged, lies in his answer.”

King Of France: “I have but with a cursory eye overbalanced the articles; please your Grace to appoint some of your council presently to sit with us once more, to re-survery them.”

King Henry: “Go, uncle Exeter, and brother Clarence, and you, brother Gloucester, Warwick and Huntington, go with the King; and take with you free power to ratify, augment or alter anything in or out of our demands. Yet leave our cousin Katherine here with us; she is our capital demand.”

Exit all but King Henry, Princess Katherine and Alice

King Henry: “Fair Katherine, and most fair, will you vouchsafe to teach a soldier terms, such as will enter into a lady’s ear, and plead his love to her gentle heart?”

Katherine: “Your Majesty shall mock at me; I cannot speak your England.”

King Henry: “O fair Katherine, if you will love me soundly with your French heart, I will be glad to hear you confess it brokenly with your English tongue. Do you like me, Kate?”

Katherine: “I cannot tell vat is like me.”

King Henry: “An angel is like you, Kate, and you like an angel.

“Katherine: (in French) “Oh Lord, the tongue of men are full of deceit.”

King Henry: “In faith, Kate, I am glad thou canst speak no better English; for if thou could, thou would find me such a plain king that thou would think I had sold my farm to buy my crown. I know no ways to mince it in love, but directly to say ‘I love you’. Give me your answer, in faith; how say you, lady? I speak to thee as a plain soldier. If thou can love me for this, take me. Yet I love thee. And while thou lives, dear Kate, take a fellow of plain and uncoined constancy; for these fellows of infinite tongue, that can rhyme themselves into ladies’ favours, they do always reason themselves out again. A speaker is but a prater; a rhyme is but a ballad; a straight back will stoop; a black beard will turn white; a curled pate will turn bald; a fair face will wither; a full eye will wax hollow. But a good heart, Kate, is the sun and the moon; or rather, the sun, and not the moon – for it shines bright and never changes, but keeps his course truly. If thou would have such a one, take me; and take me, like a soldier; take a soldier; take a king. And what says thou, then, to my love? Speak, my fair, and fairly, I pray thee.”

Katherine: “Is it possible dat I should love de enemy of France?

King Henry: “No, it is not possible you should love the enemy of France, Kate, but in loving me you should love the friend of France; for I love France so well that I will not part with a village of it; I will have it all mine. And, Kate, when France is mine and I am yours, then yours is France and you are mine. It is as easy for me, Kate, to conquer the kingdom as to speak so much more French. I shall never move thee in French, unless it be to laugh at me.”

Katherine: (in French) “Your French, sir, is better than my English.”

King Henry: “Can thou love me?”

Katherine: “I cannot tell.”

King Henry: “Can any of your neighbours tell, Kate? I’ll ask them. Come, I know thou loves me. But, good Kate, mock me mercifully.”

Katherine: (in French) “Your majesty has false French enough to deceive the wisest lady in France.”

King Henry: “By mine honour, in true English, I love thee, Kate; by which honour I dare not swear thou loves me, yet my blood begins to flatter me that thou dost. In faith, Kate, the elder I wax, the better I shall appear: old age can do no more spoil upon my face; tell me, most fair Katherine, will you have me? Take me by the hand and say ‘Harry of England, I am thine’. Which word thou shall no sooner bless mine ear withal but I will tell thee aloud ‘England is thine, Ireland is thine, France is thine, and Henry Plantagenet is thine’; come, your answer is broken music – for thy voice is music and thy English broken; therefore, Queen of all, Katherine, break thy mind to me in broken English, will thou have me?

Katherine: “That is as shall please the King, my father.”

King Henry: “It will please him well, Kate.”

Katherine: “Then it shall also content me.”

King Henry: “Upon that I kiss your hand, and call you my queen.”

Katherine: (in French) “No sir, stop. Heavens! I can’t allow you to lower yourself by kissing the hand of one of your humble servants.”

King Henry: “Then I will kiss your lips, Kate.”

Katherine: (in French) “It is not the custom of French maidens to kiss before they are married.

King Henry: “O Kate, nice customs curtsy to great kings. Dear Kate, you and I cannot be confined within the weak list of a country’s fashion: we are the makers of the manners, Kate.”

He kisses her

King Henry: “You have witchcraft in your lips, Kate. Here comes your father.”

Enter the French King and the English lords

Burgundy: “My royal cousin, teach you our Princess English?”

King: “I would have her learn, my fair cousin, how perfectly I love her; and that is good English.”

Burgundy: “Is she not apt?”

King Henry: “Our tongue is rough, coz, and my condition is not smooth, so that, having neither the voice nor the heart of flattery about me, I cannot so conjure up the spirit of love in her that he will appear in his true likeness. Shall Kate be my wife?”

King of France: “So please you.”

King Henry: “I am content.”

King of France: “We have consented to all terms.”

Westmoreland: “His daughter first; and then in sequel, all.”

King Henry: “Give me your daughter.”

King of France: “Take her, fair son, that the contending kingdoms of France and England may cease their hatred, that never war advance his bleeding sword ‘twixt England and fair France.”

Lords: Amen!”

King Henry: “Now, welcome, Kate; and bear me witness all, that here I kiss her as my sovereign queen. Prepare for our marriage.”

Analysis

King Henry has returned to France to establish lasting peace between the two contending kingdoms. Among Henry’s demands is that he marry Katherine, the Princess of France, so that Henry and his heirs will inherit France as well as England. The French King and English lords meet to review Henry’s demands while Henry is left alone with Katherine and her lady, Alice. A playful scene emerges in which Henry attempts to woo Katherine, although his French and her English are rudimentary at best. He does his very best and eventually she agrees to marry him. This encounter is meant to end the play on a light note, as both sides are content that the wars are over, while Henry returns home to marry Katherine. They will be parents to King Henry VI, the subject of Shakespeare’s next play in the sequence. Henry VI will be murdered by the future Richard III, but his son (Henry VII) will kill Richard and be father to Henry VIII of the six wives, who will be father to Shakespeare’s Queen Elizabeth. That’s how close Shakespeare’s audiences will be to the action in this play about King Henry V. It was certainly not ancient history to them.

Epilogue

Chorus: “Thus far, with rough and all-unable pen, our bending author hath pursued the story, in a little room confining mighty men, greatly lived this star of England. Fortune made his sword; and of it left his son imperil lord. Henry the Sixth, an infant crowned king of France and England, did this king succeed; whose state so many had the managing that they lost France and made his England bleed.

Analysis

The news starts off good about this ‘star of England’, Henry, and his sword of fortune. However, his infant son, Henry VI, became king and so many lords mettled in the affairs of state that France was lost and England did bleed. And so it did, as you can read for yourself in Henry VI, Parts I, II, and III.

Final Thoughts

Once again, Holinshed’s Chronicles were the primary source for this play and the others in this series of history dramas. As well, he appears to have accessed a few anonymous biographies of Henry V, including one, ‘Deeds of King Henry of England’, by a soldier who served at Agincourt. Henry V was very popular during Shakespeare’s lifetime, with the first known performance sometime in 1599, the year it was written. Richard Burbage likely acted in the title role in the first performance at court on 7 January 1605. Then the play disappeared. There is no record of another performance until 1735. Just prior to World War Two, in 1938, an extremely patriotic version was staged by Ivor Novello and yet another such production starring Laurence Olivier was put on in 1944. Many versions have succeeded since then, with Kenneth Branagh’s 1989 production presenting a dramatic interpretation of the warrior king. Both Olivier’s and Branagh’s films are available free on youtube, along with much analysis and many clips from a variety of productions. Other great depictions of Henry V were rendered by Ralph Richardson and Richard Burton. Finally, Christopher Plummer graced the stage in Stratford, Ontario in 1956, in a most memorable Canadian performance.

Henry IV, Part II

Introduction

Henry IV, Part II continues where Part I left off. Prince John takes on what remains of the rebels, Hal separates himself from Falstaff and Eastcheap in order to prepare to become king, and King Henry approaches his deathbed. On his way to his own coronation as King Henry V, Hal encounters Falstaff, who expects a high office, with his friend Hal as King. But Hal rejects Falstaff outright, a scene that disturbs many readers so fond of Sir John. But his past is dead and he is now the King of England, with no time for his merry prankster life around the Boar’s Head Tavern. This breaks Falstaff’s heart and he is not long for this world. His death will be reported early on in Henry V. The rebels are pretty much a grotesque, self serving and unheroic threat by the second play and are dispensed with cunningly by Prince John. The story really focuses on Hal’s succession, with less profound comedic presence in a tragic historical drama and more focus on the grooming of one who will be a great English monarch. There is still comedy in Part II but it is darker. Falstaff has a new companion in Eastcheap, Pistol, but his health is in decline and time is running out on poor old Sir Jack. Prince Hal / King Henry V stars in three straight plays: Henry IV, Parts I and II and Henry V. The other two principle characters do not last as long: Falstaff becomes old and more feeble in Henry IV, Part II and only his death is reported in Henry V. King Henry IV dies late in Part II of his namesake play. This sequence of plays is Hal’s for nearly two plays and then Hal as King Henry V for just over one. Long live the King!

Act I

Induction

Enter Rumour

Rumour: “Open your ears, for which of you will stop the vent of hearing when loud Rumour speaks? Upon my tongue continual slanders ride, stuffing the ears of men with false reports. Rumour is a pipe blown by surmises, jealousies and conjectures. The blunt monster with uncounted heads, the still-discordant wavering multitude, can play upon it. Why is Rumour here? My office is to noise abroad that Prince Harry fell under the wrath of noble Hotspur’s sword, and that the King before the Douglas’ rage stooped his anointed head as low as death. From Rumour’s tongues they bring smooth comforts false, worse than true wrongs.

Analysis

The personification of Rumour has its roots in Ancient Greece and Rome. A very similar depiction of Rumour can be found in Virgil’s classic The Aeneid, which Shakespeare was quite familiar with. Rumour is quite aware how popular he is and how much people love what he brings. However, Rumour can also be very dangerous, hurtful and misleading, as we see when Northumberland, Hotspur’s father, is told that ‘Prince Harry fell under the wrath of noble Hotspur’s sword and that the King, before Douglas, stooped his anointed head as low as death.’ We, assuming we have read Henry IV, Part I, know this to be untrue and it is quite uncomfortable to hear this false rumour told to Northumberland about his son in the following scene (Act I, Scene i). The real culprit are the people who embrace and spread the rumours.

Act I (3 scenes)

Scene i

Enter Northumberland and Lord Bardolph

Northumberland: “What news, Lord Bardolph? The times are wild; contention madly hath broke loose and bears down all before him.

Lord Bardolph: “I bring you certain news from Shrewsbury. The King is almost wounded to the death; and, in the fortune of my lord your son, Prince Harry slain outright; young Prince John and Westmoreland fled the field, and Prince Harry’s brawn, the hulk, Sir John, is prisoner to your son. O, such a day, so fought, so followed, and so fairly won, came not ’till now to dignify the times since Caesar’s fortunes.”

Northumberland: “How is this derived? Came you from Shrewsbury?”

Lord Bardolph: “I spoke with one, my lord, who came from hence; a gentleman well bred, who freely rendered me this news for true.”

Enter Travers

Travers: “My lord, a gentleman asked the way to Chester, and of him I did demand what news from Shrewsbury. He told me that rebellion had bad luck.”

Lord Bardolph: “My lord, if my young lord your son has not the day, upon mine honour, I’ll give up my barony. Look, here come more news.”

Enter Morton

Northumberland: “This man’s brow foretells the nature of a tragic volume. Say, Morton, did thou come from Shrewsbury?”

Morton: “I ran from Shrewsbury, my noble Lord; where hateful death put on his ugliest mask to fright our party.”

Northumberland: “How doth my son and brother? Thou trembles; and the whiteness in thy cheek is more apt than thy tongue to tell thy errand.”

Morton: “Douglas is living, and your brother, yet; but for my lord your son -“

Northumberland: “Why, he is dead. See what a ready tongue suspicion hath! He that but fears the thing he would not know hath by instinct knowledge from others’ eyes that what he feared is chanced. If he be slain, say so: the tongue offends not that reports his death.”

Lord Bardolph: “I cannot think, my lord, your son is dead.”

Morton: “I am sorry I should force you to believe that which I would to God I had not seen. These mine eyes saw him in bloody state, wearied and out-breathed, by Prince Harry, whose swift wrath beat down the never-daunted Percy to the earth, from whence with life he never more sprung up. The King hath won.”

Northumberland: “For this I shall have time enough to mourn. Now bound my brows with iron; and approach the raggedest hour that time and spite dare bring to frown upon the enraged Northumberland. Let order die and let this world no longer be a stage to feed contention in a lingering act.”

Analysis

Despite Rumours news to the contrary, Morton delivers the eyewitness account of young Hotspur’s death at the hands of Prince Hal. Lord Bardolph proclaimed the false rumour as second-hand conjecture, although he claimed to be so certain of its truth that he was prepared to surrender his status as a baron if he was wrong. Such is the unscrupulous power of rumour.

Act I

Scene ii

London. A street

Enter Falstaff with his page

Falstaff: “Men of all sorts take pride to gird at me. The brain of this foolish-compounded clay, man, is not able to invent anything that it intends to laughter, more than I invent or is invented on me. I am not only witty in myself, but the cause that wit is in other men.”

Enter Chief Justice and a servant

Chief Justice: “Who is he that goes there?”

Servant: “Falstaff”

Chief Justice: “He that was in question for the robbery?”

Servant: “He, my lord; but he hath since done good service at Shrewsbury, and, as I hear, is now going with some charge to the Lord John of Lancaster.”

Chief Justice: “Call him back again.”

Servant: “Sir John Falstaff!”

Falstaff: “Boy, tell him I am deaf.”

Page: “You must speak louder, my master is deaf.”

Chief Justice: “I am sure he is, to the hearing of anything good. Go pluck him by the elbow; I must speak with him.”

Servant: “Sir John!”

Chief Justice: “Sir John Falstaff, a word with you. I sent for you before your expedition to Shrewsbury. You would not come. I pray you let me speak with you. Sir John, you live in great infamy. Your means are very slender, and your waste is great.”

Falstaff: “I would it were otherwise; I would my means were greater and my waste more slender.

Chief Justice: “You have misled the Prince; you follow him around up and down, like his ill angel.”

Falstaff: “Not so, my lord. You that are old consider not the capacities of us that are young.”

Chief Justice: “Do you set down your name in the scroll of youth? Have you not a moist eye, a dry hand, a yellow cheek, a white beard, a decreasing leg, an increasing belly? Is not your voice broken, your wind short, your chin double, your wit single, and every part about you blasted with antiquity? And you will yet call yourself young? Fie, fie, fie, Sir John.”

Falstaff: “My lord, I was born with a white head and something of a round belly.”

Chief Justice: “Well, God send the Prince a better companion!”

Falstaff: “God send the companion a better Prince! I cannot rid my hands of him.”

Chief Justice: “Well, the King has severed you. I hear you are going with Lord John of Lancaster against the Archbishop and the Earl of Northumberland.”

Falstaff: “Yea; if ye will needs say I am an old man, you should give me rest.”

Chief Justice: “Well, be honest, be honest; and God bless your expedition!”

Falstaff: “Will your lordship lend me a thousand pounds to furnish me forth?”

Chief Justice: “Not a penny, not a penny.”

Exit the Chief Justice

Falstaff: “Boy!”

Page: “Sir?”

Falstaff: “What money is in my purse?”

Page: “Seven groats and two pence.”

Falstaff: “I can get no remedy against this consumption of the purse; borrowing only lingers it out, but the disease is incurable. A pox of this gout! Or, a gout of this pox! For the one or the other plays the rogue with my great toe. A good wit will make use of anything. I will turn diseases into commodity.”

Analysis

Here again is Sir John Falstaff. He reflects that while mankind does not ‘invent anything to intend laughter’, he himself on the other hand is not only witty but is also the cause of wit in others. With that comes the Chief Justice to speak with him about why he ran away from him after the robbery investigation in Henry IV, Part I, and when Falstaff claims to be deaf, the Chief Justice says he is sure it is only to the hearing of anything good. ‘Sir John, you live in great infamy… your means are slender, your waste is great and you have misled the Prince… like his ill angel.’ Naturally, Falstaff denies it all. He is off to the wars again, this time with Prince John of Lancaster. He has attained a degree of respectability following the battle at Shrewsbury, having claimed that it was he who killed the mighty Hotspur. After asking the Chief Justice for a thousand pounds, Falstaff bemoans the fact that he can find ‘no remedy against this consumption of the purse.’ As suggested in the introduction, this is a somewhat darker Falstaff. No laughing matter here, despite his polished wit, compared with the scenes between Sir John and Prince Hal in Part I. Now he is broke, separated from Hal, being sent back into battle against the remnants of the rebels and being watched over closely by the Chief Justice of the King’s government. Nonetheless he will appear in seven more scenes in this play, as Shakespeare was well aware of his immense popularity. It is sometime around the staging of Part II that Queen Elizabeth requests a new play featuring Falstaff in romantic escapades around the Boar’s Head Tavern. Naturally, Shakespeare obliged and the result was The Merry Wives of Windsor, written very quickly… and it shows. Gone is the profundity of the Falstaff from Henry IV and instead we are left with a slapstick variation of Sir John, which embarrasses many critics who admired him greatly in his previous incarnations.

Act I

Scene iii

York. The Archbishop’s palace

Enter the Archbishop, Mowbray, Hastings and Lord Bardolph

Archbishop: “Thus have you heard our cause and known our means, and my most noble friends, speak plainly your opinions of our hopes – and first, Lord Mowbray, what say you to it?”

Mowbray: “I well allow the occasion of our arms; but gladly would be better satisfied how we should advance ourselves to look bold and big enough upon the power and puissance of the King.”

Hastings: “Our present musters grow to five and twenty thousand men of choice; and our supplies live largely in the hope of great Northumberland, whose bosom burns with an incensed fire of injuries.”

Lord Bardolph: “The question then stands thus: whether our present five and twenty thousand may hold up without Northumberland?”

Hastings: “With him we may.”

Lord Bardolph: “There’s the point; but if without him we be thought too feeble, my judgment is we should not step too far till we had his assistance, for, in a theme so bloody as this aids uncertain should not be admitted.”

Archbishop: “‘Tis very true, Lord Bardolph; for indeed it was young Hotspur’s case at Shrewsbury.”

Lord Bardolph: “Great imagination led his powers to death and leapt into destruction.”

Hastings: “I think we are so a body strong enough, even as we are, to equal with the King.”

Lord Bardolph: “What, is the King but five and twenty thousand”

Hastings: “Not so much, Lord Bardolph, for his divisions are in three heads: one power against the French, and one against Glendower; perforce a third must take us up. So is the unfirm King in three divided.”

Archbishop: “That he should draw his several strengths together and come against us in full puissance need not be dreaded.”

Hastings: “If he should do so, he leaves his back unarmed, the French and Welsh baying him at the heels. Never fear that.”

Archbishop: “O thou fond many, with what loud applause did thou beat heaven with blessing Bolingbroke before he was what thou would have him be. What trust is in these times? They that, when Richard lived, would have him die are now become enamoured on his grave.”

Analysis

What remains of the rebel armies are in York, preparing their next assault on the King’s forces. In this scene they debate back and forth the advisability of going on the attack with what is left of their forces following the Battle of Shrewsbury in Part I. Northumberland is a powerful ally but he is ill and therefore unreliable. Should they continue without him becomes a paramount question. The King has divided his forces into three parts so they do, indeed, believe they are good to go. Perhaps they should have deliberated further, as we shall soon see.

Act II (4 scenes)

Scene i

London. A street

Enter Hostess and two officers, Fang and Snare

Fang: “Snare, we must arrest Sir John Falstaff.”

Snare: “It may chance cost some of us our lives, fo he will stab.”

Hostess: “Take heed of him. He stabbed me in my own house. If his weapon be out he will spare neither man, woman nor child. Good Master Fang, hold him sure. Good Master Snare, let him not escape. A hundred marks is a long one for a poor lone woman to bear; and I have borne and borne and borne. Yonder he comes; do your offices; do me your offices!”

Fang: “Sir John, I arrest you at the suit of Mistress Quickly.”

Falstaff: “Away, varlets! Draw, Bardolph.”

Hostess: “Thou bastardly rogue! Murder, murder! Will thou kill God’s officers and the King’s?

Chief Justice: “What is the matter? Keep the peace here! Sir John, are you brawling here? You should have been well on your way to York.”

Hostess: “Your Grace, I am a poor widow of Eastcheap, and he is arrested at my suit.”

Chief Justice: “For what?”

Hostess: “He hath eaten me out of house and home; he has put all my substance into that fat belly of his.”

Chief Justice: “How come this, Sir John? Are you not ashamed?”

Falstaff: “What is the gross sum I owe thee?”

Hostess: “Marry, if thou wert an honest man, thyself and the money too. Thy did swear to me, as I was washing thy wound, to marry me and make thee a lady and thy wife. And didst thou not kiss me? Deny it if thou can.”

Falstaff: “My lord, this is a poor mad soul. Poverty hath disgraced her.”

Chief Justice: “Sir John, I am well acquainted with your manner of wrenching the true cause the false way. Pay her the debt you owe her, and unpay the villainy you have done with her.”

Enter Gower

Gower: “The King, my lord, and Harry, Prince of Wales, are near at hand.”

Hostess: “You’ll pay me all together?”

Falstaff: “Will I live?”

Chief Justice: “Sir John, you loiter here too long, being you are to take soldiers up in counties as you go. Thou art a great fool.”

Analysis

Vintage Falstaff here, as he wiggles out of every corner he is pressed into. He is to be arrested for sums owed to Mistress Quickly, the hostess of the Boar’s Head Tavern. When two officers arrive to arrest him he and Bardolph fight with them. The Chief Justice arrives and attempts to make Falstaff accountable to his debts but he pulls Mistress Quickly aside and simply borrows more money from her and arranges dinner with Doll Tearsheet, his favourite prostitute. The Chief Justice warns him to get along toward the battle at York. He is insufferable and there appears no cure for his self-indulgence. Prince Hal is notably absent from this Eastcheap scene, as he is already more the warrior King-to-be than one of the Boar’s Head rascals. His transition is well under way. Falstaff’s is clearly not.

Act II

Scene ii

London. Another street

Enter Prince Henry and Poins

Prince: “Before God, I am exceeding weary.”

Poins: “Is it come to that?”

Prince: “What a disgrace it is to me to remember thy name. My heart bleeds inwardly that my father is so sick.”

Poins: “Why, because you have been so lewd and so much engraved to Falstaff?”

Prince: “And to you.”

Analysis

This is the first we see of Prince Hal in Part II. He has reformed his ways considerably since Henry IV, Part I. He is his true father’s son and has stepped back from his life with Falstaff and the crew at the Boar’s Head Tavern. Here, he concedes his desire for a small beer but then feels guilty because it reminds him too much of his earlier life as an Eastcheap rogue. He even tells Poins of what a disgrace it is to him to even remember Poin’s name. His heart bleeds that his father is so sick. Hal is clearly a transformed individual here in Act II of Henry IV, Part II. He was a rascal and a rogue in the first play (Henry IV, Part I), a true Prince to his dying father in this one (Henry IV, Part II) and a genuinely great warrior king in the one to follow (Henry V). And yet, even here, when he learns that Falstaff is dining at the Boar’s Head with Doll Tearsheet he devises a prank to spy on Sir John, dressed as a waiter. He may be moving on, but he still has at least a toe in the waters of his old world in Eastcheap.

Act II

Scene iii

Warkworth. The Castle

Enter Northumberland and Lady Percy

Lady Percy: “For God’s sake, go not to these wars! The time was, father, when your own Percy, when my heart’s dear Harry, threw many a northward look to see his father; but he did long in vain. Who then persuaded you to stay at home? There were two honours lost: yours and your son’s. O wondrous him! O miracle of men! Him did you leave – second to none, unseconded by you – to look upon the hideous god of war in disadvantage; so you left him. Let them alone. The Marshall and the Archbishop are strong. If they get ground and vantage of the King, then join you with them, like a rib of steel; but first let them try themselves. So did your son; he was so suffered; so came I a widow.”

Northumberland: “I will resolve for Scotland.”

Analysis

In Henry IV, Part I Hotspur lost his life in single combat with Prince Harry. Lady Percy, Hotspur’s wife, blames his father, Northumberland, for not sending his troops to assist the rebels. She is quite harsh with him here. The present battle is but a followup to the previous battles and Lady Percy is encouraging him to once again withhold his forces, as if there is no point in supporting the rebels at this late stage in the essentially defeated rebellion. Naturally, this does not bode well for what remains of the rebel forces.

Act II

Scene iv

London. The Boar’s Head Tavern in Eastcheap

Enter Francis and another waiter.

Francis: “Here will be the Prince and Master Poins anon, and they will put on two of our aprons; and Sir John must not know of it.”

Falstaff: “You make fat rascals, Mistress Doll.”

Doll: “Gluttony and disease make them. I make them not. Hang yourself, you muddy conger, hang yourself!”

Hostess: “You two never meet but you fall to some discord.”

Doll: “Can a weak empty vessel bear such a huge full hogshead? I’ll be friends with thee, Jack. Thou art going to the wars; and whether I shall ever see thee again or no, there is nobody cares.”

Francis: “Pistol is below and would speak with you.”

Doll: “Hang him, swaggering rascal! The foulmouth’dst rogue in England.”

Hostess: “If he swagger, let him not come here. I’ll no swaggerers. Shut the door, I pray you.”

Enter Pistol, Bardolph and page

Doll: “Away, you cut-purse rascal! You filthy bung, away! By this wine, I’ll thrust my knife in your mouldy chaps.”

Pistol: “Give me some sack.”

Doll: “For God’s sake, thrust him down the stairs.”

Falstaff: “Get you down the stairs.”

Falstaff draws his sword and drives Pistol out

Doll: “Ah, you sweet little rogue, you! Alas, poor ape, how thou sweat’st! Ah, rogue! In faith, I love thee.”

Enter Prince Hal and Poins dressed as waiters

Doll: “They say Poins has a good wit.”

Falstaff: “He’s a good wit! Hang him, baboon!”

Doll: “Why does the Prince love him so?”

Falstaff: “Because their legs are both of a bigness and they eat conger and fennel. They show weak minds and able bodies. The Prince himself is such another as Poins”

Prince: “Would not this knave have his ears cut off?”

Poins: “Let’s beat him before his whore. Is it not strange that desire should so many years outlive performance?

Falstaff: “Kiss me, Doll.”

Doll: “By my troth, I kiss thee with a most constant heart.”

Falstaff: “I am old, I am old.”

Doll: “I love thee better than ever a scurvy young boy of them all.”

Falstaff: “Ha! A bastard son of the KIng’s? And art thou not Poins, his brother?”

Prince: “Why, thou globe of sinful continents, what a life dost thou lead!”

Falstaff: “Thou whoreson mad compound of majesty.”

Prince: “How vilely did you speak of me.”

Falstaff: “Did thou hear me?”

Prince: “You knew I was at your back, and spoke it on purpose to try my patience.”

Falstaff: “No, no, no; not so; I did not think thou was within hearing. No abuse, Hal; none, Ned, none.”

Enter Peto

Peto: “The King, your father, is at Westminster; and there are twenty weak and wearied posts knocking at the taverns, and asking everyone for John Falstaff.”

Prince: “Give me my sword and cloak. Falstaff, goodnight.”

Falstaff: “What’s the matter?”

Bardolph: “You must away to court. A dozen captains stay at the door for you.”

Falstaff: “You see, my good wenches, how men of merit are sought after. Farewell, farewell.”

Analysis

One of the finer Eastcheap scenes with Prince Hal and Poins having fun spying on Falstaff at dinner with Doll, his prostitute friend. There are actually some tender lines expressed between Sir John and his whore. We also meet Pistol, appropriately named for his violence and volatility. The hostess won’t even have him in the tavern and Falstaff uses his sword to direct him out. The Prince and Poins overhear Falstaff insulting them to Doll Tearsheet and then call him on it. Naturally he denies any offence intended. The scene is interrupted when soldiers arrive looking for Falstaff, for it is time to head to the wars. This will be the final Eastcheap scene of the play, as things are about to turn more serious, with the impending wars and the deteriorating health of the King.

Act III (2 scenes)

Scene i

Westminster Palace

Enter the King

King: “How many thousand of my poor subjects are at this hour asleep! O sleep, o gentle sleep; nature’s soft nurse, how have I frightened thee, that thou no more will weigh my eyelids down, and steep my senses in forgetfulness? Why rather, sleep, lest thou in smokey cribs, upon uneasy pallets stretching thee, and hushed with buzzing night-flies to thy slumber, than in the perfumed chambers of the great, under the canopies of costly state. Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.

Enter Warwick

King: “They say the Bishop and Northumberland are fifty thousand strong.”

Warwick: “It cannot be, my lord. Rumour doth double, like the voice and echo, the numbers of the feared. Upon my soul, my lord, the powers that you already have sent forth shall bring this prize in very easily. To comfort you the more, Glendower is dead.”

King: “I will take your council.”

Analysis

The play takes a serious turn compared to the last scene in Eastcheap. King Henry is ill, not aging well and he cannot sleep and reflects on how sleep evades the busy minds of kings and best bestows itself on the common folks, those with fewer cares. He concludes, in one of Shakespeare’s classic lines ‘uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.’ Warwick arrives with good news that the rebel forces are considerably weaker than previously believed and that Glendower is dead. We also know that Northumberland will, once again, not bring his soldiers to the fray. King Henry is not long for this world. He will survive but one more act. His ever-present guilt over the murder of King Richard and his fears that Prince Hal will never overcome his life of debauchery with Falstaff and company in Eastcheap have aged him prematurely.

Act III

Scene ii

Gloucestershire. Justice Shallow’s house

Enter Shallow and Silence

Shallow: “How many of my old acquaintances are dead!”

Silence: “We shall all follow, cousin.”

Shallow: “Certain, ’tis certain. Death, as the Psalmist said, is certain to all; all shall die.”

Enter Bardolph

Silence: “Here comes one of Sir John Falstaff’s men, as I think.”

Bardolph: “Which is Justice Shallow?”

Shallow: “I am Robert Shallow, one of the King’s justices of the peace.”

Bardolph: “My captain, Sir John Falstaff, commends him to you.”

Enter Falstaff

Shallow: “Look, here comes good Sir John.”

Falstaff: “I am glad to see you well, master Shallow. Good Master Silence it well befits you should be of the peace. Have you provided me here half a dozen sufficient men?”

Shallow: “Where’s the roll? Let them appear as I call. Let me see, where is Mouldy?”

Mouldy: “Here.”

Shallow: “What think you, Sir John? A good limb’d fellow; young and strong.”

Falstaff: “Is thy name Mouldy?”

Mouldy: “Yea.”

Falstaff: “Prick him.”

Mouldy: “You need not to have pricked me; there are other men fitter to go out than I.”

Falstaff: “Peace, Mouldy; you shall go.”

Shallow: “Where’s Shadow?”

Shadow: “Here, sir.”

Shallow: “Do you like him, Sir John?”

Falstaff: “Shadow will serve. Prick him.”

Shallow: “Thomas Wart!”

Wart: “Here, sir.”

Falstaff: “Is thy name Wart?”

Wart: “Yea, sir.”

Falstaff: “Thou art a very ragged wart.”

Shallow: “Shall I prick him, Sir John?”

Falstaff: “Prick him no more.”

Shallow: “Francis Feeble!”

Feeble: “Here, sir.”

Falstaff: “What trade art thou, Feeble?”

Feeble: “A woman’s tailor, sir.”

Shallow: “Shall I prick him, sir?”

Falstaff: “You may; but if he had been a man’s tailor, he’d have pricked you. Wilt thou make as many holes in an enemy’s battle as thou hast done in a woman’s petticoat?”

Feeble: “I will do my good will, sir.”

Falstaff: “Well said, good woman’s tailor! Courageous Feeble! Prick the woman’s tailor.

Feeble: “I would Wart might have gone, sir.”

Falstaff: “I would thou wert a man’s tailor, that thou might mend him and make him fit to go. Who is next?”

Shallow: “Peter Bullcalf.”

Falstaff: “Yea, marry, let’s see Bullcalf.”

Bullcalf: “Here, sir.”

Falstaff: “A likely fellow! Come, prick me Bullcalf.”

Bullcalf: “O lord, sir. I am a diseased man.”

Falstaff: “What disease hast thou?”

Bullcalf: “A whoreson cold, sir, a cough, sir.”

Falstaff: “Come, thou shall go to the wars.”

Exit Falstaff and Justice Shallow

Bullcalf: “Good Master Bardolph, stand my friend. And here’s four Harry ten shillings in French crowns for you. Sir, I had as lief be hanged, sir, as go.”

Bardolph: “Go to; stand aside.”

Mouldy: “And, good Master Captain, for my old dame’s sake, stand my friend. You shall have forty, sir.”

Bardolph: “Go to; stand aside.”

Feeble: “I care not; a man can die but once. We owe God a death. No man is too good to serve the Prince; and, let it go which way it will, he that dies this year is quit for the next.”

Enter Falstaff and Justice Shallow

Falstaff: “Come sir, which men shall I have?”

Shallow: “Four of which you please.”

Bardolph: “Sir, a word with you. I have three pounds to free Mouldy and Bullcalf.”

Falstaff: “Go to; well.”

Shallow: “Come, Sir John, which four will you have?”

Falstaff: “Choose for me.”

Shallow: “Marry, then – Mouldy, Bullcalf, Feeble and Shadow.”

Falstaff: “Mouldy and Bullcalf: for you, Mouldy, stay at home till you are past service; and for your part, Bullcalf, grow till you come unto it. I will none of you. Will you tell me, Master Shallow, how to choose a man? Care I for the limb, the stature, bulk! Give me the spirit, Master Shallow. These fellows will do well. I must a dozen miles tonight. Bardolph, give the soldiers coats.”

Shallow: “Sir John, the Lord bless you; God prosper your affairs.”

Analysis

Falstaff stops here in Gloucestershire to recruit men for his army headed north to fight the rebels. The locals are a humble lot, with names characteristic of their personalities. Justice Shallow, appropriately named, presents a list of men to Falstaff for his consideration. One is more ragged than the next, as their names suggest. There is Mouldy, Shadow, Wart, Feeble, and Bullcalf. When Bullcalf and Moudy pay to have others stand in for them, Bardolph and Falstaff take the money and let them go. This is the most pitiful collection of men any army has ever seen and they are led by Falstaff, who has gained an elevated status following his rumoured and falsely concocted brave posture at the Battle of Shrewsbury in Part I.

Act IV (5 scenes)

Scene i

Yorkshire. A forest

Enter the Archbishop, Mowbray and Hastings

Archbishop: “Here stand, my lords, and send discoverers forth to know the numbers of our enemies. I have received new dated letters from Northumberland; their cold intent and substance thus: he is retired to Scotland; and concludes in hearty prayers that your attempts may overlive the hazard and fearful meeting of their opposite.”

Mowbray: “Thus do the hopes we have in him dash themselves to pieces.”

Enter a messenger

Messenger: “Scarcely off a mile, in goodly form comes on the enemy; I judge their numbers near the rate of thirty thousand.”

Enter Westmoreland

Westmoreland: “Health and fair greeting from our general, the Prince, Lord John and Duke of Lancaster.”

Archbishop: “What doth concern your coming?”

Westmoreland: “You, Lord Archbishop, wherefore do you so ill translate yourself out of the speech of peace, into the harsh and boisterous tongue of war; tuning your books to graves, your ink to blood, your pens to lances and a point of war?”

Archbishop: “Wherefore do I this? So the question stands. Briefly to this end: we are all diseased and with our surfeiting and wanton hours have brought ourselves into a burning fever, and we must bleed for it; of which disease our late King, Richard, being affected, died. Hear me more plainly. I have in equal balance justly weighed what wrongs our arms may do, what wrongs we suffer, and find our griefs heavier than our offences. When we are wronged, and would unfold our griefs, we are denied access unto his person, even by those men that most have done us wrong.”

Westmoreland: “Whenever yet was your appeal denied? Here come I from our princely general to know your griefs; he will give you audience; and wherein it shall appear that your demands are just, you shall enjoy them.”

Mowbray: “But he hath forced us to compel this offer; and it proceeds from policy, not love.”

Westmoreland: “This offer comes from mercy, not from fear.”

Mowbray: “Well, by my will we shall admit no parley.”

Westmoreland: “That argues but the shame of your offence.”

Hastings: “Hath the Prince John a full commission to hear and absolutely to determine of what conditions we shall stand upon?”

Westmoreland: “That is intended.”

Archbishop: “Then take this schedule, for this contains our general grievances.”

Westmoreland: “In sight of both our battles we may meet; and either end in peace – which God so frame – or to the place of difference call the swords which must decide it.”

Archbishop: “My lord, we will do so.”

Exit Westmoreland

Mowbray: “There is a thing within my bosom tells me that no conditions of our peace can stand.”

Hastings: “Fear you not that: our peace shall stand as firm as Rocky Mountains.”

Archbishop: “Note this: the King is weary. Be assured, if we do now make our atonement well, our peace will grow stronger.”

Mowbray: “Here is returned my Lord of Westmoreland.”

Westmoreland: “The Prince is here at hand.”

Analysis

What remains of the rebel forces has just learned that Northumberland and his army will, once again, not be participating in any future battles against the King. A messenger arrives next to say the royal army is only a mile away and thirty thousand men strong. So when Westmoreland is sent from the King’s army to offer terms of peace to the rebels they are certainly listening. Westmoreland hears their grievances and relays their concerns to Prince John. The rebels seem inclined to accept the peace offering. The rebel leader Mowbray expresses his concern that this could be a set up and they all could be killed if they parley for peace with the Prince. Hmmm. When Westmoreland returns the Prince arrives with him.

Act IV

Scene ii

Another part of the forest

Enter from one side Mowbray, the Archbishop, Hastings and others. Enter from the other side Prince John, Westmoreland, officers and others

Prince John: “My Cousin Mowbray; good day to you, gentle Lord Archbishop; and so to you, Lord Hastings, and to all. Lord Archbishop, who hath not heard it spoken how deep you were within the books of God?”

Archbishop: “Good my Lord of Lancaster. I sent your Grace the parcels and particulars of our grief, whereon this hydra son of war is born; and true obedience, of this madness cured, stoop tamely to the foot of majesty.”

Westmoreland: “Pleaseth your Grace to answer them directly how far forth you do like their articles.”

Prince John: “I like them and do allow them well; and swear here, my father’s purposes have been mistook; my lords, these griefs will be with speed redressed; upon my soul, they shall. If this may please you, discharge your powers as we will ours; and here, between the armies, let’s drink together friendly and embrace.”

Archbishop: “I take your princely word.”

Prince John: “I give it you, and will maintain my word.”

Hastings: “Go, captain, and deliver to the army this news of peace. Let them have pay, and part. I know it will well please them.”

Prince John: “The word of peace is rendered! Hark, how they shout! Go my lord, and let our army be discharged too.”

Exit Westmoreland

Hastings: “My lord Westmoreland, our army is dispersed already. Each hurries toward his home.”

Westmoreland: “Good tidings, my Lord Hastings; for the which I do arrest thee, traitor, of high treason; and you, Lord Archbishop, and you, Lord Mowbray, of capital treason I attach you both.”

Mowbray: “Is this proceeding just and honourable?”

Westmoreland: “Is your assembly so?”

Archbishop: “Will you thus break your faith?”

Prince John: “I pawned thee none. I promised you redress of these same grievances whereof you did complain; which by mine honour, I will perform with a most Christian care. But for you, rebels – look to taste the dew meet for rebellion. Guard these traitors to the block of death, treason’s true bed and yielder-up of breath.”

Analysis

So the rebels agree to sue for peace with Prince John. It all sounds so collegial and friendly. Prince John swears only that their grievances, with speed, will be redressed. ‘Let’s drink together friendly and embrace.’ It still sounds good… Hastings orders the rebel army to disperse and they do. The Archbishop accepts the word of the Prince and all is well… Then suddenly Westmoreland orders the arrest of Hastings, the Archbishop and Mowbray on charges of treason. When Mowbray asks if this is just and honourable and the Archbishop asks if the Prince will truly break his faith in this way, Prince John replies that ‘I promised you redress of the grievances whereof you did complain, which by mine honour, I will perform with a most Christian care.’ He never promised not to kill the rebel leaders.

Prince John and Westmoreland quite dishonourably pull a fast one on the rebel leaders. He did not precisely lie to the rebel leaders but it certainly appears underhanded and dishonourable. It may be argued, one must assume, that the Prince committed a wrong in order to right a previous wrong. Such are the ways of preserving power against rebellion in the 15th Century. No doubt, Queen Elizabeth would have been heartily impressed by this scene of royal, if not treacherous, preservation. Oh Shakespeare!

Act IV

Scene iii

Another part of the forest

Enter Falstaff and Colville

Falstaff: “What’s your name, sir?”

Colville: “I am a knight and my name is Colville.”

Falstaff: “Colville shall be still your name, a traitor your degree, and the dungeon your place. Here comes our general.”

Enter Prince John and Westmoreland

Prince John “Now, Falstaff, where have you been all this while? When everything is ended, then you come. These tardy tricks of yours will, on my life, one time or other break some gallow’s back.”

Falstaff: “I have speeded hither within the very extremist inch of possibility; I have taken Sir John Colville, a most furious knight and valorous enemy. He saw me and yielded – I came, saw and overcame.”

Prince John: “It was more of his courtesy than your deserving.”

Falstaff: “I know not. Here he is, and here I yield him.”

Prince John: “Send Colville, with his confederates, to York and present execution. I hear the King my father is sore sick. Our news shall go before us to his Majesty, which Cousin Westmoreland, you shall bear to comfort him. Fare you well, Falstaff. I shall better speak of you than you deserve.”

Exit all but Falstaff

Falstaff: “I would you had but the wit; this same young sober-blooded boy doth not love me; nor a man cannot make him laugh; he drinks no wine. A good sherry-sack hath a twofold operation in it. It ascends me into the brain; dries me there all the foolish and dull and crude vapours which environ it; makes it apprehensive, quick, forgetful, full of nimble, fiery, and delectable shapes; which delivered over to the voice, the tongue, which is the birth, becomes excellent wit. The second property of your excellent sherry is the warming of the blood; which before, cold and settled, left the liver white and pale, which is the badge of pusillanimity and cowardice; but the sherry warms it, and makes it course from the inwards to the parts extremes, it illuminates the face, which as a beacon, gives warning to all the rest of this little kingdom, man, to arm. This valour comes from sherry. So that skill in the weapon is nothing without sack. If I had a thousand sons, the first human principle I would teach them should be to addict themselves to sack.

Enter Bardolph

Falstaff: “How now, Bardolph!”

Bardolph: “The army is discharged.”

Falstaff: “Let them go.”

Analysis

This is Sir John Falstaff’s last truly comedic scene, wherein he manages to capture Colville. Prince John has little patience for Falstaff and asks him why he shows up once all the conflict has been resolved. ‘These tardy tricks of yours will, on my life, break some gallow’s back.’ Falstaff claims that Coleville, his prisoner, is a ‘furious knight and a valorous enemy’, but Prince John is having none of it. Once Falstaff is alone he gives this classic speech about the benefits of sack and how Prince John is so tightly wound with absolutely no sense of humour because he does not drink sack. Falstaff will appear in three different scenes of Act V but in a much subdued manner.

Act IV

Scene iv

Westminster. The Jerusalem Chamber

Enter the King, Prince Clarence, Gloucester and Warwick

King: “Now Lords, if God doth give successful end to this debate that bleedeth at our doors, we will draw no swords. Our power is collected and everything lies level to our wish. Only we want a little personal strength. Humphrey, my son of Gloucester, where is the Prince your brother?”

Gloucester: “I think he’s gone to hunt, my lord, at Windsor.”

King: “Is not his brother, Thomas of Clarence, with him?”

Gloucester: “No, my good lord. He is present here.”

King: “Thomas of Clarence, how chance thou art not with the Prince thy brother? He loves thee, and thou dost neglect him, Thomas. Thou hast a better place in his affection than all thy brothers; cherish it, my boy, and noble offices thou may effect after I am dead. Therefore omit him not; blunt not his love.”

Clarence: “I shall observe him with all care and love.”

King: “Why art thou not at Windsor with him, Thomas?”

Clarence: “He dines in London.”

King: ” And how accompanied?”

Clarence: “With Poins, and others of his continual followers.”

King: “Therefore my grief stretches itself beyond the hour of death. The blood weeps from my heart when I do shape, in forms imaginary, the unguided days and rotten times that you shall look upon when I am sleeping with my ancestors.”

Warwick: “My gracious lord, you look beyond him quite. The Prince but studies his companions. He will, in the perfectness of time, cast off his followers, turning past evils to advantages.”

Enter Westmoreland

Westmoreland: “Health to my sovereign, and new happiness added to that that I am to deliver! Prince John, your son, doth kiss your Grace’s hand. Mowbray, the Archbishop, Hastings, and all, are brought to the correction of your law. There is not now a rebel’s sword unsheathed, but peace puts forth her olive branch everywhere.”

King: “O Westmoreland, thou art a summer bird.”

Enter Harcourt

Harcourt: “The Earl of Northumberland and the Lord Bardolph, with a great power of English and Scots, are by the shrive of Yorkshire overthrown.”

King: “And wherefore should this good news make me sick? Will fortune never come with both hands full, but write her fair words still in foulest letters? She either gives a stomach and no food – such are the poor – or else a feast, and takes away the stomach – such are the rich who have abundance but enjoy it not. I should rejoice now at the happy news; and now my sight fails, and my brain is giddy. O me! Come near me now, for I am much ill.”

Gloucester: “Comfort, your Majesty!”

Clarence: “O my royal father!”

Westmoreland: “My sovereign lord, cheer up.”

Warwick: “Be patient, Princes; you do know these fits are with his Highness very ordinary. Give him air; he’ll straight be well.”

Clarence: “No, no; he cannot long hold out these pangs.”

Gloucester: “This apoplexy will certainly be his end.”

King: “I pray you take me up, and bear me hence into some other chamber. Softly, pray.”

Analysis

The King is clearly dying. The civil wars are ending and he has his sons Gloucester and Clarence with him. His only remaining wish is to have a little more strength. He implores Clarence to embrace Prince Hal. It seems many at court have given up on Hal, for obvious reasons. Even now he is in London with Poins and other Eastcheap followers. This breaks the King’s heart, as it is nearly time for Prince Harry to assume the throne. He predicts ruinous times ahead with Harry as King of England. It is Warwick who reminds the King that Prince Hal only studies his companions and will cast them off ‘in the perfection of time’. Westmoreland and Harcourt bring wonderful news to the King, that the rebel cause is bereft and the civil war is over. ‘Wherefore should this good news make me sick’, the King ponders. King Henry IV has one scene remaining and it is one of Shakespeare’s finest, up next, to round off Act IV.

Act IV

Scene v

Westminster. Another chamber

Enter the King, lying on a sickbed, Clarence, Gloucester, Warwick and others

King: “Let there be no noise made, my gentle friends, unless some dull and favourable hand will whisper music to my weary spirit. Set me the crown upon my pillow here.”

Clarence: “He eye is hollow.”

Warwick: “Less noise; less noise!”

Enter Prince Henry

Prince: “How doth the King?”

Gloucester: “Exceedingly ill.”

Prince: “Heard he the good news yet?”

Gloucester: “He altered much upon the hearing of it.”

Prince: “If he be sick with joy, he’ll recover.”

Warwick: “The King, your father, is disposed to sleep.”

Clarence: “Let us withdraw into the other room.”

Warwick: “Will it please your Grace to go along with us?”

Prince: “No; I will sit and watch here by the King.”

Exit all but the Prince and the King

Prince: “Why doth the crown lie there upon his pillow, being so troublesome a bedfellow? O polished perturbation! Golden care that keeps the ports of slumber open wide to many a watchful night! Sleep with it now! O majesty! My gracious lord! My father! This sleep is sound indeed; this is a sleep that hath divorced so many English kings. Thy due from me is tears and heavy sorrows, which nature, love and filial tenderness shall, o dear father, pay thee plenteously. My due from thee is this imperial crown.

Prince Henry puts on the crown and exits he room. The King awakens

King: “Warwick! Gloucester! Clarence!”

Enter Warwick, Gloucester and Clarence

King: “Why did you leave me here alone, my lords?”

Clarence: “We left the Prince my brother here who undertook to sit and watch by you.”

King: “The Prince of Wales! Where is he? Let me see him. He is not here.”

Warwick: “This door is open; he has gone this way.”

King: “Where is the crown? Who took it from my pillow?

Warwick: “We left it here.”

King: “The Prince hath taken it hence. Go, seek him out. Is he so hasty that he doth suppose my sleep my death? Find him, chide him hither. This helps to end me. See sons, what things you are! How quickly nature falls into revolt when gold becomes her object!

Warwick: “My lord, I found the Prince in the next room, washing with kindly tears his gentle cheeks with such a deep demeanour in great sorrow. He is coming hither.”

King: “But wherefore did he take away the crown?”

Enter Prince Henry

King: “Come hither to me, Harry. Leave us here alone.”

Exit all but the King and Prince Henry

Prince: “I never thought to hear you speak again.”

King: “Thy wish was father, Harry, to that thought. I stay too long by thee, I weary thee. Dost thou so hunger for mine empty chair that thou wilt needs invest thee with my honours before thy hour be ripe? O foolish youth! Thou seek’st the greatness that will overwhelm thee. My day is dim. Thou hast stolen that which , after some few hours, were thine without offence; and at my death thou hast sealed up my expectation. Thy life did manifest thou loved me not, and thou wilt have me die assured of it. Thou hid’st a thousand daggers in thy thoughts, which thou hast whetted on thy stoney heart, to stab at half an hour of my life. What, can’st thou not forebear me half an hour? Then get thee gone, and dig my grave thyself; and bid the merry bells ring to thine ear that thou art crowned. Let all the tears that should bedew my hearse be drops of balm to sanctify thy head; only compound me with forgotten dust; give that which gave thee life unto the worms. Pluck down my officers, break my decrees; for now Harry the Fifth is crowned. Up, vanity: down, royal state. And to the English court assembled under him now, apes of idleness, you have a ruffian who will swear, drink, dance, revel the night, rob, murder, and commit the oldest sins in the newest kind of ways. England shall give him office, honour, might; for the fifth Harry plucks the muzzle of restraint, and the wild dog shall flesh his tooth on every innocent. O my poor kingdom, sick with civil blows! When that my care could not withhold thy riots, what wilt thou do when riot is thy care? O, thou wilt be a wilderness again, peopled with wolves, thy old inhabitants!

Prince: “O pardon me, my liege! God witness with me, when I here came in and found no course of breath within your Majesty, how cold it struck my heart! Coming to look on you, thinking you dead – and dead almost, my liege, to think you were – I spake unto this crown as having sense, and thus upbraided it: ‘the care on thee hath fed upon the body of my father; therefore thou best of gold art worst of gold’. Thus, my royal liege, accusing it, I put it on my head, to try with it – as with an enemy that had before my face murdered my father. But if it did infect my body with joy, or swell my thoughts to any strain of pride; if any rebel or vain spirit of mine did with the least affection of a welcome give entertainment to the might of it, let God ever keep it from my head.

King: “O my son; God put it in thy mind to take it hence that thou might win the more thy father’s love. Come hither, Harry; sit thou by my bed, and hear, I think, the very latest counsel that ever I shall breathe. God knows, my son, by what by-paths and indirect crooked ways I met this crown; and I myself know well how troublesome it sat upon my head: to thee it shall descend with better quiet, better opinion, better confirmation. It seemed in me but as an honour snatched with boisterous hand; and I had many living to upbraid my gain of it by their assistances; which daily grew to quarrel and to bloodshed, wounding supposed peace. All my reign hath been but as a scene acting that argument. And now my death changes the mood; for what in me was purchased falls upon thee in a more fairer sort; so thou the garland wears successively. Yet, though thou stands more sure than I could do, thou art not firm enough, and all my friends, which thou must make thy friends, have but their stings and teeth newly taken out. Therefore, my Harry, be it thy course to busy giddy minds with foreign quarrels, that action, hence borne out, may waste the memory of the former days. How I came by the crown, O God, forgive; and grant it may with thee in true peace live!

Prince: “My gracious liege, you won it, wore it, kept it, gave it me; then plain and right must my possession be; which I against all the world will rightfully maintain.

Enter Prince John and Warwick

King: “Look, look, here comes my John of Lancaster.”

Prince John: “Health, peace and happiness to my royal father!”

King: “Thou brings me happiness and peace, son John; but health, alack, with youthful wings is flown from this bare withered trunk. Upon thy sight my worldly business makes a period. Does any name particular belong unto the lodging where I first did swoon?”

Warwick: “‘Tis called Jerusalem, my noble lord.”

King: “Lord be to God! Even there my life must end. It hath been prophesied to me many years, I should not die but in Jerusalem; which vainly I supposed the Holy Land. But bear me to that chamber; there I’ll lie; In that Jerusalem shall Harry die.”

Analysis

One of the finest scenes in all of Shakespeare, this is a touching encounter between the dying king and his wayward son. The King sleeps and Hal sits by his sit and thinks him dead. ‘This is the sleep that hath divorced so many English kings.’ He places the crown on his own head and moves into the next room to think. The king awakens and calls for his men. It appears to him that Hal has seized the crown disrespectfully. ‘This helps to end me.’ However, Warwick finds Hal in another room crying. The King dismisses everyone else to conference with Prince Harry. He chides him with accusations of wanting his father dead. ‘I weary thee.’ He prophesies about the dire future in store for England when the Prince is king. ‘It will be peopled with wolves, thy old inhabitants.’ It is a fabulous speech by the King and a tremendous rebuttal by the Prince about his deep love for his father. The King hopes that Harry will hold and maintain the crown with more ease since he is receiving it by proper succession, unlike the King himself, who forced his hand against King Richard. King Henry always intended to beg forgiveness for how he acquired the crown by doing penance in the Holy Land. But the civil wars and his ill health prevented it. However, he learns that the room in Westminster where he fell asleep is the Jerusalem Room, and he asks to be taken there to die… in Jerusalem.

Act V

Scene i

Gloucester. Shallow’s house

Enter Shallow and Falstaff.

Shallow: “You shall not away tonight.”

Falstaff: “But you must excuse me, master Shallow.”

Shallow: “I will not excuse you; you shall not be excused; excuses shall not be admitted; there is no excuse will serve; you shall not be excused.”

Falstaff: “I’ll follow you, good Master Shallow.”

Exit Shallow

Falstaff: “I will devise matter enough out of this Shallow to keep Prince Harry in continual laughter.”

Analysis

In this short introduction scene to Act V Justice Shallow is hosting a dinner for a gathering of men following the resolution of the civil war against the rebels. He orders his servants around and Falstaff finds it all funny enough, he hopes, to ‘keep Prince Hal in continual laughter’. What he doesn’t know yet is that his days of laughing with Prince Hal are over. This is one of those scenes of everyday life amongst the common people that Shakespeare loves to include in his plays.”

Act V

Scene ii

Westminster. The palace

Enter Warwick and the Chief Justice

Chief Justice: “How doth the King?

Warwick: “Exceeding well: his cares are now all ended. He lives no more.

Chief Justice: “O God, I fear all will be overturned.”

Enter King Henry the Fifth

King: “This new and gorgeous garment, majesty, sits not so easy on me as you think. Brothers, you mix your sadness with some fear. This is the English and not the Turkish court. By heaven, I bid you be assured, I’ll be your brother and your father too. You all look strangely on me, assured I love you not. Chief Justice, you shall be as a father to my youth; and Princes, all believe me, my father is gone and in his tomb lies my affections. Now call we our high court of parliament; and let us choose such limbs of noble counsel.”

Analysis

The great transition scene, as one king dies and another assumes the throne. Hal knows that Henry IV’s court is highly suspicious of him due to his years of crawling drunk around Eastcheap with Falstaff and company. He tries to reassure everyone of his love. The irony here is that Henry V will be one of the finest kings in all of English history. His father’s last word of advice was to ‘busy giddy minds with foreign quarrels.’ In fact, much of the reign of King Henry V will be spent re-capturing lands previously lost in France. But that is our next play. We still have the final three scenes of Henry IV, Part II to complete, and our last encounters with the aging Falstaff.

Act V

Scene iii

Gloucestershire. Shallow’s orchard

Shallow: “I have drunk too much sack.”

Enter Davey

Davey: “Pistol has come from court with news.”

Enter Pistol

Pistol: “Sweet knight, thou art now one of the greatest men in this realm.”

Falstaff: “What is thy news?”

Pistol: “Sir John, thy tender lambkin now is King. Harry the Fifth ‘s the man. I speak the truth.”

Falstaff: “What, is the old king dead?”

Pistol: “As a nail in a door.”

Falstaff: “Bardolph, saddle my horse. I am fortune’s steward. I know the young King is sick for me. The laws of England are at my commandment. Blessed are they who have been my friends.”

Analysis

Falstaff is pleasantly surprised when Shallow gets quite drunk at the dinner he hosts. Pistol’s news is correct. The old King is dead and Falstaff’s ‘lambkin’ is King. Falstaff is ecstatic, which only makes our final two scenes of the play even more difficult to witness and digest. Yet, here they come.

Act V

Scene iv

London. A Street

Enter an officer, Hostess Quickly and Doll Tearsheet

Officer: “There hath been a man or two lately killed about thee two.”

Doll: “You lie.”

Hostess: “O lord, that Sir John would come.”

Officer: “I charge you both to come with me; for the man is dead that you and Pistol beat.”

Doll: “I will have you swing for this, you bottle-rogue, you filthy famished correction.”

Officer: “Come, come, you she-errant, come.”

Doll: “Come you rogue; bring us to a justice.”

Hostess: “You starved bloodhound!”

Analysis

An officer arrives to arrest Hostess Quickly and Doll Tearsheet after a man Pistol beat up in their company has died. They wish Sir John were here to save them but alas they are hauled off to jail cursing the officer. Life in Eastcheap is changing fast, as Hal is no longer a part of the scene and these two women are dragged off. Now on to our final scene, which will separate Hal from Falstaff and Eastcheap forever. Get the handkerchiefs ready…

Act V

Scene v

Westminster. Near the Abbey

Enter Falstaff, Pistol, Shallow and Bardolph

Falstaff: “Stand here by me, Master Shallow; I will make the King do you grace; do but mark the countenance that he will give me.”

Pistol: “God bless thy lungs, good knight.”

Falstaff: “Come here, Pistol; Stand by me. I stand stained with travel, and sweating with desire to see him; thinking of nothing else, putting all affairs else in oblivion, as if there were nothing else to be done but to see him.”

Pistol: “My knight, I will inflame thy noble liver and make thee rage. Thy Doll is in base contagious prison.”

Falstaff: “I will deliver her.”

Sounds of shouts and trumpets. Enter King Henry V and his procession

Falstaff: “God save thy Grace, King Hal; my royal Hal! God save thee, sweet boy!”

King: “My Lord Chief Justice, speak to that vain man.”

Chief Justice: “Have you your wits? Know you what you speak?”

Falstaff: “My King! My Jove! I speak to thee, my heart.”

King: “I know thee not, old man. Fall to thy prayers. How ill white hairs become a fool and jester! I have long dreamt of such a man, so old and so profane; but, being awakened, I do despise my dream. Know the grave doth gape for thee thrice wide than for other men. Presume not that I am the thing I was, for God doth know, so shall the world perceive, that I have turned away my former self, so will I those that kept me company. I banish thee, on pain of death, not to come near our person by ten miles. For competence of life I will allow you, that lack of means enforce you not to evils; and, as we hear you do reform yourselves, we will, according to your strengths and qualities, give you advancement.”

Exit the King

Falstaff: “Master Shallow. Do not grieve at this. I shall be sent for in private to him. Look here, he must seem thus to the world. I will be the man yet that shall make you great.”

Shallow: “I cannot perceive how.”

Falstaff: “This that you heard was but a colour.”

Shallow: “A colour that I fear you will die in, Sir John.”

Falstaff: “I shall be sent for soon at night.”

Enter Prince John and the Chief Justice

Chief Justice: “Go, carry Sir John Falstaff to the jail; take all his company along with him. Take them away.”

Prince John: “I like this fair proceeding of the King’s. He hath intent his wanton followers shall all be very well provided for; but all are banished till their conversations appear more wise and modest to the world. I will lay odds that this year we bear our civil swords as far as France.”

Analysis

Falstaff and his crew have just arrived from Gloucestershire and are awaiting the royal procession. Sir John is terribly excited that he will be an exalted member of King Hal’s inner circle and boasts that he will take exceedingly good care of his friends. When the King passes Falstaff cries out as though they were inseparable. Then comes the shocker: King Henry V claims to not even know Falstaff and insults his white hair as that of a fool. He tells him to fall on his prayers. He claims to have dreamed of such a man as Falstaff, but upon awakening he despises the dream. Then he banishes Falstaff, on pain of death, to not come within ten miles of the King. He also provides them an income so that their poverty will not encourage a further life of crime. Falstaff will not believe it and still insists he will be sent for in private, as the King simply must appear to be thus to the world at large. The Chief Justice then leads Falstaff and his cohorts off to jail. This is the last we ever see of Falstaff, unless you consider the ill regarded ditty Shakespeare was commissioned to write for Queen Elizabeth, titled The Merry Wives of Windsor. In Henry V we merely receive a report of his death.

As shocking as it is, Hal’s rejection of Falstaff was expected and necessary. Hal always claimed that the time would come when he would shake off his old life and assume the responsibilities of kingship. Yet this rejection is harsh and bitter, and since we have come to admire and appreciate much about Sir John it is a difficult scene to stomach for many readers. His verbal dexterity and exuberance for life is unparalleled in all of Shakespeare. The wittiest of rogues, Sir John is only matched by Hamlet in terms of compelling stage presence. The play ends with Prince John betting that England will soon bear their civil swords in France. This is Shakespeare transitioning us toward his next play, where Henry V will indeed fight to recapture France.

Epilogue

“Be it known to you, I was lately here in the end of a displeasing play, to pray your patience for it and to promise you a better. I meant, indeed, to pay you with this. So I kneel down before you – but, indeed, to pray for the Queen. One word more: our humble author will continue the story, with Sir John in it, and make you merry with fair Katherine of France. My tongue is weary; when my legs are too, I will bid you good night.”

Analysis

Such an epilogue was quite typical of Elizabethan drama. The actor portraying Falstaff would have come out to apologize for this ‘displeasing play’ and promise a better one. He then kneels in prayer for Queen Elizabeth and addresses a future play that will continue this story and make the audience merry with more of Sir John and Katherine of France. He seems to be referencing both Merry Wives of Windsor (make the audience ‘merry’ with more Sir John) and Henry V (Katherine of France). Finally, he clarifies that Sir John Falstaff was not actually the historical Sir John Oldcastle. It seems that Shakespeare originally used Oldcastle’s name for the character we know as Falstaff. The Oldcastle family took great offence and demanded his name be removed. Hence this clarification in the epilogue: ‘Oldcastle died a martyr and this is not the man.’

Final thoughts

Shakespeare’s source for Henry IV, Part II remains Holinshed’s Chronicles, referenced extensively throughout the histories. Queen Elizabeth began a long tradition of loving Falstaff most of all Shakespeare characters and demanded the infamous sequel, The Merry Wive of Windsor. The deeply compromised Falstaff of Merry Wives bares little resemblance to the memorable Sir John of the Henry IV plays. After Shakespeare’s death the plays were bundled together as a single piece and presented as Sir John Falstaff, a tradition that continued into the 20th Century with Orson Welles and at the Edinburgh Festival in 1974. Countless famous actors have taken on the challenge of depicting Sir John. James Henry Hackett played the role every single year from 1828 to 1871. Welles and Ralph Richardson are considered the quintessential Falstaff performances of all time. Rarely does Henry IV, Part II stand alone. It is generally played together with Part I as simply Henry IV. King George IV (1820-1830) chose Henry IV as the performance at his coronation. The Hollow Crown, as mentioned earlier, is a fabulous run through the histories from Richard II to Richard III and stars Simon Russell Beale as a very melancholic Falstaff. Brilliant stuff! Youtube has much to sift through in terms of clips and analysis and has several full productions available.